TM 9-1450-380-14

)10/ .
/f:
(

-l
41
l-/
6
TM 9-1450-380-14
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY TECHNICAL IAMUAL
t.
/ "-'IV[
OPERATOR, ORGANIZATIONAL. DS. AND GS
MAINTENANCE MANUAL:
4.
-
z
-
'-'
Q:
::..'
HANDLING EQUIPMENT AND MOUNTING KITS
(PERSHING la FIELD ARTILLERY MISSD.E SYSTEM)
This copy is a reprint which 1ncludes current
pages from Changes 1 Through 16.
HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
APRIL 1969

'

Co
CIS
WARNING
DANGEROUS VOLTAGE
is used in the operation of this equipment.
DEATH ON CONTACT
may result if personnel fail to observe safety precautions.
TM 9-1450-380-14
Never work on electronic equipment unless there is another person nearby who is familiar with
the operation and hazards of the equipment and who is competent in administering first aid.
When the technician is aided by operators, he must warn them about dangerous areas.
Whenever possible, the power supply to the equipment must be shut off before beginning work
on the equipment. Take particular care to ground every capacitor likely to hold a dangerous potential.
When working inside the equipment, after the power has been turned off. always ground every
part before touching it.
Be careful not to contact high-voltage connect ions when installing or operating this equipment.
Whenever the nature of the operation permits, keep one hand away from the equipment to reduce
the hazard of current flowing through vital organs of the body.
Do not be misled by tbe term "low voltage." Potentials as low as 50 volts may cause death
under adverse conditions.
For Artificial Respiration, refer to F'M 21-11.
EXTREMELY DANGEROUS POTENTIALS
exist at numerous points throughout this equipment. Operating and
maintenance personnel must exercise caution at all times when work
ing with exposed circuitry.
WARNING
HAZARDOUS SOLVENTS
When using solvents, be sure that the area is well ventilated. Use gloves and eye protection.
Respiratory protection prescribed by TB MED 223 shall be used if adequate ventilation is not
provided. Flammable solvents shall be kept away from heat. sparks, and open flame. Jo'lush the
eyes and skin with water for 15 minutes if thev should become contaminated.
TOXIC AND FLAMMABLE CHEMICALS
Use only in well-ventilated areas. Avoid repeated and prolonged contact with the skin. Keep away
from heat, sparks, and open flame. Use respiratory equipment specified by TB MED 22.3 if work
must be accomplished in confint>d areas. Flush contaminated areas of the body with water.
CHEMICAL, BIOLOGICAL, AND RADIOLOGICAL CONT AM INA TION
When persons have been or are suspected to have been exposed to chemical, biological, or radiological
contamination, refer to TM 9-1300-275/2 for decontamination procedures.
a
Digitized by Coogle
TM 9-1450-380-14
DANGUOUS NOISf lfVEl
U:ISTS lfQ THE VICINITY OF A_N OPUAliNG
TRANSPORTABlE GUIDED MISSilE SYSIEM
POWER STAtiON
b
NO IE:
PTS/ PS VEHICLE
WITH PROGRAMMER
TEST STAtiON
ANO POWER Sf A l iON
MOUNTED
EXPOSURE liM( liMITS 00 NOT
APPLY WHfN fEl E.PHONE
HEADS! IS WORN.
20
WARNING
2 HOUR EXP()SUilE __
PIS PS
HOUAS PU
'ERioiANENT AI DAMAGE
MAY RESUlT If PUSONNEl REM.AIN EXPOSED
TO NOISE BEYOND THE SAF! TI ME liMITATIONS
WITHOUT ADEQUATE PROTECTION. THE NOISE
EXPOSURE TIME liMITS ASSIGNED TO VARIOUS
WORK AREAS ARE AS lllUSIRAIED
l EGEND:
''''' 1 fOOl : 1/2 HOUIIt PU DAY
- 2 fEEl : 3 HOURS PER DAY
: ; ~ : : : < > : 4 fEfl NO WORK AREA
!PASS THROUGH ONlY)
:///h 8 FEET: 4 HOURS PER OAY
Ml 476808
Cl l
I
f
Digitized by Coogle J
....
C11
TM 9-1450-380-14
SAFETY MEASURES FOR HANDUNG HIGH-PRESSURE AIR SYSTEMS
l. Personnel who handle high-pressure airhoses and components shall be thoroughly trained in
the use and maintenance of the equipment, and in the application of safety measures to protect
against existing hazards. Proper protective equipment shall be worn as required.
2. The system shall be used only for the purpose of which it was originally designed.
3. Inspect all systems using highpres.,ure air before, during, and after use for leaks, defective
airhoses, improperly adjusted valves, malfunctioning regulators and relief valves, presence of
foreign materials in the system, and corrosion. Use only the lubricants that are specified for
pneumatic components. Oils and greases can explode when compression heat is present.
4. Clear all ai rhoses and valves at regular intervals. Release pressure through bleeder valve.,
before disconnecting any lines or hoses or making any repairs.
5. When pressurizing a system, personnel operating the valves shall stand clear of hose connections,
and shall tum the valves slowly to prevent shock loading or pressure surges which may damage
hoses or components. Close valves manually to prevent overtightening; never tighten with a
wrench or tool.
Note
Large-volume containers at low pressure have sufficient stored energy to cause
death or serious injury.
6. Observe the following precautions pertaining to high-pressure airhoses:
cL The minimum bending radius for nexible airhoses shall be: 4 inches for 1/4-inch lD hose;
6 inches for 3/8-inch ID hose; 7 inches for 1/2-inch 10 hose: 9-1/4 inches for 3/4-inch
ID hose.
b. Never coat or paint an airhose, as this impairs the normul breathing tendency of the air hose.
c. Depressurize and protect airhoses from the sun when not in use.
d. Do not kink, twist, strike, walk on, run over. jerk, or otherwise abuse airhoses.
e. Allow 2 feet of slack for each 100 feet of airhose to compensate for contraction during
pressurization.
,{ Secure high-pressure airhose at 36-inch intervals. Use equipment straps, ground stakes, or
sandbags as necessary.
Note
For inspection and test of air and other gas compn-ssors, refer to TB 742931.

Digitized by Coogle
C16 TM 9-14S0-380-14
'
INSERT LATEST CHANG PAGES. DESTIIOY SUPERSEDED PAGES.
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES MOlt' TN !*1iiM of IN tHI ff.a.d bJ Ult dlllllttl i:s iiiKatH., 1 'rtrtitlllilte lit ttle
'
........ ,._of ... ,.... c-..,..., llfllltttlt'-.,. .,, .. .,, tliM
tM ilwttrttioA iP11tifiuUon 111411111:Mr.
DoiA!e at iloue lbr orlciDol and d!aDpl ue:
.. .. 26 Apr69
..... 6....16 Mar'liJ
Cbutp ... . l .... 1 Oet 69
Clwltle ..... 1 .... 80 Apr '18
Cbutp. " .. 2. " ' 11 lbr '10
..... 8 .... 6 Oet '18
Cbutp ... .. 8 .... 18 May'IO
..... 9 .... 2l> Jan 76
Cbance- .... 4 .... 21 Jul 11
... .. 10 ... 26 Jon '76
Clwltle-" 6 .... 22 J ul 12 ..... 11... 7 Oet77
TOTAL NUMBER OF PAGES, EXCLUDING TRANSMITr AL PAGES, IN THIS
CONSISTING OF THE FOJ.I.OWING
hp
OCiwlte
hp *Cbange
No. No. No. No.
.................... .. ................. 15 Z-lfi . ...................... ........... 13
b (! t 11 2-16 . ................................. 0
d Blank ....... ...... . ..... ..........
'
11 2-17 ............. ......... ............ IS
A- B ........... .. ....... ........... 16 2-IS ........ , ........ .. ,. , .... ....... , 9
i ........... .......... ........... ....... 16 Z-18.1 ............................... 13
..
u .... ..... .. ........ ........... , ....... - 14 IH8.2 ......... ....... ... .......... .. 9
J.1 ............................ ....... li Z-18.8 . ....... ..................... .. 14
1-2 ................ .... ....... .. ...... 16 2-18.4 Blank ...... ............. ... 14
1-2.1 .... .......... -. .................. 16
2-11! ........... ' ..... .... ' .......... '' 14
12.2 811mk ........................ 16 2-2l> 2-22 ....................... .. 0
1-8
' .. ..... ' ' "'"" .. ........ ' ' " ' ...
li 2-29 Z-24 ................... ,.,,, .. 6

IQ Z-24.1 ......... .. ..... ............... 6
1"".1 ................ ...

14 Z-24,2 Blank . ................. .... 6
1..4.2 ....... ........... ............... 13 2-26 2-30 .. ...... , ..... ......... .. 13
1...(.1! ........................... ...... I! 2-31 - 2-32 ... ...................... 14
1 ..... 4 ........ ..... . ............ , ......
lfi 3-1 ....... ......... ......... .. .. ...... 13
1"".5 ........... ....... ......... '

II! S-2 ....... ..... ,,,,, ,, , ............... 16
1"".!1
!!lank ...... ........... .. ..... 10
S-2.1
-
3.2.2 .... ................... 16
1:11 3 3-2,1! .............. .. ..... .......... .. 16
-1-7 ....... ...... ............. .. 3-2.4 Blank ............... ......... 16
'1-8 ................................ ... 16 3-2.6 - 3-2.8 ....................... 13
1-9 ....... , ... ,,, , ....... ............. I! 3-3 . .................. ........ ........ 14
... .. ...... .. .................... . IS 3-4 .. ..... .......... .. ... ............. 8
1 11
-
112 .. .................. ..... 0 8-6 ................................... I
112. 1 - 1-!Z.l: ,, .. ... ,,, ... ... , , , , 3-6 ................. ................ ,. 8
l -IS ...................... .. .......... 6 343 ........... .. ............... 14
l U - 118 ......................... IS 3-8.1 ...... ................. ....... ... 16
1 11! -
1-20' ........ ' ......... '' .. .. li S-8.2 ..... ........ ..... .... ,, .... ,,,,, 13
2,1 lYI '
"
S-9 ... .... .............. .............. 13
2.0\
I 2-0\.2 .... .......
3-11! .............. ' ' ...... '' ....... '''
6
2-7
....... ..................... ....... li !1-IQ. I
!1-)Q
z 13
2-8 . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . 3 ...... .......... .................. 9
:loB I 2JI2 a
3-12 ...... ' ' ...... ' ' .. .. .. ''' ....... ''
14
2-9 2-10 .... ..
... ' ' ......... ' l i 3-13 . .. .......... ,, ,. ,, ... ,' .... .... '' 9
z.tt ...... ........... .. ............... s . ................ ................. 8
2-12 .. .. ''' .. ... '' .. ... .. " ' .. .. ... ' " 6
...... ... ..... ......... ......... .. s
2-11 . ............... .................. 3
S..l . .... ,, .. ...... . .. ... . . ' ........ ''
1(
2-14 ......... ...... ................... s 3--17 ...... .......... .................. 16
Z-IU -2-14.2 .................... 5
8-lS ...... ... ..... ........ ........... . 13
2-lU ..

3-18.1 - 3-18.2 ....... ........ ... .. 13
2-IH Blank
........ ,,, ,., ..
""
4 ............... .. .................
13
ZIER il dlil M or!l;ifl l P!l!
Change ..... 12 ... 2l> lila.r 78
..... 13 ... 19Jan 19
Change . .... 14 .. 5 Dec19
... 16 ... 21 Dec81
..... 16 .. . 18 Nov 82
PUBLlCATION IS
S4(l
PICe
Change
No. No.
3--20 .......... ..................... ... 15
3-21 - 3-23, ...... .............. ... 13
3-24 Blank .. ................ ....... Ia
3-26 .......... ... .................. ... 9
3-26 .. ....... .. ........ ......... ...... 1
3-27 .................... .. ............ a
3-28 ... ......... ...................... 14
&-2l!,l
-
32ll,2 ................ .... 15
3-29 .. '' ...... ''' .. ..... ''' ....... ' '''
16
.............. .................... 0
......... .. .. .. .............. .. 16
ll-80,2 !!lank . ............... .. .... 16
a.-31 ................................ .. 14
3-3,2 .. .. . . ...... .. . .. ... .. . . ........ . . . 16
S-38 . ....... ............. ........
15
3-24 ...... ........ ........ ........ , ... 16
3-24.1 .. ......... ..................... 16
3-24.2 Blank ..... ... ........ ...... 16
ll-86 ..... ......... ... ........ ...... ... 8
3-36 .. .... ......... .. ...... ........... 1
a..3'1 ..... .......... .. ................. 8
a..38 -
3-.'l9''''' .. ... '''' ...... '''''
13
3-40 .................. ................ 14
3-41 ...... ............................ 1a
3-42 ..... .. ...... ............ ...... ... 14
8-43 ...... ........ .... ................ 13
3-44 Blank ...... ...... ............ . 1!\
4-1 ............... ... ... ..... .... ..... 10
4-2
'' ...... '' ...... '' ' ....... '' '' ' ....
16
4:2 I - 4:22 14
4-3
'' .. .... ''' ..... '''' ....... ' '''"
14
4-4 .... .... ............ ...... ......... 11
4:!i - 4:6 4
47- ............. .. ............. 11
4-!Q ....... ... ..... .. ... ..... , l l:
4:11! 01
"
12
4-10.02 Blank ........... ........ .. 12
4-IQ.l
4-l Q.g .... , ' ' ' ....... '' ' .. 12
4-IQ 2..01 i,IU .2 03 12
+10.2.,04
...... ' '' " " "'''' ... '"'
11
4-10,3
.... ' ..... , ' ' .. ...... ' ''' ...... 2
A
Diglt1zed by Google
TM 9- 1450-38014

No.
:( .. JQ. I!II!t'*""Utt::!n
...... . - 4- 12 ........................ .
4-- 12. 1 "'""!!'"!!''" .. ""' .... ..
+!2.2. Blank ............. , . , .. .
.. . p I If!! I! .. ! I! I!! I II Itt t 0 It 0 O t U 0 0 I
t -14 ............. . 0
4-14.1 - u.s ... ...... .. .
-t-14,4 Blank , ...... , , .. . , .....
4- 15 ................ ..... ...... ... ... .
<i -16 p p! ! ! ! ! ! .. ! I I !!! I I 111 t t !11! 0 0 OUTO
4-16.1
<t -lfi.2 Blank .. ....... .... ........ .
4-17 ................. . .... ..... . .. . . ..
I I If! f I ! I .. I! 0 II I It 0 st t I I SO t I t 0 0 U
U 0 ! 0 0 I ! 0 0 0 I I 0 I 0 It I 0 0 H 0 0 ! 0 0 I 0 >
1 18.2 Blank .... ,tt . ......... .. ..
-4-19 lll!!!!""""'l!'!l''"t:"" "
4-20 oOoOt Ill ! I Ito II II tp t ft" 0 0 ouu u
4'21 .. It!! I.,, .. I!!I!U7ttttt: I! ... 0
4-22 - +23 ....................... ..
42-l !Jill"" UtH I "!1 t stUt t tUH O< n
4-24.1 - 4-24.2 ................... .
4-24.8- t -24.7 ""!T"" """ " "
4=24.8 U\ank ,,., ...... .. , ... .
4-2\ ! lUI 1111< I I I lei ' ' "' n:unt r:t nt o n
.J-2 I ..... I "II ! !II!! . .. , !"" I I I t+t I
427 ........... ....... ... ........ !!tnt
428 1 1 1 !! I II"! 0 I n O 0 l!!!t t !!"' t rn nr
429 - 4-32 , .. ,, .. , .. , ,,.,,.
4 3. 1 . 0 "'I 0 1 011 ! !I!! I II '' 0 I rnnn n t t!!n:
434. I I 01111 I !II! !! !It !Ill! I U!!c n ""I
4 .. - 4-36 ....... ...... ..... !Il l!!!
4-3G. l - 136.3 ""!t" "tt!! t !l tnt
436.1 - +36.6 . """"" "'
"
................. " .. .. , .... ,,,
4::38 ... , ..... ,, ...... .. I I !C! I I If
4-38.1 ................ ""'" ..... , ..
4=3812 Blank "!SII"ft'"'''"''''
4-39 - 4:tO ............... , ...... ..
1 . I .. I I !fl! 0 It It'"! 0 0 0 0 I I I I I 0 I O
4-10.2 Rlonk , .... ............... .
4--41 .............. , ...... ...... .. , ..
4.-42 ............... 1 . . . .. ........... ..
M 9 - 4=48 ...... , ... , .... ...... !!
- i lil! ...... """ , ... , " . ... '
4-52.1 - """ ,.., .. ..... . .
463 - 4 ,,, ... .. , ..... , .....
;j..Q6 - 4-fi !!'!!!! ' !! """""" " '
466, 1 """'" .... " ....... " ." ."'
4-66.2 !llank .. .., ......... .... ... .
.. 61 I I 010 010 t II II t" t so ot t < t t < < st t t < t t
4.-68 ............................... .. .
4:9 '!I 11 o eo o "" "'II " tt " ,
"-"10 - 4-1\ ., ....... ........ , .... ,
72- 4:78 ........ , ............. ..
.... 79 - 4--84 ........................ .
-4--8Q - Hl ........................ .
<t-92. Blaok '""" ............ .... . .

No.
15
15
(5
15
8
10
10
10
6
14
14
14
10
8
3
14
I
II
3
3
9
9
13
I
15
1
4
I
I
13
14
14
13
2
2
10
3
3
9
2
6
10
8
6
2
3
3
3
2
3
2
9
13
14
Pop
No.
C. I - C-43 ...............
C-Y Blank ...................... ..
P.l - D-2 "!t!!SI "Utt" n:""ll!!' I
IncSr1) """"'H""tt"n: ""ll "'
l nd<x 2- lndn 3 ............. ..
lndu 4 - Index R .......... ,,.
*Chqe
No.
14
15
14
15
14
[) I 7 byGoogle
C1S
TM 9-1450.380-14
Technical Manual )
)
)
HEADQUARTERS,
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
Washington, D.C., 1!5 A7)ri/ 1969 No. 9-1450-380-14
OPERATOR, ORGANIZATIONAL, OS, AND GS MAINTENANCE MANUAL:
HANDLING EQUIPMENT AND MOUNTING KITS
(PERSHING 1 a FIELD ARTILLERY MISSILE SYSTEM)
REPORTING OF ERRORS
You can help improve this manual by calling attention to errors and
by recommending improvements and stating your reasons for the rec-
ommendations. Your letter or DA r' orm 2028, Recommended Changes to
Publications, should be mailed directly to Commander, U.S. Army Missile
Command, ATTN: DRSMI-SNPM, Redstone Arsenal, AL 35898. A reply I
will be furnished directly to you.
r:H .\I'Tf:!l 1 1NIR01l)lC'T10N
... .. ... .. ...... 1-1 thru 1-7 1
l -1 lhru t -J.2
H. of r'l'H lmtm)l: ki1s :t.rHS 11<pJiprncr:1. ....... ..... ....... .. .. 1-8 thru
1-1.2 t hru 1 17
III. lJes<. rimion PU-t:a4i M .. ..................................... -..... . ,..- LW
GHA1'H )R 2. CJPl':HATINC ,, ........... .,. .... , .. ........ ..... , . . ..... . 2. ) thru 2-Jt;
Stt.tiqn T. (;cntntl .. , ....... .. .. -- . ... ........... . . ....... , ...... .. .. " .. .... .... ... ....... , .. .... ... " .. .
Ll . ......................... ...................... ........... .... ....... ............... ....... .
n. J>:'liJHilll!. <:(nltr<"l .......................... .... .............. .
Ill ...... ' .. .. .. . . .
IV. St!r\iting iJlf<rtJlali<Jn ..... ............................... .......... ................... ......... ..
V .. ft!'HI ..... ... ................. ........ .... ........ .... ... ... , .... ......... ..
t.h r u thru
VII. Go>rr"'tivol u h:<n.-iliug t'quipmc,t. . ........ .... ..................... .
VJ(l.
muir.tl.n:m<(: ................................. .
338 thru :!- t
cu.wn:R " n;:; I !I'P r;s M ll!'l'l'f:N I NCE:
Seeti o n l. (;cJu; rt.tt ......... , ............... ... , ... ......... ... ....... .... ........ .. .................. " ............. . .-J. ) t hru ,J. :I
II. [.oad h !..'\ t. prot (:dllr(s ....................... ........ ............... ....... .... .................... ..
.1.2 fhru :1. Ul 2 iP
II. I.
S r .. , .. ,., .. ,,k cncl .,,., , ,,,, ,,.,, .. ,.,, ..
.t l . , , t ,. l', } . : :- . ............. . ...... . ... . ..................... . ..... . .a. J:) '' chru ;, L-lfJ j) tH lhco 1 1- 11
Ill. kit::: ........... .... ............... ....... .................. ....... .... ........... ........ . .. .t -14 rb .. u 4 - l $ 1
IV. lhuldli !llt iprllfnt ........................................ _ ................. .... ................. .
II. L :;i.:t PU (11 4/ .......................... ............... ....... ..... ...... .... ..... ..
(\
1
.2. thru
4 -31 th t U 1
VJ l"rouhhshr .. ')ting . ..... ... .. .... ,... ....... .... ....... ................. ....... ............ .. .... .... .. 4-27 4-' IU. l
VU. lni1.i<' l inS(;tii;H,i(m M n"IOtJiltill!l ... ............ ....................................... :1-28 thru 4-i}J
VJIJ . of pr()!rannnt>rl{!St station
nl).Jnt ing kit .... .... ........ ........ ........ . .... ... .... ........ ..... .. ..... ... ........... .... .... t h ru 1-7!}, I SO
I
Digitized by Coogle
I
I
TM 9-1450-380- 14
II
CX. Rt l)lat cmr.nt. of RTS and winteritation heater mounting kit ............ .-
X. <.lf station trailer nlounting kit ........................... ..
XI. f'it!ld fabrication and demoditication of generator stt
Pli-614/M
APPENDIX A. <DELETED)
B. BASIC ISSUE ITEMS LIST AND TROOP !NSTALI.ED OR
ParAI( raph
A UTHORIZEO LIST ............................................................................................ ................. .
G. M A lXn:K ANGF. A Ll.OGATION CIIA liTiL .. .... ........ .... ... .... .... .... ...... C-1.
D. EXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST....................... l.l-.1. ll-2
Cl4
-1-85 thru 491
Bl
C-1
.[).J
Index I
Digitized by Google
Cl4
CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION
Section I. GENERAL
TM 9-1450380-14
1-1. Scope.
Thble 11. Nomenclatu..re
a. This manual contains instructions for op-
eration and organizational and DS and GS
maintenance of the mounting kits, handling
equipment, and generator set PU-61-1/M used
in the PERSHING la (Pla) Field Artillery Mis-
sile System. Included are description, functional
description (where appl icable), operating in
structions, chL>eks, adjustments, and preventi ve
and corrective maintenance. Also included are
load-testing procedures for the following: first
and second stage and guidance section hoisting
beams; crane pack lifting, shipping container,
guidance section hoisting, power station main
tenance, and air conditioner slings, erector-
l
launcher davit assembly, davit short and long
wire ropes, davit restraint wire rope, and
erector-launcher spare tire multiple leg sling.
Information is also provided for determining
wrecker boom angle and boom length when spe-
cific items of equipment are to be lifted.
b. Refer to TM 9-1425-380-L for a complete
listing of t he manuals applicable to the PER-
SlUNG la (Pla) Artillery Missile System.
c. and d. (Deleted)
e. Table 11 lists the manual (TM) nomen
clature cross-referenced to the official nomen-
clature for the items of equipment listed.
Table 11. Nont.enclat-ure Cross.Rejei"C1f<- 'e
Battery control central
orBCC
Crane pack lilting sling
aet
Dolly .. t
Dolly set adapw
Erector-launcher or EL
Erector-launcher 10-kw
generator and spare
wheel auembly mount-
ing kit
Guided Mis.ile Battery
Control Central
AN/MSW-8
Multiple Leg Sling
M28
Transport.able Shelter
Lift Dolly Set M805
Power Station Mobilizer
Adapter
Semitrailer Mounted
Guided Missile Erector
Launcher M790
Guided Misile Equipment
Vehicle Acc:esaory Kit
M219
T:W Nomr.ndaturt
First and second stage
cradle
First stage
First stage hoi!Jting beam
Generator s.(!t
PU-614/ M
Guidance
Guidance s.eetion blanket
Guidance section hoisting
beam
Power station or f'S
Power station maintenance
sling
Power station maintenance
st.and
Power station trailer
mounting kit
Programmert.est station
or PTS
Programmertest stat-ion/
station mounting
kit or PTS/PS
mountjng kit
Radio terminal set or
RTS
Radio terminal .. t and
heat.er
mounting kit
Radio terminal ..,t
l O..kw generator
mounting kit
Second stage
Second stage hoisting
beam
Offiri lll Nomt'ntln.luri'
Guided Missile Section
Cradle M\ 2
Guided Missile Propulsion
Section M 101
Guided Missi le Hoisting
Beam M33
Generator Set. Diesel
Engine. Trailrr
Mounted PU-611/M
Guided Missile Guidance
SO<'tion AN/ OJW-49
F.leetricallr Beat<>d Guided
Missile Seetiun Blanket
MIIEI
Guided Missile Hoisting
Beam M32
Transportable Guided Mis
sile Power Sta-
tion AN/ TJQ-9
Beam type sling
Group Main-
tenAnt.e Stand
Guid<..t Missile Equipment
Mounting Kit
Transportable Guided !\!is
sile Programme-r-Test
Station AN/TSM-87
Transportable Guided
Missile E<tuipment
Mounting Kit M241
Radio Terminal Se.t
ANITRC-llO
Guided Missile Equipme.nt
Vehicle Accessory Kat
Guided Mi .. ile Equipment
Mounting Kit Ml84
Guided Mi .. ile Propulsion
Section M 102
Guided Missile HoU.ting
Be.am M33
1-1
Digitized by Coogle
I
lM 9-1450-380-14
Tabl e 11. Nomcrtclature Cross-Reference- Continued
tont:.incr

W .arheatt sertion
W'*ker ancillary
equipment tiedown kit
Multiple Slin!J
M27
ALOmit W<&rhcad Section:
M2S. Mlll. (lr Ml42
Trut'k W
Kit
1-1 . 1. Storage, Surveillance, Preparation
for Shipment, Demolition to Prevent
Enemy Use, and Demilitarization.
Refer to TM 9-1425-:384- 14 for storage.
sur veillance, preparat.ion for shipment, and
demolition to prevent enemy use procedures for
the handling equipment and mounting kits.
Refer to TM 750..262-4-12 for demilitarization
procedures.
1-2. Deleted
1-3. Maintenance Allocation.
The maintenance responsibilities prescribed in
t his manual will apply as reflected in the main-
tenance allocation charts (appendix Cl, and as
reflect.ed by the allocation of repair parts listed
in TM 91430-382-24? or TM 9-1430-382-34?, TM
9-1450-379-20?, TM 9-1450-379-34?, TM 9-1450
381 -20?, and TM 91150-381-34?. When the re-
pair, modification, or adjustment is bt\yond the
scope of organizational maintenance, refer the
equipment to OS and GS maintenance; if
beyond the scope of DS and GS maintenance.
refer the equipment to a higher cawgory of
maintenance.
1-2
C16
1-3. 1. Expendable Bulk and Consumable
Maintenance Items.
Prescribed expendable bulk and consumable
maintenance items (such as paintbrushes, clean
ing rags, petroleum products, cleaning com-
pounds, adhesives. solder. and paintsi arc des-
ignated by national stock numbers (NSN's)
(formerly FSN'si; refer to CTA 50-970 for de-
tailed data and requisitioning instructions for
these items. Refer to appendix D for a list of
expendable supplies and materials used within
this manual.
1-4. Forms, Records, and Reports.
For a listing of the forms, records, and reports
pertaining to the materiel covered in this man-
ual, and instructions for their use, refer to TM
38-750.
15. Manufacturers' Federal Supply Codes.
Federal supply codes, which identify manufac-
turers, are used as prefixes for all manufac
turers' part numbers in this manual. These code
numbers and the corresponding manufacturers'
names are listed below.
73197 - Hi-Shear Corp.
72962 - Elastic Stop Nut Corp. of
America
76689 - National Screw and
Mfg Inc.
961f>O - Blackhawk Industries
1-6. Reference Detignations and
Abbreviations.
a. Referenre De.signati.ons. Reference desig-
nations are combinations of letters and numbers
used for identifying electrical and mechanical
parts. The reference designations used in this
manual are listed below.
30Al - Guida nco section blonkel
59A16 - dinributlon panel
97 t\8 - tte.a1jng blankeL junction b<.fx
Digitized by Google
'
..
C16
. .
b. Abbreviations. The listing below contains
the abbreviations used in this manual and the
terms associated with each.
BCC - Battery control central
BSC - Basic (exact dimension)
EL - Erector-launcher
FWD - Forward
G&C - Guidance and control section (guidance section) .
GEN - General
H - Hera (cycles per second)
MAN- Manual
OVE - On-vehicle equipment
PS - Power station
PTS - Programmer-test station
QRA - Quick n!&ction alert
REG - Regulator
RTS - Radio terminal et
SLA - Sequential launch adapter
TYP - Typical
1-7. Differences Among Models.
This manual applies to the equipment listed in
table 1-2. Changes to equipment will be reflect-
ed by changes to this manual.
Tobk 1-'i. Mortua/ E/fectivitu
Kquipmtlnt
Crane pack lirting sling set
Dolly set
EL 10-kw generator and spare wheel
assembly mounting kit
Firl5t and second stAge cradle
First and second stage hoisting bum
Generator set PU-614/M
Guidance section blanket
Guidance section hoisting beam
PS trailer mounting kit
PS maintenance sling
PS maintenance sling
PS maintenance ! tand
PTS/PS mounting kit
RTS and winterization 'heater
mounting kit
RTS 10-kw mounting kit
Shippin.g container sHng
Uni"ersal tiedown strasJ
I Wrecker ancillary equipment
tiedown kit
11025262
ll028168
11008554
10623442
10575861
11025997
10645198
10575828
11054419
11054894
11054395
11054399
11051575
11051848
11051891
11027819
10900880
11025940
TM 9-1450-380-14
1-7.1. Inventory Listing.
The following items accompany handling equip-
ment and mounting sets or are required for
installation, operation, or operator's mainte-
nance. This list is for inventory purposes only.
DOU Y SET, TRANSPORT ABlE SHELTER,
\1028168-19
Reference No.
11054142-9
11028166-9
11028167-9
ltetn. Descri7)tion
Adapter, dolly set
Axle assembly, front
Axle assembly, rear
BEAM, HOISJING, GUIDED MISSilE
(GUIDANCE AND CONTROL SECTION).
105758289
Reference No.
1057582.>-9
10575826-9
1057582'7-9
10596701-1
MS2131S."
Item. Descriptio"
Sling section, aft
SHng section, forward
Tube assembly
Plate, identification
Serew. dri\'e
BEAM, HOISTING, GUIDED MISSILE
(FlRSTORSECONDSTAGE) 10575861-9
Reference No.
10575864-9
10575863-19
10575863-9
10575862-9
10575862-19
Item DescriplimJ
Spreader bar
Channel assembly
Channel assembly
End frame
End frame
SLING SET, CRANE PACK LiniNG,
11025262-39
Reference No.
10570123-19
11028568-9
Item
Sling, multiple leg
Tube assembly. upport
BLANKET, GUIDED MISSILE SECTION,
ELECTRICALLY HEATED (GUIDANCE
AND CONTROL SECTION). 1064519829
Rfrence No.
11025387-1
110' .!5376-5
11025381-3
Item Descri1Jtitm
Hood assembly
End cover assembly
Blanket assembly
Qty
2
I
I
Qty
I
4
Qtu
I
t
I
t
I
Qty
I
2
Qty
I
I
I
1-2.1/( 1-2.2 blonk)
Digitized by Google
C14
TM 9- 1450-380- 14
SUNG, SHIPPING CONT AINB,
STAND, POWER STATION MAINTENANQ
11027819-9
11 054399-9 - Contin...d
f lew< DeltCriptW..
fie"' DeltCriptioo Qtl/
106301841 Plate, ideDtifieation 1
Bolt. machine 8
8r.37649 Sleeve 1
11041097-1 Cuter. swivet 2
10608444-1 or -S Sling. multiple leg 1
11054998-9 Stand
1057908S-I Wire, rope atel 1
TIE DOWN KIT, ANCllARY EOUIPMBIIT
GENERATOR SET PU-614/ M
TRUCK, WRECKER, 11025940.. 19
II 025997-69
Re/ere7t<6 No. Item Descriptio" Qtv
11<>./ereoce No. Item DcJJcri1'tian Qty
11025997-69 Generator 1et I
110'U946-19 Tie down kit. ancillary I
Geaerator, macliftca tloa of
equipment. truck. wrecker
Generator
MISI7232/1-5 Cover, e1triul eon .. 2
nee tor
SUNG, POWB 5T ATION MAINTENANQ 1()622947-3 Plate 2
(GAS TU1181NE ENGINE) 11054394-9 11054433-1 Gasket 2
Rcfernco No. TU. De.t:riptim<
AN966-IO Washtr 8
M$21042-3 Nut 8
ANII&-6 Shackle 1
NASI216-3-12P 8
Ring 1
M$35207 -281 Screw s
AN&-15A Bolt, machine 2
AN960-416 Wuher 8
AN31S-6R Nut 2
MS21042-4 Nut 8
1105436&-9 Beam, hoisting 1
11035976-19 Harne&ll, iring 2
SUNG, POWEll STATION MAINTENANQ
11025995-9 Machine, Nlellng I
11025994-1 Support I
( GEAitCASEASSEMBI.Y) 110543959 11025991-1 Support I
Rll/ernce No. Item Deuription Qtv
11026000-1 Clip, retaining I
10573491-9 Hook uaembly I
ANII&-6 Shackle 4
10577655-9 Jack. tip aoaembly I
11054381H Ring 1
11038949-9 Cable uoembly I
N ASI212RI5AA40 Strap uaembl) I
ANS.II Bolt 12
11054892-1 Bum
I
MS21045-6 Nut 12
AN966-616 Washer 12
NAS619A5 Nut I
AN966-516 Wuher 1
SJAND, POWB STATION MAINTENANQ
ANI0-12A Bolt 4
110S4399-9
M.S21045-10 Nut 4
AN966-1016 Wuher 4
Rt/t""" No. Item Description Qtw
AN4-IOA Bolt 2
111851967-13 Nut I
NAS679MW Nut 2
1104109&-1 Thumbscrew I
AN960-416 Wa..'lher 2
NAS561P824
Pin, roll I
AN346-616 Nut I
11054398-9 Support aasembly I
MSS5338-84 Lockw,..her I
11054891 1 Knob I
11027521-1 Record plate. MWO 1
11054887-1
Washer, plastic I
MS51957-47 Screw 6
MS2466.S-300 Pin, cotter I
N AS43DD3-24 Spacer 6
AN966-616 Wuher I
MS35338-137 Lockwaaher 12
MS20392-5CIOI Pin, straight I
NAS671C8 Nut 12
II 05441 (). 9 Housing, support I
10630184-1 Platt, identification I
MS2131S.21 Serew, drive I
MS2131S.23 Serow, drive 4
Chain 5
MS25083-2CD10 Jumper assembly 1
NASI096-1 Hook 5
MlS1725912-1 Jaek, tip 1
10620750-3 Link, ehain I
110'2:>364).9 Lead, electrical 1
MS1198&-631 Pin, quick release I
IIOS921S.95 Plate. deoi3nation 2
MS1798&-416 Pin, quick releue 2
11099218-223 Plate, detignation 2
MS1198&-616 Pin. quick release 2
110f>.'l07&-ll Platt. instrut"tion I
NAS561P8-16 Pin, roll 2
MS5195745 Strt w 6
11054388-1 Plate, mounting 2
NAS43DD3-8 Screw 6
AN&-1A Bolt, ma.:hine 8
1105.'!0581 Plate. otillener I

M $30338-IOS Washer. lock 16
Triler, modineation or
11041098-1 Caster, rigid 2
sa5S99s
Trailer I
1-3
J 1 ro b .oogle
TM 9 1450 310- 14
C10
MOUNnNG KIT, TRANSI'OITAIIU! . MOUNnNG KIT, TIANSI'OITAil!,
GUIDID MISSILIIOUif'MINT GUIDfD MJSSIU EQUIPMENT
( PTS, PS, TIUCK),
( PTS, PS, TRUCK), 1105157559 - Continued
110515 7559
Refe,..,.o.No.
Item Dtcri111i<lfl
Qtv
Rf'/'ertmcc No.
!tern Deiu:rilititm
Qtv
NAS16696K15 Futener, blind
136
10630184-1 Plate, identifieatlon I
110386149
Cable asoembly, power
I
110515929 Strap, webbins
3
110515919
Strap, webbing
I
II OS 1580-1 Stud, plain
16
11051592-9
Strap, ebbing
3
110515979 Strap. wobbing
I
11051593-9
Strap, .. ebbing
3
MS21045-8 Nut . .. Jt.lotldnll
32
11051594.-29
Ladd., ll&lety step
2
11051597-19 Strap, .. ..,bbing
I
11051587-29
Clamp, C
4
11051597-29 Strap, wtbbina 2 110515819
Bratket, auppgrt
4
NASI670-6K15 FuteMr, blind
8
11051582-9
Bracket. aupport
8
11051905-1 Bracket, angle I
11 05160S-,'J
Bracket, angle
2
AN!l%-616 Washer, nat
20
110511;()8-5
Bracket, angle
2
MS85338-108 Wa.sher

11051r.78-3
Bracket., angle
2
Bracket, an111o
2 11 1590-<!9
Rack support
I
1105195419 Tube aa..,mbly, drain 2 11001583-19
Beam support
2
II 051951>-3 Bracket, angle
2 1105158419 Beam support
I
114827371 E0255 Ho .. uoembly
I 11061&8429
Beam support
I
114 827971 E028S Hoaeuaembly I 11061609-1
Hook support
18
10630111-47 Adapter
2 11051577-1 Plate. mounung
2
AN5-6A Bolt machine

110515'79-1 Plate. retaining
4
NASI669-l!K7 Futener, blind

11051511>19 Strip reinforcing 2
11051586-39 Strip, reinforcing I 11051 SU-29 Strip reinforcintr
I
MS20918-ID Plug
2 11051589-3 Bolt, mnchine
4
NASI:l00-12 shear
I
MS200741217 Bolt. machine
4
AN4-6A
Bolt. machlnt
8
AN813 Bolt, machine
4
AN6-7A Bolt. machine
18
MOUNTING KIT, TRANSPORT ABLI, GUIDED MISSILE
AN8 10A Bolt. machine
48
EQUIPMENT XM219, ( El 1 0-KW GEN MOUNTING
AN6-IOA Bolt, m&chine
4
KIT) 11031554- 19
11051599-3 Washtr, Oat
4
I
AN960C616 Washer. Oat
86 R<iftm.ce No.

QIJJ
9152386 Waahtr, Oat
16
11038596-9
Pipe, uhaust
I
AN960C616 \\""asher, nat
12
110404211
Clamp. loop
I
AN960C616L Washer, nat 136
11008594
Plate. mounting
J
AN960C416 Washer. rlat.
8
MS21266-2T
Grommet
I
AN!l60Cij16 Washer, rlat
52
AN3-7A
Bolt
2
MS3G.'m8-84 Washer, l<l<k
12
MS21042-3
Nut, sell-locking
15
11051591ll Waoher. rlat 16
AN960-10
Washer, nat

MS21042l.5 Nut, lf-lo.klnK
12
ANS-ttA
Bolt
8
MSZ1042L6
Nut, self locking 28
M 5203648206
Nut. .. If-locking
8
MS210421A Locknut
8
AN9&0-$16
Wuhtr, flat
16
NAS509-IO Nut
4
TY3CLI
Handlt, hinged
I
.MS21046C8 Locknut 4
II 03921 S-.'17
Plate, d6ignuion
1
11040330-53 Nut, blinlj rivet
10
11039218-243
Plate, deaianation
1
I
N ASI800H6K296L Nut. blind rivet 36
AMPDtt881,
Adhesive, epoxy resin
MS3.i<t38-86 Washer, )O(k 48
TyJW 4
NAS-;176-10 Screw 8
MS35207-266
Screw
8
NAS517-610 Screw, 24
AN960-IOL
Washer, rlat
19
NA9.;17-6.A Screw. 4
NA$310488
Bolt, U
9
MS21318-15 Screw, dri\c 4
M$21042-4
Nut, selflockinK
18
NASI6696K5 Fast.ener, blind 4
GGGW641
Socket
1
NASI6696K6 Fastener, blind 32
CGGW64t
Exttnilion bar
I
1-4
I
D tzed ..> Coogle
cj TM 9.1.50-380-14
MOUNTING KIT, TRANSPORTABLE, GUIDED MISSILE ACCESSORY KIT, VEHICll, GUIDED MISSILE
EQUIPMENT XM219 ( B 1 GEN MOUNTING EQUIPMENT XM218, ( RTS AND WINTERIZATION
KIT) 11 03855. 19 - Continued MOUNTING KIT) 11051 M8-19 - Continued
Rifem.c<! No.
Ite-m De&eript.ion Qty Re/et'ellCe Nu. ltem De#riptUm
Qty
AN961HI6 Washer, Oat 20 NAS1212R15CE25 Strap .. ..,mbly
I
MS21919Hll Clamp, cushioned 2 Jo"itting, tie down 8
MS21919HI2 Clamp, cushioned 3 IIOS19279 Rack, gasoline c:an 1
M$35207-264 Screw 2 IJOS1907-l Plate, tie in 4
11038593-1 PJate, mounting I 110St966-l Bracket, angle 4
MILC1283 Can, gasoline 2 110Sl906-8 Bracket. angJe 4
AN6-IOA Bolt 8 IIOS16091 Hook, support 6
MS21042-6 Nut, self-locking 8 l!OSISS0-1 Stud 10
AN960-616 Washer, nat 16 AN960-816 Washer, flat 10
6566675 Bracket assembly 2 M$21045-8 Nut, ..,)f-locking 20
11038597-9 Cable assembly, power. I NASI669-6KIO Fastener-blind 20
ek"Ctrical AN960-616 Washer, nat 82
11038598-9 Cable assembly. power I I 06063.56-17. Nut assembly, blind 95
elt.octrieal AN960-416 Washer. nat 229
11038599-1 Bracket., c:able retaining I AN4-16A Bolt, machine 66
MIS17291/1-I Tire, pneumatic I
AN4-IOA Bolt, machine :!'J
MIS17801/I-3 Wheel. pneomatic tire. I MS21042-4 Nut. elf-hx:king 41
MS51368-7 Valve, pneumatic tire I
10606356-51 Nut assembly, blind
24
11038600-9 Cover, cloth I AN6-16A Bolt. machine 20
MS51828-8 Snaphook 2
AN6-7A Bolt, machine
s
7001762 Spring 2 NASI6696KI5 Fastener-blind 62
MS35207-263 S<rew 3
M$20014-12-80 Bolt, machine 4
11038595-9 Bag, cotton duck I MS35338108 Washer, lock 4
11040887-1 Sling, rt1ultiple leg I 110,';1599-3 Wash<r, nat 4
AN924-8 Nut 2 AN6-6A Bolt,
2
11036604-9 Retainer. !pare wheel I AN6-20A Bolt, machine 4
106301841 Plate. identification I AN6-12A Bolt, mar.hine 20
MS2131S.I4 Screw, drive 4 MS21042-6 Nut., self-locking 2i
110886641 Shield I
AN6-14A Bolt. machine 4
11038665-1 PO!Ilt. mounting 2 NASI6694K7 6
AN4-4A Bolt 2 110St582-9 Bracket. support 10
MS35338-139 Waoher, loek 2 MILC1283 Can, gasoline 5
AN960C516 Washer, flat 2
9152o'l86 Washer, Oat 10
MS3519088 Wire. electric I MS20913ID Plug 2
MS21919Hl 7 Clamp. cushioned 2 NASI669-6K5 FMtenerblind 12
MS51983-2 Nut, single ball seat, RH 2
NASI212RlaCE19 Strap assembly
I
1 110.11258-1
Coupler. airho.'e (emergency) I
MS39071-l! Plug, machine t.hread 4
110412591 r..oup]er. airhosc (service} I
10006356-45 Nut assembly, blind
8
NASI670-4-15 f'astener-blind 24
MOUNTING KIT, VEHICLE, GUIDED MISSILE
Bolt. machine 8
110:>1908-9 Braekea .. fire extinguisher 2
EQUIPMENT XM218, ( RTS AND WINTERIZATION
MS20470AD3-8 Rivet, solid 4
MOUNTING KIT) 11 051848 19
106801841 Plate, I
106068S4-II Nut assembly. blind 10
Refer-ence No. Item Description Qtl/
NAS564-33 Bo14 machine 10
11051902-1 Beam. support I NAS1189-4P14 Sere"' 8
110519011 Beam, support I NAS564-57 Boh. machine 9
11051903-9 support I 110SI893-9 mounting-heater I
IIOSI900-9 Beam, support I 11051894-9 Support. storag rack I
11051928-9 Bearn, supfJOrt I 11051895-9 Rack, &l<u:age-air ducts I
11051898-9 Plate, base I N,\Sl212R15EJ48 StraJ assembly 4
!IOSI8979 Plate, base I NASI212RI5BJ39 Strap assembly 2
IIOSI899-9 Plate, base 2 11051892-1 Bloek, spacer 2
110519049 Plate, base I 11028!93-1 B1oek, spacer
.
. .
11051594-29 Ladder, safety step 2 NASI211BI5
>
11051909-9 Strap assembly. webbing 2 AN4-22A Bolt, machine
11051608-3 Brocket, angle 2 NASI212RI5BE33 Strap a.-sembly 2
NAS1212RI5CJ33 Strap assembly 2 MII.E52031 Extinguisher, fire 2
1-4.1
Digitized by Coogle
TM 9-1450-380-14 C13
MOUNnNG KIT, GUIDED MISSILI EOUI'MENT
MOUNTING KIT, TIANSI'ORTULI,
XM114, ( RTS 1G-ICW GN MOUNnNG KIT)
GUIDED MISSILE EQUIII'MENT
11051891-9
( PS TRAILER) II 0544 199 - Continued
1\h Item Degtn'pt;m; Qty
No. ltem Dcxcripll'on Qtv
Ring. tic down
2 110012159 Beam. support, I
1102814119 Skid, 10KW gnrator I 11001211>-9 Beam. aupport. curbelde I
N AS121:JR I 0.12'2 Strap a5sem bly
2 11061212 9 Beam. croea aupport 2
ANI21M Bolt. machine
4 110012111-9 Beam. crou tupport 2
MS21012-ll Nut. selfl<J<:king
8 110012149 Beam. support. walkway 10
Al'6-56A Bolt.. machine
8
110612111 Floor plate, walkw,.y I
106J0Jitl l Plate. idntification
I
II 0612011-1 Floor plate. walkway 2
Rhet, solid 4
llS24693S300 Serew. machine 78
Washr. lock 4
MS210<12-4 Nua. oelflocking 78
AN960- 1016 Wash,:r, Oat
2
NAS1099-4 W uher. bevel 74
AN!ItiO Oll6 Washer. rlat 16
AN1015A Bolt 8
AN10.13A Bolt 48
M2112Wt . IOC Nut. sell-locking 2
I 1036000 2 Bracket, anMIO 2
11051911-9 Cable asem bly 1
AN900-C616 Washer. Oat 20
11o.;w !0 9 Cable M$en. bly I
NAS1221-li-11T Bolt, 20
MS210tZ.6 Nut, ..,J(.Jocking
20
II 00603&-1 Brockel. &111111 2
MOUNTING KIT, TIANWOITAILE,
1105157&-1 Plate. 4
GUIDED MISSILE EQUirMENT NASI221&-IIT Bola. 8
( PS TltAILER) 11054419-9
MS2104Z.S Nut. .. u.locklllll 8
AN960CS16 Wuher, Oat
8
Reftrettrc No. Item. Descn.ptioN
AN960Cl16L Wuher. Oat 4
I JO.il58729 Clamp, C 4 AN960C !OJ 6L Washer, Oat AR
11051689-3 Bolt 4 10.)30181 I Plate. idcnt.ificlttion I
NAS!i&.lIO Nut, jam 4 MS20470t\D37 Rhtt, solid 4
11061210 1 Plate, r:nuuntini!C 4 QQS7SI. type 0 Seal 3
ANI0 63A Bolt 4 or S. tyle 2 or
AN900 1016 Washer, !lat 128 :J. class R.
S3S3.'38 I 0'1 W a.her, lock 64 rinih 8.
AN315-IOR Nut 64 2. 314 in.
ANS.I3A Bolt
4
type I Strapping nat AR
AN960C816 Wuht r. nat 4 regular, fi nish
NASJ291X8 Nul, self-locking
4
B. grade 2.
ANI0-67A Boll
4
0.028 X 3/4 in.
Section II . DESCRIPTION OF MOUNTING KITS AND HANDLING EQUIPMENT
1-8. General.
This section presents a dt>scription of the trailer
mounting kit, truck mounting kits, and han-
dling equipment. used in the Pi a system. The
mounting kits consist of the items necessary
to prepare vehicles M656 and M757 for trans-
porting s helters, 10-kw generators. spare wheel
winterization heater. and associated
equipment, and to prepare trnilcr M796 for
tansporting the power station. The handling
equipment includes the tiedown kits, hoisting
beams. shipping container sling, crane pack lift-
ing slinl( set. rlolly set, guidance sect ion blanket
and end co,er. first and second stage cradles,
I
boarding ladders, and power s tation mainte-
nance s linl(s and stand.
1-4 .2
18.1. Power Station Trailer Mounting Kit
( fig. 1-1).
The mounting kit is used to prepare an M796
trailer Cor transporting the PS and one air serv-
icer assembly. The mou.nting kit consists of sup-
port beams, walkway floor plates, retaining
brackets. and C-clamps. The mounting kit is
secured t.o the trailer by bolts and mounting
plates. Cross s upport beams arc installed to pr()-
vide for mounting an air servicer assembly
under the power station. The power station is
secured to the mounting kit by four C-clamps.
Dg tzed by Coogle
C9
8
1 - Power station
2 - Support beam 12l
8 - Air scnicer assembly
4 - C-elamJl (4l
5 - Cross support beam (2J
6 - bl!am l2t
7 - Wlkwar O<K>r plate
TM 9-1450-:Jt0-14
S - W:olkway support beam (10)
9 - noor pJau:! f 2J
lO Retaining (4)
Pigure 11. Power .iiMi(>u troiler kit.
1-4.3
Digitized by Coogle
TM 9-1450-380- 14
19. Programmer-Test Station/Power
Station Mounting Kit (fig. 1-2).
a. The mounting kit is used on a modified
truck M656 to transport the PTS, PS, and as-
sociated equipment including cables, weapon test
I set T-1500A, power supplies T-436, power station
filter container, and air ser vicer assembly. The
mounting kit consists of drain tube assemblies,
drain hose assemblies, adapters, reinforcing
strips, retainers, support beams, C-clamps. cable
assembly 60Wl08, webbing boarding lad-
ders, ladder support hooks, and support
rack. The reinforeing strips, attached t o the floor
of the truck, provide a solid foundation for the
support beams. The support beams are attached
to the strips with bolts. Four retainers and C-
clamps prevent the power station from shifting
and causing an unequal load concentration. The
drain tube assemblies, drain hose assemblies, and
adapters are used to route high-pressure air dis-
charge beneath the truc.k. The PTS is secured
to the support beams with bolts. Boarding lad-
ders and associated equipment such as handrails,
power station dehydrntor cartridge container, ca-
bles, and test equipment are secured to the truck
or to the support rack with webbing strnps. The
air servicer assembly is seeured to the mounting
br.tckets "ilh bolts.
I b. Cable assembly 60Wl 0 is used to supply
power for heating t he PTS during transit.
1-4.4
C15
1 1 0. Radio Terminal Set and
Winterization Heater Mounting Kit
(fig. 13).
Note
The heater ,_;u only be
installed when directed by the unit
commander.
a. The mounting kit is used to prepare truck
M656 for transporting the RTS, "interization
heater and heater air ducts. The kit consists
of reir;forcing strips , support beams, air ducts
storage rack, heater mounting base, storage sup-
port rack, gasoline can rack with gasoline
cans fire extingui shers, webb1ng straps,
boarding ladder support hooks, and a boarding
ladder. The r einforeing strips and support beams
attached to the floor of the vehicle provide a
firm foundation for the RTS. The HTS is secured
to the support beams with bolts. The winteriza-
tion heater mounting base attached to the floor
of the vehicle provides a firm foundation for the
winterization heater. The heater is seeured to
t he mounting base with four webbing gtraps. The
air ducts storage rack and the storage support
rack secured t o the vehicle are used for st oring
the heater air ducts when t he vehicle is in tran-
sit. The gasoline can rnck is secured to the bed
of the vehicle with blind fasteners. The gasohne
cans are secured to the rack with two webbing
straps. The board ladder is to the
vehi cle with webbmg straps. rhe f1re ex-
tinguishers are secured to fire extinguisher
mounting brackets with mounting straps.
'
CIO
I
0

Remove Rl' eti\:i ,; .... .. ...
tnallk lllld 1: l,.- ......... .... ' ...
1 - Programmertelt st.ation
2 - Boarding ladder
3 - Power atation
4 - C-clamp ( 4)
5 - Air aervicer as&embly
6 - (Deleted)
7 - Support beam
8 - Retainer slot (4)
9 - Webbing strap (4)
10 - (Deleted)
II - Retainer (4 )
12 - Mounting bracket (2)
12.1 - Drain tube &S6embl) (2)
12.2 - Drain hose assembly (2)
13 - Boarding ladder support
hook ( 18)
14 - Support bean>
14. 1 - Power sration dehydrator
cartridge tontainer
TM 9-1450380-14
3
l1
14.2 - IT-4361 supply
15 - (00WI081 Cable assembly
15. I - (T -436) Powersupply
16 - Support ra<k
16.1 - (T-1500) Weapon test set
16.2 - Handrail (2)
16.3 - Angle bracket ( 4)
17 - Reinlorcing strip (4)
1-4.5/( 1-4.6 blank)
Digitized by Google
C3
I - Webbing strap (4)
2 - Winterization heater
3 - S1<>rage support raek
4 - Reinforcing strip (f>)
5 - Support beam (5)
6 - Webbing strap (3l
7 - Boarding ladder
8 - Boarding ladder support book (6)
9 - Fire extinguisher (2)
10 Webbing $lrop ( ~ )
TM 91450-380-14
M1 <:16SS?A.I
11 - Beater mounting base
12 - Gasoline can rac.k
13 - Gasoline can (5)
15 - Air duct storage tack
Figure 1 3. Rmlio term;nalset and wint.erimtion heater mmwtitlf/ Jdt.
I WARNING I
Remove all stored gasoline cans from
truck M656 and place them on the
ground when operating the winteriza-
tion heater. However, this does not
preclude the operation of the RTS
spare 10-kw generator when required.
fumes. Also, the air ducts must tle removed
from their storage position and connected to
the RTS as prescribed in TM 11-5820-469-10.
1-11. Radio Terminal Set 1 0-KW
Generator Mounting Kit (fig. 1-41.
Note
b. All gasoline cans must be removed from
truck M656 and placed on the ground before
the winterization heater is started. This will
reduce the danger of fire resulting from the
gasoline being ignited by the heater hot exhaust
This mounting kit will only be in-
stalled on those vehicles assigned to
the firing battery.
The mounting kit is used to secure a spare
10-kw generator to truck M656, and consists
of cable assemblies, webbing straps, and a
1-5
Digitized by Google
TM 9- 1450-380-14
s
CAlLES IN STORED POSITION
I -10-kw go!nerator
2- l Q-kw generator skid
S - (104Wl and 104W2) Cable assembly
2
4- Webbing otrap (2)
5-Truck M666
C1<t
Ml.o65838
Figure 14. Radio ttrmi....U ut 10-kiD generator mounting kit,
10-kw generator skid. The 10-kw generator skid,
secured to the floor of the vehicle with bolts,
provides a firm foundation for the generator.
The generator is secured to the skid with bolts,
washers, and nuts. Cable (one for
power and one for control) are secured to the
vehicle with webbing straps. The cable assem-
blies provide a means for slaving the spare
10-kw generator to the RTS when the normal
internal power source is not operating properly.
Refer to paragraph 2-4 for connecting cable as-
semblies 104Wl and 104W2.
1 1 2. Erector-Launcher 1 0-KW Generator
and Spare Wheel Assembly
Mounting Kit (fig. 15).
(t. The mounting kit is used to prepare trac-
1 tor M757 for transporting 10-kw generator,
1-6
1 - Tractor M757
2 E:\:haulit pipe
3 - Tractor toolbox
4 - Spare y,beel CO\' Cr
5 - Mult.i pleltlo'( sling
6 - Sp:1re wh""l assembly
7 - Retainer
8 - Capnut(2J
9 - Cloth bag
10 - lltJSe support
11 - EmergenC)' airhose
12 - Cable suspension spring (2)
13 - Scr-vict! airhosc coupler
14 - \ 60IV21 ) Cabl ... .-mbly
15 - (110Wl :u1d t 10W2) Cable assembly
16 - Cable retaining bracket
l'i - Generator shield
JS - Plnt(oTm
. 19 - 10-kw generator
20 - Gasoline ca.n (21
21 - Bracket a.ssembll' i2)
F'igurc J-5. Erectorlmmrher JOku g(men1tor mu/
wheel ro>:ut n bly ''wwtthta -Lege11d.
Digitized by Coogle
C14
TM 9- 1450-380- 14
13
lO
s
IIO!AT!D 90
Figure 16. Erector-larwchcr 10-kw genorator and apare wheel a.asembly mounting kit ,
1-7
(,ooglc
1M 9-1450-380-14
spare wheel and associated equip-
ment including cable assemblies, multiple-leg
sling, and spare gasoline cans. The wheel as-
sembly is enclosed in a cloth top cover (spare
wheel cover) and secured to t he platform with
a retainer and two cap The multiple-leg
sling is placed in a cloth (cotton duck) bag and
stored in the center of the wheel assembly. Two
cable suspension springs are mounted on tractor
M757 hose support to support cable assembly
60W21. Cable assembly 60W21 provides aux
iliary power from the tractor-mounted 10-kw
generator. The spare tire tools, socket, extension
bar, and hinged handle are stored in the tractor
toolbox. Two spare gasoline cans are stoeured
to the platform with webbing straps and brack-
et assembl it>s. The mounting kit also contains
airhose couplers that replace couplers on emer-
gency and service brake airhoses on a new or
replacement tractor. The couplers are color-
coded to insure proper connection to the EL.
The emergency coupler is red and the sevice cou-
1 pier is yellow.
b. The 10-kw generator is bolted to the trac-
tor platform with 8 and nuts, and 16
washers. An exhaus t pipe, cable retaining
bracket, cable and a generator
shield are provided to adapt the 10-kw generator
to the PERSHING system. The exhaust pipe
deflects all exhaust gases downward and away
from the spare gasoline cans and the EL. The
cable retaining bracket provides a means for
mounting electrical connectors llOWlJl and
110W2Jl on the 10-kw generator. Cable assem-
blies llOWl and 110W2 are wired to the 10-kw
generator junction box at one end, and the con-
nectors at the other end are secured to the cable
retai ning bracket with mounting hardware. The
cable assemblies are secured to the 10-kw gen-
erator with cushioned clamps and attaching
hardware. A 1-foot-long ground strap connects
terminal LO (neutral) of generator junction box
to chassis ground lug.
I 1-13. Wrecker Ancillary Equipment
Tiedown Kit.
The ancillary equipment tiedown kit consists of
webbing straps and brackets necessary to pre-
1 pare wrecker M816 for storing the suppott tubes
of the crane pack lifting sling set and the missile
section hoisting beams. The hoisting beams ar e
disassembled and stored on the wrecker as fol -
lows: forward and rear frames, spreader beams,
right and left channel beam assemblies, fonvard
and rear sections, and tube assembly. Detailed
1-8
C15
procedures for storing the hoisting beam and sup-
port tubes on wrecker are prescribed in para- I
graph 2-6.
1-14. Tieclown Strap ( fig. 1-6).
The universal tiedown strap is approximately
11 feet long and 1-3/4 inches wide, and has
a minimum thickness of 0.08 inch. The strap
is made of dacron webbing, and has a ratchet
handle and two snap-hooks that secure the
strap to the vehicle tiedown anchors. Two mov-
able scuff sleeves are provided on the strap to
protect it from sharp edges. For additional in-
formation on tiedown straps, refer to TM 9-
1425-384-14.
1-15. Hoisting Beoms.
a. General. When not being used, t he hoisting
beams are disassembled and stored on wr ecker
M543 as prescr ibed in parugraph 2-(i. The hoist-
ing beams are described below.
b. Fi,.st !!nd Second Stage Beams.
The first and second stage hoisting beams (fig.
1-7) ar e used for hoisting either the first or
second stage, or the second stage with the
guidance sec.tion attached. Each hoisting beam
consists of two frames (forward and rear),
two channel beam (right and left) assemblies,
and one s preader beam. The right and left
channel beam assemblies are connected to the
forward and rear frames by two ball lockpins
at each end of the benm assemblies. The spread-
er beam is connected to the forward and rear
frames by o.ne ball lockpin at each end. A hoist-
ing link on the spreader beam can be placed in
different positions, as required for lifting any
of the load combinat ions desc.ribed Kbove. The
forward and rear frames each have two hoist
fittings that support the stages. The front hoist
points swivel and the rear hoist points are
fixed. Two roller assemblies (fig. 1-8) on each
of the channel beam assemblies support the
hoisting beam on the EL. The roller assemblies
are held in either t he stored or operating posi-
tion by lugs and ball lockpins. Height adjust ing
screws permit the first and second stages to
be alined in the pitch and roll directions when
the two stages are being mated. The roller as-
sembly wheels on the left beam are grooved;
the wheels on the right beam are flat.
Digitized by Coogle
STRAP
SNAP
HOOK
TM 91450-380-14
RATCHET
BUCKLE
Ml46612
Figure 1-8. Univt!raal ticdown at-rap.
c. Guidaru:e Srcti011 Hoi.sf.ing Bemn (fig. 1-9).
The guidance section hoist ing beam is used for
hoisting the guidance section. The hoisting beam
consi sts of a tube assembly and forward and rear
sections. The tube assembly is attached to the
forward and rear sections by lock pins so that the
three com1>onents c.an be se]>arated fo1 handli ng
and storage. The forward and rear sections each
have two hoist fittings that support t he stages.
1-16. Shipp_lng Container Sling (fig. 1-101.
The shipping container sling is used for lifting
missile section containers, the air servicer as-
sembly, azimuth laying set containets, and the
BCC. When the BCC is being lifted, the ship-
ping container sling is used in conjunction with
the sling in the crane pack lifting sling set.
The shipping container sling is approximately
40 inches long and is similar in construction to
the crane pack lifting sling, except that the legs
are not equipped with turnbuckles.
1-17. Crane Pack Lifting Sling Set (fig- 1-111.
The crane pack lifting sling set consists of a
sling, which is 90 inches long, and two support
tubes. The sling is used for lifting the PTS,
RTS, shop set, and BCC. When the BCC is
1-9
Digitized by Coogle
I
TM 9-1450-380-14
1 - Rt>ar frame
2 - Ball lockpin (2)
a - Spreader beam
3. 1 - Shackle
4 - Hoisting link
5 - Forward frame
6 - Grooved wheel (21
7 - Lt:ft channd beam as.."'tmbly
8 - lloist fitting (4)
9 - Flat wheel (2)
10 - Roller as..,mbly 14)
II - !tight channel beam a.<$embly
12 - Balllockpin (Sl
13 - lJbracket (4)
14 - Hoisting beam pad (4)
CIS
Figure 1-i . f ir!Jt or sec<md $tagt hoisti'ng beanr..
being lifted, the sling in the crane pack lifting
set is used in conjunction wit h the shipping con-
tainer sling. The support tubes are used with
1 wrecker M816 crane boom support tubes when
loads such as shop sets are being lifted.
t -18. Dolly Set.
fL. General The dolly set (fig. 1-12) consists
of front and rear axle assemblies (fig. 1-13 and
1-14) that form two dolly trucks and the PS
dolly set adapter (fig. 1-14.1). The front axle
assembly is a steerable unit that attaches to
one end of an equipment shelter. The rear axle
assembly is a rigid unit that attaches to the
other end of an equipment shelter (fig. 1-12).
The PS dolly set adapter consists of t wo closed
rectangular frame units that at tach to the ends
of the PS. These units allow the two existing
1-10
dolly t rucks to be used with the PS (fig. 1-14.2).
The dolly set units are attached to the RTS
and PTS and to the PS dolly set adapter with
six eyebolts on each unit. The dolly set adapter
units are attached to the PS with four captive
bolts (I, fig. 1-14.1) on each unit. A manually
operated hydraulic system on each unit lifts
t he shelter off the ground. After the tele-
scoping braces on the dolly truck are locked,
the mobilized shelter can be towed at speeds
up to 5 miles per hour. The maximum allow-
able load for the dolly set is 5,000 pounds in
the organizational maintenance area, and 7,500
pounds in the OS and GS maintenance area.
The allowable loads vary because of the dif-
ference in terrain normally encountered in the
two areas. The steerable and rigid units,
without the dolly set adapter units, can be con-
nected back to back and towed as one unit.
Digitized by Coogle
1-Lug for stored position
2-Lug for operating position
3 - Height adjusting screw (4)
4- Ball lockpin
Figure 1-8. First or second swge ~ t i n g
beam roller assembly.
1
2
MJ 46635
3
MJ 46636
1 - Forward section
2-Tube assembly
3 - Rear section
4- Ball loekpin
Figure 1-9. Guidance eection ~ t i 1 1 g be<lm.
TM 9-1450-380-14
Ml 46637
Figure 1-10. Shipping container sling.
2
Ml <46596
1- Sling 2 - Support tube (2)
Figure 1-11. Cr<1ne p<Jek lifting eling ut.
1- 11
Dig1t1zoc by Google
TM 9-1450-380-14
UN II
@)
DO NOT FORK t.IFT
S!EERABLE
UN I!
Figure 1-11. Doll!/ aet attached to heltw.
1-12
1 -Telescoping brace (2)
2- Mount bracket aasembly (2)
3- Hydraulic pump
4-Axle
5- Hydraulic cylinder (2)
6-Whcel (2)
7 - Steering arm
8 - Tow bar
9-Pump handle
10 - Spindle assembly (2)
Figure 1-13. Front ao:l auembiJ!.
1-Mount bracket uMmbly (2)
2-Axle
3- Pump handle
4 - Towing eye (2)
5 - Spindle aaMmbly (2)
6 - Wheel (2)
7- Hydraulic pump
Digmzoo by Google
I
I - Capdft bolt (81
t- Tllreaded p i ~ (12)
a - Tllreaded p i ~ .co..,. bracket
4 - PowerlllaUoa thradecl ~ ~ ~ ~ (12)
6 - Adaptn aall
, .. , ........
1 11.1
Digitized by Google
TMt-14.110 14
0
EYUOLT (12)
CAI'Trvt IOU (I)
00UTRVCK
I
Dt<Jrt ed by Google
(4
b. Front Axle Assembly (fig. 1-18). The
7.50 x 10, 10-ply, tube-type tires on thesteerable
unit are mounted on split wheels. Each wheel
is suspended from a double-coil spring suspen-
sion assembly. The suspension assemblies are
attached to the axle with kingpins so that the
wheels can turn for steering. The suspension
assemblies are turned by tie rods that connect
them to the steering arm. The steering arm is
attached to the axle with the steering arm pin.
The tow bar is attached to the steering arm
with a pin. A lunette on the end of the tow
bar can be attached to a pintle for towing the
mobilized shelter. A mount bracket assembly
is attached to each end of the axle. Each mount
brac.ket is supported by a telescoping brace.
Ball lockpins lock the braces in either the ex-
tended or retracted position. The brace is ex
tended by a single-acting hydraulic cylinder,
and is collapsed by the weight of the equipment
shelter or by manual operation. The hydraulic
cylinders are connected in parallel with the
hydraulic pump through the pressure hose
sembly. Each hydraulic cylinder has a bleed
valve. The hydraulic pump is
mounted on the right side of the axle. The
pump handle is stored in a clip on the front
of the axle. Points of major wear have lubri-
cation grease fittings; all other wear points
are fitted with sleeves and bushings to reduce
the effects of wear.
c. Rear Axle Assembly (fig. 1-14). The rear
axle assembly is a rigid unit similar to the
front axle assembly, except that it cannot be
steered. The suspension assemblies are attached
to the axle with bolts and nuts. The rigid unit
has no tie rods, steering arm, or tow bar, but
it has two towing eyes for towing purposes.
MJ/4 /1{. PV
(1(0:
VA/.VC 2
11>"01/i'A(.It IC
PVMP
TM 9-1450-380-14
c.l. Dolly Set Adapter (fig. 1-14.1). Each I
adapter unit is a closed rectangular frame,
with four captive bolts that are used to attach
each unit to the PS. Threaded inserts in bosses
welded into the rectangular structure are used
to attach the dolly trucks to the adapter units
with six eyebolts on each dolly truck. A
bracket mounted on the inside surface of each
adapter ),lnJL.!!; provided to store the 12 ma-
chine threaded plugs that are removed when
the adapter units and the dolly trucks are in-
stalled on the PS. Six threaded plugs are re-
moved from the ends of the PS and six from
each adapter unit.
d. F1mctio-nal De.9cription (fig. 1-15) . When
the control valve is turned clockwise to the
rai.sed position, the hydraulic fluid reservoir is
blocked from the hydraulic pressure line, forc-
ing pressure into the cylinders. As the pump is
operated, hydraulic fluid is drawn from the
reservoir through check valve 1 and is pumped
through check valve 2 into the single-acting
hydraulic cylinders, causing the cylinders to
extend. As the cylinders extend, they attempt
to rotate the lifting arms counterclockwise and
the mount brackets clockwise around their junc-
tion points. The lifting arms cannot rotate
about the junction point because the wheels and
axle assembly hold the ends at a fixed height.
The mount brackets cannot rotate because the
equipment shelter holds them rigid; therefore,
the force of the hydraulic cylinders causes the
mount brackets to rise. As the mount brackets
rise, the lifting arms and axle rotate about the
fixed axle end, relieving the pressure of the
cylinders. The pressure regulator prevents ex-
cess pressure buildup in the hydtaulic system by
l""'m . \"(JNTRO!

IL<>W<"I
. . r:'
TGL.CSCOP!N(j . X!
BRACe 1 A ... HYfJ,;AVI. I C
/llil'J,I-- {y(. fNOiR
THI$ POINT
FIY0 '"' I
( 1((1<
I
Hf"(JNA(ILI<.
R5EilVOIR
8 >" WIIULS
t 1Fh'N6 A/1M
\ '

, .
"'"'crrON
POINr
'
"
Ml <46S86
. . l-.13
D1g1tlzed by L.oogle
TM 9-1450-380-14
allowing fluid to return to the reservoir when
ever fluid pressure overcomes the force exerted
by the regulator. When the control \'ahe is
turned counterclockwise to the lowered position,
the hydraulic pressure line is connected to the
reservoir, thereby relieving the pressure in the
pressure lines. The weight of the equipment
shelter s lowly collapses the hydraulic cylinders.
The rate of collapse is determi ned by the bleed
valves that control t he flow of fluid from each
c.vlinder. As the cylinders collapse, the hydrau-
lic fluid is forced from the cylinders into the
reservoir by means of the return lines.
1
119. Station Maintenance Slings
(fig. 1-16) .
Two beam type s lings are used when per
forming maintenance on the power station.
Sling ( IJ is used for lifting the gas turbine en
]
Cl3
gine alone, the engine with air compressor and
gearcase assembly, or the engine wi th either
the air compressor or gearcase assembly. These
combinations are made possible by connecting
the sling lifting ring to a specified point m1
the sling. Sling (2) is used for lifting the
gearcase assembly and air compressor. Refer
to TM :>-1450-204-34 or TM 9-1450-382-34 for use
of the slings.
1-20. Power Station Maintenance Stand
(fig. 1-17) .
The power station maintenance stand is used
to support the gas turbine engine alone, or the
engine with gearcase assembly and aircompres
sor attac.hL'(I. The stand is mounted on four
casters, two of which are the swivel and locking
type. Refer to TM :>-1450-20434 or TM 9-1450-
382-34 for use of t he stand.
M l
I
l - Gas turbine engine slinR
2 - assembly sling
1- 14
I
Digilized by Coogle
cu
. .
1 Fl(li<Te J-18. rDeltudJ
1-21. ( O.J.ted)
122. Guidance Section Blanket (fig. 1-19).
a. Generol. The guidance section blanket
(1,660 watts) maintains the temperature of the
guidance section skin at approximately 28"8"C
( 82"15"F). Th e blanket operates on
120/ 280-volt, 3-phase, 00. or 400-Hz power. The
guidance section is shipped in its container with
the blanket installed.
b. Physical Descriptwn. The guidance section
blanket consists of a main blanket, a cable mast
hood and one end cover. It has an access flap

so that the porro prism in the guidance eect1on
can be viewed while the blanket is installed.
TM 9- 1450-380 "

Mo ~ o B I
Another access flap provides access to t h ~ urn
bilical door on the guidance section. Four
notches in the edges of the blanket permit use
of the guidance section hoisting beam when the
blanket is installed. The cable mast hood, when
installed, covers the cable mast. The hood is
not electrically heated, but retains heat gen
erated by the blanket. The unheated end cover
is made of nylon fabric with an elasticized edge
that holds the cover in place when instalk>d.
The cover r etains heat generated by the
blanket. All components have hook or pil e tape
at the joining edges and on t he access flaps.
A connector extension is provided for the pow
er connector on the blanket, for ease of con
nection to the EL.
I
123 through 1-25. (Deleted) I
1-15
TM 9-1450-380-14
I - Main blanket
2 - Cable m .. t hood
3 - Power conneetor
4
4 - }i'ront end cover
5 - Umbilical door acceO& flap
6 - Po!T(I prism at(CSI flap
~ g r . , . . 1 19. Comll'>""'ll' of guidn>too sectitm bl<nd<et
I Fitrure 120 and 121. !Deleted)
1-16
-
Cl3
2
Ml <6613.l
Digitized by Coogle
Cl 3 TM 9- 1450-380-14
1-26. First and Second Stage Cradles ( fig.
1-22) .
Two cradles support the first and second stages
during any operations that cannot be performed
while the stages are suspended in the slings
or supported on the container clamp rings. For
instance, the cradles are used when a faulty
first or second stage is being replaced or re-
paired. The cradles are made of wood, and are
padded to protect the stages from damage.
"'' 664
Figure 122. First and second stage c"dles.
11-27. Boarding ladders (fig. 1-23).
Boarding ladders provide access to the BCC,
and to the PTS, PS, and RTS when they are
installed on truck M656. All steps on the BCC
and RTS ladders are the same width. The top
step on the PTS/PS ladder is wider than the
other steps, for increased footing when carrying
heavy equipment. Each ladder is a double-
frame, full-step ladder, with side rails that at-
tach to the boarding ladder support hooks. The
support hooks prevent the ladder from shifting
when it is supporting a load. When not being
used, the ladders are stored on the bed of the
truck and secured with webbing straps.
M l 4 6 6 ~ 6
F'igure' l-29. & arding ladder.
1-28. Auxiliary Equipment Vehicle loading
Plans.
Auxiliary equipment vehicles are provided for
transporting tool sets, test equipment, cables,
azimuth laying equipment, the weather shield
assembly, tents, and the refueling kit. Proce-
dures for loading the azimuth laying equipment
are prescribed in TM 9-1425-383-1Q-1. Universal
tiedown straps (par. 1-14) are used to secure I
equipment in each vehicle to prevent it from
being damaged during transit. Dunnage may
be used between containers and sides of the
vehicles to provide access to container
fasteners.
1-29. Transportation Data.
The data listed in table 1-3 and shown in figure
1-24 are to be used in determining the overall
weight and clearance limitations for equipment
on tactically loaded vehicles. The dimensions do
not include towed loads.
1-17
Dig1t1zcd by Coogle
TM 9-1450-38014
If the weight and clearance limita-
tions of bridges, underpasses, and en-
trances approach those l.isted in table
1-3, check that the load will clear
before proceeding. Actual dimensions
of the equipment may vary somewhat,
depending on such factors as tire pres-
sure, spring compression, and extra
equipment carried.
c1a
POWU Sf At ION ON TtAILfll M196

- 0 0

.,

rtSON TltUC M6S6 WITH POWII STATION
:r"
...
l'-.
,....--.
l
( 9

:5I
m
7
o o""
V ' _,... :'\
" /"\.. . ./
\..o / ,o.J

RTS ON TlUC M656
....
e
,..
0
'"
r-
If l
I;
y
B
7 v """\
"""\

)
'-0 / '-.0/
\..0 / ,0./
, .....

"""'

i4
c_j

1-18
Digitized by Googl
C14
TM 9-1450-380-14
Table 13. Or>l rall Trlm portatiOft Dutufor 1\u;ticnl/y Louded Vehicte.
Oim11n.-iD"' trw.
Leoath H"-:bl \\'ldtb
Item lA) <8> <Cl Wd!i:b1
PS on trailer M796 Trailer 10ft 7 in. 7 ft 10 in. 10,277 lb
retracted: (3.23ml (2.38m) (4,662 kg)
17 ft 6 in.
(5.33m)
-Trailer
extended:
21 ft 6 in.
(6.55m)
PTS/PS on truek M6.'i6 (with winch) 24 ft 11 in. 11ft7in. 8 ft 2 in. 25,284
(7.59m) (3.S3m) (2.49ml (11,4b'9 kg)
1
RTS on t ruck M656 (with winch, 24 ft 11 in. 10ft 5 in. 8 ft 23,307 lb
RTS 10-kw gnerator mounting kit, (7.59m) (3.17ml (2.44m) (10,572 kg)
and l Okw generator: without
winterization heater and heater air
duets)
RTS on truck M656 (wit h winch; without 24 ft 11 in. 10ft 5 in. 8ft 22,385 lb
RTS IOkw generator mounting kit . (7.59m) (3.17m) (2.44m) (10,153 kg)
10-kw generator, lo\'interiz.ation
heater, a nd heater air duet s)
1
Wt\tl ht Ul) pouod!l (186 kal Of fud,
Section Ill. DESCRIPTION OF GENERATOR SET PU-614 / M
I 1-30. Physical Description ( fig. 1-25) .
a. General. Stewart and Stevenson model
52300 generator, trailer M200AJ chassis, and
trai ler mounted components are used to
fabricate generator set PU-614/ M as described
in b through d below.
b. Generator. The generator is driven by a
t hree-cylinder diesel engine and provides an
output of 120/204-volt 3-phase, 400-Hz power at
a full load rating of 45 kilowatts. For use with
the PERSHING la missile system, the gener-
ator is modified by removing two existing power
connectors JB and J9 including internal wiring,
and installing two new wi ring harnesses con-
taining rfi quick-disconnect connectors. An in-
st ruction plate and modification work order
(MWO) plate installed on the generator access
doors complete the modification of t he gener-
ator. For a complete description of the un-
modified generator, refer to TM
c. Trailer. The trailer is a t wo-wheel, 2-1 12
ton trailer. For use with the PERSHING 1a
missile system, the trailer is modified by drill-
ing a number of holes to permit installation
of the 45-kw generator and trailer mounted
components. For a complete description of the
unmodified trailer, refer to TM 9-2330-205-14.
d. Trai ler Mo1mted Components. Trailer
mounted components include a cable reeling
machine for storage of cable 58Wl, two ground
connectors, an electrical bonding st rap, and
miscellaneous hardware required to mount
these items and the generator.
1-31. Transportation Data.
The data in table 1-4 are to be used in determin-
ing the overall weight and clearance limitations
of the generator set.
I I
lf the weight and clearance limita-
tions of bridges, underpasses, and en-
trances approach t hose listed in table
1-4, check that the load will clear be-
fore proceeding. Actual dimensions of
the equipment may vary somewhat,
depending on such factors as tire
pressure, spring compression, and ex-
tra equipment carried.
1-32. Functional Description.
For rear area operations, generator sets are I
used to provide ac power to the facilities dis-
t ribution trailer used for SCTS operations, and
1-19
Digitized by Coogle
TM 9- 1450-380- 14
to provide ac power for operation of the shop
I
sets. For forward area operations, generator
sets are used at firing sites to provide standby
ac power when the power station or commercial
power ts not used. Generator sets may also be
Cl4
used to provide ac power to the radio terminal
sets. For a complete functional description of
t he generator, refer to TM 5-6115-274-12. For
a complete functional description of the trailer,
refer to TM 9-2330-205-14.
T(tble 14 .4. Tram;pmtaUatl Data for Gettera.tor Set PU614/M
I
1-20
Lcnjljth
urttOin.
(4.23ml
I - Generator
2 - Trailer
Ht>lKht
7ft lin.
l2.16m)
W!dtb
7 !t 9 in.
(2.63m)
3 - Cable re<Jiing ma<:bine
4 - Cable 58\\' I

lb
(3.151 kg)
Ml 51049
I
Digitized by Google
C14 TM 9-1450-380- 14
CHAPTER 2
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
2-1. Gene ral .
This chapter presents operating instructions for
vehicle mounting kits and handling equipment
used i"n the PERSHING system, and loading
instructions for auxiliary equipment on support
vehicles. Operating instructions for the mount-
ing kits consist of detailed procedures for in-
stallation and removal of the programmer-test
station. power station, air servicer assembly, ra-
dio terminal set, and associated equipment. Also
included. are instructions for determining
wrecker boom length and boom angle to be used
when lifting specific items of equipment with
the wrecker, and instructions for removal and
installation of the generator that is part of gen-
erator set PU-614/M.
2-2. Programmer-Test Station/ Powe r
Station Mounting Kit.

Refer to par agraph 2-15 to insure that
the load limit of the wrecker is not
exceeded when lifting the PTS or PS.
a. Get1eroL Detailed installation and r emoval
procedures for the programmer -test station,
power station, air servicer assembly, boarding
ladders, and associated equipment such as elec-
trical cables, weapon test set T-1500A. power
s upplies T -436, and power station filter contain-
er are prescribed in b through i below. Unless
otherwise indicated, tighten bolts, nuts, and
screws in procedures below in accordance with
standard mechanical practices.
b. /nst(L/uttion of Station
em Truck M656. The PTS is positioned on truck
M656 by means of the crane pack lifting sling
and wrecker M543. The PTS must be installed
first and removed last because of limited hoist-
ing height available with the wrecl.er.
Note
The key numbers shown below in
parentheses re.fer to figure 2-1 except
where otherwise indicated.
(1) Position wrecker parallel to PTS.
(2) Fully raise and fully extend wrecker
boom over center of PTS.
(3) Extend wrecker outriggers.
I WARNING I
Use two persons w lower tailgate in
(4) below.
(4) Fully lower truck M656 tailgate to
vert ical position.
(5) Connect crane lifting sling to
PTS and wrecker crane hook ()lar. 2-10).
I WARNING I
Keep personnel clear of the PTS
while it is suspended by the sling.
(6) Raise PTS so that it will clear re-
tainers (11, fig. 1-2).
(7) Turn PTS so that personnel door is
facing rear of truck cab.
(8) Direct driver to carefully back up
truck so that PTS can pass through two up-
rights on rear of vehicle. After PTS passes
through uprights, tum PTS oo so that per-
sonnel door is on right side of truck.
(9) After PTS has been turned, carefully
lower it until four a linement pins in bottom
of PTS seat into alinement holes.
(9. 1) Position boarding ladder for use on I
truck as prescri bed in 2-16a(4)
through (10).
(10) Disconnect sling from PTS.
(11) Secure PTS to SUJlport beams. usmg
bolts (3), lock washers (4). and washers (5).
(11.1) Request DS to perform a PTS/PS
vehicle electrical ground check as prescribed in
paragraph 4-13.5.
I WARNING I
Insure that electrical power is off be-
fore connecting electrical cables.
(12) If required, connect 60W1081'1 to
vehicle auxiliary connector (8) and 60Wl08P2
to J3 on PTS power distribution entry panel.
(13) Refer to TM 9-1430-380-14 for cabling
information.
fM 9-1450-380-14
C14
AliNEMENT HOlE (4)

0
1 - Crane pack lifting sling
2 - PTS
3 - Bolt (4)
4 - Lockwasher ( 4)
6 - Washer (4)
6 - (Deleted)
7 - (60W108) Electrical cable assembly
8-Vehicle auxiliary connector
Ml 4661 -:1
Figure 11. Renwval and inot<zl lation of programmcrteot ot<zti<>n <>n tr11ck M656.
[WARNING I
Use two persons to raise the tailgate
in (14) below.
(14) Raise tailgate and secure it to truck
M656.
c. Instalkl.tion of Air Servicer on
Truck M656 (fig. 2-2).
'1-2.
I WARNING I
Before handling air servicer assem
bly, bleed air cylinder. Do not use
BLEED VALVE located behind the
instant air system cylinder control
panel to bleed the air cylinder. The
air cylinder can be bled only when
the airhose is connected to the power
station.
(1.0.1) Insure that CYLINDER AIR SHUT
OFF valve on instant air system cylinder con
trol panel (cylinder control panel) is closed.
(1.0.2) Open CYLINDER AIR BLEED valve
on PS pneumatic panel.
(1.0.3) Open CYLINDER AIR SHUT OFF
valve on cylinder control panel.
Digitized by Coogle
C14
I
1
Y--.:.._
, }-.__r e
~ x - - - z 9
13 _.,j,7 "
1 2 - ~ 10
"
I - Lifti ng eye (4)
2 - Power station
3 - Tailgate
4 - C-clamp (4)
6-Shear block (4)
6- Retainer slot (4)
7 - Drain hooe aaoembly 12)
8-Bolt (8)
9 - Lockwuber (8)
10 - Wa.her (8)
II - Locknut(4)
12- w .. her (4)
13 - Mounting pl atA! (2)
14 - Air servicer assembly
IS - Bolt (4)
16 - Hose assembly
TM 9-1450-380-14
3
4
Figur 1-1. Removal and i Mtallation of 1""".,. elation and air UMJicer a ... emblv on t.-uck M656.
2-3
Digitized by Coogle
TM 9-1450310 14
I
(1.0.4) Observe CYLINDER AIR PRESSURE
gage for drop in pressure to 0 psig.
(1.0.5) Close valves.
(1) Remove mounting platee (13) from
tl'Uck M666 by removinr bolts (8), lockwaahen
{9), and washers (10).
Note
When performing (2) below, loosely
assemble attaching hardware so that
mounting plates can be adjusted to
aline predrilled mounting holes in
plates with predrilled mounting holel!
in reinforcing strips in (6) below.
(2) Install mounting plates ( 13) on air
servieer assembly (14), using bolts (15),
washers (12), and locknuts (11).
(3) Emplace wreeker M543.
(4) Connect shipping container sling to air
serviccr assembly and wrecker hook (par. 2-9).'
I WARNING I
Keep personnel clear of air servicer
assembly while it is suspended by
wrecker.
(5) Position air servicer assembly (14) on
truck bed.
(6) Aline predrilled mounting holes in
mounting plates wjth predrilled mounting holes
in reinforcing strips.
(7) Disconnect sling from air servicer
assembly.
(8) Secure air service.r assembly to truck,
using eight bolts (8), lockwashers (9), and
washers (10).
(9) Tighten locknuts installed in (2)
above.
I
d. ln41tallaHon of Power Station on 'Jiruck
M656.
I WARNING I
Use two persons to lower tailgate in
(1) below.
(1) Fully lower tr uck M656 tailgate to ver
t ical posit ion.
2-4
--
(2) Remove boarding ladders (5, fig. 2-3)
from truck as prescribed in paragraph 2-16a(l)
through (3).
(3) Fully extend and elevate wrecker
boom.
Note
If the terrain is rough or sloping, em
place the wrecker on t he high side
to load the power station.
(4) Move wrecker until wrecker hook IS
positioned at center of power station.
(5) Rotate boom until it is oo to wrecker
on opposite side from which power station is
to be loaded. Lower wrecker hook and connect
crane pack lifting sling to hook.
(6) Extend outriggers on loading side of
wrecker.
(7) Rotate boom !SO from where it was
positioned in (5) above.
(8) Position truck approximately 5 feet
from and parallel to wrecker, with wrecker hook
centered over power stat ion adapter.
(9) Rotate boom and position hook over
center of power station.
Note
The key numbers sho"''ll below in pa-
rentheses refer to figure 2-2 except
(10) Connect crane pack lifting sling to
power station lifting eyes (1 ).
I WARNING I
Keep personnel clear of power station
while it is suspended by \\Tecker.
[ c ~ ~ ! t o ~ ]
Insure that shackles do not contact
power station when lifting in (11) be-
low.
(11) Lift power station until it clears all
obstructions.
(12) Rotate boom and carefully position
power station so that electrical distribution pan
el is on left side of PTS/PS vehicle and centered
over adapter.
(13) Lower power station so that shear
blocks (5) seat in retainer slots (6).
-
.-

Coogle
(14 TM 9-1450-380-14
()
()

()
' 1 : +'
M1<06591f.
I - Support ra<k
2 - Weapon teat ..,t T-1500
a - (Deleted)
7 - {O.Iet<d)
11 - (Deleted)
12 - (42W50) Cable
8 - (Deleted) 13 - Power etation filter eontainer
14 - Power supply T-436 4 - (60W 18) Cable
5 - Boarding ladder
9- Handrail
10 - (60W 103) Cable
.F'If/Nre !t-3. butallatiolt of a .. ociated equipment ami boarding klddel"!l on PTSIPS '"'hide.
(14) Position boarding ladder for use on
truck as prescribed in paragraph 2-16a(4}
through (10).
(15) Disconnect crane pack lifting sling
from power station.
(15.1} Rotate boom until it is clear of power
station and truck: then lower boom and dis-
connect sling from hook.
(16) Secure power station to retainers with
C-clamps (4). Adjust clamps; then secure them
2-5
Digitized by Coogle
TM 9- 1450-380-14
to power station and support beams by tight-
cning C-elamp bolts to 65:1:5 foot-pounds; then
tighten jamnuts to 10:1:2 foot-pounds, using
boxend head 5120-00-020-5664 and torque
wrench handle 5120-00-020-5641.
(17) Connect drain hose assemblies (7) to
power station.
(18) Connect electrical cable 60W16P1 to JS
on power station electrical distribution center.
and 60W16P2 to J2 on PTS power cable entry
panel.
(19) Connect electrical cable 60W17P1 to J1
on power station electrical distribution center,
and 60W17P2 to Jl on PTS power cable entry
panel.
(20) Store boarding ladders on truck as
prescribed in paragraph 2-16c(1) through (9).
I WARNING I
Use two persons to raise the tailgate
in (21) below.
M6f>6
e. Onmectilm of Air Seroicer A.,Hembly to
l'on-er Station.
{1) Remove hose assembly (16, fig. 2-2)
from its st<>red position by pushing release lever
on strap buckle, loosening strap. and uncoiling
hose assembly.
(2) Connect hose asscm bly to power sta-
1
tion and air scrvicer assembly (TM 9-1450-382-
20).
f lnstal/nlion of Associated EquitJinent and
8tx1rding Ltulrlers on PTSIPS Vehicle (fig. 2-3).
Install weapon test set T1500A (2), power sup-
plies T436 and power station filter con-
tainer (13) in support rack (!). St11rc electrical
cable 42W50 (12) in the forward stor8.l(e area
located between the rear of the personnel cab
and the PTS. Store electrical cable 60\V103 (10)
as shown. Store electrical cable 60W18 (4),
which is on reel, inside the PTS. Install
boarding ladders on truck M656 as prescribed
in paragraph 2-l&t and b. Store boarding lad
ders (5) and handrails (9) in the storage area
shown and as prescribed in paragraph 2-16c.
Secure the above items with the webbing straps
provided.
2-6
C14
(J. Rern.o1J(ll of Power Station From Truck
M656.
I WARNING I
(I ) below.
Note
The key numbers shown below in pa-
rentheses refer to fig11re 2-2 except
(1) Fully lower truck M656 tailgate to ver-
tical position.
from truck as prescribed in paragraph 2-16a(1)
t hrough (3).
(2.1) Position boarding ladder for use on
truck as prescribed in paragraph 2-16a(4)
through (10).
I WARNING I
If air assembly is to be
moved, bleed air cylinder as pre-
scribed in paragraph 2-2c.
(3) Disconnect all cables from power sta-
tion distribution panel.
(4) Disconnect hose assembly from power I
station (TM 9-1450-382-20).
Note
Two persons are required to dis-
connt'Ct conditioned-air duct in (5) 00.
low.
(5) Disconnect conditioned-air duct from
power station.
(6) Remove C-<:lamps (4) securing power
station to retainers.
(7) Disconnect drain hose assemblies (7)
from power station.
(8) Remove outriggers from storage.
(9) Position wrecker approximately 5 feet
from and parallel to PTS/ PS vehicle, with rear
wheels of wrecker and PTS/PS vehicle approx
imately alined with each other.
(10) Fully extend and elevate wrecker
boom; then rotate boom until it is 90 to
y Coogle
Cl.ot
wrecker on opPQ6ite side from which power sta-
1
tion is to be unloaded. Lower wrecker hook and
install crane pack lifting sling on hook.
Note
If the terrain is rough or sloping, em-
place the wrecker on the high side
to unload the power station.
(11) Rotate boom 180 from where it was
posi tioned in (10) above.
(12) Direct driver to move wrecker, as nec-
essary to center hook over powl!r station.
(13) Extend outriggers on unloading side of
wrecker.
power station lifting eyes (1).
I WARNING I
while it. is suspended by wrecker.
[
lnsure that shackles do not contact
power station when lifting in (15) be-
low.
(15) Lift power station carefully until it
clears all obstructions.
(16) Rotate boom until power station clears
truck; then position power station in desired
location.
(17) Disconnect crane lifting sling
from power station and wrecker hook.
I
prescribed in paragraph 2-16c(1) through (9).
I WARNING I
Use two persons to raise tailgate 1n
(19) below.
M656.
TM 9-1450-380-14
h. Removal of Air Servirer Assentbly From
7'ruck M656 (fig. 2-2).
I WARNING I
Before handling air servicer assem-
bly, bleed air cylinder as prescribed
in paragraph 2-2c.
(1) Disconnect pressure hose assembly
from air servicer assembly (TM 9-1450-382-20). I
(2) Coil hose assembly (16) and stnsp it
in place on air servicer assembly (14).
(3) Remove bolts (8), lockwashers (9), and
washers (10).
servicer assembly and wrecker hook (par. 2-9).
I WA!'NING I
Keep personnel clear of the air serv-
icer assembly while it is suspended
by the sling.
(5) Remove air servicer assembly from
truck and position it in desired location.
(6) Disconnect sling from air servicer as-
sembly.
(7) Remove nuts (11), washers (12), bolts
(15), and mounting plates (13) from air servicer
assembly (14).
(8) Install mounting plates (13) on truck
and secure them with bolts (8), lockwashers
(9), and washers (10).
i. Remoml of Programmer-Test Station
From Tnu:k M656.
!wARNING I
fore disconnecting electrical cables
from the PTS.
(I) Disconnect all electrical cables from
PTS.
2-6.1
Digitized by Coogle
TM 9-1450-180-14
I WARNING I
(2) below.
(2) Fully lower truck M6!\6 tailgate to ver-
t ical position.
(3) Remove power station from truck (g
above).
I
from truck as prescribed in paragraph 2-16o.(l)
through (3).
(5) Emplace wrecker M543 by extending
outriggers. Fully raise and fully extend wreeker
boom. Emplace wreekt!r outriggers.
(6) Posi t ion PTS vehicle parallel to
wrecker so that PTS is centered under wrecker
hook.
I
(6.1) Posi t ion boarding ladder for use on
t hrough (10).
PTS and wrecker hook (par. 2-10).
(8) Remove mounting bolts (3, fig. 2-1),
washers (5, fig. 2-1), and lockwashers (4, fig.
2-1) from mounting holes (fig. 2-1).
[ WARNING I
Keep personnel clear of PTS while it
is suspended by the sling.
(9) Raise PTS until it clears support
beams and retainers.
2-6.2
Cl4
(10) Direet driver to carefully move truck
forward. At the same time, rotate PTS oo so
that personnel door is facing the rear of cab.
After PTS has passed through two uprights at
rear of truck, posit ion PTS in desired location.
(11) Disconnect sling from PTS and
wrecker hook.
prescribed in paragraph 2-16c(l) through (9).
I WARNING I
Use two persons to raise tailgate in
(13) below.
M6S6.
2-3. Radio Terminal Set and Winterization
Heater Mounting Kit.
I CAUt:ION 1
Refer to paragraph 2-15 to insure that
exceeded when lifting the RTS.
11. GeneraL Detailed procedures for prepara-
tion of heater mounting base and removal and
i.nstallation procedures for winterization heater,
radio terminal set, and boarding ladder are con-
tained in a.J and b through f below. Unless
otherwise indicated. t ighten bolts, nuts, and
screws used in procedures below in accordance
with standard mechanical practices.
Digitized by Google
C14
a. I. Preparation. of Heat.er Base fM
Installation. of Wi11terization. Heater (fig. 2-3.1).
Note
If winterization heater 4520-00-981-
6605 is to be installed on truck M656,
perform (1) below and then proceed
directly to b below. If winterization
heater 4520-00-979..()728 is to be in-
stalled, omit (1) below and proceed di-
rectly to (2) below.
(1) Install spacer blocks (1) on inside face
of heater mounting base. Store spacer blocks
(2) by installing them on outside face of heater
mounting base.
(2) Install spacer blocks (3) on inside face
of heater mounting base. Store spacer blocks
( 4) by installing them on outside face of heater
mounting base.
b. Ins tallatian of Winterizati1m Heater on
(1) Position winterization heater (2) on
heater mounting base (5) with air duct outlet
facing left side of vehicle.
( 2) Secure heater to mounting base, using
webbing straps (6) and four tiedown fittings (4).
(3) Position heater air ducts (1) on air
ducts storage rack (7) and storage rack support
(3).
( 4) Secure air ducts, using webbing straps
(8 and 9) and two tiedown fittings (4).
I
c. Installation of Radio Tertninal Set on
(1) Position wrecker parallel to RTS.
boom over center of RTS.
I WARNING I
Use two persons to lower tailgate and
side gates in ( 4) below.
I
(4) Fully lower tailgate and side gates to
vertical
(5) Connect crane pack lifting sling (1) to
RTS (2) and wrecker hook (par. 2-10).
I WARNING I
Keep personnel clear of the RTS
while it is suspended by the sling.
TM 9- 1450-380-14
(6) Raise RTS so that it will clear mount-
ing kit.
(7) Turn RTS so that personnel door is
positioned as shown in figure 2-5.
(8) Direct driver to carefully back up
truck so that RTS can pass through two
uprights on rear of vehicle.
(9) Lower RTS until four alinement pins
in bottom of RTS seat into alinement holes (6).
(9.1) Position boarding ladder for use on
through (10).
(10) Disconnect sling from RTS and
wrecker hook.
(11) Secure RTS to support beams, using
bolts (3), lockwashers (4), and washers (5).
( 12) Position boarding ladder and handrail
(7) on truck bed and secure it, using webbing
straps (8).
I wARNING I
Use two persons to raise side gates
and tailgate in (13) below.
(13) Raise side gates and tailgate and
secure them to truck M656.
d. Removal of Radi o Terminal Set from
I wARNING I
fore disconnecting electrical cables
from RTS.
(1) Diseonnect all electrical cables from
RTS.
I WARNING I
Use two persons to lower tailgate and
side gates in (2) below.
(2) Fully lower tailgate and side gates to I
vertical position.
(3) Remove boarding ladder and handrail
(7) from truck M656 truck bed.
(4) Position wrecker parallel to RTS.
boom over center of RTS.
2-7
Diglt1zed by Google
I
TM 9. 14$0.380- 14
~ I \
'
""'

I
I

I
/
'
/
I
~
-
A
0
---.
I
I
I
""'

I
I
'"
I
I
/
..
~
-
B
NOTE:
1
. ~
..

..
2 (SEE NOTE)

e
"
..
/

~ \
_\. "'
~
.Q -
2
3\
~ I ~ k
~
~
..
~
Ol
....
/
~
4
NOTE] (SEE
C3
SPACER Bl OCKS ARE INSTAllED IN THE STORED POSITI ON.
28
1 - Spacer block 11028193-1
2 - Spacer block 11051892-1
3 - Spacer block U051892-1 (2)
4 - Spacer block llO'l8193-1
I
Digitized by Coogle
1
1-H-m chaet (4)
t-wu.tm iatioD beater
S-Stonp ndt .. ppoot
4-Tiedown fittiq (S)
6-Heater IIIOWlting ....
TM 9-1450-310-14
MI-AII
7 - Air dude ot.orqe ndt
8 - Webbing .trap. (ll)
9-Webbing .trap. (2)
2-8. ,
Digitized by Google
.... , .... ~ , 4
(7) Connect c:nne ~ littiq aline to
BTS Uld wrecker c:nne book (pe.r. 2-10).
(8) Remove boH. (3), lockwub.en (4) ,
ud waabera (6) from mouDti.q hoJeL
I WARNING I
Keep peraoDDel clear of B.TS while it
ia suapended by the eliDa'.
U .2
kit.
Cl
(9) Raise RTS until it cJeara IDOUJltiq
(10) Direct driver to carefully move truek
:M666 forward. After RTS has passed through
upr!Pta at rear of truck, position RTS in de-
aired location.
(11) Discon.neet alin&' from RTS.
D g t zed )y Coogle
- .
C14
(
..
I - Crnne paek lining oling
2 - RTS
3-Bolt (4)
--
4 - Loekwaaher (4)
< - Washer (4)
6-Alinement hole (4)
TM 9- 1450-380- 14
2
I

r } ' J
"""" , .... r+t ""'1 .it;'"'"" I ..
,..,. ..
.. ubd
'1
7 - Boarding ladder and handrail
8-Webbing etrap (2)
Fig11rf 15, R moval intallation of radio terminal t on t1'Uck M656.
2-9
D1g1I1Zed by Cooglt'
TM 9-1450380 14
(12) Position boarding ladder and handrail
(7) on truck bed and secure ladder using web-
bing straps (8).
I WARNING I
Use two persons to raise side gates
and tailgate in (13) below.
(13) Raise side gates and tailgate and
secure them to truck M656.
e. Removal of Winterization HeM.er F'rom
(1) Disconnect air ducts from heater or
remove air ducts (I) from air ducts storage rack
(7) and storage rack support (3) by releasing
webbing straps (8 and 9) and two tiedown fit-
tings (4).
(2) Remove webbing straps (6) from heat-
er lifting/tiedown handles.
(3) Remove heater from truck M656 and
place heater in desired location.
f. Ins tallatiotl, Removal, and Storage of
Boarding Lodder on Truck M656. Install, re-
move, and store boarding ladder on truck M656
as prescribed in paragraph 2-16.
2-4. Radio Terminal Set 10-KW Generator
Mounting Kit,
a. General. Detailed installation and remov-
al procedures for the 10-kw generator and 10-kw
generator skid are contained in b through e
below. Procedures for connecting and dis-
connecting auxiliary 10-kw generator and RTS
generator are contained in f through h below.
Unless otherwise indicated, tighten bolts, nuts,
and screws in procedures below in accordance
with standard mechanical practices.
b. lnstallatioo of 10-KW Generator on Truck
M656 (fig. 2-6).
(1) Remove bolts (4), washers (5), and nuts
(6) from skid.
(2) Emplace wrecker M543 next to truck
M656.
(3) Extend wrecker boom over center of
10-kw generator.
(4) C-onnect shackle (1) to generator lifting
eye (2) and wrecker hook.
2-10
!wARNING I
Keep personnel clear of 10-kw gen-
erator while it is suspended by the
wrecker.
Note
.
When performing (5) below, place
generator end of 10-kw generator so
that it will be facing rear of truck
M656.
Cl4
(5) Position generator on 10-kw generator
skid (7).
(6) Secure generator to skid, using bolts
(4), washers (5), and nuts (6).
(7) Disconnect shackle from 10-kw gener-
ator lifting eye.
c. Remoool of 10-KW Generator From Tnu:k
M656 (fig. 2-6).
(1) Emplace wrecker M543 next to truck
M656.
(2) Extend wrecker boom over the center
of 1 0-k w generator.
(3) Connect shackle (1) to generator lifting
eye (2) and wrecker hook.
(4) Remove nuts (6), washers (5), and bolts
(4) from 10-kw generator skid (7).
! wARNING I
Keep personnel clear of 10-kw gen-
erator while it is suspended by the
sling.
(5) Remove 10-kw generator from skid
and place generator in desired location.
(6) Disconnect shackle from generator
lifting eye.
(7) Install bolts (4), washers (5), and nuts
(6) on skid.
d. Installation of 10-KW Genemtor and
10-KW Generutor Skid on Truck M656 (fig. 2-6).
Note
Perform the followi ng procedure
when 10-kw generator and 10-kw gen-
erator skid are installed as an assem-
bly on truck M656.
(1) Perform b(2) through (4) above.
(2) Remove plugs (8) from four mounting
holes in reinforcing strips (9).
Digitized by Google
1
1-SNdlle

4-Bolt(S)
5-WuborUS)
6 - LockDUl (8)
3

I

7 -10.kw --lldd
8-PIUI (4l
f-Wordac olrip (J)
10-Wubor (4)
11-Bolt(4)
1M 9-1450a0-14
I
,..,.,.. 1-1. B-...1 OJid ftutollotiolo of BTS 10oft ,_-"" ""'" IIIH.
211
Digitized by Google
TM t . 14JO.II0-14
I WARNING I
Keep penonnel cleu of lO.kw pneratcr
skid while it is IIWIJ)ended by the crane
hook.
,._
In (8) below, poeition lO.kw enerator
lkid 10 that end lO.kw
enerator is f.cm. truck M61i6.
(8) Position lO.kw renerator and lO.kw
renerator skid aa an -mbly on reinforcinr
strips.
( 4) Aline predrilled mountiq bole in ren-
entor altid with predrilled IDOIIJitiq bol! I in
reinforcinr atripe.
(6) Secan lO.kw eeneratcr akid to -
inforelnr Itt iiJII, aaiq wuherl 00) and bolta
(11).
(6) Dilconnect ehaclcle from 10-kw ren-
erator liftiq eye.
e. of 10.KW Gellmltor IJflll 10.KW
Skid. 7'nek 11164 (f'... U).
.....
Perfcrm the followiq prooedan when
lO.kw pneratcr and 10-kw renentor
ekid removed aa an -mbly from
truclc M666.
( 1) Perform c(l) throurh (8) above.
( 2) Remove bolte (11) and wuhen (10)
eeeurinr IO.kw enerator to reinfOI"Cinr lltt'ipa
(9).
WARNING
Keep penonnel clear ollO.kw renerator
lkid while it is suspended by the erue
hook.
(8) Remove lO.kw renentor and lO.kw
Pl..,..,-,. .. ator skid aa an nembly from bed
b'udc M61i6 and place -mbly in dwiied Jo.
cation
2-12
C6
(4) Diaeollnect ehadcle from ,_....,
liftinr qe.
(6) lllltall plura (8) in four mountinr boJe.
loeated in stripe.
/. Co!tllting 10.KW to
RadiD TmniMl &t (fir. 2-6.1).
I WARNING I
Tum ott all eleetaieal power and di..
conneet 80W:InP2 from J16 on RTS
prior to llerfonninr the followinr pro.
cedure.
(1) Tum ott all power to radio
t4rmlnal let (1).
( 2) Open cenerator compartment door (2)
011 radio terminal let.
(3) Diaconnect radio terminal eet rener-
ator cable from Jl (6) and J2 (4) on RTS power
peMI (8) .
.....
If RTS pne ator ia to be removed
from eenerator COIJII)U'tment, perfcrm
(4) below. If RTS pnerator ia not
to be removed from eenentor com-
partmet&. omit (4) below and proceed
directly to (6) below.
(') Remove radio terminal let eenerator
from RTS aa pracribed in TM
.....
<Able wemllllw 104Wl and 104W2
an lltOI'ed 011 RTS tr&IIIIIOit truck
MW in the forwlll'd rirhi ett ner of
tbecareoll'e&.
(6) Remove cable -mbliee 104Wl and
104W2 (6) from their stored poeltion.
,._
On aome RTS power penela, Jl is Jo..
cated on lower left aide of panel.
(6) Connect 104W1Pl to Jl on RTS power
penal.
D gt zed Dy Coogle
-
I
Cl
(T) Connect UMW2Pl to JZ on RTS power
panel.
(8) CoMect 104W1P2 to P1 on auxiliary
pnerator cable.
(9) CoMect 104WZP2 to P2 on auxiliary
pnerator cable.
Not.
Generator compartment door C&MOt be
eloaed while auxiliary 10-kw renerator
ia oonneeted to the radio terminal set.
(10) Start auxiliary 10-kw renerator aa pre-
ICribed in TM 6-6116-299-10.
1-a..tlo *'**""'
1-n-.t.ar
-RT8 - palMI
TM 9-1450.H0-1.
g. Auiliar, GIMI'Gtor
TmmMl &t (fir. 2-6.1).
I WARNING I
Shut down auxiliary 10-kw renerator
and turn off all eleetrleal power to the
radio terminal set. Prior to performing
the followinr proeedure, diaooMect
60W20P2 from RTS J16.
(1) Shut down auxiliary 10-kw generator
aa preaeribed in TM 6-6116-299-10.
'-(J1) Eledrlcal -
6-(.Jl) Eleetrieal -
.-(lOtWl ud 10tW2) Cable I mbiJ
""'"I ... I. 0.'"- to.Go __.lo RTS.
2-Ja I
Digitized by C.oog e

(2) 'l'llm o(f all eleebieal pow to r.dio
Wmlnal eet (1).
(8)" Diaeonnect liMWlPl from Jl (5) 011
RTS power panel (8) .
(4) Diaeonnect 11MW2Pl from J2 (4) on
RTS power panel.
(fi) Diaeonnec:t 11MW1P2 from P1 011 aux-
iliary r enerator eable.
(6) Diaeonnect 11MW2P2 from auxiliary
renerator eable P2.
(7) Coil and store cable ueemblies 104Wl
and 104W2 as shown in Iieure Z-6.1.
II. ClmMCting a?ld DieconMCting Radio Ttrmi-
Ml &t Gmeralor 7b a?ld J'rvm RTS. Connect
and diaeonneet radio terminal eet renerator to
and from RTS as preaeribed in TM ll-68'a).
469-20.
2-5. &echir-Launcher Generator
and Spate Wheel Assembly Movnflntl
Kit.
Note
In the event tractor XM757 is to
be replaced, the following items
must be removed from the old
t ractor and installed on the new
tractor: 10-kw generator, exhaust
pipe with mounting plate, spare
wheel assembly and cover, multiple-
leg sling and cloth bag, retainer,
gasoline cans, gasoline can bracket,
and cable 60W21 together with at-
tached cable suspension springs,
snaphooks, and cable clamps. The
removal and installation procedures
for these items are prescribed in a
through e below and paragraphs
3-24 and 4-18.
When the generator is not in op-
eration, canvas cover (5.1, figure
2-7) must be installed to protect the
generator from road dirt, debris,
and rain. The cover must be re-
moved anytime the generator is in
operation.
a. lmto.Ua.tion of 10-KIV Generator on Trac-
tor XM757 (fig. 2-7).
( 1) Emplace wrecker M548 on left side of
tractor XM757.
(2) Extend wrecker boom over center of
10-kw generator (11) .
'

cs
(8) Co.nned shackle (18) to renerator
liftina' eye (12) and crane hook (14).
Note
Perform ( 4) below If renerator
mounting bolts have been inserted
in mounting holes located in tractor
platform.
( 4) Remove bolts ( 10), washers (8 and
9) , and nuts (7) from platform (6).
I WARNING I
Keep personnel clear of 10-kw gener-
ator while it is suspended by the
wrecker.
(5) Position generator on tractor as
shown in figure 2-7.
(6) Secure generator to piatform (6) ,
using bolts ( 10), washers ( 8 and 9), and nuts
(7).
(7) Disconnect shackle from generator
lifting eye and crane hook, and store shackle.
(8) Install generator cover (5.1) on gen- 1
erator (11).
b. Preparo.t:Wn of 10-KW Generator far Op.
eration (fig. 2-7).
Note
Refer to paragraph 4-18 for details
when performing t he following pro-
cedures.
(1) Remove generator cover (5.1) from I
generator ( 11 ).
(1.1) Install exhaust pipe with mounting I
plate on generator.
(2) InstaU cable retaining bracket on
generator.
(8) Install cable assemblies 102Wl and
102W2 and ground straps on generator.
( 4) Terminate cable leads as shown in
table 4-9.
(5) Install generator shield and mounting
posts on generator.
c. lmtallati cm of Spare Wheel Assembl11 on
Troctor XM757.
Note
The key numbers shown below in par-
entheses refer to figure 27 except
Dgtzed ->y Coogle
cs
TM 9-14S0-31G-14
I
10

----. 1
7 ~
IOIAT0 9<)'
M146617DI
I - Spare wh .. l uaembly 4.1 - Anchor shaclde 7 - Nut (8) II - IO.kw generator
2 - Multiple-leg 1lin1 S - Retainer 8 - Wuher (8) 12 - Conera10r lift.iog eye
~ - EL davit 1 5.1 - Cover 9 - Wuber 18) 13 - Shackle
4 - Capaut (2) 6 - Platform 10 - Bolt (8) 14 - Boom hook
Flgvrw 11. &-l Gild i-1141;.,. of Jl)./nu ~ G i l d 'I'll'" 1I!Mol aoo<rrobl11 011 lnulor XM15T.
( 1) Remove adjU4table wrench from OVE
toolkit.
( 3) Place spare wheel assembly on left
side of EL.
Note
OVE toolkit is stored in the tractor
toolbox (fig. 1.0).
(2) Remove eapnuta (4) from retainer (6) ,
Ulina adjustable wrench.
( 4) Obtain anchor shackle from EL davit
boom (TM 9-1440-380-14): then slip one leg of
multiple-leg sling through shackle and attach
shackle to one of the lug holes of the EL spare
wheel assembly. Attach sling hook, slipped
through sl\ackle, to sling leg in a location pro-
viding required length for lifting wheel.
2-14. 1
D tzed ..> Coogle
TM 9- 1450-310 14
(5) I! EL davit is to be used to position
wheel assembly on tractor platform, refer to
TM 9-144().38().14 for operating instructions. It
wrecker is to he used. emplace wrecker
and position boom hook for liit ing.
( 6) C-onnect multiple-leg sling todavithook
or wrecker M543 boom hook.
I WARNING I
Keep personnel clear of wheel
while it is suspended.
Note
When lifting wheel assembly (fig. 2-7),
the free end of sling may be used to
assist in guiding wheel. Manually hold
wheel in a near-hori wntal plane while
passing wheel over 10- kw generator.
If wheel will not clear generator , lower
wheel to the ground , and then shorten
sling by repositioning sling hook on
s ling leg. When using EL davit, estab-
lish sling length that will allow wheel to
clear gener ator and a lso a llow wheel
to be placed on the grour.d.
( 7) Position wheel assembly on platform
(6), with wheel hub centered over retainer.
(8) Disconnect multiple-leg sling from
wheel assembly.
Note
H EL davit was used in positioning
wheel assembly on tractor platform.
perform (9) below. II wrecker Ml>43
was used, disconnect multi ple-leg sl ing
from boom hook.
(9 ) Disconnect multip!e- leg sling from
davit: then return davit and work platform
to travel position (TM 9-1440-!380-11).
(10) Insert reUi iner in wheel assembly Jug
holes.
. ( 11) Secur e wheel assembly to retainer,
ustng capnuts.
( 12) Using adjustable wrench, tighten each
capnut it is seat ed in lug hole: then tighten
capnuts one and one-half additional turns.
2-14.2
cs
(13) Store adj uatable wrench in OVE tool-
kit.
( 13.1) Remove anchor &hackle from wheel
hub and return shackle to davit boom.
{ 14) Place multiple-leg slinr in cloth bag
(f ig. 15) ; then store sling and cloth baj' in
center of wheel assembly.
( 15) l nsUIII s pare wheel cover (fig. 1-5)
on wheel assembly.
d. Removal of 10-KIV Generator From TrtuJ
tor XM757 (fig. 2-7).
Note
When replacing the 10-kw eenerator
on b'actor XM767, remove the gen-
erator ahield, cable aaaemblies HOWl
&nd 110W2, rround strap cable retain-
ine bracket, and exhaust pipe from the
old e enerator and inttall them on the
new generator.
(1) Remove generator cover {5.1) from 1
generator ( 11).
(1.1) Remove generator shield, mounting I
poats, cable assemblies llOWl and UOW2,
ground strap cable retaining bracket, and ex
hauat pipe from 10-kw generator (11) (par.
4-18).
(2) Remove bolts {10), washers (8 and
9 ) , and nuts (7) securinr generator to plat-
form ( 6 ) .
( S) Em nlace wrecker M648 on left side
of tractor XM757.
( 4) Extend wrecker boom over center of
generator.
(6) Connect shackle (13) to generator
lifting eye (12) and boom hook (14).
I WARNING I
Keep "ersonnel clear of 10-kw gener-
ator '1hile it is suspended by the
wrecker.
( 6) Remove generator from platfonn and
place it in desired location.
(7) Disconnect shackle f rom gener ator
lifting eye.
Diqitlzed by Googk
e. Removal of Spare Wheel Assembly FroJn
Tractor XM757.
Note
entheses refer to figure 2-7 except
( 1) Remove s pare wheel cover (fig. 1-5)
from spare wheel assembly (1).
(2) Remove multiple-leg sling {fig. 1-6)
and cloth bag from center of wheel assembly.
(8) Remove multiple-leg &ling from cloth
bal{.
Note
I OV E toolkit is stored in the tractor
toolbox {fig. 1-5).
(4) Remove adjustable wrench from OVE
toolkit.
( 5) Using adjustable wrench, remove cap-
nuts (4) aec:uring wheel aaaembly to retainer
(6).
Note
After (5) above has been performed,
the retainer can be disengaged from
wheel assembly by being pushed down
until it drops out of and away from
the wheel assemlily lug holes. Two
nuts {fig. 3-9) prevent the retainer
from being pushed out of t he mount.
ing holes in the platform.
TM 9-1450-310 14
(6) Push retainer out of and away from
wheel aaaembly mounting holes.
(7) Install capnuts on retainer.
( 8) Store adjustable wrench in OVE toolkit.
(9) Obtain anchor shackle from EL davit
boom (TM S-1440-380-14); then slip one leg of
multiple-leg sling through shackle and attach
shackle to one of the lug holes of the EL spare
wheel assembly. Attach sling hook. slipped
through shackle, to sling leg in a location pro-
viding required length for lifting wheel.
( 10) If EL davit is to be used to remove
wheel assembly from tractor platform, refer
to TM 9-1440-380-14 for operating instructions.
If wrecker M543 is to be used. emplace wrecker I
and position boom hook for lifting.
( 11 l Connect multiple-leg sling to davit
hook or wrecker M543 boom hook.
Note
When lift ing wheel assembly (fig. 2-7).
the free end of sling may be used to
astist in guiding wheel. Manually hold
wheel in a near-horizontal plane while
passing wheel over 10-kw generator.
If wheel will not clear generator. lower
wheel to XM757 platform; t hen shorten
sling by repositioning sling hook on
slin&' leg. When using EL davit. estab-
lish sling len&'lh that will allow wheel
to elear generator and also allow wheel
to be placed on the ground.
2-14.3/(2- 14.4 blllftk)
D1gitlzed by Coogle
Cl3
I WARNING I
Keep personnel clear of wheel assem-
bly while it is suspended.
(12) Remove wheel assembly from platform
(6) and place it in the desired location.
wheel assembly; then remove anchor shackle
from wheel hub and return shackle to davit
boom.
Note
If EL was used in positioning wheel
assembly on tractor platform, per-
form (14) below. If wrecker M543 was
used, disconnect multiple-leg sling
from boom hook.
davit; then return EL davit and work platform
I
to travel position (TM 9-1440-380-10 or TM 9-
1440-380-14).
(15) Place multiple-leg sling in cloth bag;
then store sling and cloth bag.
2-6. Wrecker M543 Ancillary Equipment
nec1own Kit.
The tiedown kit consists of webbing straps and
retaining and mounting brackets, which se-
cure the support tubes and . the disassembled
hoisting beams to wrecker M543. Store the
following as shown in figure 2-8: frames
(forward and rear) and spreader and channel
beams of the first and second stage hoisting
beams; support tubes; and sections (forward
and rear) and tube assembly of the guidance
section hoisting beam.
2-7. Universal Tiedown Strop.
Before installing the universal tiedown straps
(fig. 1-6) , insure tli.at the tiedown loops have
been previously installed on transporting ve-
hicle. Store the equipment in the vehicles and
secure equipment with straps as prescribed
below.
a.. Lay tiedown strap, which is free of twist,
over load, with ratchet up.
b. Position scuff sleeves as required.
c. Attach snaphooks to appropriate tiedown
loops.
d. Operate ratchet buckle until strap is firm-
ly tightened.
TM 9-1450380-14
e. Secure free end of strap by wrapping and
tucking end of strap under standing section
of strap.
2-7 .1. Power Station Trailer Mounting Kit.
(
Refer to paragraph 215 to insure load
limit is not exceeded when lifting the
PS.
a. General. Detailed installation and removal
procedures for the power station and air serv-
icer assembly are contained in b through e be-
low.
b. I1U!tallatiQn of Air Servicer an
Trailer M796 (fig. 2-8.1)
(1) Emplace wrecker M543.
I WARNING I
in paragraph 2-2c.
servicer assembly and wrecker boom hook (par.
2-9).
I WARNING I
wrecker.
(3) Position air servicer so that mounting
holes on air servicer are alined with mounting
holes on curbside end of cross support beams
(7).
sembly and wrecker boom hook.
(5) Secure air servicer assembly (6), using
four bolts (5), four washers (4). and four lock-
nuts (3).
c. InstalltJ.tion of Pmoer StatUm on Trailer
M796 2-8.1).
(1) Emplace wrecker M543 next to trailer.
power station lifting eyes and wrecker boom
hook.
2-IS
Digitized by Coogle
TM 91450-380-14
Ml<6618
FiiTilro 6 8, Storogo of Oil -.ckfr M$48.
2- 16
D g t zed >y Coogle
cu TM 9- 1450-310-14
1-Strap assembly
2- Support t.ube ( 4) and spreader beam Q.SSembly
9 - Strap asaembly
10 - Storage bracket
11 - Strap ..-mbly
12- Strap aaacmbly
13-Strap Msembl)
(2)
S-Strap assembly
4-Strap assembly
6-fu!talning bracket
6 - Channel beam (right and leff) ( 4)
7- Retaining brocket.
14-Frame (forwar<l and rear)
15 - Strati aBaembly (S)
16 - Mounting bracket (2)
8- Frame (forwar<l and rear), section (forward and
rur) , and tube aaaembly
Fig1<rt !-8, Stomge of ancilloYJI cquiptot>lt on wrecker A/543.
!wARNING I
while it is suspended by t he wrecker.
I CAUTION I
Insure that sling shackles do not con-
tact power station when lifting it in
(3) below.
obstructions on trailer.
(4) Position power station so that elec-
trical distribution center is at rear of trailer
and power station is centered over mounting
kit support beams (8).
(5) Lower power station so that shear
blocks (10) seat in slots of brackets (9).
(6) Disconnect crane pack lifting sling
from power station and wrecker boom hook.
(7) Secure power station to suppor t beams
(8) with C-clamps (1). Adjust clamps and secure
them to power station and support beams by
tightening C-clamp bolts to 655 foot-pounds:
then tighten jamnuts to 102 foot-pounds.
using box-end head 5120-00-0'.!0-5664 and torque
wrench handle 5120-00.{)20-5641.
(8) Connect hose assembly to air servicer
assemblies and power station (TM 5-1450-204-
12).
d. Removal of Pou-er Stat-ian Ji'rfnn Trailer
M796 (fig. 2-8.1).
(l) Disconnect air servicer hose assembly
from power station (TM 5-1450-204-12).
(2) Remove C-clamps (l) that secure pow-
er station to support beams (8).
power station lifting eyes and wrecker boom
hook.
! wARNING I
while it is suspended by wrecker.
obstructions on trailer.
(6) Rotate wrecker boom until power sta-
tion clears trailer; then place power station in
desired location.
e. Removal of Air Seruicer Assembly From
Trailer M796 (fig. 2-8.1)
(l) Remove power station from trailer as
prescribed in d above.
I WARNING I
in paragraph 2-2c.
(2) Disconnect hose assembly from air
servicer assembly (TM 5-1450-204-12).
(3) Remove four locknuts (3), four bolts
(5), and four washers (4).
servicer assembly and wrecker boom hook (par.
29).
2-17
D ilzt
0
1e
I
2-11
1)-.
Pt(lure :t.S. J. Rcmmvd attd imtallati!'m of ptut"t!r ~ t a t i o n and air Sttt'l.icer
Wflftnnbly 0" troiler M796.
C9
Coogle
Cl3
I - C-clamp ( 4)
2 - Pov.-er station
3 - Locknut (4)
4- Washer(4)
5 - Bolt (4)
7 - Cross support beam (2)
8 - Support beam (2)
9 - Retaining bracket (4)
10- Shear block (4)
TM 9-1450-380-14
Ffgu.re 28.1. Renwval and installation of power stati<m aml air sen,:cer
assembl on trailer M796 - Lege>Jd.
I WARNING I
wrecker.
(6) Remove air servicer assembly from
trailer and position it in desired location.
(7) Reinstall items removed in (3) above
on cross support beams (7) to retain them for
future use when installing air servicer assem-
bly.
sembly.
28. Hoisting Beams.
I
a. GeneraL If the blanket is installed on the
guidance section, move the blanket flaps as re-
quired to gain access to the hoist points. After
the hoisting beam has been installed, check to
insure that the blanket covers as much of the
section as possible.
b. Guidance Sect-ion Hoisti ng Beam (fig.
2-9) .
( 1) Assemble hoisting beam with ball lock
pins. Attach forward section (7) to tube as-
sembly (3) by insertingballlockpin (6) through
hole 1 (1). Attach rear section ( 5) to tube as-
sembly (3), using balllockpin (6).
(2) Rotate hoist-fitting handles to un-
locked position (11), and pull them out.
Note
When the hoist fittings are placed in
the unlocked position, the handles on
the forward and rear sections are
horizontal and point to each other.
[ _ c ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ J
Do not allow the hoisting beam to
scratch or damage the guidance sec-
tion as it is being installed.
4
3
2
1
7

IOTATEtl 110
1 - Hole 1
2- Hole 2
3 - Tube assembly
4 - Hoisting link
5 - Rear section
6-Ball lock pin
7 - Forward sed ion
6
10
8 - Guidance section hoist point ( 4)
9 - Hoist fitting (4)
10 - Locked position
11- Unlocked position
s
'
Ml -46619 8
Figure 19. Guidance section hoisting beam.
(3) Attach wrecker 11'1543 crane hook to
hoisting link ( 4) and position hoisting beam
over guidance section so that hoist fittings (9)
are alined with guidance section hoist points
(8).
2 18.1
Digitized by Coogle
TM 91450.380.14
( 4) Insert hoist fittings into hoist points
and rotate handles to locked position (10).
Note
When hoist fittings are placed in lock-
ed position, the hand.les are vertical.
( 5) After guidance section is mated
or otherwise supported, rotate hoist fitting
handles to unlocked position and pull hoist
fittings out of the hoist points in guidance
section.
[ ~ ~ ~ ! ~ ~ - ]
scratch or damage the guidance sec-
tion as it is being removed.
( 6) Remove hoisting beam from guidance
section and t>lace hoist fi ttings in locked posi-
tion.
(7) When operation is complete, dis-
assemble and store hoisting beam on wrecker
(par. 2-6).
Note
If the hoisting beam is stored outside,
place the forwar.d and rear sections
with the tube fittings down, so that
the rain or foreign material will not
enter the fittings. Cover the hoist fit-
tings with waterproof material.
c. F'irst and Second Stage Hoisting Beams.
The following procedures apply to both the
first and second stage hoisting beams.
Note
If the guidance section and the second
stage are to be lifted as a unit, con-
nect spreader beam (2, fig. 2-10) so
that the shackle bracket is nearer the
forward frame (spreader beam end
marked SECOND STAGE WITH G
AND C FWD is toward the forward
frame.) If either the first or second
stage is to be lifted separately, con-
nect the spreader beam so that the
shackle bracket is nearer the rear
frame (spreader beam end marked
FIRST STAGE OR SECOND STAGE
FWD is toward the forward frame).
2 18.2
C9
(1) Insure that left channel beam is
equipped with grooved wheels, and assemble
hoisting beam with ball lockpin as shown in
figure 2-10.
1-Forward frame
2-Spreader beam
8- Rear frame
4- Ball lockpin (10)
6 - Left channel beam
6 - Right channel beam
FipNJ 1-10. Firat and tecm&d atago h<Ntiftg bJtiL
Note
Figure 2-9 shows the hoist fittings
for the guidance section hoisting
beam; however, the operation of the
hoist fittings for the first and second
stage hoisting beams is similar. To un-
lock the fittings, rotate the handlea
to the horizontal position. When the
hoist fittings are placed in the unlock-
ed position, the handles on the for-
ward and rear frames will point away
from each other.
(2) Rotate hoist fitting handles to un-
locked position, and pull them out of hoist
points.
(S) Attach wrecker M54S crane hook to
hoisting link. Position hoisting beam over
missile section so that frame marked FWD
FRAME is at forward end of missile section.
Digitized by Google
C14
I CAUTION 1
scratch or damage the missile sect ion
as it is being installed.
Note
Forward hoist fittings should swivel
to allow alignment with missile see-
tion hoist points. Rear hoist fittings
are fixed and do not swivel.
(4) Lower hoisting beam onto missile sec-
tion so that the hoist fittings are alined with
four hoist points.
(5) Push hoist fittings into hoist points,
and rotate handles to locked position.
Note
If the missile sect ion is not level
when raised, lower it and move the
hoisting link shackle and bolt to the
hole nearest the low end of the hoist-
ing beam.
(6) Position missile seetion in desired loca-
l tion (TM 9-1410-380-12).
Note
If missile section is to be loaded onto
EL, perform (7) through (9), and (11}
and (12) below. If section is to be
placed on cradles, perform ( 10)
through (12) below.
(7) Lower all hoisting beam guide rollers
and lock each one, using a ball lockpin. Using
lM 9- 1450-380-14
socket handle 5120-00-230-6385 and socket
wrench 5120-00-2$-5898, extend rollers until
four threads (1 inch) show at top of adjusting
screw (fig. 2-11).
(8) When installing missile seetion on EL,
guide grooved wheels onto inverted-vee guide
r ~ ; l s (fig. 2-11}.
(9) After missile section has been in-
stalled on EL and hoisting beam guide rollers
GROOVED
WHEEl
M l ~ l l
2-18.3/( 2-18.4 blank)
D c. 11 E.'d by Google
Cl4
I
locked in raised position, turn hoist fitting han-
dles to unlocked position and pull them out of
the hoist points.
Note
When the hoist fittings are placed in
the unlocked position, the handles on
the !orward and rear !rames are hor-
izontal and point away from each oth-
er.
(10) A!ter missile section has been firmly
placed on cradles, turn hoist fitting handles to
unlocked position and pull them out of hoist
points.

scratch or damage the missile section
as it is being removed.
(11) Raise hoisting beam clear of missile
section and place hoist fittings in locked posi-
tion.
(12) Disassemble and store hoisting beam
on wrecker M543 (par. 2-6).
1
2-9. Shipping Container Sling (fig. 1-101.
When loading or unloading missile section
containers on or from truck M656, insert sling
hooks into container lifting eyes. Also, place
wooden shoring (approximately as long as the
width of the truck bed) between the first and
second stage container skids and the forward
wall of the truck bed. This will prevent the con-
tainers from sliding too far forward and ob-
structing the electrical connector receptacles on
the rear of the containers. When loading or un-
loading the BCC on or from truck M656, always
attach sling to rear hoist points (TM 9-1427-
'381-14). When lifting azimuth laying set con-
tainers, insert sling into the lifting/tie-
down handles. When loading or unloading air
servicer assembly on or from truck M656 or
trailer M796, attach sling to assembly by loop-
ing sling leg around each end of air servicer
assembly.
TM 9-1450-380-14
210. Crane Pack Ufting Sling Set.
a. Crone P.ack Lifting Sling (fig. 2-12). When
loading and unloading PTS (1) on or from truck
M656, remove turnbuckles from crane pack lift-
ing sling and insert sling hooks (2) into four
hoist points. When lifting BCC (3), remove turn-
buckles and hooks from two of four sling legs
(4) and then connect sling shackles to forward
hoist points. When lifting shop set (5) or RTS
(8), and when loading or unloading PS on or
from trailer M796, use crane pack lifting sling
completely assembled wi th turnbuckles and
hooks installed. Insert sling hooks (6) into steel
cable loops (7) when lifting shop set, or into
hoist points (9) when lifting RTS. When loading
and unloading power station (fig. 2-2) on and
from truck M656, remove turnbuckles and sling
hooks from crane pack lifting sling.
b. Tubes. When lifting the shop
sets, emi>Iace wrecker outriggers and install
the support tubes as shown in figure 2-13.
Connect crane boom support tubes to crane
boom and slide support tubes of the crane
pack lifting sling set inside the hollow ends
of the crane boom support tubes. Aline the holes
in both sets of support tubes with each other
and insert pins. Attach free end of support
tubes to rear of wrecker bed. Refer to TM
9-2320-211-10 for detailed operating instruc-
tions.
2-11. Dolly Set.
a. Ge11emL The procedures below are used
when the PTS and RTS are to be transported
without being loaded on truck M656, and when
the PS is to be transported without being loaded
on truck M656 or trailer M796. Once the dolly
set is installed, the operating procedures are
the same for all shelters; therefore, detailed pro-
cedures are given for the PTS only. Any dif-
ferences for installing the dolly set are pre-
scribed in separate subparagraphs. The two dol-
ly trucks of the set are normally attached back
to back (fig. 2-14) when not in use. Therefore,
they must be disconnected from each other be-
fore being installed on a shelter.
2-19
Digitized by Google
TM 9-1450-380-14
FOR IPTS
FOR RTS
1-PTS
2-Sling book (4)
3 - BCC
4-Sling leg (4)
5- Shop set
FOR BCC
FOR SHOP SET
6-Sling hook (4)
7-Steel cable loop ( 4)
8-RTS
9-Sling hook ( 4)
Ml-22
Figu,.. ! 1!. Operotion of crane pad lifting li11g.
b. Preparation of DoUy Set for Use.
Note
entheses refer to figure 2-15 except
( 1) If tow bat is not attached to steer-
ing ann of steerable unit, attach it with pin
supplied with tow bar.
2-20
Note
If the hydraulic cylinders are col-
lapsed, perform (2) and (3) below;
if they are not collapsed, omit (2) and
(3) below.
(2) Remove ball lockpin (1) from each
telescoping brace; turn hydraulic control valve
(3) on each dolly truck clockwise, and insert
Digitized by Coogle
1-Crane boom support tube (part of wrecker )15-13)
2-Support tube (part of crane pack lifting sling set)
Pigure 1-13. of -..pport tvbu.
pump handle {5) into each pump handle
socket {2).
{8) Operate both pumps simul taneously
until lockpins can be inserted in lower holes
of telescoping braces; insert pins, and return
pump handles to storage clips { 4) .
{4) Move dolly set to required location
near shelter to which it is to be attached.
{5) Remove eyebolts (fig. 2-16) that hold
lower storage braces near bottom of mounting
brackets.
{6) I nsure that hydraulic control valve
on each dolly truck is positioned clockwise;
insert pump handles into each pump socket.
TM 9-1450-380-14
Figf(re Dolly art in 1tnrttl po11ition.
{7) Operate both pumps simulbmeously
until lockpins can be rcmo,ed.
{8) Remove lockpins from lower holes in
telescoping braces and store lockJl ins in upper
1 - Ball lockpin
2- Pump handle oockt
3 - Hydraulic control \"Alve
4-Storage dip
5- Pump handle
Pigur t -15. Dol/11 tnttk ll lfdraulic p11mp.
2-21
Goog!t: I
TM 9-1450-380-14
Figure ~ - 1 6 . Dolly t-ruck lower storage brace.
holes; simultaneously turn control valves on
both dolly trucks counterclockwise. If neces-
sary, push down on mounting brackets to col-
lapse hydraulic cyli nders.
I WARNING I
Insure that at least four men are used
to separate the two trucks.
{9) Support dolly truck and adjust its
position until eyebolts can be removed from
upper storage braces near top of mounting
brackets; remove eyebolts.
{10) Separate dolly trucks.
c. lnstalU!.tion of Dolly Set to P1ogm1mner-
Test Station. The steerable dolly truck is norm-
ally attached to the end of the PTS opposite
the personnel door.
,.-- W- A_R_N_IN_G_,,
Insure that two men are used to attach
the dolly set to PTS.
{1) Remove plugs from holes (fig. 2-17)
that are used for attaching dolly trucks. Wrap
2-22
plugs in pressure-sensitive tape and store them
in one of PTS storage drawers.
{2) Position dolly trucks at ends of PTS.
(S) Turn hydraulic control valve clock-
wise and insert pump handle into pump socket.
Note
Restrain the wheels of the dolly truck
to keep the mounting brackets against
the shelter while operating the pump.
{ 4) Operate pump as required, and posi-
tion fixed-wheel dolly truck so that holes in
mounting bracket are alined with the holes in
shelter.
Note
When performing {5) and {6) be
low, do not tighten eyebolts.
(5) Insert upper eyebolts (fig. 2-18) into
holes of mounting brackets and shelter.
{6) Insert lower eyebolts {fig. 2-18). If
necessary, release pressure in hydraulic cylin-
ders to place mounting brackets against shelter;
then insert lower eyebolts.
/
Note
Wheels of the steerable unit must
point straight ahead during the instal-
lation procedures.
0
0 '\
-
-

~ - ~ ~ - ~
I I I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I 1 I I
I I I I
)
l
)
~
' '
,
'
-
e )
. '
1.----.J L ---
Ml 6627
Figure 'l-17. Dolly truck attaching holes in PTS.
Digitized by Coogle_
- -
C6
Figure t-18. /notallc.tion of doll11 set to tlfl)ical shelter.
(7) Tighten upper and lower eyebolts.
I
(8) Repeat (3) through (7) above to attach
steerable unit to other end of shelter.
I WARNING I
Beeause the dolly set contains no
parking brake, do not. leave a loaded
dolly set unattended in the raised
position unless the set has been con-
nected to a vehicle with the parking
brake set, or the dolly truck wheels
have been chocked.
TM 9-1450-380-14
Note
For towing instructions, refer to f be-
low.
(9) If hydraulic control valves are open,
close them; then operate hydraulic pumps on
both dolly trucks simultaneously until lockpins
can be inserted in lower boles of telescoping
braces of both dolly trucks; insert lockpin (1,
fig. 2-15).
(10) Store pump handles in storage clips
(4, fig. 2-15) and turn hydraulic control valves
counterclockwise.
d. Installation of Dolly Set to Power Statio11. I
The steerable dolly truck may be attached to
either end of the power station; however, the
steerable dolly tr uck is normally attached to
the end opposite the distribution panel.
I WARNING I
Insure that two men attach the dolly
set to the power station.
Note
Only four threaded holes are required
to install dolly set adapter units;
however, all six threaded plugs on
ends of power station must be re-
moved before an adapter unit is in-
stalled.
(1) Remove plugs from holes (fig. 2-19)
that are used for attaching dolly set adapter
units (5, fig. 1-14.1). Store plugs in adapter
unit brackets (3, fig. 1-14.1).
(2) Attach an adapter unit on each end
of power station with four captive bolts as
shown in figure 1-14.2.
(3) Remove threaded plugs (2, fig. 1-14.1)
from adapter units. Store plugs on adapter unit
brackets.
(4) Perform b above.
(5) Turn hydraulic control valve clock-
wise and insert pump handle into pump socket.
2-23
Dig111zoo ty ~ o o g l e
TM 9-1450-380-14
ADAPTER UNIT
0
oo
Oo
Oo
An ACHING HOlE (6 EACH EI'IO)
N
Restrain the wheels of the dolly
truck to keep the mountiJii braekets
against the adapter unit while oper-
ating the pump.
(6} Operate pump aa required, and poei
tion riXed-wheel dolly truek 10 that holea in
mounting braeket are alined with holes in
adapter unit.
N
When performing (7} and (8) below,
do not tighten eyebolts.
(7} Insert two eyetiolts (fig. llU} into
upper hole of mounting braekets and adapter
unit.
(8) Insert four eyebolts into lower holea
of mounting bracket.. U neceaaary, releaae
in hydraulie to place mount-
iq braeketll against adapter unit; then ineert
eyebolt..
(9) Tighten upper and lower eyeboltll.
(10) Repeat (6) throqh (9) above to attldl
tteerable unit to other end of power atlltioD
adapter unit.
lwaNING I
Beeauae the dolly set baa no parldJJi
brake, do not leave a loaded dolly set
unattended In the railed poeition un
lest the eet baa been eonnected to
a vehiele with the parking brake set,
or the dolly truck wheels have been
ehoeked.
(11) Perform c(9) and (10) above.
"*
For towing inatruetiona, refer to f be-
low.
e. IMtGllation of DoUr Set to Radio Ter.
111illal Set. The ataerable dolly truck ia nor
mally attached to the end of the RTS oppoeite
the pereonnel tloor.
lwaNING I
lnaure that two men are used to at-
tach dolly set to RTS.
(1) Remove plugs from holes (rag. 2-210)
that are used for attaching dolly trueb. Wrap
plugs in preuure-aenllitive tape and store them
in the atorage box.
(2) Perform b
(8) Perform c (3) through (10) above.
Ncote
For towing instructions, refer to I be-
low.
Digitized by Coogle
c
oou v An ACHING
HOLE [6 EACH END)
Fill'<"' t-10. Doll tnu:k 4tfocAi11{1
llok i,. radio
f.
I CAUTION I
Ml 466l0
Do not tow the shelter at speeds of
more than 5 miles per hour; if the
terrlin is rough, reduce speed accord-
ingly.
(1) Cheek shelter before towing to insure
that all stored equipment ia correctly stored,
and that loose equipment ia not in position to
damage interior of shelter.
(2) Close and loek or lateh all doors or
aece panels on shelter.
(3) Attach tow bar to the pintle of towing
vehicle.
fM 91450-110-14
I CAUTION]
Do not use the tow bar to drive the
vehide backward. Use the towing
eyes on the rigid dolly truck.
g. Removal of Dol/11 Tmck From Shelter.
The dolly trucks are removed from all shelters
in the same manner. Perform the procedures
below to remove the dolly trucks.
I WAIII NING I
Insure that two men are used to re-
move dolly set from shelter.
Note
Before removing the dolly trucks, in-
sure that the wheels of the steerable
unit point straight ahead.
(1) Wipe hydraulic cylinder piston rods
to remove all dirt and prevent damage to seals.
Note
The key numbers shown in paren-
theses refer to figure 2-15 except
(2) Remove pump handles from storage
clip (4) and insert handles in pump handle
soeket (2).
(3) Insure that hydraulic control valves
(3) are positioned doekwise; operate both
pumps simultaneously until the loekpin (1) can
be removed from each telescoping brace. Re-
move loekpins.
2-24.1 /( 224.2 lllnk)
Digitized by Google
CIS
I wARNING I
Keep all personnel clear of the shel-
ter when it is being lowered. Do not
plaee hands near the hydraulic cyl-
inders.
(4) Store pump handles in storage clips
( 4). Simultaneously and slowly turn hydraulic
control valves counterclockwise to lower shelter
evenly.
(5) When shelter is on ground, chock
dolly truck wheels and remove eyebolts (fig.
2-18) that hold mounting brackets to shelter
or adapter unit.
(6) Move dolly truck away from shelter.
(7) !Upeat (5) and (6) above for other
dolly truck.
(8) Insert plugs in dolly truck attaching
holes in RTS and PTS shelters and in dolly
set adapter units.
g.J. Removal of Dolly Set Adapter Units
From PC1Wer Station.
(1) Perform g above.
(2) Remove adapter units from ends of
power station by unscrewing four captive bolts
(fig. 1-14.1).
(3) Store dolly set adapter units with
dolly set trucks.
h. Stqroge of Dolly Set (fig. 2-16).
I wARNING I
Insure that at least four men are
used to store the two dolly trucks.
Note
To perform (1) through (5) below, re-
move the dolly set adapter units
from the dolly trucks.
(1) Position dolly trucks so that mounting
brackets touch each other.
(2) Turn hydraulic control valves clock-
wise; if necessary, operate pump so that stor-
age braces near top of mounting brackets are
ali ned.
TM 9-1450-380-14
(3) Aline braces and insert eyebolts to
hold braces together.
(4) Operate both pumps simultaneously
as required and push dolly trucks together;
aline braces and install lower eyebolts.
(5) Operate pumps as required until
lockpins can be inserted in lower holes of tele-
scoping braces. Insert lockpins; then turn hy-
draulic control valves counterclockwise to
relieve pressure.
(6) Tow dolly set to storage area; remove
tow bar if necessary. Place dolly set adapter
in storage with dolly set trucks.
212. Guidance Section Blanket
a. General. The guidance section blanket is
normally installed when the guidance section
is placed in the shipping and storage container;
if the blanket has not been installed, perform
the procedures prescribed in /below.
b. through e. (Deleted)
Figures and fDeiefedJ
f. Imtallation of Gttidance Section Blanket.
The procedure below is presented with the
assumption that the guidance section is resting
on t he extended container rails and the
and container clamp rings are removed.
Note
The blanket may be installed before
or after guidance section hoisting
beam is attached.
(1) Remove guidance section blanket, ca-
ble mast hood, and front end cover from missile
blanket container mounted on auxiliary equi!)-
ment vehicle (par. 2-15}.
(2} Locate arrow and FWD TOP 30A4
G&C stenciling on blanket.
(3) Lay blanket over guidance section so
that arrow is on top and points toward front
of guidance section. Also insure that hoist
point notches in blanket are alined with hoist
points.
( 4) Attach hoisting beam to guidance
section (par. 2..Sb).
2-25
I
I
Digitized by Google
TM 9-1450-380- 14
I WARNING I
Keep personnel clear of the guidance
section when it is suspended by the
hoisting beam.
(5) Lift guidance section and swing it
over loose end of blanket.
(6) Draw blanket around bottom of guid-
ance and up to other free end of blanket.
Insure that the blanket is tightly
wrapped around the guidance section
so that the thermostats in the blanket
will make contact with the skin of the
guidance section. If the thermostats
do not contact the guidance section,
the blanket will not heat properly.
(7) Pull blanket tightly around guidance
section and secure it by pressing hook and pile
tapes on closing flaps together (fig. 2-23).
If necessary, close umbilical door and porro
prism access flaps.
(8) Check and make any adjustments
necessary to tighten blanket.
Ml 46033
Figure t -:!J. / IISt(rUaHou of guidance secaon bla11ket.
2-26
Cl3
(9) Install front end cover with arrow
pointing up, using hook and pile tape.
(10) If cable mast has been installed, in-
stall hood on cable mast head (fig. 2-24). Se-
cure it by pressing hook and pile tapes together
and by fastening a strap.
(11) Remove protective covers from blan-
ket electrical connector 30A4Jl, heating
blanket junction box connectOr 97 A8J2 on EL,
and electrical cable connectors 60Wll5Pl and
60W115P2.
I WARNING I
Insure that the power is off before
connecting cable 60Wll5.
(12) Connect connector 60W115Pl to blan-
ket electrical connector 30A4Jl, and connector
60Wll5P2 to heating blanket junction box
connector 97 A8J2.
(13) Refer to TM 9-1440-380-10 or TM 9- I
1440-380-14 for operati ng instructions for ap-
plying power to blanket.
Figure t-t4. ln4tallation of cable m44! hood.
Dtgtttzed by Coogle
' -
C13
(14) Insure that guidance section is precon-
ditioned to as near operating temperature as
possible if mi.ssile is to be fired in a minimum
time period. Refer to TM 9-1410-380-12 to de-
termine time required to precondition guidance
section. A few minutes after power is applied
to blanket, open access flaps and feel guidance
section skin to insure that blanket is heating;
then close access flap.
(15) Remove front end cover when war-
head section is ready to be mated ..
g. Removal of Guidance Section Blanket.
I WARNING l
Insure that the electrical power is off
before disconnecting cable 60W115.
I (1) Place HTRS circuit breaker on EL
control panel to OFF.
(2) Disconnect electrical cable 60Wll5
from guidance section blanket and heating
blanket junction box 97 AS.
(3) Install protective covers on blanket
electrical connector SOA4Jl, heating blanket
junction box connector 97 A8J2 on EL, and
electrical cable connectors 60Wl15Pl and
60W115P2.
it.
(4) lf front end cover is installed, remove
No ..
If the guidance section is to be re-
turned to the shipping and storage con-
tainer, do not remove the blanket.
(5) Separate hook and pile tapes on um-
bilical door and porro prism access flaps.
tion.
(6) Remove blanket from guidance sec-
At temperature between -48.3"C
(-55"F) and -53.8"C(-65"F),heat
the blanket before folding it.
TM 9-1450-380-14
(7) Fold and store blanket in missile
blanket container mounted on auxiliary equip-
ment vehicle (par. 2-15).
2-13. Power Station Maintenance Slings I
(fig. 1-16) and Power Station
Maintenance Stand (fig. 1-17).
Refer to TM 5-1450-204-34 or TM 9-1450-.'*!2-34
for instructions for use of PS maintenance
slings and maintenance stand.
2-13.1. Generator Set PU-614/M (fig. I
2-25).
I c # . Y . ! p ~ J
Refer to paragraph 2-15 to insure that
exceeded when lifting the generator.
Nole
Some generator sets may have a pin
installed through the trailer frame
and the generator skids on each side
of the generator. In this case, it may
be necessary to remove the trailer
wheels (TM 9-2330-205-14) to gain ac-
cess for removal or installation of the
pins before generator can be removed
or installed on trailer.
a. lnM,allation of Ge!wrato-r on Trailer.
(1) Emplace wrecker, connect boom hook
to lifting eye (9) on top of generator and posi-
tion generator so that mounting holes in gen-
erator skids are alined with holes in trailer
frame.
(2) Install bolts (7), washers (6) and lock-
nuts (5).
(3) Install pins through trailer frame and
generator skids on both sides of generator, if
applicable.
(4) Connect electrical lead (4) to generator
frame.
b. llemovut of Generator From Trailer.
(1) Disconnect electrical lead (4) from
generator frame.
(2) Remove locknuts (5), washers (6) and
bolts (7).
2-27
Digitized by Google
1M 9-1450-38014
2-28
I - Nut
2 - Washer
3 - Bolt
4 - Elc<tricallead
5 - L!)tknut ( 4)
6 - Washer (41
7 - Bolt (4)
8 - Generator
9 - l.ifting eye
10 - Trailer
C13

I
Ml Sl 05ol
I
Digitized by Google
Cl3
(3) Emplace Y.Tecker, connect boom hook
to lifting eye (9) on top of generator and remove
generator from trailer.
1
2-14. First and Second Stage Cradles (fig.
1-22).
Place the cradles so that they support the first
or second stage at the areas marked CRADLE
HERE ONLY.
I 2-1 S. Ufting Equipment With Wrecker.
a. General. Wreckers M62, M543, or M816
may be used for lifting the items of PERSHING
equipment listed in table 2-1. Before using
wrecker to lift equipment, wrecker load limits
must be determined using one of the following
methods.
(1) Determine load limits as prescribed in
paragraph b below.
I WARNING I
Do not exceed wrecker load capacity
specified on CRANE CAP A CITY
chart or SAFE LOAD data plate on
cover of control valve bank in
wrecker operator's compartment.
(2) Determine load limits, using data on
CRANE CAPACITY chart or SAFE LOAD data
plate on cover of control valve bank in wrecker
operator's compartment. Obtain weight of item
to be lifted from table 2-1. Determine radius
by measuring the horizontal distance between
the boom pivot post centerline and centerline
of boom hook, with boom hook in position for
lifting the item.
TM 9-1450-380-14
Table !l-1. Equip-ment Weight
Weicht (lt.l
Cable mast ................. ..................... ......... ....... .. . 310'
Electri<al repair ohelter ......................... .......... . 4514
Facilities distribution trailer ...................... ...... . 5444
First st.age container ........................................ . 3710
First stage in container ............. .......... ............ .. 9110
First stage without container ........................ .. . 5400
Guidance section container ... .... ................. .... .. . 1962
1
Guidance section in container .......................... . 2461
1
Guidance section without container .... .... ... .... .. 499'
Launching control group '9>'ith
hose, and duct .............. ........................ .. ........ . 4513
Launching control group without cables, air
ho ... and du<t ............................. ................... . l!892
Me<:hani<al repair shop ....... ............ ....... .... ....... . 5417
Missile aasembled on EL (lifting 14 retract or
lower hoisting beam rollers) ............... ........... . 7100
Power station .................. ................................... . 3701
Presnvation and pa<kaging shop .................... . 5139
Programmertest station ................................. .. 4394
Radio terminal set .... .... .................. ............... ... . 4840
Repair parts t)'pe II shelter ........ ...................... . 56o)7
Second stage container ........... .................... ...... .. 3703
Second stage in container ... .... ........ ............... ... . 7323
Second stage without container ............. ... ....... . 3620
Sequential launch adapter (SLA) . .. .. ...... .......... . 1175
1
SLA trailer with <abies, airhose, and duct .. ... . 3338
SLA trailer "ithout cables. airhoe<l,
and duct ............... ........ ........ ............. .... ....... ... . 2720'
Supply olfice ...... ............................................... . 5742
Warhead section container .... ....... ............. ....... . 2316
1
Warhead section handling devi<e .................. ... . 495
1
Warhead section ln container .......................... . 0041
Warhead section in handling de'<ice ............... .. 1220
Warhead section container ....... .......... .
12.s
3960
2410
1
.(S.kw generator .. .... .......................................... .
generator trailer ...... ............................. .. .
ITh" may be litt.ed at u y boon\ l.o.e:th ud boom u t lt. wh.h or
wltbout ootrigeD ud m placed..
2-29
I
Digitized by Google
I
TM 9-1450-380-14 C13
b. Deterrnining Load Limit of Wrecker. Use
tables 2-2 or 2-3 to insure that the load limit
of the wrecker is not exceeded when equipment
is lifted. For example, if the first stage wit hout
container is to be lifted. find the weight from
table 2-1 (5,400 pounds), then proceed as fol
lows:
is 5,000 pounds; therefore, the first stage cannot
be lifted with the boom at any of these angles.
(5) Maximum weight for 25 is 5,600
pounds; therefore, t he first stage can be lifted
if the boom is extended to 16.5 feet and is at
an angle of 25.
(6) Note that as the angle increases to
ao. t he weight increases to 6,300 pounds.
Note
U outriggers are extended and em-
placed, use table 2-2; if outriggers are
stored, use table 2-3. The example in
(1) through (7) below uses table 2-2.
(l) In vertical columns of table, look for
weight closest to weight of first stage. ln this
example, there are listings for 5,000 pounds and
5,600 pounds.
(2) Select the higher weight for safety
(5,600 pounds).
(3) Locate required boom length in the
left column (for example, 16.5 feet), then check
the columns to the right.
(4) Maximum weight for o. 5", and 10
is 4,550 pounds, and weight for 15 and 20
(7) Check various combinations of boom
length and angle to find the combination that
allows the load to be lifted and positioned. For
instance, the first stage can be lifted with the
boom extended to 18.0 feet if t he angle is 35
or more. If the boom is extended to 14.5 feet,
the boom can be at any angle. Any combination
of boom length and angle may be used if the
weight listed is equal to or greater than the
weight of the equipment to be lifted.
I CAUTION)
Insure that wrecker outriggers are ex-
t ended and emplaced when lifting,
under conditions prescribed in table
2-2.
Table 22. Wrecker Lt)f1d Limit$ (Outn'nuers Extended lind Emplaced)
Boom Boom 1.n'2\e rront rf'Citttr bf)ritootal
lelltHb i ll)

,.
10' IS' 'W za :tO
, .

.,.
10.0 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000
10.5 10,000 10.000 10.000 10,000 10,000 10.000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000
11.0 8.400 10,000 10,000 10.000 10.000 10,000 10.000 10,000 10.000 10,000
11.5 $.400 8.100 8.400 8.400 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000
12.0 7,150 MOO S.400 8.100 8.400 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10.000
12.5 7,150 7,150 7,150 8.400 8,400 8.400 10.000 10.000 10.000 10,000
13.0 6.300 7,150 7,150 7,150 7, 150 8.400 10.000 10.000 10,000 10.000
13.5 6,300 6,300 6.300 7,150 7. 150 8.400 8.400 10,000 10,000 10,000
14.0 5.f>OO 6,300 6.300 6,300 7, ISO 7.150 8.400 10,000 10.000 10.000
14.5 5,600 5,600 5,60() 6,300 6,300 7.150 7,150 8.400 10,000 10,000
1r..o 5.000 5.600 5.600 5,600 6.300 6,300 7,150 8.400 10,000 10,000
15.5 5.000 5,000 5.000 5,600 5.600 6.300 6,300 7.150 8,400 10,000
16.0 4,550 f),OOO 5,000 5.000 5.600 :>,600 6,300 7,150 8,100 10,000
16.5 1.550 4,550 1.550 5.000 5.00()
:>.600 6,300 7.150 8,400 10.000
17.0 4,250 -1.550 4,550 4,550 5,000 r..ooo 5,600 6.300 7, 150 8,400
17.5 >1.250 4.250 ~ . 2 : - . o 4,5f>Q 4.550 5.000 5.600 6.300 7,150 8.400
18.0 4.000 4,2>Q 4,250 4.250 4.550 4,550 5,00Cl 5.600 6,300 8.400
2-30
Digitized by Google
C14 TM 9-1450-380- 14
6oom Boom aJUflt from wtc-:kt-r
kngd: lttl o

, .. ...
10.0 6,700 6,700 6,700 6.700
10.5 6.700 6,700 6,700 6,700
11.0 5,800 6,700 6,700 6.700
11.:> 5,800 5,800 5,800 5,800
12.0 5, 100 5,8<K, 5,800 s.soo
12.:-, 5,100 5,100 5, 100 5.800
13.0 4,600 5,100 5,100 5.100
13.:> 4,600 4,600 1,600 5,100
14.0 4,100 4.600 4,600 4,600
14.5 4,100 uoo 4,100 4,600
15.0 3.800 4.100 4,1()() 4,100
15.5 8.800 :1,800 3,800 -1.100
16.0 3.500 3.800 3.800 3.800
16.5 3,500 3.500 3,500 3,800
17.0 3.200 3,500 3,500 3.500
17.5 3,200 3,200 3.200 3,500
18.0 3,000 3,2!KI 3,200 :J.200
2- 16. Boarding Ladder.
a. lnstallatwn of Boanling Ladder on Tnwk
M656, Using Su'{I'JJQTt Hook$ (fig. 323).
I WARNING I
Use two persons to lower tailgate m
(1) below.
(1) Fully lower truck M656 tailgate to ver
t ical position.
(2) Remove webbing s t raps securing
boarding ladder and handrail to bed of truck.
(3) Remove boarding ladder and handrail
from truck M656.
(4) Remove ball lockpins securing top
nonskid tread to ladder side rails.
(5} Move top nonskid tread from stored
position (parallel to ladder side rails) to working
position (parallel to other nonskid tread}.
I
In (6) below, insert ball lockpins into
mounting holes from inside rather
than outside of ladder side rails.
(6) Secure top nonskid tread to ladder side
rails, using ball lockpins.
(7} Fold ladder books back against top of
boarding ladder.
, .
6,700
6.700
6,700
6,700
5.800
5.800
5.100
!>.100
5,100
1.600
4,600
4,100
4,10<1
3,800
3,800
3,500
3,500
26" .. ,.

L5'
6,700 6,700 6,700 6,700 6,700
6,700 6.700 6,700 6,700 6,700
6,700 6,700 6,700 6,700 6,700
6,700 6,700 6,700 6,700 6,700
6,700 6,700 6,700 6,700 6,700
5.800 6.700 6,700 6,700
5.800 6,700 6,700 6,7110 6,700
a.soo 5.800 6,'700 6,700 6,700
5.100 5.800 6,700 6,700 6,700
5,100 5.100 5,$4)() 6,700 6,700
4,600 5.100 5,800 6,700 6,700
4,600 4.600 5,100 5.&Hl 6,700
4,100 4,600 5.100 5,800 6,700
4,100 4.600 5,100 5,800 6,700
3,800 4,100 4,600 5,100 5,800
3,$00 4, H)(l 4,600 5,100 5,800
3.o. l00 3,8()(1 4,100 4.600 5,800
I WARNING I
When the M656 tailgate is to be used
as a work platform, the maximum
distributed safe load is 700 pounds
wit h wire retaining ropes attached to
both ends of tailgate. No more than
t wo persons are allowed on the
tailgate at the same time.
Note
Perform (8) below on l y when
boarding ladder is to be installed on
tailgate of truck M656.
(8) Position and secure tailgate in the hor
izontal position, using wire retaining ropes on I
both ends of tailgate.
(9) Position boarding ladder in the desired
location on truck M656. Engage hook assemblies
of ladder with support hook!! mounted on truck
M656.
(10) Install handrails on boarding ladder.
b. Installation of Boarding Ladder on For-
ward CiJrgo Compartment of 'l'rock M656 (fig.
3-23).
0) Perform a(l ) through (6) above.
(2) Position ladder hooks on wall of for
ward cargo compartment.
(3) Install handrail on boarding ladder.
2-31
Diglt1zed by Google
TM 9-1450-380-14
c. Removal and St(lroge.
der.
(1) Remove handrail from boarding lad
Note
If boarding ladder has been installed
on the wall of the forward cargo com
partment perform (2), omit (3), and
then proceed directly to (4) below. If
the boarding ladder has been installed
on the truck, using support hooks,
omit (2) and proceed directly to (3)
below.
(2) Disconnect ladder hooks from wall of
forward cargo compartment and remove
boarding ladder from truck M656.
(3) Disengage hook assemblies of boarding
ladder from support hooks and remove ladder
from truck M656.
(4) Remove ball lockpins securing top
nonskid tread to ladder side rails.
(5) Move top nonskid tread from working
position (parallel to other nonskid tread) to
stored position (parallel to ladder side rails).
2-32
I
In (6) below, insert ball lockpins into
the mounting holes from the inside
rather than from the outside of the
ladder side rails.
C14
(6) Secure top nonskid tread to ladder side
rails, using ball lockpins.
(7) Fold ladder hooks back against top of
boarding ladder.
(8) Position boarding ladder and handrail
on truck M656 as shown in figure 2-3 or 2-5.
(9) Secure boarding ladder and handrail
to truck M656, using webbing straps.
I wARNING I
Use two persons to rsise tailgate in
(10) below.
(10) If required, raise and secure tailgate
to truck M656.
Digitized by Google
C13 TM 9-1450-380-14
CHAPTER3
OPERATOR AND ORGANIZAnONAL MAINTENANCE

Section I. GENERAL
3-1. General.
Repair parts, tools. and equipment are i55ued
to using pel'50nnel for operating and maintain
I
ing the mounting kits, handling equipment and
generator set PU-614/M. Tools and equipment
should not be used for purposes other than
those prescribed and, when not in use, should
be properly stored and maintained in good con
rlition.
3-2. Repair Procedures.
Repair of the mounting kits and handling equip
ment consists of replacement of parts shown
in the corrective maintenance section and as
I
authorized in TM 9-1450-379-20P, TM 91450-
381-20P, and TM 9-1450-382-24P. Refer to TB
9-2300-38030 for authorization to requisition
tiedown kit 259().()().()53-3628 and tiedown strap
2.'>40..()().980-9277. Piece parts and welded com
ponents are repaired by removing dents,
straightening. and smoothing burrs. Items that
are damaged beyond eeonomical repair are re
placed. Damaged common hardware items such
as fasteners and fittings are replaced. since gen
erally it is not economical to repair them.
3--3. Common Tools and Equipment.
Standard and commonly used tools and (!quip-
ment having general aPJ>Iication to the mount-
ing kits and handling equipment a1e authorized
for issue by the tables of organization and
equipment. Tools used for organizational main-
tenance of the mount ing kits and handling
equipment arc contained in the firing position
tool set and the missile mating kit.
3-4. Special Tools and Equipment.
There are no s pecial tools or equipment for
organizational maintenance of this materiel.
Sedion 1.1. LUBRICATION
3-5. Introduction.
I Lubricate the hoisting beams, crane pack lifting
sling set, and dolly set in accordance with the
following instructions. Lubrication instructions
applicable to PERSHING equipment not
sponsored by the Missile Command are con
tained in the following publications:
I
10-kw generator
6115-00-855-9572
45-kw generator
6115-00-475-6573
TM 5-4520.205-12
TM 5-6115-274-12
Portable gasoline TM 5-4520-205-12
heater 4520.00-797-0728
or 452Q.00-98l-6605
Tractor M757
Trailer M796
Truck M656
Wrecker M543
I Trailer M200A1
TM 9-2320-230-10
TM 9-2330287-14
TM 9-2320-230-10
LO 9-23'20-21112
TM 9-2.330-205 1-1
3-5.1. Service Intervals.
Service intervals specified in the lubrication
charL<; are for operation when moderate tern
perature. humidity, and atmospheric conditions
prevail.
3-5.2. Lubrication Under Unusual Conditions.
a. General. During operation under unusual
conditions, service intervals should be decreased
at the discretion of the battery commander.
Unusual conditions exist when the equipment
is operated during extreme cold or hot weather.
when extreme dusty or sandy conditions prevail.
or when equipment has been flooded or has
engaged in fording operations.
b. Extreme Cold ur Hot Ccmditions. Use the
grade lubricant specified by the lubrication chart
on the equipment when temperatures are ex
tremcly low or high. Refer to TM 9-207 for
lubrication when operating under Arctic con-
ditions. Change the grades of lubricant when
ever forecast data indicate that air tempera
tures will be cons istently in the next higher or
lower range. No change in gr ade should be
made when temporary changes in a tempera
ture range are encountered.
c. in Dr<sl and Sand. When oper
ating for long periods under extremely dusty
or sandy conditions. shorten the lubrication
interval.
3-1
Digitized by Coogle
TM 9- 1450-380- 14
d. Fording and Floodiug. PERSHING equiJr
ment should be mounted on the transporters for
all fordi ng operations. If such equipment should
be flooded t hrough accident, immediate action
should be taken to clean and lubricate all bear-
ings, gearboxes. or other sensitive points. Im-
mediate action is imperative, especially if equiJr
ment bas been subjected t o the corrosive effects
of salt water.
3-5.3. Ge neral lnstrvctions.
I WARNING I
Before performing the following pro-
cedures. turn off all electrical power
to equipment that is t.o be lubricated.
Insure that area is well ventilated.
Do not allow smoking, sparks, or
flames in the area where solvents or
mineral spirits are being used. The
fumes are toxic and flammable.
ct. Clean lubrication fittings with cleaning com-
1 pound solvent (item 10, table D-l} and wipe them
with a lint-free cloth before applying lubricants.
b. Apply lubricants sparingly to parts near
electronic components and cables. Wipe exressive
lubricants from these places with a clean, lint
free cloth. Do not allow lubricants to drip on
a chassis, cables, or components.
3-2
CTS
c. Apply a thin coat of corrosion-preventive I
compound (item 11, table D-1) to threads o! boltll
prior to replacing bolts in equipment.
3-5.4. Oil Con Points.
Use lubricant PL medium when temperatures are
above oc (32F), or PL special when tem-
peratures are consistently below O"C (32"F), and
lubricate the follov.ing points monthly.
All exposed machined surfaces
Hinges
Latches
Rollers
Ball lockpins
3-5.5. Hoisti119 Beams and Lifting Slift9s. I
Lubricate hoisting beams, crane pack lilting sling
and shipping container sling as shown in figures
3-1 and 3-l.I. Before lubricating hoisting beam
roller assemblies, adjust the assemblies so that
at least 5 acljusting screw threads are showing
at top of the assemblies. Operate hand grease
gun no more t han 2 full strokes on any grease
fitting.
3-5.6. Dolly Set. I
Lubricate front and rear axle assemblies as
shown in figures 3-1.3 and 31. 4.
Figure 3-1 .t. Del.ud. I
I
D'C.''' ed by Cooglq
cu
fM 9-1450-380-14
MPl
PlACES
M Pl
PlACES
KfY
LUIIICANTS SYMIOl TYPE QTY INTRY.US
LV8RICATING OIL, pvrpoM Pl(MEO)
For '-"'P"Otvrft oboYe 0C (32 "F)
(i-22, tablo 0 1)
1qt
MMONTHLY
LU8RK:ATING OIL, oenerol purp<>M PI.{SPECIAl) (-23. tablo 01)
1 qt
For tempeoroture' 0C (32F)
GREASE, olrtfotf ond CSG
,,_ 17, tablo 0-1 )
lib
MJ <1892311
3-1.1
Digitized by Google
TM 9- 1450-380- 14
3-2.2
CRANE PACIC
liFTING SliNG
LUIIRICANTS
lUBRtCATINO Ol L
purpow.
f(W fMpetOt\1,.$ 0bo._,. oc t31Cf)
lUaii:ICATING Oil, 9tt"'ol purpos-e.
for temperotvru be-low {32f)
SYMIOL
Pl(MEO)

SHIPPING
CONTA.INER
SLING
TYI'f
r- 2'2 . ..... o.l
(i- 23. toble 0-1)
cu
c
c::
M PI
OTY INTUVALS
lqt
MONTMLY
I ql
MJ 489241 1
Digitized by Coogle
C15
TM 9-1450-380-14
(SE
KEY
LUBRICANTS SYMBOL lYP! QTY INtERVALS
LUBRICATING Otl . ......,1 PL (MEO) (item 22, table 0 1 ) 1 ql
purpose, For tmpttotv.-.s
obooo li'C (32"F)
M-MONH<LY
LU8RlCA TING Otl, _.,1 PL (SPECIAL) (item 23, table [).1) l ql
pupose. For temper-atures;
belo-w CJ'C ( 32"f)
NOTE:
REMOVE &RACE LOCKPIN, AND CLEAN, COAT WITH OIL,
AND INSTALL.
MI48937A I
Figltre 31 .3. Dolly tnu:ks, braces. ami sptings.
3-2.3/(3-2.4 blank)
Dig1t1zcd by Coogle
C t3
TM 9- 1450-380- 14
0
8
E
.__ ___ 8 ---oiil
KEY
LUBRICANTS SYMBOL TYPE QTY INTERVALS
GREASE, automotive ond GAA 9 I 50 190()90.. I lb
A ANNUA.l l Y
ortillery 9150- 190-0905 5 1b
l UB.RICATING Oil. 9ene rol PL (MEO) 91 5().231 2360
2 .,
purpose. For 9150231 2361
O.,C (32F)
I qt
MMONTHLY
lUBRI CATING Oil, PL (SPECIAL) 9150- ltl50619 2 .,
purpos.. For temperotvre$
below 0C (32"f}
9150-231-6689 I qt
NOTE,
REMOVE TOW BAR PIN, Cl EAN, COAT WITH GREASE, AND INSlAll .
Ml 48940
3-2.5
Dig1t1zcd by Coogle
TM 9-1450-380-14
I 3-5.7. Power Station Maintenance Stand.
Lubricate the PS maintenance stand as shown
in figure :H.5.
MC5G
4 PlACES
KEY
lUBRICANT SYMBOL TYPE
a ircraft ond ir)slrument CSG
QTY INTERVAL
I LB MMO!"HHLV
I
Pinurv:: 31 .. 5. Pou.-er ti hrtion mahrtenMu..e 8fl):nd.
3-2.6
-
C13
2 PlACES
1703SOII
Digitized by Google j
- - - - ..
C13 TM 9-1450-380- 14
Section II . CLEANING, PAINTING, AND CORROSION CONTROL
3-6. Oeaning.
I WARNING I
Usc care when working with toxic or
flammable liquids.
a. General. Drycleaning solvent 6850-00-281-
1985 or methyl ethyl ketone 6810-00-281-2785
may be used to clean or wash grease and oil
from metallic material. Remove heavy
of dirt with soap and warm water. Use cold
water to rinse off any solution which remains
after cleaning; rinse well and dry thoroughly.
Apply a light grade of oil to all polished metal
surfaces to prevent rust. When nameplates, cau-
tion plates, and instruction plates made of steel
are found to be in a rusty condition, they should
be thoroughly cleaned and heavily coated with
an application of clear lacquer. Wipe or wash
dirt from cables and connectors with hot soapy
water. Use methyl ethyl ketone 6810-00-281-2785
to remove grease, oil, and other foreign sub-
stances not removable with soap and water. Af
ter surfaces are clean. wipe them with a dry
cloth to remove all moisture and solvent.
b. Precautiom.
I WARNING I
Do not use cleaning solvents near an
open flame or sparks. Use only in
well-ventilated area. Avoid allowing
solvents to contact the skin. Wash ex-
posed skin areas thoroughly with soap
and water when solvents contaminate
t he skin.
Cleaning solvents are flammable and should
not be used near an open flame. Fire extin-
guishers must be provided when these materi-
als are used. Use only in well-ventilated open
places. Because these cleaners evaporate quick-
ly, they have a drying effect on the skin. If
used without gloves, they may cause cracks
in t he skin and a mild irritation 'or inflam-
mation. Avoid getting petroleum products such
as dry-cleaning solvent, engine fuels, or lubri-
cants on rubber or plastic parts as they will
deteriorate them. The use of diesel fuel, gas-
oline, or benzene (benzol) for cleaning is
hnzardous and is therefore prohibited. Do not
soak cables in solvent or strong solutions
which may cause deterioration of the cable
sheath. Give particular attention to the e-
moval of all foreign matter from sockets of
female connectors to avoid damaging pins or
sockets.
c. Section Blu.nket. Clean the I
blanket with a clean, dry cloth after use and
store in the container provided. Remove heavy
deposits of dirt with soap and warm water.
Rinse and wipe dry prior to storing.
3-7. Painting.
a. (Deleted)
b. Precautio11s.
(1) Do not paint screw threads.
(2) Do not allow paint to run into joints.
(3) Do not paint bearings or bemiog
surfaces.
(4) Do not paint lubrication fi ttings ot
lubricated surfaces.
(5) Do not paint over breather holes or
air filters.
(6) Do not paint any part of balllockpins.
(7) i>o not paint rubber or plast-ic com-
ponents.
(8) Do not paint the piston rods of hy-
draulic cylinders.
(9) Do not paint over tags or operational
markings.
(10) Restore stenciled instructions and
operat.ioital markings.
3-8. Corrosion Control.
tJ.. General. Corrosion is the progressive de-
terioration of metals caused by the chemical
action of their environment. Corrosion-inducing
agents include atmospheric oxygen, moisture;
3-2.7
Diglt1zed by Google
TM 9-1450-380- l.ol
fumes, acidic substances, and fungi. lt is im-
vossible to stop corrosion completely. However,
eorrosion is usually superficial and its destruc-
tivl' action can be retarded so that it will not
keep the unit from functioning properly. Cor-
rosion is prevented by covering the item with
a protective eoating of paint. Paint, however,
wears away through use of the item and weath-
ering. lf the break in the protective film is not
restored, corrosive action begins and additional
work must be done to restore the surface before
the item can be painted. Corrosion is treated
by scraping or abrading the destroyed metal
away, applying a coat of primer, and painting.
When scraping, care must be taken to insure
that all the corroded metal is removed. If it
is not, the remaining particles will continue the
corrosive action even though the surface is
painted.
b. Precautiom.
( 1) Do not use steel wire brushes on
aluminum and magnesium.
3-2.8
CIS
(2) Start abrading with a coarse grade
of emery cloth or sandpaper and finish with a
fine grade.
(3) Remove all traces of corrosion. How-
ever, do not remove metal to the extent that
mechanical integrity is impaired. Replace the
component if corrosion is deep.
( 4) Remove all traces of dust, dirt, con-
densation, and other foreign matter before
applying the preservative.
(5) Wear gloves to protect the bare metal
from perspiration and other corrosive agents
on hands.
(6) Apply the preservative as soon as
possible after cleaning.
(7) Use a preservative or protective
material whose qualities meet the requirements
for the use of the item, including shipping,
handling, storage, or operational usage.
Digitized by Coogle
Cl4 TM 9-145o.380.14
Section Ill. PREVENnVE-MAJNTENANCE SERVICES
3-9. General.
a. The equipment covered by this manual
must be inspected at designated intervals for
the purpose of insuring efficient operation and
discovering and correcting defects before they
result in serious equipment damage or failure.
b. It should be noted, during the following
inspection, that a leak is any passing of air
or fluid that is readily detected or seen. A seep
is any passing of air or fluid which is not read
ily detected or seen.
3- 10. Preventive-Maintenance Services.
a. Services. Preventive-maintenance services
I are listed in tables 3-1 through 3-33. Every or-
ganization equipped with the equipment covered
in this manual must thoroughly train its per-
sonnel to perform the maintenance procedures
for this materiel. Procedures listed in tables
3-11 through 3-15 (daily) are to be performed
before the equipment is operated. but need not
be performed on a day when t he uncommitted
equipment is not operated. Unit commanders
may prescribe other uses of this table as de-
sired.
b. Committed Equipment Services. Due to
the utilization of equipment in the QRA role,
it is necessary to deviate from the normal
schedule of preventive-maintenance services
for committed equipment. Table 3-16 contains
procedures which must be performed on a daily
basis when equipment is on combat alert stat-
us. All other applicable preventive-maintenance
services, which may become due while equip-
ment is in combat alert status, must be per-
formed prior to placing equipment on status.
c. Column Headinga. The "Sequence No."
column establishes the sequence in which the
various checks and tests are to be performed.
The "Item to be inspected" column lists the
specific item of equipment to be checked, and
in some cases contains a reference to a para-
graph or figure pertaining to the specific
item to be checked. The "Procedure" column
lists the inspection or test to be performed.
The "Corrective action reference" column con-
tains a reference to the paragraphs containing
the corrective action to he performed.
cL Deficiencies. Deficiencies found during the
inspections required in this manual are to be
recorded on DA Form 2404, as prescribed in
TM 88-750.
e. Supplementary. Procedures. Although not
listed in the tables of preventive-maintenance
services, equipment inspections of a minor
nature must still be performed. Included in
this category are scratches, dirty glass, lubri-
cant spills, stencil obliteration, and general
appearance and condition. In performing a par-
ticular schedule, personnel should perform all
previous schedules of preventive maintenance;
i.e., the annual schedule should include per-
formance of the applicable quarterly, monthly,
etc., schedules.
Tabu 31. Schedule for Senne .. Up<m Re...;pt of the ProgrommuTt Stati011/P<nDer Stati011 M<>tmti!lg Kit
I
2
3
General
(fig. 1-2)
Retainere
(fig, 1-2)
C-clampe
(fig. 3 ~ 1
G. Check for C<Jmple!A!netl8, loose parts, IU8t,
corrosion, cleannfl>.-88, foreign matter, etc.
b. Repaint cracked or peeled ourlacea.
e. Tighten all loose nuta, aerewa, and bolts.
Check for damaged retainers.
Check for loose, worn, damaged. or
detective clamps.
Corrective aeUan
rot .......
Par. 3-6 (cleaning) ; par.
3-3 (corroeion control)
Par. 3-7 (painting)
Par. 4-16 (repair) (DS)
Par. 3-21 (replacement)
3-3
Digitized by Coogle
TM 9. 1450.380- 14 a
Table 9 1. Schedule for Ser.,iccs Upon Rcetti)>t of the ProgramrnerTest Station/Power Station Mounting Kit -
Ccmtinued
3-4
Seqltene(l
No.
4
5
G
7
8
l1111m 10 b$
iUfJ'It.e<J
Support
beams
(fig. 12)
Support
brackets
a.nd mount ...
ing har d
ware (fig.
4-10)
Reinforcing strip.c;
(fig. 12)
Support rack
(fig. 1-2)
Cable assembly
(fig. 1 2)
a. Check for loose, damaged, or defective
beams.
b. Replace worn or defecti ve webbing
straps.
Check for Joosc, dan1aged. or defecthe
brackets and mounting hardware.
a . Check for loose, damaged, or defective
reinforcing strips.
Check for loose, damaged, or defective
angle brackets.
c. Check for loose, damaged, or de.fective
studs.
a. Check for loose, or damaged support
rack.
b. Replace worn or damaged webbing
straps.
u. Test cable ru;sembly using electrical
cable tester AN/CSM-45.
b. Check for frayed or broken
insulation.
c. R-eplace connector shield,
col1ar, and suapring.
d. Replace damaged cable marker band.
e. Check for broken or bent connector
eontacts.
/. Check for damaged or defective
connectors, cable clamp, and adapter.
fJ. Check connector 60W108P2 for
keying.
CorrectJve <'Hoa
nfeNaee
Par. 415 (repair) (OS)
Par. 4-15 (repair) (OS)
Par. 411i (repair) (OS)
Par. 321 (replacement)
Tl\1 9-1430-380-14 (testing)
TM 91425-38234
(repair) (OS)
TM 9-1425-38234
(repair) (DS)
TM 9-1425-382-34
(repair) (OS)
Key connector
60Wl08P2 to 1.
Tl\1 9143088014
(Ke>'ing)
Par. 4-15 (replacement) (OS)
Par. 4-15 (replacement) (DS)
l'ar. 415 (replacement) (OS)
Par. 4- 15 (replacement) (DS)
Par. 4-16 (replacement) <OS)
Par. 4-lli (replacement) (OS)
Par. 336 (repair)
Par. 4 15 (repair) (OS)
Digitized by Coogle
Cl
e::-
1
2
a
'
8
TMf-1416-a.t
Nid-I. Sohlufor SonoiML'- Rio il I Q(MI Roollio 2'ot .,...., Sit _,
General {fig. 1-3)
Support lw-JN
(fla. 1-3)
BeinforciJla llripo
{fig. 1-3)
Heater moantilll'
....
Storap ... pport
ndt (fig. 1-3)
.Air cluct .......
nck (fla. 1-3)
Guollnecu
nck (fla. 1-3)
Guollae eano
(fig. 1-3)
Flrw atinpiaher
(fla. 1-3)
w- .. c . p'j,w H-11..-.., Kit
ft rtil:N
... Cbec:k for eompleha , '-part8, rut,
eorruDooi, eleau , foroeigll maUel', ete.
b. llepal.Dt c:rtidled or pooled larf-.
c. Tacbtat all DIN, ....... Uld
bolta.
Owswu .. .uoa.
..,_
Par. U (c:leuilll') par. U
(eoft'OOion control)
Par. 8-1 (-patntlll&')
.. Cheek for a-, -pd. or dllfec:th Par. 4-16 (repe!r) (DS)
aqle .................... pport --
1>. ReP-- or dllfec:ti.-. wobbllll'
......
.. Check for a-, ........., or cleteetift
reinfora.,. stripe.
6. Beplaee *---' or clefec:tift
bneMa.
c. .aepa- ... _...,. ... dllfec:tift .......
a...t _..tine liard-.
Par. 8-22
Par. 4-16
(DS)
I
4. Check for too- or*---' bUDd fuceaer. Par. 4-16 (replaeement) (DS) I
.._ Check for a-, or dllfec:tift Par. 4-16 (repelr) (DS)
beater -u.ar 1lue.
b. .Replaa -.> or dllfeetift W EIJHIII
......
c. Replace......, or defec:tift liedo>wn ftttinp.
4. Cbeek for *---' 8J*11r hloeb.
.._ Check for u 11 , u pd. or defec:tift
rrloonp nod< lllllJIIIOfi.
6. ....,... ,.. dllfec:tiw wi>NIII'
-...
c. .Replaa ....., CD' Mfeetift tiedowa
flttlup.
.. ReP- ......... CJr dllfec:tift air cluct
.............
6. Replaee _.. or dllfeetift tiedowa
fltt;lap
" Replee _, .detw:ti" <II>IMIII'
......
G. .Rep1aa dn "&tid or defec:tl"
,. ..............
b. Replace WOl'D or defec:tift
Wfll>h!nc.....,
o. -ru or <lefec:tift tiedowa
f!Uiap.
Par. 8-22 (replaeement)
Par. 8-22 (replacement) (DSI
I
Par. 8-22 (replaee-at)
Par. 8-22
far. 8-22 (repiOCNDOIIt)
Par. 3-22 (repl c""Dt)
.. "' 1 ... doll& - - - fall. Par. 8-22 {replacea-n
I
6. Ched< ,_ In-..,. Nl'llf>f d_.,j or
.WediN ala
.. Replllile ............. or defectl.,. f1re

- ReP- a-, olaaoaatld, or dllfec:ti"'
f1re -nti luw; .. t.
e. I"""""' for WI ost eertific:ati.lt &Dd for

Par. 8-22
Reeharcilll' of fire utin-
gaWier ia the Corpa of
Enrineon reopcmaibility.
I
w
Digitized by Coogle
TM 'll-1450-110-14 a
s.o-
No.
10
11
12
13
I
14
--
No.
1
2
3
6
I
6
3-6
Tllht. 8-t. {Of' senna. u,.,.. Rueipt of t1wo Radio r .. ......., S.t """
Wmt.Ncotiooo H...- M.,_m.g Kit-

hc1du,.
O.twtl .....
-
Identification Check for damaged identification plate. Par. 4-16 (repair) (DS)
plate (fig. 4-lt)
Winterization Check for oil leaka. TM 6-4620-20S-12 Coenieinl'l
heater (fig. 1-3)
RTS retaining Check for damaged RTS retaining hudware. Par. 4-16 (replacement)
hardware (fig. 2-5). (DS)
Support hooks Check for looae or damaged aupport hooluo. Par. 4-16 (repl..-nt)
(fig. 1-3) (DS)
Boarding ladder Replact worn, damoced. or Par. 3-22 (rep!Kement)
(fig. 1-23) defective parto.
T<>b'- 14. Sckodule ftw SenJieM u,_. Ro..tpt of tlwo Rlldii> r..,.;IIGf S.t
-
IQ-KW G..-ator Mo .... tmg Kit
to be Cornctl uUoe
luJMCt.d
- ..
.., ......
"' Check for eompleten ... , looae parte, ruat,. Par. (cleaning); par.
(fig. 1-4) corrosion, cleanneu, foreip matter, etc. 3-8 ( corro.ion control)
b. Repaint cracked or our{..,._ Par. 3-7 (painting)
c. Tighten all looae nulll, """''"' and bolla.
Webbing atrapa Replace worn or defective webbinc ltrapa. Par. 3-23 (repair)
(fig. 1-t)
Cable aaaembly a. Replace damaged marker bandio. Par. 3-23 (repair)
104W1 (fig. t-t)
b. Check for damaged or defective Par. 4-17 (repair) (DS)
eonnecton, cable clampa, and
adiopten,
c. Cheek for looee cable clamp acrewa. If
acrewa are looat, til!hten them to a
p.,, 4-17 (118)
torque of 12 ineb-pounda.
cL Check for bent or broken conneetor Par. 4-17 (repair) (DS)
contec:ta.
Check for or broken lnaulation. Par. 4-17 (repair) (DS)
f. Perfonn cable continuity teat. Par. 8-23 (teat)
Cable aaaembly
104W2 (fie. 1-t)
"- Rep!Ke damaged connector capa.
Par. 3-23 (repair)
b. Replace damaged marker banda. Par. 3-23 (repair)
c. Check for dam.,..t or defective Par. 3-23 (repair)
coonectol"ll, cable clampa, and adaptera.
cL Cheek for looee ble elamp acrewa. If
aerewo are lOOM, tighten them to a torque
of 12 inch-pounda.
e. Check for bent broken conneetor Par. 4-17 (repflr) (DS)
contact&.
f. Cheek for frayed or broken insulation. Par. 4-17 (repair) (DS)
g. Pertonn cable eootlnulty teat. Par. 3-23 (teat)
Tiedown ringa Bepla<e worn or defective tledown rinp. Par. 3-23 (repair)
(fig. 3-8)
10-kw generator Cbeck for tooae, damaged, or defective Par. 3-23 (repair)
okid (fig. 1-t) lOkw generator okid.
Digitized by Google
Sequu:n
No,
7
8
.$eq"fi('C
Su.
I
2
3
4
5
6
1
Table 38. &hed1<le fur Servicea UfX7" Receipt of the Rodw TermiMI Set
10-KW Generati>r Mm.nting Kit-C<mtinUR.d
bmw be Conrctivt a.rtif)11
illfPf('-ttd P'9t'. ediiN
Identification Check for damaged identification plate. Par. 4-17 (repair) (OS)
plate (fig. 4-12)
10-kw generator Check for fuel and oil leaks. TM &-6115-299-10 (servicing)
(fig. 1-4)
Table H . Schedule fur Senli""' U1X7" lle<eipt of the Erector-Lc.unch.er
11>-KW Generator u"d Spare Wlleel Ass.,..blv Mounti"fl Ki t
lt .. lll \0 bt Corr.ct:i
llltptC't.d Proefdun rdtrl'fiU
General
"'
Check for completeness, looee parts, rut. Par. 3-6 (cleaning); par.
(fig. l S) corroeion, cleanness, foreign matter, etc. 3-8 (corrosion control)
b. Repaint cracked or peeled surface&. Par. 3-7 (painting)
c. Tighten all loose nuts, O<rews, and bolts.
Cable a. Check for worn or damaged cables and Par. 4-18 (repair) (OS)
assemblies (fig. 1-5) 10004! connections.
b. Check for frayed or broken inoulation. Par. 4-18 (repair) (OS)
c. Check for worn or damaged connector$, Par. i-18 (repair) (OS)
cable clamps, and mounting hardware.
d. Replace missing or damaged connector Par. 3-24 (removal and
caps. installation)
e. Check for worn, damaged, or defect ive Par. 4-18 (repair) (OS)
cable adjustable straps.
f.
Check connector IIOW2Jl !or proper Key connector IIOW2JJ
keying. to I. TM 9-1430-38M4
(keying)
g. Perform cable continuity tut on each cable Par. 3 24 (test)
assembly.
h. Check connector IIOW2JI for loose keying Par. 3-24 (repair)
collar retaining nut. If retaining nut is
loooe, tighten it to a torque of 20
foot-pounds.
Cable suspension <L Replace damaged or defecti\'e springs Par. 3-24 (remooal and
springs (fig. l -5) and snaphooks. in9tallation)
b. Check for damaged cable clamp. Par. 4-18 (repair) (OS)
c. Check for correct location of cable Locate one su9pension sprin.g
clamp on cable assembly. clamp 80 inches from
60W21Pl connector and
the other clamp 155
inch.,. from 60W21PL
Exhauot pipe Check for loose, damaged, or defective Par. 4-18 (repair) (OS)
(rig. 1-S) exhaust pipe, clamp, grommet , mounting
bracket, and mounting hardware.
Spare wheel co\-er Replace worn, frayed. or torn wheel cover. Par. 3-24 (removal and
(rig. I.S) installation)
Multiple-leg sling a. Replace worn or damaged sling. Par. 3-24 (removal and
(fiR. 1-5) installation)
b. Replace worn, frayed, or torn cotton duck Par. 3-24 (removal and
bag. installation)
c. lnspe<t to determine if sling has been load Par. 46.2 (load
tested \\ithin 12 months. !<'Sling) (OSt
Spare wheel a. Check for or damaged whct!l. Par 418 (repair) CDS)
assembl) (fig. 15)
37
Digitized by Coogle
I
TM 9-1450-380-14
C14

No.
Table 3-4. Schedule for Services Upqn Receipt of th
JO. K W and Span Wheel Auembly Mountmu Kit- Contimu!d
to 1M!

Corrtc'ivc at:ttoll
rc(rHic:t
7 - Continued b. Check for worn or damaged tire. Par. 4-18 (repair)
c. Check t ire for proper inflation, using Innate tire to 45 peig,
tire pressure gage 4910-00-248-4703 using tire preasure gage-
inflator 4910-00-806-8185.
d. Check capnuts securing wheel aasembly Tighten eapnuto until they
lor proper tightness. are seated in wheel aasembly
lug holes; then tighten
nuts 1 to 1-1/2 additional
turns.
s Retainer Replace worn, damaged, or defective parta. Par. 3-24 (removal and
(riiJ. inatallation)
9 Gasoline can Ch<'<k for leakage and replace damaged Par. 3-24 (remo,al and
(lig. or defectl\
1
(! can. inatallation)
10 Bracket assembly Check for worn, damagedt or defec-the parts. Par. 4-18 (repair)
([ig, 1-5)
II Cable retaining a. Check for worn, damaged, or defective Par. 4-18 (repair)
bracket (fig. 1-5) u-oou ...
b. Check for damaged designation plate. Par. 4-18 (rtlpair)
c. Check for damaged cable retaining Par. 4-18 (repair)
bracket.
12 Generator shield
, ...
Che.:k lor loose, damaged, or defective Par. 4-18 (repair)
(fig. 1-5) generator shield.
b. Che<k for loose or damaged U-bolto. Par. 4-18 (replacement)
c. Check for loose or damaged mounting Par. 4-18 (replacement)
post .
13 Identification plate Cheek for damaged plate. Par. 4-18 (repair)
(fiR. '113)
1.4 Ground strap Cheek for loose. damaged, or defective Par. 4-18 (repair)
(fig. 4-13) ground strap.
15 Generator retaining Check for damaged generator retaining Par. 4-18 (replacement)
hardware flig. 2-7) hardware.
16 Brake airhose Check for worn or damaged parta and Par. 3-24e (replacement)
couplers (lig. 1-5) clogged filters.
-
Tobie 95. Scherlr<lfor Srmnce.< UIJQn Receipt of W.-ecker M543 A11cilla'11 Equipnrellt Tiedown Kit.
lttm ecLion
f\q , i t:ri Prondur
I General a. Cheek lor conrpletent89, loose part$, rust Par. 3-6 (cleaning); par.
(fi g. 2-lli corros.ion. cleanness. foreign matter, etc. 3-8 (corrosion control)
b. Repaint cra<ked or peeled surfaces. Par. 3-7 (painting)
c. Tighten all IOO$tl nuts, screws, and bolts.
2 Strap assembly Replace worn or defld ive parts. Par. 3-26 (replacement)
(fig. 2-8)
3 Brackets n. Cheek for cracks or distortion; replace Par. 3-26 (replacement)
(fig. 2-8) dele<tive par ts.
b. Replace worn or damaged rubber pads. Par. 3-26 (replacement'!
3-8
Digilized by Coogle
CIS TM 9- 1450-380- 14
Tabk S-5.1. &heduk for Service UJKm Reei!ipt of the Power StatUm Traer Mounting Kit
Sequ.an hem to tw a.ttioc
N'o. U.p.cted Ptottchl.r. rt-ftr.nc-
1 General a. Che<:k for completAlness, loo94! parts, rust. Par. 8-6 (cleaning); par.
(fig. 11) corrOAion, e!eanness, foreign etc. 8-8 (corrooion control)
b. Repaint cracked or peeled surface. Par. 3-7 (painting)
I
c. TighiAln all loose nuts, screws, and bolls.
2 Bracketa Check for damaged braA:keta. Par . 418.1 (repair) (DS)
Wg. 10
3 C-clampe Check for looae. worn, damaged, or defe<:tive Par. 3-22. 1 (replacement)
(ftg. 1-1) clamps.
I
4 Suppcrt beams Check for loose, damaged, or defxtive Par. 4-lS.l (repair ) (DS)
(fill. 1-1) suppcrt beams.
5 Identification plate Check for damaged plate. Par. 4-18. 1 (repair) (DS)
(fill. 4-13.2)
Table 35.t. Sclwdule for Services Upon Receipt of the Uni'eJ'sal Th!dorun Stncp
l tta bt
Q)nt<l.h'e acti.oa
No- PI'O(f<!Ure rel.-.noncll'
-
1 Universal t iedown a. Inspect as prescribed in TM 91425-384-14. Replace univeroal tiedown strap.
atrape (rill. 1-6)
b. Prepare new strap aa preacribed in TM 9 Replace universal tiedown strap.
142.>-38414.
Table 35.3. Schedule for Services Up<m Receit>t of G<'1ierol<>r Set PU-61!,/M
Sequt:MC! lkm lObe Corrl;'(' thc J.c.l ian
No. Proct:duu
I General 125) (1, Check for completeness, 1008<! parts, rust, Par. 3-G (cleaning); par . 3-8
corrosion. eh:anoess. and foreign matter. (corrosion control)
b. Repaint cracked or peeled surfaces. Par. 3-7 (painting)
c. TightAln all loose nuti!, screws, and bolts.
2 Generator (fig. 12.>) a. Che<:k calibration date of ac voltmeter and Par. 4-2.1.8 (ac voltmeter):
frequency meter. Refer to TB43180 for par. 423.9 (fr<"luency
maintenance calibration meter)
b. Check that shield gl'Ound inwgrity wst of Par. 4-23.5<1 (test)
conntoeta111 J8 and J9 has been perormed
within 6 months.
c. Perform all other requin..>d preventive TM 1Hill5-2'74-12
maintenance.
3 Trailer (fig. 125.1 a. Test cable 58Wi. TM 9-1430-380-14
b. Perform all other required prevcnthe TM 9-232().205 14
maintenanc.e.
3-8.1
Diglt1zed by Google
TM 9-1450-380. 14 Cl3
I
1able 35.4. Schedule for Ser.nces Upo11 Receipt of the Power Station Maint.eMn<e Slingw
lttm tl} be. C.rr ti"' t A(.tiQn
No rroc:ecturc tdt'tt'riC:l'
I General (fig. 116) . C hec.k for completeness, worn or damaged (cleaning); par. 3-8
parts, cracked welds. deformity of ..,. (corrosion control); par.
tions, loose parts. rust, corrosion, and 4-23.2 (repair) (OS)
(oreign matter.
b. Repaint cracked or peeled surfaces. Par. 3-i (painting)
c. Check t hat slings have been load testtod Par. 4-13.0.1 (load
within 12 month$. testing) (OS): par.
413.1 (load test
ing) (OSJ
I
h ( m lo 1)1)
Cunth-1' a.ttton
""'
il'.lll,l!<t<
I General (flg. 1 17) .. Cb(."'Ck for completeness. worn or damc.lged Par. 3-6 (cleaning): par. 3-8
rnrts. cracked welds, loose parts. rust., (corrosion par.
corrosion and foreign matter . 4 23.3 (repair) (OS)
b. Ltlbricate. Par. 3-5.7 (lubrication)
r. Chock adjustment of caster whe<!l brake Par. il-18 (adjustment (OS)
roedals.
-
38.2
Digitized by Coogle
C13
S.CZune.

I
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Sequ"u
No.
I
'M 9-1450-380-14
Table 38. Sclo.dul frw .. UJWA Rcript of H.Vti11g Boc>TM
hml \o b4 Corft!CUv act'on
Procodure referenu
General a. Cheek for completeness, looee parte, rust, Par . (cleaning); par. 3-8
( figw. 1-7 t hru 1-9) corrosion, tleannesa, foreign matter. ete. (corrosion control)
b. Repaint cracked or peeled aurfacea. Par. 3-7 (painting)
c. Tighten aU loose nuta, acrews, and bolts.
d. Lubricate. Par. 35.5 (lubricating)

Inspect to detennlne i! hoisting beams Par, 4-7 (load tening) (0$);
have been load tested within 12 months. par. 48 (load testing)
(OS)
Ball lockpins a. Replace worn or damaged ball lockpina. Par. 3-27 (replacement)
(!igw. 17 thru 19)
b. Replace worn or damaged wire Par. 3-35 (replacement)
retaining rope.
Holst f ittingw a. Replace worn or damaged parte. Par. 3-27 (replacement)
(fig. 17)
b. Cheek hoist fitt ing adjustment and Par. 3-17 (adjustment);
correct mounting o! handle. par. 3-27 (repair)
Forward and rear a.. Cheek for wom, damaged, or defective Par. 4-20 (replacement) (0$)
f rames (! ig. 1-7) parte,
b. Replace worn or damaged hoisting Par. 3-27 (replacement)
beam pada.
Forward and rear Check !or wor n, damaged, or defect ive parts. Par . 4-20 (replacement) (DS)
sections (fig. 19)
Channel beam (left and a. Check f or worn, damagedJ or defective Par . 4-20 (replacement) (DS)
right) assembly parte.
(!ig. 1-7)
b. Check for free operation o! roller Par. 4-20 (replacement) (OS)
assembly.
Spreader beam Check for wom, damaged, or defective parts. Par. 4-20 (replacement) CDS)
(fig. 17)
Tube assembly Check for cracked welda and aecurity of Par. 4-20 (replacement) (DS)
(fig. 1-9) li fting eye; insure that tube is not bent.
Replace damaged or defective aaaembly.
Table 37, Schedule .for Services Upon Receipt o.f Shipping Container Sling
hf'lll to bl!:
lnpe.:tN Prou dun
General a. Check tor completeness. loose parts, rust.
(fiJI. 110) corrosion, eleanneM, foreign matt er.
wire rope kinks, fraying. etc.
b. Inspect to determine ir sling ha9 been
load tested within 12 months.
c. Lubricate.
d. Replue worn or damaged parts.
CoTrf't'th r.N ion
rderf;tlcr
Par. 3-6 (cleaning); par. 3-8
(corrosion control)
Par. 410 (load test inRl
(DSJ
Par. 3-5.5 (lubricating)
I
G
3-9 1
Digitized by oog e
TM 9-1450-380-14
C6
Tuble 3-8. Sched1<le for Service. Upcm Receipt of the Crone Pock Lifli"'l Sli"'l Set
--
StoCnce ht!m w hoi' Corn!etivt atti<>t'l
No-. iMI><'ft\:11 p-rocedure tdt'ttm(fl
I o,, Check for compleiAlness, loose parta, rust. Par. 3-6 (cleaning); par. 3-8
1-11) corrosion, cleanness. foreign matter, ( corroeion con troll
wire rOIX! kinks, fraying, etc.
c. Lubricate. Par. 3-5.5 (lubricating)
2 Sling a. Replace worn, damaged. or defect.ive Par. 3-28 (replacement)
(fig. HI) partS.
b. Cht'Ck for diswrtion of hoisting hooks a.nd Par. 4-22 (replacement) (DS)
pear link lifting eye.
c. lnpect to det"rrnine if lifting sling ha. Par. 49 Closd testing) (DS)
load t<'ilted within 12 months.
3 SupJJoOrl tubes Reph>ce drnaged or defective support tubes. Par. 3-28 (roplaccment)
111)
Table 8 9. Schedule for Sen -ices Upan Receipt of the Dolly Set
So:\)Uf"CI( i ; h rn1 1.(1 be atliOI\
N(l.. i n:j:t.-d f'fool'dure
I
1 General ((igs. l-ta. 1.-14. u.. Cht..'Ck for completeness, loose parts, rust. Par. U (cleaning); par. 3-7
l-14.1 and 1 14.2) corrosion. de-annt$8, foreign matter, etc. (paintingl; par. 3-8
(corrosion control)
b. Lubricat.e. Par. 3-5.6 (lubricating)
2 Tie I fig. 4-9.31 a. Replace \\'orn. damaged, or defective part$. Par. 4-23 (removal and in
st.allation) (DSJ
b. Adjust front axle toe-in. Par. 4-13.3 I adjustment) (DSI
s Stfering arm, tow bar, (J. ReJ) Iace "orn, damaged. or defective parts. l'ar. 4-23 (removal and in-
vomp handle. and st.allation (DS)
handle brackets; b. Che.:k steering arm adjustment. Par. 4-13.4 (adjustment) (DS'I
(fig. 4-16.21
Hydraulic tube assem- (L Ch"'k for leaks. Par. 3-9 (cheek): par. 4-23
bly (fig. 4-16.3) (removal and installa-
tionl (DS)
b. Rt!place worn, damaged, or defccti\'C parts. Par. 3-24 (removal and in-
stallation CDS)
5 Hydraulic J)Untp 0 . Fill and ble-ed the pump. Par. 4- 13.2 (servicing) (DS)
(fig. 4-1 6.4) b. Check operation of pump, control. and hy Par. 423 (removal and in-
draulic cylinders. Replace defect ive parts. stallation (DS)
t . Cheek for leaks. Par. 3-9 (cheek); par. 4-23
(removal and installa-
tion) (DSI
6 Hu b <ISSfmbly
"-
worn. damaged. or defective parts. Por. 4-23 (removal and in-
<fig. 4161 stallation) (DS)
b. tires for J)roper innation. lnOote to 6.5 psig.
7 Suspension assembly Replace worn. damaged, or
parts. Par. 4-23 (removal and in-

1 181 stallation) (DS)
s T elcS((l ping br:t. e .. eye- Rcpl;tce worn, damaged. or defecti\'e part.'l. par. 4-23 (removal and in
holts. a nd clip:; stallation) (DSI
(fig. <1-:Wl
9 Lifting arm Replace worn, damaged, or defective parts. Par. 423 (removal and in-
421) stallation) (DSI
3-10
Digitized by Google
Cl3
SCIIIebect
No.
10
II
12
13
Seq;ut nu
So.
I
2
3
I

1
2
TM 9-1450-380-14
Tabu 39. Sclut:lod< for &rvi<u Upon Rr.uipt of the Doll11 Stt- CorninXi
I tam co be PrCX'edure action
l'iooo .. r ing); and llepla<e wor n, da maged. or def ect.ivc parts. Par. 4-tJ ll't"mc}val and in:\t:'\Ua
handle mounting uon.l t n::;)
clips (figs. 4-16.2 and
422)
Hydraulic cylinder
"
Check for leaks. Par. 3-9 (chc, kt: par. l Zl
( r ( ...
(fig. moval :l:)d inJ:;t ullac. iorl) (1)$ )
b. Re-pto.ce- wor n, dnmag<-..:!. or dc!' ectiv( parts. Par. ( l'Crt'IOVJI 1nst<aUa
t ioM <OS;
Hydraulic hose a. Cheek for leaks. Par. :l-9 [thet.'k). par. 4-t :3 <rc-.
assembly movtd :uld ulsuallalitm) f0$)
lfig. 1-201 b.
Replace wor n. damaged, or defective pa rts. Par. 4-Zl (remQval a nd
tionl HlSJ
Adapte r unit Heplu e worn, damag('d, or de-ft'ctivc p;:-trts.
P:-.r. -lt3 rremu\al and
.
( fig. 4-Z"l . ll
installation) 10 $ 1
l(l tw l.:o)!lt't'ltH' li.C' lll.ln
in ... JII'"i
General (fig. 1-19) a. Check for complt:teness. loose parts. rust, P:lr. 3-6 lch:anill).!J: JJ:U. 3l5
corrosion. cleanness. c tt . ic.<rro:;i>n con troll
b. Replace worn, damag<!d. or deh.oc tin: (!nd Par. :J<U
cO\'er. St-r ;tpS. bands. fl aps, and ).{!.lidancc
sect ion blanket hood.
c. Check for presence andi or condit.ion o( Par.
ta)X' over thermal sensors.
Outr surfaces Repair cuts or tears by covering t ht m with Par. :l-31
(fig. 1-19) tat>e
Electrical ( Onncctor a. Replace blanket if ch:ttrical P.:tr. 3-.Jl j rt jJairl
(fig. 1- 19) v.'i res. or elements arc damngcd.
b. worn. dam:u:('(l. or def(.. -ct i\'(.' Par. :3.:1 t Cn) l)l:.lCemeno
:;c rews. washers. or covers.
Hook and pile tapes Replace blanket if hook a nd pile tapes arc f')ar. 3-:ll ( I"CI)::.ir
damaged.
Table 31 I. Daily Sch(.111le of $('n it:e-s f or tle
Stulhm/ Pt>we-r Stati()'tt Mou.Jttiug Kit
ltf1n to bt aetion
Jnt p.et<
General Check for completeness, loose pnrts, rust, Par. 3-6 ((leaning); psr. 3-8
(fig. 12) corrosicm, c;ieanne.ss, forclgn matter, ete. (corrosion centro!)
Cable assembly a. Check for frayed or broken insulat ion. TM 9 1425-382-34
(fig. 12) (repair) lDSJ
b. Replace damaged connector shield, Pa r. 3-21 (replacement)
keyi ng collar, a nd snapring.
c. Replace damaged mar ker bands. Par. 321
d. Check for damaged or defective TM 9 H25-:!82-34
connectors, cable clamps, and adapcers, I repair ) <DSl

Check for broken or bent connector TM 9-1425-382,'14
contacts. ( re pair) (DS)
3 - l 0. l
Digltrzed by Google
TM 9145038014
I
luom tu bt
No. iMpect.td
I Generator
<rig. 1-251
2 Trailer (fiR. 1-Z.'i)
3-10.2
Table 311.1. Daily S<:hedu/e l'reoentit..,Maitenam:e S<:nic ..
for the Genera/or Set PU-614/M
Wr"""tlvt .rtio11
r.(tft'RU
Cht.ock that all required preventhe main TM i>-6115-27412
tenance has performed.
Check that all required preventive main TM 9-28S0-20.5-14
tenance has performed.
C13
Digitized by Coogle
C9 TM 9-1450-380 14

No.
I
2
3
4

No.
I
2

No.
I
2
3
Scqucnc:r
No.
Table .f/2. Dailv Scheduk of Pret..,lit'e\fai111e>tmce Smvices for the Radio Tcrmirwl
Set and Winterizatitm. Heater Mol4nlittg Kit
l'*m to be Corl't'Cth(' attioft
i nep.Mt4!d
General Check for completeness, loose (>arts, rust,
I
Par. 3-1> (cleaning); par. 3-8
(fig. 1-11) corrosion, cleanness, foreign matter, etc. (corrosion control)
Gasoline can a. Check to insure that gasoline cans are full. Par. 3-22 (replacement )
(fig. 13)
b. Check for leakage and replace damaged (lr
defective can.
Fire extinguisher Inspect for current certification and for Recharging of fire ext.in
(fig. 13) evidence of di!lCharge. guisher is the Corps of
Engint..oers responsibility.
Winterization Check for oil leaks. TM ;;...!520-:ll>5-t2
heater (fig. (servicing)
Tabk 813. Dailv Schedule of Preventit' Mai11te11mrce Service for Radio Termirwl Set
lQ.KW Generotor Mounti ng Kit
htm to be .c:l i<lfl
iJIJpHtt!d refl!!rtnt.n
General Check for completeness, loose parts, rust.. Par. 36 par. 3-8
(fig. H ) eori'{)Sion, cleanness, foreign mal,ter, etc. (corrosion conii'Oil
IO. kw generator Check for fuel and oil leako. TM 5-6115-299-10
(fig. 14) (servicing}
.
Table Daily Sched11le of Pre,.,tiveMain.tewwe Services
for the E:rect.orLamtcher tQ.KW Genel'(ltor and SJ""" Wheel Asse>nblv Kit
lttf"' to bot adi(ID
i rulptf'd Proc()(lu.rr relc'cnu:S
General (fig. ] . !)) Check lor completeness, loose parto, rust, Par. 3-6 (cleaning); par. 3-8
corrosion, cleanness. matter, etc. (corrosion control)
Gasoline can (fig. 15) Check for leakage and replace damaged or Par. 3-24 (removal and
defective can. insullation)
Spare wheel a ... mbly Check capnuto securing wheel ... embl) for Tighten capnuto until they are
(fig. 15) proper tightness. seated in wheel aasembly lug
holel!; then tighten capnuts I
to 1-t/2 additional turns.
Table 314./. Daily &hed.u,/e <If Preveutit<eM<riuterumce Serricesj'ol' the
Pou.-er Stuti<m Trailer Mmmting Kit
lt.:m to bl: C"rro:chl'l! ;u:tlon
iupert .. d Pf"'(I!durt
General Check for completeness. loose parts, rust. Par. 36 (<:leanig); par.
(fig. 111 corrosion. c)eannes..,, foreign etc. 3-S (corrosion control)
3- 11
I
Diglt1zed by Google
I
TM 9- 1450-380- 14 C14

No
.I
,,
"

Xo
)
2
:!
J
4

I
3- 12
To.b!t! Daily Sched!tle t)j Prel:<.'fltive-Ma.;n.tenatlce Services for t ..h.e Dolly Set
ftllal l Ci lAfrtctive aetioo

system ( fig .
"
Check hydraulic tube assembly for leaks. Par. 3-9 (tbeck); par. 4-23
1 15) moval and installation) (DS)
b. Check hydraulic pump for leaks. Par. 3-9 (check); par. 4-23 (re-
moval and installation) (OS)
( . Check hydraulic cylinder for leak.. Par. 3-9 (check); par. 423
moval and installation) (DS)
d. Check hydraulic hose assembly for leako. Par. 3-9 (check); par. 423
moval and installation) (DS)
Tires I figs. 1 13. t-14) (1. Check for damagtd or worn tires. Par. 423 (removal and install&-
tion.l (OS)
b. tires for proper inflation. Inflate to 65 psig.
!.Q be a.c:dOrfl
Pruc-MtJre
Stll Check for rust, corrosion. and foreign Par. 3-0 (cleaning); par. 3-7
tllln/ power stm.ion matter. (painting); par. 3-8 (cor
ll'I(Hlnti rlg kit rosion control)
(fig. l2l
Radio ina I set and a, Check for rus t. corrosion, and foreign Par. 3-6 (cleaning); par. 3-7
he:ner matter. (painting); par. 3-8 (cor-
mo1.1mlng kit rosion control)

b. Visually check portable heawr for oil TM 5--1520-205-12 (servicing}
leaks.
Radio te rminal set lO (l, Check for rust, corrosion, and foreign Par. 3-0 (cleaning); par. 3-7
kw gene-rator mount matlcr. (painting); par. 3-8 (cor-
kit (fig. IH rO$iOn control)
b. Visually check IO.kw generator for fuel TM (servicing)
aud oi 1 'eaks.
lO <l. Check for rusl, corn>:;ion. and foreign Par. 3-6/cleaning}; par. 3-7
kw and matter. (painting); par. 3-8 (cor-
spar e whee! rosion control)
mount.ing kit b. Visually check 10-kw generator for fuel TM 5-6111>-271-15 (servicing)
ifil,!. 1-'>l and oil leak..
To bie .'116. 1. Mmthly of Pret-e-n t.hteMaintenance Senices for
the Tiedowtl Strop
htm (.(1 l( Corrttti"'" aetkln
in;"!(l<'d r<rfntorw;t'
l !nivt-rs;tl tieJowt) lnsp<.>el II$ prescribed in TM 9-1425-384-14. Replace universal tiedown
strafJS t (ig. a. tjl strap.
Digitized by Coogle
C9
1
2
s
6
6
7
8
8.1
8.2
8.3
9
10
.
TM 9-1450.310.14
Table 817. MOBthlv Sclo.dule of Prevmtive-Maintena"""
SMVic., for the Program....,rTt Station/P0111er Stat wn Mounting Kit
General (fig. 12)
Retainers (fi"g. 1-2)
C-<:1&111.,. {rig. 3-6)
Support beama
(fig. 1-2)
Support brackets and
mounting hardware
(fig. 4-10)
Rehiforcing strips
(fig. 1-2)
Support rack (fig. 1-2)
(Deletsd)
Drain tube aasemblies
( fig. 1-2)
Drain hose assemblies
(fig. 12)
Support hook
(fig. 12)
PTS retai ning hardware
(fig. 2-1)
Boarding ladders
(fig. 1-2)
Identificat ion plate
(fig. 4-10)
a. Repaint cracked or peeled surfaces.
b. Tighten all loose nuts, screws, and bolts.
Con.etlve action
...,.....,..
Par. S-7 (painti ng)
Check for d&lllaged retainers. Par . 4-15 (repair) (DS)
Check for loose, worn, damaged, de- Par. 3-21 (replacement)
fective C-clamps.
a. Check for loose, damaged or defective Par. 4-15 (repair) (DS)
beams.
b. ;Replace worn or defective webbing straps.
Check for loose, damaged, or defective brack-
ets and mounting hardware.
a . Check for loose, damaged, or defective
reinforcing strips.
b. Check for loose, damaged, or defective
angle brackets.
b. Check for loose, damaged, or defective
studs.
a. Check for loose or damaged support rack.
b. Replace worn or damaged webbing straps.
"'
Check for looae. damaged, or defective
drain tube assemblies.
b. Check for loose or damaged adapters.
c. Check for loose or damaged angle brackets.
Check for damaged or defective drain hose
assemblies.
Check for loose or damaged support hook.
Check for loose, missing. or damaged PTS
retaining hardware.
Replace worn, or defecthe parts.
Check for damaged plate ..
Par. 4-15 (repair ) (DS)
Par. 415 (repair) (DSJ
Par. 4- 16 (repair) (OS)
Par. 4- 15 (repair) (OS)
Par. 3-21 (replaeement)
Par. 4151replacement) (DS)
Par. 4-15 ( replacement) (DS)
Par. 3-36 (repair)
I
Table $-18. Monthlv Schedr<le of Preventi ve-Maintenance Sen 1ice8 ;or tlte Radio Ttrminal Set and WintorizaH01t
Htclter Jllou.nting Kit
s-....
)<G.
1
2
General (fig. 1-3)
Support beams
(fig. 1-3)
a. Check for loose, damaged, or defective
angle brackets and support beams.
CorJ"'t<'.Uvt- action

Par. 3-7 (painting)
b. Replace worn or defective webbing straps. Par. 3-2.2 (replac.ement)
Digitized by
TM 9-1450-380-14 a
I
I
Table .1-1$. Monthly Schedule of p.,.eve?lt.ive-J\fnintenance Ser11ices for the RudiQ Terrnina.l Set and Winttri::aM
HetJ.t er Monn.tinu Kit-Continued
lttom w bto
... &etJon
No. i ftlll) eo!t '-'<1 Jror."Ju n:
re!C",n:n
3 Reinforc.ing st.rip
"
Check for loose, damaged, or defective Par . 4-16 (repair ) (DS)
(Cig. 1-3)
strips,
b. Replace damaged or defective angle Par. 3-22 (replacement)
brackets.
t. Rephtce or d<:fcctive studs and
.
Par. 4-16 (repiKement) (OS)
mounting hardware.
d. Check for loose or damaged blind fasl<!ner. Par. 4-16 (replacement) (DS)
4 Heater mourlting bnse
a .. Check fol' loose, damaged, or defecti\'e Par. 4 16 (repair) (OS)
(Cig. l -3)
henter mount.ing b:1.se.
b. Rtplace worn or defective webbing straps. Par. 3-22 (replacement)
c. Rt'place worn or de.fecti\'e fittlngs. Par. 3-2.2 (replacement)
d. Replace worn or defective tiedown fittings. Par . 3-22 (replacement)
c. Replace damaged spacer bloeks (tig. 3-7). Par. :l-22 (replacement)
5 Storage support rack u. Check for loose, damaged, or defe-ctive Par. 3-22 (replacement)
(fig. 1-3) st orage rack SUI)J)O.rt.
b. Re1)lncc worn or defective webbing Strap. Par. 3-22 (replacement)
c-. Replace worn or defec.ti"e tiedown flttings. Par. 3-22 (replacement)
6 Air duet storage rack fi. Replace dnmagcd or defective air duet Par. :l-22 (replacement)
( fig. 13) storage rack.
b. RevJace worn or defeclt"e t iedown fitt ings. l'ar . 3-22 (replacement)
c. Replace worn or defecti\'e webbing straps. Par. 322 l repiKement)
7 Gasoline can rack a. damaged or defective gasoline Par. 3-22 (replacement)
(fig. J-3) can rack.
b. Replace worn or defecti \'e webbing straps. Par. 3-22 (replacement)
c. neplace worn or defect ive tiedown fittings. Par. 3-22 (replacement)
8 Fire extinguisher a. Replace damaged or defccti ve fi r e ex- Par . 3-22 (replacement)
(fig. 1-3) tinguisher.
"
ReJ>Iacc loose, damaged, or defective l i re Par. 3-22 (replacement)
exti nguisher mounting br acket .
9 Boarding ladder Replace worn, damaged, or defec.tive parts. Par . 3-22 (replacement)
(fig. l -23)
10 Identif ication plate Check for damaged identification plate. Par . 416 (repair) (OS)
(fig. 4-11)
11 RTS retai ning Check for damaged RTS retaining hardware. Par. 4-16 (replacement) ( DS)
hardware (fig. 25)
12 Support hooks Check for loose or damaged support hooks. Par. 4-16 (replacement) (DS)
(fig. 13)
T<lllle $-19. fl"l tm.tMy Schedule of Preve'T!tive-ftft., int.ennnce Ser-vicett for the. RadiQ
Set 10-KJ.lf Gcmetutor 1lfounting Kit
St'fluenct- Ite-m t o 1X':
3-14
No. in$pt'eted
1 Gener al (fig. 1-4)
2 Webbing straps
(fig. H )
Produre
(l. Retlaint cracked or peeled surfaces.
II. Tighten alJ loose nuts, sere\\&, and bolt s.
Repl ace worn or defective webbing straps.
Corr\lve actloa

Par. 3-7 (painting)
l'ar. 3-23 ( repair)
Digitized by Google
C3 TM 9-1450-380-14
.
Table 3-19. Schedule of Pnroentive-Mainltmonce Servit:es for the R4dio TerntiMI
Set IO.KW GeMrator Mt,..,ttilli/ Kit-Ctmtinved
hem to be
No.
-'*'
Procedure

3 Cable aaaembly 104WJ a. Replace damaged morker band!. Par. !HS (repair}
(fag. 1-4)
b. Check for damaged or defect ive con Par. 4-17 (repair) (DS)
nectoro, cable dampa, and adapters.
c. Check for 1001<! cable clamp screws. If Par . 4-17 (repair) IDS)
acrews are loose, tighten them to a torque
of 12 inch-pounds.
d. Check for broken or bent connector con Par. 417 (repair) (OS)
tacta.

Check for frayed or broken insulation . Par. 4-17 (repair) (DS)
4 Cable aaaembly J04W2 a. Replace damage connector capa. Par. 3-23 (repair)
(fag. 14)
b. Replace damaged marker band!. Par. 3-23 (repair)
c. Check for looae cable clamp acrews. If Par. 4-17 (repair) (OS)
screws are looee. tighten them to a torque
of 12 inch-pounds.
rt. Check for damaged or defective connectors, Par. 4-17 (repair) (DS)
cable clamps, and adapters.
e. Check for bent or broken connector con Par. 417 (repair) (DS)
tacts.
f
Check for frayed or broken in.sulation. Par . 417 (repair) (DS)
5 Tiedown ring.a Replace worn or defe<:tive tiedown rings. Par. 3-23 (repair)
(fig. 3-8)
6 10-kw generator skid Check for loose, damaged, or defective 10-kw Par. 3-23 (repair)
(fag. 1-4) generator skid.
7 Identification plate Check for damaged identific.ation plate. Par. 4-17 (repair) (DS)
(fig. 412)
Table 3-iQ. MiMthlv Schedule of /'rel)e>ltive-Maintenance f()r the Erect()rWu>teher I().KW
GeNerotur and Spare Who1l A .. emblll Mwnting Kit
SequeM hem to bt
No. l.upec:tacl
I General (fig. 1-5)
2 Cable aaaemblies
3
(fig. 1-5)
Cable suspension
springs (fig. 15)
a. Check for worn or damaged eablett and
looee connections.
b. Check for frayed or broken insulation.
c. Check for worn or damaged connectors,
cable clamps, and mounting hardware.
Replace missing or damaa:ed connector
cap.
e. Check for worn, damaged, or defective
cable adjustable straps.
a. Replace damaged or defective springs and
snaphooks.
Cotrttti'l'e MtiOft

Par. 3-7 (painting)
Par. 418 (repair) (DS)
Par. 3-24 (removal and in
stallation)
Par.4-18 (repair) (DS)
Par. 324 (removal and in-
stallation)
3-15
Digitized by Google
I
I
TM 9- 14S0-38014 C14
!lei
No,
3 -
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
II
12
13
14
15
Table 320. M<171thly Sclwduw of Prev<mtiooM<tintenane<i Stmri<es for the Ervxt"lr L<turu;/u:r IIJ-KW
Getterot<>r a!UI Spa.re Wheel Assem.bly Mmmtinu Kit- C<mtinued
hem w be CoN't'(:tht anion
;Di p ted PRICf!dUA"c r-rt ..
Continued b. Check for damaged cable clamp. Par. 4 18 (repair) (OS)
c. Check for correct location of cable damp Locate one suspension
on eable assembly. spring elamp 80 inch .. from
60W21P1 connector and the
other clamp ISS inches from
60W21PI.
Exhaust pipe (fig. Check for loose, damaged. or defe<ti\'e ex Par. 41S (repair) (DS)
1-5) hausl pipe, clamp, grommet, mounting
bracket. and mounting
Spare whee1 coYer Replaee worn, frayed, or torn wheel cover. Par. 324 (removal and in
t5J stallation)
Multiple-leK sling ll. Replace worn or damaged sling. Pa r. 3-24 (removal and in
(rtg. 15> stallationl
b. Replace worn, frayed, or torn cotton duct Par. 324 (remova l and in
bag. stallation)
Spare wheel assembly <L Check for worn or damaged wheel. Par. H 8 (repair) (DS)
( fig. 15)
b. Check for worn or damaged tire. Par. 4-18 (repair)(DS)
c. Check tire for JU'OJ>er innation, using lnnat<> tire ta 45 paig,
tire pressure gage 4912.00.248-4703. usi ng tire prCMure gage-
innator 4910.00.806-8186
Retainer (ri/C. 15) Replace worn, damaged, or defe<tive parta. Par. 3-24 (remoal and in
stallation)
Bracket assembly Cheek for worn, damaged, or defective Par. 4-18 (repair) (DS)
(fig. 15) parts.
Cable retaining a. Che<k for looS<l, worn, damaged, or de- Par . 4 18 (repair) IDS)
bracket (fig. 1 5) fecti ve U-bolts.
b. Check for damaged designation plat<>. Par. 4-IS (repair) (DS)
c. Check for damaged cable retaining Par. 4-18 (repair) (OS)
braeket .
Identification plat<> Check for damag<'<l platA!. Par. 4-18 (repair) (DS)
(fig. 4-13)
Generator shield a. Check for loose, damagtod, or defective Par. 4-18 (repair) (DS)
15l generator shield.
b. Cheek for loose or damaged U-bolt. Par. 4-18 (replacement)
(DS)
c. Cheek for loose or damaged mounting Par. 4-18 (replacement)
pool. (OS)
Ground strap Cheek for loose, damaged, or defective Par. 4-18 (repair) <OS)
4-13) ground strap.
Generator retaining Check Cor loose or damaged generator re- Par. 4-18 (replacement)
hardware (fig. Z.7) taining hardware. <DSJ
Brake airhooe Check for worn or damaged parla and Par. 3-24e (replac ..
couplers (fig. 15) clogged fi lt<>rs. menu
Tabk 3-21. Mat1th/y Sclwduk <if Prewntil., MaintetJance
Servi<e tor the Wrecker Mot.3 .4ncillo'71 Equipment Tiedown Kit
s.q._.t'IICII' ltHn W b.i! a.r.lima
so. ifJipe<"ted
I General ( fig. Z.8) a. ChKk for completeness, loose parts, ru.st,
corrosion, cleanness, foreign matter.
Par. 3-6 (cleaning); par.
3-8 (corrosion
el<.
3- 16
control)
Digitized by Google
C15 TM 9-14S0-380-14
s.. ......
No.
Table 3-! 1. S<Mdule of Prevenlit,.-Mai>ttenance
Servicu for IM Wrtcktr Equipment Tiedown Kit - Contin-ued
lt.m to be
inapeetecJ Proc:echn
("..offt(the aeti011
n:fertflu
1 - Continued b. Repaint cracked or peeled sur!a<es. Par. 3-7 (painting)
c. Tighten alllooee nut&, screws, and bolt&.
2 Strap aaoemblieo Replace worn or defective part&. Par. 3-26 ("'placement)
(fljJ. 2-3)
3 Brackets (fig. 2-8) a. Check for cracks or distortion; "'place Par. 3-26 ("'placement)
defective part.
b. Replace worn or damaged rubber pad. Par. 3-26 (replacemnt)
Table Manthl11 Sched"le of Prfn""'li'"' Maintenana Servit:e8 for IM
P&wer Station Trailer Moonting Kit
SI(IQgeMt fum to be Correuivf' tcUCin
No. hap ted rdii'H:Mf'
I General
"'
Repaint cracked or peeled surlac..,, Par. 3-7 (painting)
(ftg. 1-1)
2 8.-.ekets Cheek for damaged brackets. Par. 4-18.1 (repair) (DS)
(fig. 1-1)
3 C-<:lampo Check for loose, worn, damaged, or defective Par. 3-22.1 (replacement)
(fig. l -1) elamps.
4 Support beams Check for loose, damaged, or defective beams. Par. 4-18.1 (repair) (DS)
(fig. I-ll
5 Identification platA! Check for damaged platA!. Par. 4-18.1 (repair) (DS)
(fog. 4-13.2)
Table 9-21. Montkly Sched"le of Proventi.:-.lfai11tenance SenMR.$ f&r the Hoili'IJII Beam.
Seqvt'DC'.t
No.
I GMeral (figs. 1-7
2
3
4
thru 19)
Ball loc:kpins
1-7 thru 19)
Buist fittings ( fig.
1-7)
Forward and rear
(fig. 1-7)
a. Check for compleiA!nesB, part&, rust,
corrosion, cleanness, foreign matter, etc.
b. Repaint cracked or peeled sudaces.
c. Tighten all loose nuts, screws, and bolts.
d. Lubricate.
a. Replace worn or damaged ball loc:kpins.
b. Replace worn or damaged wtre retaining
rope.
a. Replace worn or damaged parts.
b. Cheek hoist fitting adjustment and
correct mounting o( handles.
c. Check that forward hoist fittings swivel
and rear hoist fittings do not.
" Check for worn, damaged or defective
parts.
b. Replace worn or damaged hoisting beam
pads.
Corrfl:ti<re acliott
rlf'ter.ece
Par. 3-6 (cleaning); par. 3-3
(corrosion eontrol)
Par. 3-7 (painting)
Par. 35.5 (lubricating)
Pa.r. 3-27 (replacement)
Par. 3-17 (adjustment);
par. 327 (repair)
Par. 3-27 (repair)
Par. 3-27a (replacement)
3-17
I
Digitized by Google
I
TM 9- 1450-380- 14
C13
$.e.Qt.JtliC't
No.
5
6
7
8
S<>Qut nte

I

No.
I
2
3
3-18
IUM to brt Cotnctlv at"tioft
;tl,pt'Cled Pf'O'duu
Forward and rear Check for worn, damaged, or defective parU. P&r. 3-27b (replacement)
section (fig. 1-9)
Channel beam (left and (1. Cheek for worn, damaged, or defective Par. 4-20 ("'placement) (DS)
right) aasembly p&rts.
(fig. 11) b. Check for free operation of roller Par. 4-20 (replacement) (DS)
asaembly.
c. Replace damaged or defective lubrication Par. 3-27a ("'placement)
fitti ngs.
Spreader beam a. Check for damage and preaence of hoist- Par. 3-27a (replacement)
(fig. 17) ing link.
b. Check for worn, damaged, or defective Par. 4-20 (replacement) (DSJ
spacers, rivets. pins, and collars.
Tube assembly Check for cracked welds and security of lift- Par. 420 (replacement) (DS)
(fig. 19) ing eye; inaure that tube is not bent. Re-
place damged or defective assembly.
Table 323. Monthly Schedule of Pre;mlireMainumance Sen-icu f or the Shippig Container Sling
IUm CQ 1M'

General
(fig. 110)
luun 14 be
inPtro
General
(fig. 111)
Sling Cfig. lll)
Support t ube
(fig. 111)
Cbn-d'ft wtlon

a. Check for completeness, looae parts, Par. 3-6 (cleaning); par. 3-8
rust. corrosion. cleannt."M:, foreign (corrosion c-ontrol)
matter. wire rope kinks. fraying, etc.
b. Replace worn or damaged parts. Par. 3-29 (replacement)
c. Lub.rieate. Par. 3-5.5 (lubrication)
Table Monthly Schedule of
for lie Cmw. Pack Lifting Slinq Set
acttotl
Predu rt: rtft:rtn
a. Check for completen<>so, loose parts, Par. 36 (cleaning); pt.r. 3-8
rust, corrosion, cleanness, foreign (corrosion control)
matter. wire rope kinks. !ra.ying, etc.
c. Lubricate. Par. 3-5.5 (lubricating)
a. Replace worn, damaged, or defective par. 3-28 (replacement)
parts.
b. Check for diotortion of hoioting hooks and Par. 4-22 (replacement)
lift ing eye. (DS)
Replace damaged or defecti\'e support tubes. Par. 3-28 (replacement)
Digitized by Google
Cl3
TM 9-14 50-380-1 4

No.
lt.n to be h)ll>eded Pr'Qeedun Cot1"eetive
I Genoral (figs. 11:J. 1-14, Check !or complcte nes.-;,. loose ' part.s. cor Par. :J-6 (cleani ng): par. :l-8 \<'<lr
1-14.1. 1-14 2) rosion. cleanness. foreig n mtttter . et.c. roskm control}
2 Tie rods u. Replace \\rorn, damaged. or defective parts. Par. 423 tre moval and inst.alla4
(fig. 4-9.3)
tiolll ( DSJ
b. Adjust (ront in. Pat'. cadjust rn{'r.t) fl J:o;t
3 Steering arm. tow bar,
a. Replace worn. damaged. or d('(ective parts.
.
P:tr. 4-2:3 ( r emO\' a l and i nstalla
pump handle. a nd tiolll WS)
handle bracket b. Cheek steering arm adjustment. rar . 4-\:IA (adjus tment) !DSI
(fig. 4-16.2)
4 Hydraulic tube Replace worn, dama ged. or defective parts. Plu-. 4-Z.l (remova l and inst all a
((ig. 4-16.3)
tion) ( DS)
5 Hydrau)i< pump Chec:k operat-ion of pump. control. and hydrallli<' P;Lr. .t-23 (removal ins talla
)fig. 4-16.4) c)linders. Replace defect ive IDS!
6 Hub ossembly worn. or d('(Ccli\' C parts. flar. 4-2:.\ ( removal and ins ta1la
(fig. 4-\6) tionl (I)S)
.
7 Suspension &.."\..'<embly Repl""
worn, d amaged, or ... parts. PaJ', tremo\al tlnd inst.."\lla
(fig. 4-181 tion) (()5)
8 Telescoping brace, eye- Replace wor n. damaged. or defective parts. Par. 4-2:! (removal and install a
bolts. and clips tion) (()$)
(fig. 420)
9 Lil ting arm assembly Rep I liCe worn. damaged. or defective parts. Par. 423 (re moval and install a-
(!ig. 4-21) tion) (1)$)
10 Tiedown rings and Replace worn. damaged. or defective parts. Par. 423 (removal and in.<;talla-
handle mounting tion) (DSJ
clips (figs. 416.2.
4-22)
II Hydraulic cylirv:!er Replace Yt'Or-n. damaged. or defective parts. Par. 423 (removal and install a-
(fig. 420) tion) (DSI
12 Hydr aulic hose assem- Replace wor n. damaged. or defective parts. P;tr, 423 (removal and inst all a-
bly (fig. 420) tion) ( DSJ
\:J
Adapter unit Replace worn. damaged, or dtllectl\e parts.
Par. 1 2.3
Hi g. 4-22.1) and iOSt
Tnbk 3'16. Monthly of
lor the Guidmu;e S#on. Blmtket
hem t(l be
No. iaptfd
I General (fig. 1-19) u. Cheek for completeness. loose parts. rust,
corr05lon, clea.nne;s, (ortign matter. etc.
b. Replace worn. damaged, or dete<tive end
cover. straps, bands, naps, and guidance
section blanket hood.
c. Check tor presence and/ or condit ion or
tape over thermal sensors.
t;uwrctive actioo

Par. 36 (cleaning): par. 3 8
(corrosion controll
Par . 3-31 (rep)..,ementl
Par . 3-31 (repair)
3-18.1
Digitized by Google
I
I
I
I
TM 9-1450-380-14 C13
SeQu
No.
2
3
4
$tqUIIJIU
No.
I
Soquu-c:e
N(l.
I

No.
I
2

So.
I
2
a
.
.
3-18.2
Table S-i6. Mtmthlll of
for IM Gvida""e Se<:tioo Bla1lket - Caotinud
Iwm toM
i.llll* ... Proc<u"
Outer surfaces Replace cute or tears by coverine them with
(fig. l -19) lape 813&-00-551-1245.
Electrical connector a. Replace blanket if electrical connector,
(fig. 1-19) wires, or heating elements are damaged.
b. Replace worn, damaged, or defective
serewa, waahen. or covers.
Hook and pile lapes Replace blanket if hook and pile lapes are
damaged.
<Airnctive atdoa.
,..,,_
Pat. 3-$1 (repair)
Par. 3-$1 (repair)
Pat. 3-31 (repla<:ement)
Par. 3-31 (repair)
Table B-26.1. M<mthly Sched?Jie of " ""''"'ti'I? Maittenance Services for tM
Pou,-er Slat.imr Mainte,w.nce Slings
lu.m Oornct.i" aclioa
iiUCItf'll Prochlre ....ttr.ac:
.
General a. Cheek for completeness, worn or damaged Par. par. 3-8
(fig. 1-16) parts, cracked welds, deformity of sec (eorrooion control); par.
tiona, toose parts. rust, corrosion. 4-23.2 (repair) (DS)
and foreign matter.
b. Repaint cracked or peeled surfaces. Par . 3-71paintingl
Table 3-26.2. Monthly Sched.ule of Prm-etotille-Maintenance Se,.,:ict!s for the
Power Stand
lt.d\ w b.t a<tioll
inPtfii
General a. Cht..-ck for completeness, worn or damaged Par. par. 3-8
(fig. 1-m part.<, cracked welds, loose paru, rust, (corrooion control); par.
corrosion and foreign matter. 4-23.3 (repair) IDSJ
b. l.ubricate. Par. 3-5.7 (lubrication)
c. Check adjustment of caoter wheel brake Par. 3-18 (adjustment) (OS)

Tabk 326.3. Quorterly Scheduk oj Preventil)f)-MainU'7Ulnoo Sen-ices f or the
G<merotor Set PCJ-611./M
lll!-m W be action
rtteriHI
Generator Perform required preventive maintenance. TM 6-611&-274-12
(fig. 1-25)
Trailer (fog. 1 25) Perform required preventive maintenance. TM 9-2330-206-14
Tobie $-2Q.,. Semiun11ual. Schedule of PreVIi1ltit-e-Mainte>tMU!e Sert,ice for the
Generot.or Set PU-611./M
1-m to bf. Correcth attioe
inl)t('ted
,..,.,...('t
General (fig. 125)

Check for completeness. loose part.. rust, Par. par. 3-8
corrosion, cleanness, and foreign matter. (corrosion control)
b. Repaint cracked or peeled surfac-es. Par. 3-7 (painting)
c. Tighten all loose nuts, screws, and bolts.
Generator (fig. 125) Perform connectors J8 and J9 hield Par. 4-23.5e (test)
ground integrity test.
Trailer 12S) Test cable SSW!. TM 9-1430-380-14
Digitized by Coogle
Cl 3
So!que-n.c:fi
No.
0.1
I
Se(luen
Nl),
I
Sll!qui'nc:c
No.
I

I
..
Nt'l.
I
TM 9- 14S0-380-14
Tuble 1127. Se mimHnZl Schedule of Pretcetilh:e-t11w'rzteumwc for the
P'rr.lflrttmmer-Test Sta.t.ion/Power Stl.l t i.on Kit
ltf:.m tO bt- 1Lt!lf1:1
IAt pt<.kd
General (fig. 4-10) Pcrrorm PTSIPS vehicle elc>ctrical ground Par. 4-13.i> (the<kl (OS\
ch<>ck.
Cable assembly a. Test cable assembly. using eledrical cable TM 9- 1430380 14 (t.cs tingl
((ig. 12) wster AN/ GSM-45.
b. Cheek connector 60W!OSP2 ror proper Key connector tiOW tOSP2
keying. to 1.. TM 9 143Q-:liiil l l
(k ..
Table 9-!!7.1. Se-mi(J.nttual &Juul?dt: ol Sert,i{'P.s for tile
Radio Term1:r.al Sc<t JO.K\V G(!11erotor k it
co tw ("..c>r r rt; VP :U"ti(ion
Protfdu re rooh r...nc-c
Cable a. .. cmblies Pe.rforrn cable continuity on cable a,:; - P.;'&r. 3-2.3
(r;g. Hi scmblies 104\Vl and 104W2.
Table 3-'fl7.2. Semimnwrtl Schedule r)f Pt'1'(Jnf iLw-Maint PUatu:c $ef',_.ii;('fi for t he F:rt<:fur-U.nmd nr
JO..KW Generutor mul S!J(u'C Ki t
h t l (l t)_ortl'O!Ul.'
ln.spoected m,.
Cable assembly
( f.. Perform cable continuit y t (l>!i! L on coich <. able Par. 3-2-Jd
(fig. 15i assembly.
b. Check connector llOW2Jl for propt"!r Key ('onnrct.or llOW:tJ l
111 I. TM
fkcyingJ
c. Check connector 1J0\\' 2JJ for loose kt'yin!.!
C(tllar nut. H retaining nut is
loose. t ighten it to a torque of 20 foot-
pounds.
-
hem 10 flf' C'ottr"<'t 1\f' .ll'li<"o ..
iMJH:t;1<:d PrQI",o,;htro; O"i ..
-
General (rigs. 17 Load test. Par 17 Oo:\ti t.:s(iJHr),
l-91 (!Marl
Ta.b/(J J -29. i \liJlU/11 Sdredu!f' l PrPI't>JJ/ h'(' Muhdento:("(' s l 'rril'l''> fot t!H
Cm>t(' Pad, Li.flit!!J Slh,u
h-em L. bo c",,rrotl "'tl .. llo
ir..,.(-.!olll' Nl .. ' oflo,,
- -- -
.
Sling (fig. 1-11) Load test. Par. l!) l]h,td I i ,SJ
I
-
3-19
Digitized by Coogle
TM 9-1450-380-14 C 15
s-.YO. .4 mtual ScJJetlulr fJj' teno,,ce St"Tc:ices for the
Shlpping C-onldi ner SlitrO
W bf. attlcm
No. Protedurt
I Sling (fig. 1-10) l.oad tesL Par. 4-10 (load testing) (DS)
Tobie 3-91. Ann ttol Schcdi<le of Service for the Dolly S<l
Item to t....
Nn, ir.!!pte_(@d 1\!C' eTtnce
I General (fig. 2-14) Lubricate. Par. S-5.6 (lubricating)
Par. 4-13.4. 1 (lubri-
eating) (DS)
2 Hydraulic pum)> Drain and flU pump. Par. 4-13.2 (servicing) !DSJ
(fig. 4-l(i.'l)
9-$2. .4 tftl !Ut i Sf hetl ull t fl/ ri I 'I? Muin l<j11(t1t('e fi)r t.he
Power Statirw SnrifJS
h"1n to t .. : action
s . i M))U ii l'rnc:.Jvnt
I (fig. 1-lfil Load test. Par. 4-13.0.1 (load wst.
ing) !OS); par. 4-13.1
(load testing) (DS)
Table 3-JlJ. A tl r1 ucd Sch(J<hde of S<' r l;iccs fur t.l1e J)rector-Uumcher
I OKw Gem!f(JIQr rmd SJ)r.U'e WJu.'el i bscmbly Morntt-iuq Kit
h nt w t-e actiu.n
Nv.
I Muitiple-leg sling l . oad tC$t. Par. 4-1.2/load testing)
(fi g. 1-l>) (DS)
Section IV. SERVICING INFORMATION
3-11. Truck M656.
Refer to TM 9-2320-230-10 for servicing instruc-
t ions for tr uck M656.
3-12. Radio Terminal Set and Winterization
tions for portable, gasoline heater 4520-00-797-
0728 or 4520-00-981-6605.
3-13. Radio Terminal Set t 0-KW Generator
Mounting Kit.
t ions for 10-kw generator 6115-00-855-9572.
3-20
3-14. Erector-Launcher I 0-KW Generator
Mounting Kit.
Maintain tire pressure on spare wheel
at 45 psig. Refer to TM 5-6115-450-15 for sen-
icing instructions for IOkw generator 6llf>.00-
937-l7!13.
3-15. Trailer M796.
tions for trailer M796.
3-I 5. I . Generator Set PU-614 / M.
a. Generator. Refer to TM 5-6115-274-12 for
the Stewart and Stevenson model 52300 gen-
erator servici ng instructions.
b. Trailer. Refer to TM 9-2330-205-14 for
t railer M200A 1 servicing instructions.
I
Digitized by Google
C13 TM 9- 1450-380- 14
Section V. CHECKS AND ADJUSTMENTS
3-16. <-eral.
Checks and adjustments are required to main
tain equipment performance standards. Main-
tenance personnel or qualified operators work-
ing under the direct supervision of mainte-
nance personnel are responsibile for performing
these procedures.
3-17. Hoist Fitting Adjustment of Hoisting
Beams (fig. 3-2).
The hoist fittings on the hoisting beams must
be checked and adjusted to insure that ball studs
will be properly guided in their travel, ball
plunger will seat in each ext reme position, and
handles will rotate correctly to lock. The handles
on the guidance section hoisting beam rotate
away from each other to lock; the handles on
the first and second stage hoisting beams rotate
toward each other to lock. Perform the adjust-
ment procedure as prescribed below.
Note
Ball stud shown in figure 8-2 is for
the first and second stage hoisting
beams. However, the setscrew and ball
plunger of the ball stud on the guid-
ance section hoisting beam are identi-
cal to those shown.
a. Without moving ball plunger ( 1), and
with hoist fitting in locked position, rotate
setscrew (4) clockwise until it just bottoms.
b. Rotate setscrew one-quarter of a turn
counterclockwise.
c. Operate hoist fitting through a complete
cycle of locking, unlocking, and in-out motion.
If any binding occurs. rotate setscrew an ad-
ditional of a turn counterclock-
wise.
d. Repeat c above until setscrew is at maxi-
mum depth without bi nding ball stud(2).
e. Push ball stud inward and rotate handle
(3) to locked position.
f . Rotate ball plunger ( 1) clockwise until
ball just bottoms.
g. Rotate ball plunger of a turn
counterclockwise.
h. Operate hoist fi tting through a complete
cycle of unlocking, out-in motion, and locking.
The ball plunger should seat in each extreme
position without binding ball stud during its
travel. If any binding occurs, rotate ball plun-
ger an additional of a turn counter-
clockwise.
i. Repe.at h above until ball plunger is at
maximum depth without binding ball stud.
j. Repeat a through i above for the other
three hoist fittings.
' /-,
'
'
' '
' r ' ',
',,,
, .. -..... ,
, ,' '' J l ,
,, .... ,,
' ' ).' /
. . -
\ . . , .
. .. ..
. . . .
. .. -.. .
1 - Ball plunger
2-Ball stud
3-Handle
4- Setac:rew
3- 18. Power Station Maintenance Stand I
Caster Brake Adjustment (fig. 3-3).
The caster brakes must be checked and adjusted
to insure that the PS maintenance stand will
3-21
01(< '' t'<J by Coogle
TM 9-1450-380-14
2
3
1
CIS
not roll when install ing or removing the gas
turbine engine, or when performing mainte-
nance on the engine. Perform the following as
applicable.
a. Place brake pedal (3) in horizontal posi-
tion. If wht!el does not turn freely, perform c
through e helow.
b. Press brake pedal (3) down firmly. If
wheel does not lock, perform c through e below.
c. Loosen setscrews (I) on both sides of
caster.
d. Turn adjustment screws (2) on both sides
l - Set screw (21
2 - Adjustment screw (2i
3 - Brako r.:!al
MS 1703511 of caster, as required, until wheel turns freel y
when brake pedal (3) is in horizontal position,
and wheel is locked when pedal is pressed down
firmly.
e. Tighten setscrews (I).
3- 19. (Deleted)
F'ig,.re 3-4 mod 3.$. (Deleted/
Section VI. CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE OF MOUNTING KITS
3-20. General.
This section <:Ontains corrective maintenance
procedures for power station, programmer-test
station/ power station, radio terminal set and
winterization heater, radio terminal set 10-kw
generator, and erector-launcher 10-kw generator
and spare wheel assembly mounting kits. The
respective authorized repair parts list specifies
the allocation and correct nomenclature of all
parts and prescribes the information required
for requisitioning. Unless otherwise indicated,
tighten bolts. screws, and nuts in accordance
with standard mechanical practi<:es.
3-21. Programmer Test Station/Power
Station M'unting Kit (fig. 3-6).
Replace worn, damaged, or defective C-clamps
and webbing straps and repair cable assembly
60W.I08 by replacing worn, damaged, or defec-
tive connector shield (5), keying collar (6), snap-
ring (7), and cable marker band (8). For detailed
instructions on installation of marker bands,
refer t.o paragraph 3-34. When installing C-
clamps, tighten C-clamp bolts to 655 foot-
pounds; then tighten jamnuts to 102 foot-
pounds. using box-end head 5120-00-020-5664
and torque wrench handle 5120-00-020-564.1.
3-22
3-22. Radio terminal Set and Winterization
Remove and install webbing straps, tiedown fit-
tings, gasoline cans, gasoline can rack, fire ex-
tinguishers, fire extinguisher mounting brack-
ets, and air duct storage rack as shown in fig-
ure 3-7. Replace damaged, worn, or defective
rubber strip 110386151 on storage rack as pre-
St!ribed below.
a. Remove worn, damaged, or defective rub-
ber strip from storage rack.
b. Use sandpaper to roughen bonding sur-
faces of rubber strip.
I WARNING I
Do not use cleaning solvent near an
open flame or sparks. Use only in a
the solvent to contact the skin. Wash
eX!>Osed skin areas t horoughly with
soap and water when solvent contam-
inates the skin.
c. Remove all foreign matter from storage
rack bonding surfaces with methyl ethyl ketone
6810-00-281-2785.
Digitized by Google
C13
d. Remove sanding dust from surfaces of
rubber strip.
e. Allow bonding surfaces to air dry.
f Aj>ply a thin uniform coat of adhesive
8040-00-290-4301 to bonding surfaces of storage
rack and rubber strip. Allow adhesive to dry
until it is tacky.
g. Install rubber strip on storage rack. Apply
_pressure to rubber strip to insure that entire
strip is bonded and that bonding surfaces are
free from blisters and lifted edges.
h. Allow adhesive to cure for 24 hours at
ambient temperature.
13-22.1. Power Station Trailer Mounting Kit.
Replace worn, damaged, or defective C.clamps,
nuts, and bolts on C-clamp (1, fig. 2-8.1). When
TM 9-1450-380-14
installing C-clamps, tighten C-clamp bolts to
655 foot-pounds; then tighten jamnuts to
102 foot-pounds, using box-end head 5120-00-
020-5664 and ton1ue wrench handle 5120-00..020-
5641.
3-23. Radio Terminal Set 1 0-KW Generator
Mounting Kit (fig. 3-8).
Replace worn, damaged, or defective webbing
straps, tiedown rings, and mounting hardware.
Repair cable assemblies 104Wl andd 104W2 by
replacing worn, damaged, or defective connector
cap and cable marker band. When installing
new cable marker band, center band on ( ~ e n
terline of connector master key as shown in
figure 3-8. For detailed instructions on instal-
lation of marker bands, refer to paragraph 3-34.
3-23/( 3-24 blank)
Diglt1zed by Google
C9
1 - Nut(SI
2 - W11$hcr (81
3 - Bolt l SI
4 - Webbing s trap (71
5 - Connector shield
6 - Keyinl( collar
1 - S napring
8 - Cable marker band
9 - C-clamtl441
10 - Jam nut (41
II - Bolt (41
TM 9-1450-380-14
MI 46659AI
I
FiiJ1lre 36. Programmer-tut otation/ power station mounting kit, partially exploded view.
Digi1ized by GolJgie
3-26
4S
~ '
0 ); . I
~ v
~
Cl
19
"'' <4592
/>'igurc 3-7. Rodio t ermiMI Stt and wi11 t crization heater mounting lrit , parlio./IJI c%plodd 11itw.
0 t ('(. by Coogle
C3
1 - Bolt (5)
2 - Wuber(5)
3 - Bolt (5)
f - Waaber(5)
5 - Nut (2)
6 - Washer (2)
1 - Webbing strap
8 - TiedoWII aaaembly
9 - duet rack
10 - Blind fastener (6)
(referenee)
11 - Nut (4)
12 - Wuher (4)
13 - Tiedown fi tting (2)
14 - Strap .... mbly (2)
15 - Gaooline ean (4)
16 - Gasoline ean raek
17 - Nut (2)
18 - Waaher (2)
20 - Boarding ladder
21 - Bolt
22 - Washer
23 - Angle bracket (2)
24 - Fire extinguisher (2)
25 - Nut (4)
26 - Bolt (4)
21 - Washer (4)
28 - Fire extinguisher mounting strap
(part of fire extinguiaher)
29 - Bolt (2)
30 - Washer (2)
31 - Fire extinguisher mounting
bracket (2)
tM 9-1450-380-14
32 - Nut (2)
33 - Waaher (2)
34 - Tiedown 118sembly
35 - Webbing strap
36 - Storage raek support
31 - Nut (3)
38 - Washer (3)
39 - Bolt (3)
40 - Spacer block (3)
41 - Nut (2)
42 - Waaher (2)
43 - Bolt (2)
44 - Spacer block (2)
45 - Tiedown fitti ng (4)
46 - Wfl>bing strap (4)
Fiqun! S-7. Radio lermiMlset altd wmterization heater nwunlill/1 kit. <>zploded uiew - Legeltd.
----
------
---
-----
. ./
(
M.lSIER
KEY
- - --,
"--
rir
.
I / 8 INCH -11---
6
-
'
\.

6
._,_.-.s
Figure 3-8. Radio termim" set IIJ-kw mouMill/1 A-it, porlially erp/oded uiew.
-
-
-
7
1-
M.lSIER
KEY

3-27
Digitized by Coogle
lM 9. 1 .. 50.3801"
Cl4
1 - Webbing strap 7 - (104W2) Cable aaoembly 13 - W uher(8)
2 - Marker band 8 - Nut (2) H - Bolt (8)
3 - (104W1) Cable aasembly 9 - Wu her (2) 15 - Lockwaaber (4)
4 - Screw 10 - Tiedown (2) 16 - Bolt (4)
5 - Connector cap 11 - Nut(8) 17 - generator akid
6 - Marker band 12 - Wuher (8)
Perform cable continuity test on cable asaem
blies 104W1 and 104W2, using multimeter
AN/URM-105 as prescribed in table 3-31.1.
324. I O.KW Generator
Mounting Kit.
331.1. ff A68embiU>_.
WJ ood 104 W2)
FN>m Win To P2
Cable PI pln No. No. pie So.
W4WI I I I
104WI 2 2 2
104\VI 3 3 3
104WI 4 4 4
104W2 A 35 A
104W2 B 39 B
104\V2 c 3 c
104W2 D 4 D
104W2 E 5 E
104W2 F 6 F
104W2 G 7 G
!04W2 H 8 H
104W2 J 9 J
!04W2 K 10 K
104W2 L

11 L
104W2 M 12 M
104W2 N 13 N
104W2
p
14
p
104W2 R 15 R
104W2 s 16 s
104W2 T 17 T
104W2 u 18 u
104W2 v 19 v
104W2 w 20 w
104W2 X 21 X
104W2
y
22
y
104W2 z 23 z
104W2 a 24 a
104W2 b 25 b
104W2 c 26 c
!04W2 d 27 d
104W2 e 28

104W2 f 29 f
104W2 g 30 g
104W2 h 31 h
104W2 i 32 I
104W2 j aa )
104W2 k 34 k
104W2 m 1 m
104W2 n 36 n
104W2 p 37 p
104W2 q 28
q
104W2 r 2
r
3-28
-
a. Renwva.l and Inst.allation. Remove and in-
stall spare tire cover, spare gasoline cans, cable
suspension springs and snaphooks, multiple-leg
sling, connector caps, cotton duck bag, and
tor brake airhose couplers, as shown in figure
3-9.
b. Repai r of SpMe Wheel Assembly. Repair
tire punctures as prescribed in TM 9-144().38().
10, using tubeless tire repair kit 491().00..922-
6921. Minor punctures can be repaired without
removing tubeless tire from spare wheel assem-
bly. However, if tire leakage cannot be stopped,
refer to OS for disassembly and asaem bly pro-
cedures.
c. Repair of Cable IlOWfl. Repair
of cable assembly 110W2 consists of replacing
keying collar, preformed packing, and keying
collar retaining nut on electrical connector
110W2J1 (fig. 3-9). Upon completion of repair,
apply a torque of 20 foot-pounds to keying col-
lar retaining nut using torque wrench handle
5120-00-020-5641 and torque wrench adapter
5120-00-177-9351.
d. Test of Cable Assemblies llOWI and I
110Wfl. Perform cable continuity test on cable
assemblies UOW1 and 110W2, using multimeter
AN/ URM-105 as prescribed in table 3-31.2.
Table $.JJ.l . Pin (Cable A1s.mblies
/lOW! and /lOW2)
Prom Jl To wlr.
Cab I pin l'Oo. No,
110W1 1 1
llOWI 2 2
110W1 3 3
UOW! 4 4
110W1 5
110W2 1 I
llOW2 2 2
110W2 3 3
llOW2 4 4
e. Keying Connector llOW2JJ .. Key connector I
to 1 as instructed in TM 9-1430-380-14.
Digitized by Coogle
C15
TM 9- 1450-380-14
MI46660C
I - Spare wheel cover II - Snaphook (2)
2
-
Cloth bag 12
-
Gasoline can (2)
3 - Multiple-leg sling 13 - Nut
4
-
Capnut (2) 11 -
Washer
5 - Spare wheel assembly 15 - Screw
6 -
Nut (21 16
-
Washer
7 - Emergency airhose cutout cock 17 - Connector cap
(part o( tractor) 18 - Keying collar retaining nul
7.1
-
Service airhose cutout cock 19
-
Keying collar
(part o( tractor) 20 - Prc(ormcd packing
8
-
Nut (2) 21
-
(IIOW2) Cable assembly
9 - Screw (2) 22 - Emergency airhose coupler (red)
10 - Cable suspension spring (2) 23 - Service airhose coupler (yellow) I
Figure 99. Erector.{almcher W kw (md spt.tre wheel mQIJttting kit,
partially exploded. vie<c.
3-28. 1
Dig1t1zed b' Google
I
TM 9-1450-380-14
f Replacement of Tractor Brake Airhose
Couplers.
(1) Close emergency and service airhose
cutout cocks (7) and (7.1) on tractor M757.
(2) Remove defective coupler (22) or (23)
by holding fitting on end of brake airhose with
an adjustable open end wrench and turning the
coupler counterclockwise, using a 1-118 inch open
end wrench.
(3) Remove old antiseize tape from
threads of fitting on airhose.
(4) Apply two wraps of new antiseize tape
(item 37, table D-1) on threads of fitting on
airhose.
I WARNING I
When installing coupler (22) or (23) in-
sure that a red coupler is installed on
airhose that is connected to emergency
airhosc cutout cock (7) and a yellow
coupler is installed on airhose that is
connected to service airhose cutout
cock (7.1).
Note
If locking clip on replacement coupler
(23) is not yellow, paint locking clip,
using yellow enamel (item 15.1, table
0-1).
(5) Install new coupler (22) or (23) by hold-
ing fitting on end of airhose wit'h an open end
adjustable wrench and turning coupler clockwise,
using a 1-l/8 inch open end wrench.
Note
Refer to TM 9-2320-230-10 for oper-
ating instructions for tractor M757.
3-28.2
C15
(6) Start tractor engine and run engine
until air reservoirs are Cully pressurized. Leave
. .
engme runnmg.
(7) Place tractor protection control valve
in the NORMAL position.
(8) Hold airhose coupler (22) on airhose
that connects to emergency airhose cutout cock
(7) and open the cutout cock. There should be
a steady flow of air from the airhose.
(9) Close cutout cock.
(10) Connect tractor emergency and service
brake hoses to airhose couplers on front of EL.
Insure that emergency airhose is connected to
red airhose coupler on roadside of EL.
(11) Close drain cock on EL brake air
.
reservo1r.
(12) Open service and emergency a irhose
cutout cocks (7) and (7 .1) on tractor.
(13) Using leak test compound (item 21, ta-
ble D-1), check for leaks at fitting where red
emergency airhose coupler (22) connects to
emergency airhose and around mating surfaces
of airhose coupler on EL.
(14) Depress tractor service brake pedal or
pull the EL trailer air brake control lever down.
Using leak test compound (item 21, table D-1),
cheek for leaks at fitting where yellow service I
airhose coupler (23) connects to service airhose
and around mating surfaces of airhose coupler
on EL.
(15) Close service and emergency airhose
cutout cocks on tractor and disconnect airhoses
from EL.
(16) Stop tractor engine.
(17) Open drain cock on EL brake air
reservoir and release air from EL brake system.
Close drain cock when reservoir is empty.
Digitized by Coogle
C16 TM 9-1450-380-14
Section VII. CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE OF HANDLING EQUIPMENT
3-25. General.
This section contains corrective maintenance pro-
cedures for wrecker ancillary equipment tiedown
kit, hoisting beams, shipping container sling,
crane pack lifting sling set, dolly set, and guid-
ance section blanket. The repair parts in t he pro-
cedures below are listed in TM 9-1450-379-20P.
The respective authorized repair parts list spec-
ifies the allocation and correct nomenclature of
all parts and prescribes the information required
for requisitioning. Use corrosion-preventive com-
pound (item 11, table D-1) to coat the bolts and
screws used for assembling items of equipment.
Unless otherwise indicated, tighten bolts, screws,
and nuts in accordance with standard mechanical
practices.
3-26. Wrecker Ancillary Equipment
Tiedown Kit.
Corrective maintenance for wrecker ancillary
equipment tiedown kit consists of replacing worn,
damaged, or defective webbing straps, rubber
pads, and retaining and storage brackets (figs.
2-8 and 3-10). When removing and installing kit,
coat all mounting screws with corrosion-
preventive compound (item 11, table D-1).
Note
All brackets are attached to the
wrecker with screws and washers that
are a part of the wrecker. Remove the
screws as required; install them as
Replace damaged or missing rubber pads as pre-
scribed below.
a. Remove damaged or worn rubber pads
from brackets (3, 9, and 12, fig. 3-10).
I WARNING I
the solvents to contact the skin. Wash
exposed skin areas thoroughly with
soap and water when solvents contam-
inate the skin.
b. Remove all foreign material from mounting
surface. Clean mounting surfaces, using methyl
ethyl ketone (item 36, table D-1).
c. If replacing rubber pads on brackets (3 and
9, fig. 3-10), cut rubber pads from bulk stock
(TM 9-1450-379-20P) to fit on mounting surfaces.
If replacing rubber pad on bracket (12), cut rub-
ber pad from bulk stock (TM 9-1450-379-20P) to
fit on mounting surfaces.
d. Use sandpaper to roughen bonding surfaces
of rubber pad.
e. Remove sanding dust from surfaces of rub-
ber pad, using methyl ethyl ketone. Allow sur-
faces to dry.
f . Apply a light uniform coat of adhesive (item
3, table D-1) to bonding surfaces of rubber pad
and bracket. Allow adhesive to dry until it is
tacky.
g. Install rubber pad on bracket mounting sur-
faces. Apply pressure to rubber pad to insure
that entire surface is bonded and that bonding
surfaces are free from blisters and lifted edges.
h. Allow adhesive to cure for 24 hours at am
bient temperature.
3-27. Hoisting Beams.
a. First and Second Stage Hoisting Beams
(fig. 3-11). Corrective maintenance for the hoist-
ing beams consists of replacing worn, damaged,
or defective wire retaining rope, swaging sleeves,
ball lock pins, rubber strip, shackle assembly,
hoisting link, ball studs, and ball stud retainers.
If the wire retaining rope is frayed or broken,
replace it (par. 3-35). When a ball stud is re-
moved, adjust it (par. 3-17). Install the handle
on the ball so that it will point straight up when
the ball stud is pushed in and rotated to the
locked position. Replace damaged or missing rub-
ber strips as prescribed below. When installing
a new bushing (10), if bushing does not fit tightly
in mounting hole in channel beam assembly,
return channel beam assembly to Depot for re-
pair.
(1) Remove damaged or worn rubber strip
(43) from hoisting beam.
3-29
Dig111zed by Google
lM 91450.380.14
1 0 ~ 11
~ ~
I ~
Pigur $10. Wreck.,. M541 t.tnci/IMII equipment tiedown kit, ~ d 11iew.
330
\
" l

-;1-
Diglt1zed by Google
- --- - .a
I
C16
!-Screw ( 2)
2- Wa.oher (2)
~ - S c r e w (2)
5 - Washer (2)
3 - Retaining bracket 6 - Retaining bracket
1 - Bolt (part of item 2)
2
-
Shackle assembly
3 - Hoisting link
4 - Ball lockpin (21
5 -
s .. aging sl .. vc ( 41
6 - Wire retaining rope (2)
7
-
Ball lockpin (81
8 - Swaging sleeve (16)
9
-
Wire retaining rope (81
10 - Bushing (8)
11 - Ball plunger <:21
12 - Setscrew (2)
13 - Screw (2)
14
-
Washer (21
15 - Handle (2)
16 -
Ball stud (2)
17 - Straight pin (21
18 -
Ball stud retainer (2)
19 - Locknut (8)
20 -
Washer (8)
21 - Bolt (8)
22
-
U-Bruket (4)
23 - Locknut (14)
24
-
Washer (141
2D - Boltfl41
26
-
Spacer (14)
7 - Screw (4)
8 - Washer (4)
9 - Storage br acket
21
-
Washer 0 4)
29 -
Swaging sleeve 18.1
TM 9-1450-380-14
10 - Screw (2)
11 - Washer (2)
12 - Mounting bracket
30 -
Wire retaining rope { 4)
31 - Locknut (20)
32 -
Washer (20)
3.3 - Wedge spu er (4)
34
-
Bolt (201
3> - Wedge spu er (4)
36 -
Wedge spacer (41
37 - Washer (20)
38 -
Channel (2)
39 -
Stop pin 141
40 - Lubr ication fitting (8)
41
-
Rolle< a.sembly (41
42 - Channel (2)
-13
-
Rubber strip (IJ
44 - Ball plunger (2)
4i)
-
Setscrew (21
46 - Screw 12)
47
-
Washer (21
48 - Handle (2)
49
-
Ball stud (21
DO - Straight pin (21
51
-
Straight pin (21
52 - Ball stud retainer 12)
I
Houre S-/1. Hrst and seamd stage hoistig beam., porlial/y e.<pkxied view - Legend.
3-30. 1/( 3-30.2 blconl<)
Diglt1zed by Google
C14
TM 9-1450-380- 14
13
27
15
Sl
42 48
38
36
45 52
IYPICAl 4 PlACES. ROIAT(D 90 (.W
A - ----J
5
43
7
MI 4659ACI
Figur6 311. Firat and cond tave hoitinv bca.m, e:<piO<kd t>iew.
3-31
Digltzed by Google
TM 9-1450-380- 14
I WARNING I
open Clame or sparks. Use only in a
the solvents to contact the skin. Wash
soap and water when solvents con-
taminate the skin.
(2) Remove all foreign material from
mounting surface. Clean mounting surfaces,
using methyl ethyl ketone (item 36, table D-1).
(3} Cut rubber strip from bulk stock (TM
9-1450-379-ZOP) to rit on mounting surface.
(4) Use abrasive paper (item 24, table D-1)
to roughen bonding surfaces of rubber strip.
(5) Remove abrasi ve dust from surface of
rubber strip, using methyl ethyl ketone (item
36, table D-1). Allow surface to dry.
(6) Apply a light uniform coat of adhesive
(item 2, table D-1) to bonding surfaces of rubber
strip and hoisting beam. Allow adhesive to dry
until it is tacky.
(7) Install rubber strip on hoisting beam
mounting surface. Apply pressure to rubber
strip to insure that entire surface is bonded
and that bonding surfaces are free from blisters
and lifted edges.
(8) Allow adhesive to cure for 24 hours
at ambient temperature.
b. Guidance Secti(m Hoisting Beam. Correc-
tive maintenance for the guidance section hoist-
ing beam consists of replacing worn, damaged,
or defective wire retaininl( ropes, swaging
sleeve, ball lockpins, identification plate, tube
assembly, forward and rear sections, and com-
ponents of ball studs (fig. 3-12). If wire retain-
ing rope or swaging sleeves are to be replaced,
refer to paragraph 3-35. After replacing com-
ponents of ball studs, adjust hoist fittings (par.
3-17). I! identirication plate is to be replaced,
remove drivescrews from tube assembly, using
pry rolling head bar 5120-00-097-8498.
3-28. Crane Pack Lihing Sling Set.
Cl . Crane Pack Liftirlg Sling. Corrective main-
tenance for the crane pack lifting sling consists
of replacing safety latch aasembly, turnbuckle,
and attaching hardware. Remove and install
worn, damaged, or defect ive components as
shown in rigure 3-13.
b. Suvport Tubes. Support tubes cannot be
repaired. Replace support tubes if they are not
serviceable.
3-32
Cl6
3-29. Shipping Container Sling.
Corrective maintenance for the shipping con-
tainer sling consists of replacing items shown
in figure 3-14.
3-30. (Deleted)
3-31 . Guidance Section Blanket.
Corrective maintenance for guidance section
blanket consists of replacing worn, damaged,
or defective components as follows: screws,
washers, and cover of eltoetrical connector; end
cover; straps; bands; flaps; and hood. Corrective
maintenance also consists of installing or
replacing tape over thermal sensors, and repair-
ing cuts and tears. Repairs are performed on
the blanket only when the damage consists of
a cut or tear in the outer covering and a re-
placement is not immediately available for use.
Note
Each blanket thermal sensor must be
cove red with tape to preve n t
alternating current leakage between
the sensor and guidance S(.>etion when
blanket is in use. The procedures in
a below apply upon receipt of a new
blanket or when tape has been dam-
aged.
a. Covering Thermal Ser1sors with Tape (fig. I
3-16).
I WARNING I
The fumes of t richloroethane are
highly toxic. Use only in a thorough-
ly ventilated area. Avoid prolonged
or repeated breathing of vapor. Prcr
longed or repeated skin contact can
cause skin inflammation.
Do not use trichloroethane near an
open flame or hot surface. Trichlcr
roethane is nonflammable, but heat
converts the fumes to a highly toxic
phosgene gas. Inhalation of this gas
could cause serious injury or even
death.
(1) Remove old tape, if applicable, and
clean each sensor and an area approximately
6 inches around each sensor, using t richloro-
ethane (item 40, table D-1).
D ~ tze<' oy Coogk
C15
1 - Ball Jodtpin
2 - Rear sec:tion
3 - Ball lock pin
3.1 - Swaging olee,e (2)
10
9

3.2- Wire retaining rope
4 - Tube aaaembly
4.1- DriveO<rew (4)
4.2-Identification plate
6 - F OI'Ward aeetion
6 - Setacrew (4)
7- Ball plunger ( reference)
8 - S.rew
TM 9-1450 31014
5
MI-IB
9-Waeher
10-Handle
11 - Ball atud RH (2)
12-Ball stud LH (2)
Figwr 411. Gwidanco 11ctioot Mt.ting &cam, ettplodod view,
Note
Use care to prevent damage to nylon
cloth when perlonning (2) below. The
abraded surface of doth should be a
dull olive drab color with no exposed
uncoated cloth.
(2) Abrade coated cloth surface in area
cleaned above, using abrasive paper (item 24.1,
table D-1). Remove loose particles and dust,
uaing dry air.
3-13
D t zee Coogle
TM 9.1450-380-14
t-Cotter pin (4)
2-Pin (4)
3- Turnbuckle (4)
4-Soeket (4)
5 - Cotter pin ( 4)
6 - Pin (4)
7- Hook (4)
8 - Nut (4)
Cl6
Ml -46663
9-Screw (4)
t O-Safety lat<:h and spring (4)
Figure 3 13. Cran pc>ck lifting aling, uploded "'""
(3) Stretch blanket as necessary to remove
all wrinkles from area around each sensor.
(4) Cut three pieces of tape (item 38.1, ta
ble D-ll, approximately 4 inches in length. Apply
one piece of tape (l) so that it is centered over
thermal sensor (2) as shown in figure 3-15. Apply
remaining two pieces of tape so that they overlap
approximately 118-inch over the center of the first
piece of tape as shown in figure 3-15.
b. Repairi1zg Cuts or Tears.
I CAUTION I
Do not attempt to repair a blanket
when the damage has interfered with
the insulation material. Damaged in
sulation is indicative of damaged wir
ing, heating elements, or thermostats.
(1) Using a clean dry cloth, wipe torn area
of blanket clean and dry.
3-34
I WARNING I
Do not use trichloroethane or acetone
near an open name or sparks. Use
only in a well-ventilated area. Avoid
contact with the skin. Wash exposed
areas thoroughly with soap and water
when skin contact occurs.
(2) Clean area with trichloroethane (item
40, table Dll and a coarse, lint-free cloth or
a slightly pad such as Scoth Brite pad
447 or 448.
(3) Using acetone (item 1, table Dll, re-
move all t races of cleaning agents. Allow to dry
for 30 minutes.
(4) Measure tear and cut tape (item 38, ta
ble D-1) so that it is 2 inches longer than tear.
(5) Butt torn edges of blanket together.
Note
Apply the tape in a straight line.
When the tear is triangular shaped,
apply the tape over each straight tear
line with the tape overlapping.
(6) Apply tape 1 inch above tear, con-
tinuing application directly over tear, and en-
ding 1 inch beyond tear.
(7) Smooth tape firmly in place.
3-32. (Deleted)
Digitized by Coogle
Cl6
I
A
I - C..tter pin !4J
2 - Pin (4)
3 - Nut (4)
4 - S.:rew W
S - Safety latch and sprina (41
6 - Hook 14)
7 - Sling
Figure 3-14. ShiPI'i"tJ rmtla;'l t' r xliii(J. expimled r:iew.
I F;q,.r., 116 IAru 3-f!. (D<Iot<)

... --.... ,
, '
+ I \ .......
-r-- ------t-- -r ------
\18tNCH ', .. __ , /

I - tape (3)
2 -
F;g,,.. 3-15. Ccn,.ring lAmMI untor witA Jape.
I 2
\
'--A---.J
..s 207076
JM 9-1450-380- 14
MS 110352
I
3-34. 1 /( 3-34.2 blank)
0 t ('(. by Coogle
TM 91.UOII014
Section. VIII. MULnPLE-USE CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
3-33. General.
This section contains the multiple-use correc
tive maintenance procedures that apply to
NYeral aaaembliea in the PERSHING srateni.
n- procedures supplement maintenance
instructions in this chapter. The repair parts
in the procedures below are Usted in the repair
parts manuals pertaining to the specific item
of equipment being repaired. The respective
authorized repair parts list for that item
specifies the allocation and correct nomencla-
ture of all parts and prescribes the information
required for requisitioning.
3-34. Installation of Cable Mcmcer land.
a. Clean cable area where band is to be a ~
plied, using cleaning sotvent 6850-597-9765
and allow area to air dry.
b. Install marker band on cable assembly
when temperature is between 1sc (65F) and
szc (9oF>.
e. Apply pressure to marker band to insure
that band is bonded to cable assembly.
d. Apply a thin coat of adhesive 804()-()5&.
54'77 over marker band and all leading edges
with brush 8020-264-3883. Insure that all edges
are eeated and free from bliaters.
e. Allow adhesive to cure for 12 hours at
ambient temperature.
3-35. Replacement of WiN Retaining Rope.
a. Cut wire retaining rope so that ends can
be removed from equipment and from handle
of ball lockpin; then remove wire.
b. Detennine length of wire rope required by
measuring old pieces of rope; cut a new piece of
wire rope approximately S inches longer than
old one.
c. Install wire rope swaging sleeve over one
end of wire, and then insert wire Into hole of
ball lockpin handle.
d. Loop wire; insert end into swaging sleeve,
keeping loop as small as possible without kink-
ing wire.
e. Adjust wire and swaging sleeve so that
looped end of wire is held by sleeve, but does
not protrude beyond end of sleeve; then crimp
sleeve with swaging tool 5120-823-2292.
f. lll8tall another swaainr sleeve over free
end of wire rope, and insert wire into hole
drilled into equipment for that purpose. Repeat
d and t above, but insure that the overall
length of the wire retaining rope is the same
u tbe old length.
3-36. Boarding Ladder.
Disassemble and assemble the boal t.ing ladder
as shown in figure S-23.
3-37. Sa,.tywireProcedures(fig. 3-24). I
a. Methods.
(1) Single-wire method. The single-wire
method may be used in a closely spaced, closed
geometric pattern (triangle, square, rectangle,
circle, etc) on parts in electrical systems, and
in places that would make the single-wire
method more advisable. Closely spaced is de-
fined as a maximum of 2 inches between
centers.
I CAUTION I
Screws in closely spaced geometric
patterns which secure hydraulic or
air seals, hold hydrau lie pressure, or
are used in critical areas of clutch
mechanisms should use the double-
twist method. Use single-wire
method for shear and seal wiring ap.
plications. Make sure that the wire
is .o installed that it can be easily
broken when required in an emergen-
cy situation.
(2) Double-twist method. The double-
twist method of safetywiring is used as the
common method of safetywiring.
b. Procedures.
(1) When safetywiring widely spaced
multiple groups by the double-twist method,
three units is the maximum number in a se-
ries. When safecywiring closely spaced multiple
groups, the number of units that is
Diglt1zed by Google
I

TM 9-1450-380-14
S-36
10.1
17
I - Handrail
2 - Locknut (2)
3 - Washer (2)
4 - Bolt (2)
5 - W aober (2)
6 - Spacer (2)
7 - Ladder hook (2)
8 - Locknut (8)
9 - Waober (2)
10 - Tie bar extension (2)
I 10.1 - Spacer (2)
II - Bolt (2)
12 - Washer (2)
13 - Tie bar extension (2)
24
lS

\_
14 - Locknut ( 4)
15- Wuher (4)
16 - Boll (4)
17 - Washer (4)
18 - Hook -mbly (2)
19 - Wuher (4)
20 - Locknut (2)
21 - Link (2)
22 - Screw (2)
23 - Quickreleaae pin (2)
1
23.1 - Lock11ut (2)
23.2 - Wuher (2)
23.3 - Spacer (2)
23.4 - Bolt (2)
Fi(lltre j.,, lklard.ing la.dder, -.rplt>ded view.
24 - Locknut (24)
25 - W uber (24)
26 - (Deleted)
27 - Bolt (24)
28 - Wuher (24)
29 - tread (7)
30 - Ladder aide rail (2)
31 - Locknut (2)
32- Wuber (2)
33 - Bolt (2)
34 - W uher (2)
35 - Ladder oboe (2)
- Spacer (2)
Cl
Digitized by Google
. -
C8
SMAU SCREWS IN CLOSEl V
SPACED, CLOSED GEOMETRICAL
PA TURN SINGLE WIRE METiiOD
TM 9-1450-380-14
SINGLE FASTENER APPLICATION
DOU8LETWIST METiiOD
EXTERNAL SNAP RING
SINGLEWIRE METiiOD
CASTtUA TED NUTS ON UNDRILLED STULIS
DOU8lETW15T MET>iOD
MULTIPLE FASTENER APP\ICATION
DOU8LETW1ST METHOD
safetywired by a 21-inch length of wire is the
maximum number in a series. Widely spaced
multiple groups are defined as those which
have fastenings from 4 to 6 inches apart.
Noto
Do not use safetywire to secure
fasteners or fittings which are spaced
more than 6 inches apart, unless tie
points are provided on adjacent parts
to shorten the span of the safetywire
to less than 6 inches.
(2) Safetywire parts in such a manner
that the safetywire is put in tension when the
parts tend to loosen. Sa!etywire is always in-
stalled and twisted so that the loop around
the head stays down and does not tend to come
up over the bolt head and leave a slack loop.
(This does not necessarily apply to csatellated
nuts when slot is close to the top of nut; wire
is more secure when made to pass along the
side of the stud.)
Ml 119291.
Noto
Use care when installing safetywire
to be sure that it is tight but not
overstressed.
(3) Make a pigtail of 114 to 112 inch (3
to 6 twists) at the end of t ~ e wiring. Bend
pigtail back under to prevent it from becoming
a snag.
( 4) Make sure safetywire is new at each
application.
(5) When securing castellated nuts with
safetywire, tighten nut to low side of selected
torque range (unless otherwise specified) and,
if necessary, continue tightening until a slot
alines with hole.
( 6) In blind tapped hole applications of
bolts or castellated nuts on studs, safetywire
according to general instructions contained
herein.
(7) Safetywire hollow head bolts in man-
ner prescribed for regular bolts.
I
Diglttzed by Google
I
TM 9-1450-380-14
(8) Safetywire drain plugs and cocks to
bolts, nuts, or other parts having a free lock
hole to general instructions contain-
ed herein.
(9) Safetywire external snap rings if nec-
essary according to general instructions con-
tained herein.
Note
Do not safetywire internal snap
.
nngs.
(13
(10) Safetywire electrical connectors that
use threaded coupling rings or plugs that use
screws or rings to fasten individual parts of
the plug together according to general instruc-
tions.
Note
Drilled head bolts and screws usually
do not require safetywiring if in-
stalled into self-locking nuta or in-
stalled with lockwashers.
(11) Refer to figure 3-24 for typical correct
safetywire applications.
Section IX. CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE OF GENERATOR SET PU-614/M
3-38. General.
This section contains corrective maintenance
JJ;ocedures for modified Stewart and Stevenson
generator model 52300 and modified trailer
M200A 1. For further organizational mainte-
nance of the generator, refer to TM 9-6115-274-
12. Refer to TM 9-2330-205-14 for further main-
tenance of the trailer. II generator or trailer
must be replaced with an unmodified generator
or trailer, return the generator set to DS for
removal of items to be retained for installation
on the replacement unit.
3-39. Generator.
Repair the generator by replacing items in-
dicated by the letter "0" in figures 3-25 and
(0) I - Locknut (8)
(0) 2 - Washer (8)
(0) 3 - Screw (8)
(Ol 4 - Oust cover (2)
(0) 5 - Locknut (8)
(0) 6 - Washer (81
(0) 7 - Screw (8)
8 - Gasket (2)
9 - Plate (2)
3-26, and by performing the following when ap-
plicable.
Note
rentheses refer to figure 3-25.
a. Tighten screws (3) to 505 inch-pounds
and tighien screws (7) to 333 inch-pounds,
using torque screwdriver 5120-00-021-2041,
adapter 5120-00-021-2042, and bit 5120-00-797
2993.
b. Key indexing sleeves ( 11) to position 1.
Tighten retaining nuts (10) to 290.5 foot-
pounds, using torque wrench 5120-00-020-5640.
Refer to TM 9-1430-380-14 for complete keying
information for panel mounted connectors.
(0) 10 - Retaining nut (2)
(0) II - Indexing slooe (2)
(0) 12 - Pa<:king (2)
13 - Strap (2)
14 - Plate (2)
15 - Terminal lug (8)
16 - Potting mold (2)
17 - Gasket (2)
18 - C.onnector (Jl\ and J9)
Figure 325. Generator wiring horne8S(!JJ. exploded view - f..,egend.
3-38
Digitized by Coogle
C13
~ t I
-- .... . ...
...
' .
I .
-.....
Figure 3-25. Generotor wiri11g harne8ses. exploded v i e ~ o .
' .
' '
MS 1103531
3-39
Digitized by Coogle
TM 9- 1450 380- 14
I
-
DniKnation plate
(0 ) 2 -
Nut (61
( 01 3 -
Lockwuher (6)
(0) 4 - Screw (6)
( 01 5
-
Spacer t6t
6 - Stitrenor plate
1 3-40. Trailer Mounted Components.
tt. GeneraL Replace items installed on trailer
indicated by the letter "0" in figure 3-27, and
by performing procedures prescribed in b
through d below when applicable.
b. Electrical Lead ar .Jrmq>er. When electrical
lead (26) or jumper (33) is disconnected from
trai ler inspect mating surfaces of ter-
minals and trailer chassis for scratches and cor
rosion. ll scratches or corrosion are observed.
refinish the mating surfaces as prescribed be-
low.
I WARNING I
The fumes of trichloroethane are
ly venti lated area. Avoid prolonged
3-40
Cl4
MS 1703S4

'
- Instruction plate
( 01 8 - Nut (6)
(0) 9 - Lockw .. her (6)
i Ol 10 - Screw ( 6)
(0) II
-
Spacer (6)
12 - MWO record plate
or repeated breathing of vapor. Pro-
open flame or hot surface. Trichlo-
could cause serious injury or even
death.
(1) Clean mating surfaces, ustng trichlo-
roethane (item 40, table 0 -1).
(2) Polish to bare metal t he mating s ur-
faces of electrical lead (26) and jumper (3.3) on
trailer chassis in an area approximately 1-1/2
times the diameter of terminal lugs, usi ng
abrasive paper (item 25, table D-1).
D t zed by
- .
Cl3 TM 9-1450-380-14
I
I
3--
&,---B--...,. MS 1703551
Piqure $-27. Trt1iler und oenerutor. JH.trtial exploded view.
3-41
o,g,t,zed by Coogle
TM 9-1450-380- 14
C14
(0) I - Nut
(0) 24 - Jack tip
(0) 2 - Wuher (0) 25
-
Gasket
(0) 3 -
Bolt (0) 26 - Electrical lead
(0) 4 - Nut (4) (0) 27 - Dust cover
(0) 5 -
Washer (4) (0) 28 S-hook
(0) 6 - Bolt (4) (OJ 29 - Chain
7 - Generator (0) 30 - Nut
(0) 8 - (SSW I) Cable aosembly (OJ 31
-
Loekwaaher
(OJ 9 - Nut (41 (0) 32 -
Wuher
(QJ 10 -
Washer (4) (0) 33 - J umper
(0) 11 - Bolt (4) (0) 34 - Jack tip
12
-
Support (0) 35 - Packing
13 - Support 36 - Designation plate
(0) 14 - Nut (81 (0) 37 - Nut
(0) 15 -
Washer (8) (OJ 38 - Lock washer
(0 ) 16 - Bolt (8) (0) 39
-
Hook assembly
(OJ 17 -
Cable reeling machine 40 - Drive acrew ( 4)
(0 ) 18 - Dll!4t co,er 41
-
ldentirication plate
(OJ 19 -
Packing (0) 42 - Nut (2)
(OJ 20 - S-hook (0) 43 -
Waoher (2)
(OJ 21 - Chain (OJ -
Bolt (2)
(0) 22 - Nut (0) 45 -
Retaining clip
(0)
23 -
Wuher
Figure .Y-27. 7'miler a tid generator, e:rpWded view - Legt .. d.
(3) Apply a brush coat of corrosion resis-
tant compound (item 12, table D-1) to areas
cleaned in (2) above.
(4) After electrical lead (26) and jumper
(33) have been installed, touch up all exposed
bare metal and an area 1-1/ 2 times the diam-
eter of the area cleaned in (2) above, using
primer (item 28, table D-1) and olive drab enam-
el (item 14, table D-1).
(5) Tighten nut (30) to 55:1:5 inch-pounds,
using torque wrench handle 5120-00-020-5641,
drive head 5120-00-020-5636 and socket 5120-00-
227-6704.
c. Cable Reeling Machine. Repair by Orga-
nizational maintenance of the cable reeling ma-
chine consists of replacing items indicated by
the letter "0" in figure 3-28. When installing
crank (22), apply a coating of zinc chromate
putty (item 44, table D-1) on shaft of hub (31).
d. Cable 58Wl. Repair of cable 58\Vl consists
of replacement of connector keying components,
connector clamp attaching hardware and cable
bandmarkers as prescribed in TM 9-1430-380-14.
Connectors Pl and P2 are keyed to position 1.
Perform test of cable 58\Vl semiannually as
prescribed in TM 9-1430-380-14.
3-42
(0)
(OJ
(OJ
(OJ
(0)
(OJ
(OJ
(0)
(OJ
(0)
(0)
(OJ
(OJ
(OJ
I - Nut (2)
2 - Waaher (2)
3 - Boll (2)
4 - Leg
5 - Bearing
6 - Nut (8)
7 - Washer (8)
8 - Bolt (8)
9 - Hub
10 - Pin
II - Sleeve
12 - Spring
13 - Pin
14 - Locking bar
15 - Nut (21
16 - Washer (2)
17 - Bolt(2)
18 - Guide
19 - Nut
(OJ 20 - Washer
(OJ 21 - Bolt
22 - Crank
23 - Nut (2)
(0)
(0)
(0)
(OJ
24 - Washer (2)
25 - Bolt (21
26 - JAg
(0) 27 - Bearing
28 - Nul (8)
29 - Washer (8J
30 - Boll (81
31 - Hub
(0 ) 32 - l' in
(0) 33 - Cable reel
Hgtm! 328. Cable rcelina machiooe, exploded view - /..egetul.
Digitized by Coogle
Cl3

11
~ 1 0
TM 9- 1450-380-14
MS 1703561
3-43 /( 3-44 blank)
Digitized by Google
C10
1'M 9-I 450-380-I 4
CHAPTER 4
DS AND GS MAINTENANCE
Sedion I. GENERAL
4-1. Scope.
This chapter contains maintenance information
within the scope of DS and GS maintenance per-
sonnel for the repair of the adapter kits and
the handling equipment. It also contains load
testing procedures for handling equipment. The
extent of repair applicable to DS and GS main-
tenance personnel is governed by the allocation
of repair parts, tools. and equipment.
4-2. Repair Procedures.
Repair of the mounting kits and handling equip-
ment consists of replacement of parts shown
in the corrective maintenance section and as
I
authorized in TM and TM 9-1450-
381-34P. Refer to TB 9-2300-.280-30 for author-
ization to requisition tiedown kit 2590-00-053-
3628 and tiedown strap 2540-00-980-9277.
Castings, welded components, and piece parts
are repaired by welding cracks, removing dents,
and smoothing burrs. Items that are damaged
beyond economical repair are replaced. Dam-
aged common hardware items such as fasteners
and fittings are replaced, since it is generally
not economical to repair them. Unless otherwise
specified in the procedures contained in this
chapter, tighten bolts, screws, and nuts in ac-
cordance with standard maintenance practices.
Coat the threads of bolts and screws with
corrosion-preventive compound (item II, table
D-1) unless othet'\\ise indicated.
4-3. Tools and Equipment.
a. Tools and equipment are issued
to DS and GS maintenance units for maintain-
ing the mounting and accessory kits and the
handling equipment. Tools and equipment
should not be used for purposes other than those
prescribed and, when not in use, should be prot>-
erly stored. Standard and commonly used tools
and equipment having general application to
thi.q materiel are authorized for issue by tables
of allowances and tables of organi1.ation and
equipment.
b. To1que Control Kit. For many components
of the mounting kits and handling equipment,
a definite range of torque values is specified
for t he tightening of bolts, nuts, and locknuts.
The amount of torque to be applied should be
measured with torque control kit 4935-00-791-
0079 and then applied with the appropriate
torque handles, adapters, and heads from the
kit. Refer to TB 111 for instructions for
the operation and use of the kit.
4-4. Jnspedion.
a. PuryxJBe. Inspections are made to (1) de-
termine the condition of an item as to service-
ability, (2) recognize conditions that would
cause failure, (3) assure proper application of
maintenance policies at prescribed levels, and
( 4) determine the ability of a unit to accomplish
its maintenance and supply mission.
b. (Deleted)
c. DS and GS Maintenance ln.spection. DS
and GS maintenance inspections are divided
into three categories: initial, in-process, and
final inspection. Initial inspection is performed
upon receipt of materiel to determine whether
repair by field maintenance units is possible, or
whether evacuation to depot units is necessary.
In-process inspection is performed during re-
pair of the materiel to insure that. deficiencies
not disclosed by the initial inspection are found
and corrected. Final inspection is performed
after rer>air of the materiel to insure that it is
acceptable to retu.rn to the user. Applicable DS
and GS maintenance inspection procedures are
included in the maintenance procedures in chap-
ter 4.
d. Inspection. This inspec-
tion is performed on materiel scheduled for
ove1sea duty to insure that such materiel will
not become unserviceable in a relatively short
time. The inspection procedures a re contained
in TB ORD 385.
4- 1
Digitized by Google
TM 9-1450-380-14 C16
Section II. LOAD TEST PROCEDURES
4-S. General.
This section contains procedures for load testing
the first and second stage hoisting beams, guid-
ance section hoisting beam, crane pack lifting
sling, shipping container sling, guidance section
hoisting sling, air conditioner sling, power station
maintenance slings, EL davit assembly, davit
\\oire rope assemblies, davit restraint wire rope
assembly, and E L spare wheel multiple-leg sling.
TB 43-0142 contains information concerning safe-
ty, inspection, and testing of lifting devices; how-
ever, the requirements of this TM take prece-
dence over t hose in TB 43-0142 for lifting devices
covered herein. All items must be load
annually and immediately following a modification
17
I - Scr<!w MS9072&-121
2 - Nut. MS354i91822 or MS:J;,69137
3 - Anchor beam 803521 >
4 - Link adapter (2) 1106!3;,69
3
5 - Hoist sling assembly 8035217 !assembled
or load testing guidance section sling)
6 - Shackld3) NAS1042-10
7 - Shackle ANI I&-6
8 - Screw (21 MS907$.244
9 - Screw (2) MS90726242
10 - Bolt (2) ANI7-67A
or repair that could affect equipment lifting capa-
bility. When performing the following proce-
dures, use load test kit (fig. 4-1).
IS
4-6. General Load Test Instructions.
Note
The procedures in a through d below
must be accomplished prior to load
testing an item.
u, Check item to be load tested to insure t hat
it functions properly.
b. Replace all excessively worn, missing, or
unserviceable parts.
c. Tighten, and safety wire, if applicable, all
loose bolts, nuts, clamps, etc.
u-- n
s
Ml .S 1045A
11 - Nut (4) MS35691-1625 or M$354i91-77
12 - Pin MS2039211C51
13 - Washer AN91i0-1416
14 - Lockpin MS3.'>38G1
15 Dynamometer 8030812 or Anci.ron
6695-00-484-86.'!9
16 - Sling link (3) NAS1049-16
17 - Sling link NASI049-8P .
IS - Hoist sling a.._mbly 803;)217 (assembled
for load testing first and stage
seet ion slings)
Pill""' 41. Load test
4-2
Digitized by Coogle
C14
d. Replace all cables that are kinked. Replace
crane pack lifting sling, if two or more wires
in any strand are broken. Replace shipping con-
tainer sling, air conditioning sling, erector
I
launcher davit wire rope assemblies, or davit
restraint wire rope assembly if six or more
wires in any strand are broken. When making
a broken wire count in tables 4-3, 4-4, 4-6, 47,
I and paragraph 4-6.1, make a count of the worst
section of cable and confine count to distance
required for one strand to make one complete
turn around cable.
e. Replace slings if thimbles are excessively
worn (worn through to cable).
f When utilizing the boom of wrecker M543
in a load test, employ a three-part hoist line
(minimum) (fig. 4-2).
Note
The dynamometer is graduated in in-
crements of 100 pounds; however, an
attempt should be made to apply the
load as near as possible to the given
value.
g. If the item under test shows evidence of
yield while under load, immediately release load
and repair or replace item.
h. Upon completing load test and inspection,
stencil test date and test load on davit assem-
bly, first and second stage hoisting beams, guid
ance section hoisting sling and beam, air con-
ditioner sling, and power station maintenance
slings. The stenciling must be black lettering,
and 1 inch in height. Mark identification num-
ber, test date, and test load on a metal tag
on crane pack lifting slings, shipping container
slings, davit wire rope assemblies, davit re-
straint wire rope assembly and EL spare wheel
multiple-leg sling. The tag must be approxi-
mately 1/ 8 inch by 1 inch by 4 inches.
i. Maintain a record of equipment on which
load tests are performed on DA Form 2404 in
accordance with TM 3&-750.
1
4-6. 1. Load Testing Davit Restraint Wire
Rope Assembly (fig. 4-1 . 1 ) .
a .. Attach wire rope assembly to wrecker
M;;43, using sling link (1) and shackle (2).
b. Attach dynamometer (4) to wrecker hook,
using shackle (5) and sling link (6).
Ill ,
MS 1703651
I - Sling link NASJ049-l6
2 - Shackle NAS\042-10
3 - Shackle NAS1042-10
4 - 8030812
5 - Sbaekle NAS1042-IO
6 - Sling link NASI049-16
Fiflltre 41.1. LooJ tutig dat;r retroit
wire rope a."em biJI.
c. Attach wire rope assembly to
dynamometer, using shackle (3).
I WARNING I
Stay clear of equipment when per-
forming d through f below to prevent
injury in the event of equipment fail-
ure.
d. Raise wrecker hook until a load of 2900
pounds is applied for 3 minutes as indicated
on dynamometer.
e. Observe wire rope assembly for evidence
of yield while under load.
4-2.1
byGoogle
TM 9-1450-380-14
4-2.2
I - Sling link NAS1049-16
2 - Shackle NAS1042-10
9 - Dynamometer 8080812
4 - Anchor beam 80.'15215
5 - Nut (2) MS95691-1625 or

6 - Bolt (2) MS90726-242
7 - Sling link (2) NAS104916
8 - Shackle (2) AN116-6
Figure 4 1. 2. !..Q(td texti11g EL SJ)(Ire wh.eet
m sling.
C14
f. Gradually release load.
g. Inspect wire rope assembly for broken
wires. Replace wire rope assembly if six or more
wires in any strand are broken.
4-6.2. Load Testing El Spare Wheel I
Multiple-Leg Sling (fig. 4- 1.2).
a.. Attach dynamometer (3) to wrecker hook,
using sling link (1) and shackle (2).
b. Attach anchor beam (4) to wrecker, using
two sling links (7), two bolts (6), and two nuts
(5).
Note
When performing c below it will be
necessary to obtain one shackle (8)
AN116-6 from supply, since there is
only one of the shackles in the load
test kit.
c. Attach multiple-leg sling hooks to anchor
beam using two shackles (8), and attach the
sling to dynamometer, using shackle that is at-
tached to dynamometer.
I WARNING I
forming d through g below to prevent
ure.
d. Raise wrecker hook until a load of 540
pounds is applied for 3 minutes as indicated
on dynamometer.
e. Observe multiple leg sling for evidence of
yield or breakage while under load.
f. Gradually release load.
Digitized by Goog' e
C14
1-Three-part line (minimum)
2- Sling link NAS1049-16
3-Shackle NASJ042-IO
5-Sling assembly (2) 8035217
6 - Anchor beam 8035215
7-Sling link (2) NAS1049-16
8 - Nut (2/ MS3W91-1625 or MS35691-77
9 - Bolt (21 MS90726-242
10 - Shackle (2) NAS1042-IO
11-First or second st.age hoisting beall\
4-t. Load testing first and second
stage hoisting bea1718.
g. Inspect chain links, hooks and link on
multiple-leg sling for cracks and distortion, and
replace sling if cracks or distortion are ob-
served.
h .. Clean all surfaces of multiple-leg sling,
using kerosene 9140-00-242-6748 and a wiping
rag.
i. After sling has been cleaned, apply a light
coating of lubricating oil 9150-00-189-6727 to all
surfaces, using paint brush 8020-00-721-9657.
TM 9-1450-380-14
4-7. Lo1:1d Testing First and Second Stage
Hoisting Beams (fig. 4-21.
o. Attach sling link (2), shackle (3),
dynamometer (4), hoisting beam (11), hoist
sling assembly (5), and anchor beam (6) to
wrecker M&W.
lr -W- A-RN-IN-G---.1
Stay clear of the equipment when per-
forming b through d below to prevent
injury in the event of hardware
failure.
Insure that the four hoist fittings of
the hoisting beam are locked to the
hoist blocks of the hoist sling assem-
blies prior to performing b below.
b. Extend boom to approximately 12.5 feet
and apply a load of 8,100 pound for 3 minutes.
c. Observe hoisting beam for evidence of
yield under load.
d. Gradually release load.
e. Inspect first and second stage hoisting
beams (table 4-1).
Table 41. Inspection of Fi7'8t and Second Stage
H<>isting Beams After Load Testing
Proetdure Corrf?C:tive action
1 Inspect forward and Replace defective parts
rear frames and (par. 3-27).
spreader beams for
cracks and distortion.
2 Inspect ball lockpins for Replace defective parts
operation and (par. 3-27).
distortion.
3 Inspect hoisting link,
shackle, and bolt for
distortion.
4 Inspect hoist fittings
for operation and
distortion.
Replace defective parts
(par. 3-27).
(par. 3-27) _
4-8. Load Testing Guidance Section Hoisting
Beam (fig. 4-31.
a. Attach sling link (1), shackle (2), dyna-
mometer (3), hoisting beam ( 10), sling assem-
blies ( 4), and anchor beam (9) to wrecker
4-3
Diglllzod ty uuogle
I
TM 9-1450..380..14
6
1-Sling link NAS1049-16
2-Shackle NAS1042-10
S- Dynamometer 8030812
4 - Sling assembly (2) 8035217
5 - Shackle (2) NAS1042-10
6-SUng link (2) NAS1049-16
7 - Bolt (2) MS90726-242
8- Nut (2) MS35691-1625 or MS35691-77
9-Anchor beam 8035215
10- Guidance section hoietin,g beam
Figure ,.3. Load testing gv.-i.do.-nce section
hoisting b ~ > - -
M548. Note that hoist blocks of sling assembly,
which attach to forward end of guidance section
sling, are secured at the inner holes of hoist
spreader bar.
'I_W_A_R_N_I_N_G---.1
injury in the event of hardware failure.
WARNING I
Insure that the four hoi5t fittings of
the guidance section hoisting beam are
locked to the hoist blocks of the hoist
sling prior to performing b below.
Cll
b. Extend boom to approximately 12 feet and
apply a load of 800 pounds for 3 minutes.
c. Observe guidance section hoisting beam for
evidence of yield while under load.
e. Inspect guidance section hoisting beam
(table 4-2).
Table 4-t. IM7)tction of G,.;,h!tce Section Hoisting
Beo.m After Load T .. ting
s ... Proc<u" Corrective tot'tiob
1 Inspect forward and Replace defective parU
rear sections for (par. 3-27).
cracks and
di.tortion.
2 Inspect ball lockpins for Replace defective parts
operation and (par. 3-27).
distortion.
3 nspect hoist fittings
tor operation and
distortion.
4 Inspect hoist link and
tube assembly for
distortion.
(par. 3-27).
(par. 3-27).
4-9. Load Testing Crane Pack Ufting Sling
(fig. 4-41.
a,. Attach one leg of sling and dynamometer
to wrecker M543. Insure that pintle lock of
wrecker is positioned downward.
I WARNING I
injury in the event of hardware failure.
b. Extend wrecker boom to approximately 15
feet and apply a load of 6,750 pounds for 3
minutes.
c. Observe sling for evidence of yield while
under load.
Digitized by Coogle
- - ___ ....,.
TM 9-1450-380-14
1 - Sling link NA$1049-16
2- Shackle NASI042-10
3 - D)'namometer 8030812
4- Shackle NA$1042-10
5 - Shipping container sling
6 - Pintle lock (part of wrecker)
Figure .4--5. Load testing shipping container sling.
4-11. Load Testing Guidance Section Hoisting
Sling (fig. 4-61.
a. Attach anchor beam (6) to wrecker M54S
wi t h two bolts (9), nuts (8), and sling link (7).
b. Attach dynamometer ( 4) to wrecker crane
hook with sling link (2) and shackle (3).
c. Attach guidance section hoisting sling (5)
between anchor beam and dynamometer.
4-6
--
I WARNING I
forming d through g below to prevent
injury in the event of equipment
failure.
. d. Position wrecker crane hook over load so
that an even pull is applied to sling.
e. Apply a load of 850 pounds for 3 minutes, I
as indicated on dynamometer.
f. Observe sling for evidence of yield while
under load.
g. Gradually release load.
h. Inspect guidance section hoisting sling
(table 4-5).
i. Remove sling, beam, and sling link from
wrecker.
Tabl ~ - 5 . Inspection of Guidanu Section
Hoi8ti>1g Sling After Load Tuting
Step Proccdu.re Correetive at-Uon
1 Inspeet sling for cracks Replace sling,
and distortion.
2 nspeet sling lifting
ring for cracks and
distortion.
Replace sling.
3 nspeet sling hook for Replace sling.
4-12. load Testing Air Conditioner Sling
(fig. 4-7l.
a. Attach anchor beam (8) to wrecker M54S
with t wo bolts (11), nuts (10), and sling links
(9).
b. Attach dynamometer to wrecker crane
hook with sling link (2) and shackle (3).
c. Attach air conditioner sling (5) to anchor
beam with two bolts (6) and nuts (7).
d. Attach dynamometer to sling.
Dig1t1zcd by Googk
- .
C11
1-Thne-part line {minimum)
2-Sling link NAf.-104916
3- Shackle NAS104210
4-Dynamometn 8030812
6-Guidance section hoisting sling
TM 91450-38014
0
Ml ~ 5 9 ' 1
6-Anchor beam 8035216
7-Sling link (2) NAS104916
8-Nut (21 MS35691-1625 or MS3569177
9-Bolt (2) MS90726242
I
FiguN 4-6. L<>ad
1
tuting guidance sec>tion AoUting elmg.
Digitized by Coogle
TM 9-1450-380-14
I -Three-part line (minimum)
2-Sling link NASI04916
3- Shackle NA$1042-10
I
5-Air conditioner eling
6- Bolt (2) MS90726-121
C11
M1"660l
7 - Nut (2) M$35691-37
8 - Anchor beam 8035215
9-Sling link (2) NA$1049-16
10- Nut (2) )1($356911625 or M$3569177
11 - Bolt (2) !11590726-242
I
I
F i g ~ t r o 47. IAa.d tetting air ccmdition..- oZiftg.
4-8
byGoogle
C12
I WARNING I
forming e through h below to prevent
injury in the event of equipment
failure.
e. Position wrecker crane hook over load so
that an even pull is applied to sling.
f. Apply a load of 650 pound& for 8 min-
utea u indieatt:d on dynamometer.
g. Observe sling for evidence of yield while
under load.
h. Gradually release load.
i. lnapect air conditioner sling (table 4-6).
....
1
a
Tablo 41. of Aw C010din.m.r Sliftll
Lood Toolillll
ll!ll*llli"' for
wlrlo or for
lcillk:a.
,...,. lift hookl, pina,
and for
deformation and
cndca.
lftll*lllll"' beam for
d.tonnation and
aaelca.
CooH<ttv-
Repl- 111111 it lclnlcC or
If liz or more in
&Ill' Wand ... broklll.
Rtpl- liin(.
j. Remove aling, dynamometer, and anchor
beam from wrecker.
4-13. L-d Testing Erector-Launcher Davit.
The erector-launcher davit must be load tested
in four positions using two wire rope assemblies
I
as prescribed below. Refer to TM 9-1440-380-10
or TM 9-1440-380-14 for operation of the davit.
I
Insure that the hydraulic Unaa are
free during the following procedure&.
Note
It is normal for the thermal relief
valves to leak a few drops during
davit operation and load testing.
TM 9-1450-380-14
a. Davit Boom, Fully Ezunded and Poai-
tumed go Outboard and Horizuntal to Erectm-
1Au11Cher.
Note
The short wire rope assembly JS m-
stalled on the davit boom when per-
forming this test.
(l) Disconnect EL from tractor M757 and
emplace EL on landing gear (TM 9-1440-380-10
or TM 9-1440-380-14) so that the EL is approx- I
imately level. This may require the use of block-
ing beneath the landing gear.
(2) Place hydraulic control valve to
DAVIT.
(8) Lower EL work platform.
( 4) Extend davit boom fully.
( 6) Manually position davit boom oo out-
board and lower boom to horizontal.
( 6) Position front of truck M666 under
d.avit sling .
(7) Attach dynamometer as shown in fie
ure 4-8. It may be necessary to add or sub-
tract linkage, a.ccording to the terrain, so that
boom will be approximately horizontal alter
load hu been applied.
I WARNING I
Stay dear of the equipment when per-
forming (8) through (10) below to pre-
vent injury in the event of hardware
failure.
( 8) Using manual hydraulic pump, apply
a load of 1,600 pounds for 8 minutes as indi-
cated on dynamometer.
( 9) Observe davit for evidence of yield
while under load.
(10) Gradually release load.
( 11) Diaconnect davit hook from dynamom-
eter.
b. Davit Boom, Full!l &Un.dC, P08iticmed
go Outboard, and Elevat! to Approa:i1M.r,.l!l
87" Above HorizO'IItal of lJmtor-1Au11eher.
Note
The long wire rope assembly is in-
forming this test. Refer to TM 9-1440-
380-14 or TM 9-1440-380-20 when per-
forming (1-0.1) through (1-0.3) below.
Diglt1zed by d\Jogle
lM 9-1450-380-14
(1-0.1) Remove short wire rope assembly from
davit boom.
(1..0.2) Remove hoist hook from short w1re
rope assembly and install on long wire rope
assembly.
(10.3) Install long wire rope assembly on
davit boom.
(1) Elevate davit boom to maximum by
operating manual hydraulic pump.
(2) Using a gunner's quadrant. determine
and record elevation of boom.
( 3) Subtract 100 mils from reading re-
corded in (2) above and record.
( 4) Lower boom until davit is at angle
recorded in (3) above.
(5) Position front of truck under davit
sling.
( 6) Attach dynamometer t o truck pintle
and to chain that accompanies truck as shown
in figure 4-8.1.
( 7) Perform a(8) through (11) above. 1{,
when performing a(8) above, the boom is ele-
vated to maximum before a load of 1,500 pounds
is reached. lower the boom and shorten the
chain linkage.
4-10
C12
Mf 46-7Tt
c. Davit Boom. Fully FJxlentUd, Positw11td
at o, and ElevaUd to Approximately 37" Above
Hurizrm.UJ.l of EreclQr Launcher.
Note
The long wire rope assembly IS m-
forming t his test.
(1) Manually position davit boom to o
(straightforward).
(2) Perform b(1) through (5) abo\e. I
(3) Attach dynamometer to truck pintle
and to chain as shown in figure 4-8.2.
( 4) Perform a(8) through (11) above. If.
when performing a(8). the boom is elevated
to maximum before a load of 1.500 pounds
is reached, lower the boom and shorten the
chain linkage.
d. Da.vit Boom, E'ully Extended and Position-
ed at o and Horizontal to Erector-Lu.tu;her.
Note
The short wire rope assembly IS In-
forming this test. Refer to TM 9-1440-
380-14 or TM 9-1440-380-20 when per-
forming (1..().1) t hrough (1-0.3) below.
(1..0.1) Remove long wire rope assembly from
davit boom.
Diglt1zed by Google
- _ ... ..J
Cll TM 9-1450-380-14
Ml <6678('1
Ffgun> 48.1. Loud testing da vit, Jill/11 ext,mded, JXk<itioned 90' outbtxml fmm (:r<?ctor-lmmcher,
(tnd approrimotely 37 abot.oe horiZQ'llial oferector-luu.ncher.
(1-0.2) Remove hoist hook from long wire
rope assembly and install on short wire rope
assembly.
(1-0.3) Install short wire rope assembly on
davit boom.
(I) Lower davit boom to horizontal.
(2) Position front of truck M656 under
davit sling.
(3) Attach dynamometer as shown in fig-
ure 4-8.2. It may be necessary to add or sub-
tract linkage, acccording to terrain, so that
boom will be approximately horizontal after
load has been applied.
(4) Perform ct(S) through (11) above.
(5) Raise and secure work platform.
(6) Position hydraulic control valve to
MAIN.
(7) Inspect davit (table 4-7).
Table .17. of EL D<wit After Lxd Teting
Str-p
1
2
3
Check hoom mounting
and swivel for
deformation.
Check davit cable
for broken wires
and for kink8.
Replace unserviceable
parts (fit 9 1440-38()..
14 or TM 9-1440-38020).
Replace cable if kinked
or if six or more wires
in any strand are
broken.
Check hydraulic cyl Replace defective eompo-
I
inder8, line8, and nent (TM 9-J.W0-380-14
_______ __ ___ o_r_ T_M_9- __ 14_4_0-_380- __ 20_ _J. _____ I
4-10.01 / ( 4- 10.02 blank)
Digitized by Coogle
C12 TM 9-1450-380- 14
__;/-
/
I {
Xl1')EO, I'OSITtONED o. HOIUZOHlAl TO ll
rQSITIOH(D 0". R EVAJED APPtOXIMAIILY 17" .UoOYi ri<Cia!ZONIAlOF fl
4-10. 1
D t zee Coogle
TM 9-1450-380-14
4- 13.0.1. load Testing Power Station
Maintenance Sling 11 054394
(fig. 4-9) .
a. Attach hook of sling assembly (1) to sling
link (2) on wrecker.
b. Attach link adapters (3) to sling assembly
(1) with screws (4) and nuts (5). Thread nuts
fully onto screws but tighten hand t ight only.
c. Attach maintenance sling (6) to link adapt-
ers with bolts (7) and nuts (8).
d. Hold maintenance sling in upright posi-
tion and position wrecker boom so that crane
hook is directly over maintenance sling lifting
link.
e. Attach dynamometer (9) to crane hook
with shackle (10) and sling link (11).
f Attach dynamometer to maintenance sling
lifting link with shackle (12).
I WARNING I
forming g through i below to prevent
ure.
g. Raise wrecker crane hook until a load of
lrol> (+50, -0) pounds is applied for 3 minutes
4-10.2
C12
h. Observe maintenance sling for evidence of
yield while load is being applied.
i. Gradually lower wrecker crane hook until
load is completely released.
j. Inspect maintenance sling (table 4-8).
T<1b/e 48. Jmpection of l'r>wer Station Maiolellallee S/irog
11054394 After Load T t ~ t i J I { I
I lnspe<:t sling beam for
crack$ and distortion.
2 Inspect slilll! lift illl!
link for cracks and
d.istortion.
3 Inspect sling ohackle
for cracks and distor-
tion.
4 Inspect slinK bolla and
nuts for damage.
Replace sling.
Replace sling.
Replace sling.
Replace sling.
k. Remove all items installed in a through
f above, from wrecker.
I. Install bolts (7) and nuts (8) m mainte-
nance sling.
Digitized by Coogle
Cl2
I - Sling assembly 80$217
2 - Sling link NAS1049-16
3 - Link adapter (2) 11061356-9
4 - Screw (2) M$90726-214
5 - Nut (2) MS3569!-1625 or MS35691-17
6 - Power station maintenance
sling 11054394-9
Ill Ill
TM 9-1450-380-14
M151043AI
7 - Bolt (2) (part of item 6)
S - Nut (21 (part of item 6)
10 - Shackle NAS1042-IO
II - Sling link NASI049- 16
12 - Shackle NASH142- IO
13 - Threti!-part. line (minimum)
4-10.2.01
Digitized by Google
TM 9- 1450-380-14
4-13.1. Load Testing Power Station
Maintenance Sling 11054395 (fig.
4-9.01) .
11. Insert. extensions of link adapters (2)
through sling link (1) on wrecker and assemble
link adapters together as nearly parallel as pos
sible with bolt (a) and nut (4) . Tighten nut
securely against link adapter.
IJ. Remo,,e web strap from maintenance sling
(5).
c. Install shackle (6) on maintenance sl ing
where web strap was removed.
d. Attach maintenance sling to link adapters
(2) with shackles (Iii and (7).
e. Hold maintenance sling in upright position
and position wrecker boom so that crane hook
is directly over maintenance sling lift ing link.
f. Attach dynamometer (8) to crane hook
wit h shackle (9) and sling link (10).
g. Attach dynamometer to maintenance sling
lifting link with shackle (lJ ).
h. Raise wrecker crane hook to remove slack;
then, position link adapters (2) so that sling
link (]) is t o t he far right. on t he adapters as
viewed from the rear of the wrecker.
I WARNING I
Stay clear of e11uipment when per
forming i through k below to prevent
4- 10.2.02
injury in the evel) t of equipment fail
ure.
Cll
i. Raise wrecker crane hook until a load of
700 (+50, -0) !Xmnds is applied for 3 minutes
j. Observe maintenance sling for evidence of
yield while load is being applied.
k. Gradually lower wrecker crane hook until
load is completely released.
l. Inspect maintenance sling (table 4-8. 1).
m. Remove all items installed in a through
g above.
11.. Install web strap removed from mainte-
nance sling.
T(ible 4 ii. l . b tspecti()n oj' Power St(1tiot1 Maintewuue Slirty
110.i4:t9S After Uxtd Tt8ot-i?l{l
I
2
3
Inspect sling beam for
Inspect sling lifting
rlng for cracks or
distortion.
lnSIJ<'CI shackle
for or distor-
t-ion.
Replace sling.
Replace sling.
Digitized by Coogle
C12
11---t
0
1
Jll[l
I - Sling link
2 - Link adapter (2) 11061356-9
3 - Bolt
4 - Nut MS3:i691-1625 or MS35691-77
5 - Power station maintenance
aling 110543$-9
6 - Sh&ekle ANII6-6
In Iii
TM 9 1450-SIO-14
7 - Shaekle (part of item 5)
9 - Shaekle NASI042-10
10 - Sling link
II - Shackle NAS1042-l0
12 - Three part line (minimum)
410.2.03
I
Digitized by Coogle
C11
TM 9- 150- 380-14
Section 11 . 1. SERVICING, CHECKS, AND ADJUSTMENTS
4 -13.2 . Dolly Set.
a. Se;ice Dutn. Mai ntain tire pressure at 65
ps ig, and service as prescribt.'<i in paragraph
3-5.6.
b. Dmin.
(1) Collapse hydraulic cylinders.
(2) Wipe hydraulic pump clean of dirt and
foreign matter.
4- 10.2 .04
t CAU! ION 1
Do not Jet di rt or other foreign mat-
ter enter the hydraulic pump while
the ser vicing plugs are removed.
(31 Remove drain-hole plug at rear of
pump: after fl uid starts to r un, remove fille_r-
hole plug on top front of pump. Allow all flutd
tn rnn nut.
I
I
Dg ed by Google 1
C2
(4) Replace servicing plugs and tighten
them securely.
c. Fill.
(I) Collapse hydraulic cylinders, if not pre-
viously done.
(2) Block up unit so that top of axle IS
level front to back.
(3) Wipe top of hydraulic pump clean of
dirt and foreign matter.
[ c'AUTION]
Do not let dirt or ot her foreign matter
enter the hydraulic pump while the
fill er-hole plug is removed.
(4) Remove filler-hole plug on top front of
pump.
1 (5) Add hydraulic fluid (item 19, table D-1)
until pump is filled.
(6) When pump is filled initially, or filled
aft.er having been drained, replace plug, operate
pump for three cycles of extending and retracting
hydraulic cylinders, and repeat (4) and (5) above.
d. Bleed (fig. 4-9. 1). Bleed hydraulic cylinders
whenever maintenance has been performed on
hydraulic system. Before performing procedures
below, fill hydraulic pump as prescribed in c
above.
(1) Turn hydraulic control lever fully clock-
wise and insert pump handle into socket of hy-
draulic pump.
(2) Operat e hydraulic pump until hydraulic
cylinders (2) are completely extended. Do not in-
sert lockpins in telescoping braces.
(3) Remove bleed valve plug (I) from one
of the hydraulic cylinders.
I WAANINO I
Do not stand in front of the bleed
valve or allow hydraulic fluid to squirt
into the eyes.
(4) Turn bleed valve (3) counterclockwise,
and operate pump handle until trapped air is out
of cylinder. If necessary, add hydraulic fluid.
TM 9-1450-380.14
MJ 466$4
1
I - B l ~ d valve plug
2 - Hydraulic cylinder
3 - Bleed valve
Figure 49.1. Hydm111ie cylinder bleed <'<li<t.
Nole
Hydraulic fluid appears lighter in color
when air bubbles are present in it. All
trapped air \\;ll be exhausted when
escaping fluid is the same color as the
stock fluid.
(5) When trapped air is out of cylinder,
turn bleed valve clockwise, and replace bleed
valve plug.
(6) Repeat (3) through (5) above for other
cylinder; then add hydraulic fluid.
(7) Store pump handle on axle, tum hy-
draulic control lever counterclockwise, and col-
lapse hydraulic cylinders.
4-10.3
Cooglt
TM 9- 1450-380- 14
4-13.3. Adjustment of Front Axle
Assembly Toe-ln.
a. Position unit so that steering arm is
straight out from axle and top of axle is level
front to back.
b. Locate points A and B shown in figure
4-9.2.
1 - Cotter pin
2 - Clevis pin
3 - Cievis
3
4- Jamnut
5 - Tie rod
CIS
c. Measure distance between A and B. If both
measurements are 25-1/4 inches, toe-in is correct.
If measurements are incorrect, proceed with the
following steps.
4.50 IN
5
Note
rentheses refer to figure 4-9.3, except
where otherwise
Ml <16056
7
Ml <16057
6- Jamnut 8 - Clevis pin
9 - Clevis 7 - Cotter pin
Figure .4-!J.tt. Tot-in adjustment.
4- 10.4
Dgtzed by Coogle
- -

C15
d. Loosen two jamnuts (4 and 6) of tie rod
(S) connected to wheel that is out of alinement.
e. Remove cotter pin (7) and clevis pin (8)
from end of tie rod.
f. Turn clevis (9) clockwise to increase toe-in
or cou.nterclockwise to decrease toe-in as nec-
essary. Divide total adjustment between clevises
(9 and 3) by fli'St turning clevis (9) one revolution
while holding tie rod stationary and then turning
tie rod and clevis (9) one revolution in the same
direction.
..
.
~ ~ i , l \ . r{',,f
DETAIL 8
TM 9-145()..380-14
g. Reconnect clevis (9) with clevis pin, but do
not install cotter pin.
h. Measure distance between A and B (fig.
4-9.4); if it is not 25-114 inches, repeat e, f, and
g above.
i. InstaU new cotter pin and tighten jamnuts
securely.
j. Repeat d t hrough i above for other wheel,
if necessary.
- - ' . '
. .
'
BOLT
DETAil I<
SHIM
., .
. . .
Ml.o65B
Figure 49.$. Steering ann adj,..tment.
4-10.5
Digitized by Coogle
TM 9-1450-380-14
0

I
410.6
WHEEL .. NO TIRE
ASSEMBlY
o;
I
8E .. RING
.. GM

GREASi. Ot.o1onw>tN-
and ..... ....,
SYMBO\
GM
Figu,., .49.5. L!lbritalion of whl bMring .
CIS
KEY
TYPE OTY
IS. 1oble 0 1) I lb ... ANNUAI.LY
Digitized by Coogle
C1S
4-13.4. Adjustment of Steering Arm (fig.
4-9.4).
Adjust the steering ann to prevent interference
between the lower eyebolts and the tires on the
forward unit.
a. Perfonn procedures in paragraph 4-13.3 to
insure that front wheels are toed in a quarter
of an inch.
b. Loosen bolts and adjust right and left shims
so that a maximum cramp angle of each wheel
cannot be exceeded.
No to
Additional shims are mounted on the
opposite side of the front axle.
c. Add or remove shims until adjustment is
effected. Store unused shims behind axle.
d. Firmly tighten bolts.
4-13.4.1. Lubrication of Wheel Bearings
(fig. 4-9.5).
a. Removal of Wheel Bearings.
(1) Set block under axle to remove weight
from wheel.
(2) Chock opposite wheel to prevent roll
ing.
(3) Remove cover from wheel and tire as-
sembly.
(4) Remove cotter pin from spindle assem
b)y.
(6) Remove nut and washer from spindle
assembly.
(6) Move wheel and tire assembly out and
in on axle to loosen bearing.
(1) Remove outer bearing from wheel and
tire assembly.
Protect the lubricated parts from dirt
and foreign matter.
(8) Remove wheel and tire assembly from
spindle assembly.
(9) Drive inner bearing and grease seal out
of hub of wheel and tire assembly, using a piece
of wood.
TM 9-1450-380-14
b. lnepection and L11brication of Wheel Bear
tng.
I WARNING I
Do not use cleaning solvent near an
the solvent to contact the skin. Wash
soap and water when solvent contam-
inates the skin.
(1) Clean bearing:s, hub, cover, spindle as
sembly, and grease seal with methyl ethyl ketone
(item 36, table D-1).
(2) Dry bearings and hub with compressed
air.
(3) Inspect bearings and grease seal for
wear.
(4) Pack rollers in cone \\ith grease.
(5) Apply a film of grease to hub and spin
die assembly.
c. lnstallaticm of Wheel Bearing.
(1 l Install inner bearing and grease seal in
hub of wheel and tire assembly.
(2) Install wheel and tire assembly on spin
die assembly.
(3) Install outer bearing and washer on
spindle assembly.
(4) Install nut fingertight on spindle assem-
bly.
(5) Rotate wheel and tire assembly and
tighten nut until wheel and tire assembly drags.
Loosen nut one-quarter turn and aline hole in
nut with hole in spindle.
(6) Secure nut with cotter pin.
(1) Install cover on wheel and tire assem-
bly.
4-13.5. PTS/PS Vehicle Electrical Ground
Check.
a. Using igniter circuit tester 4925-00-712-02051
(TM 9-4935-390-14) with needlepoint probes,
measure t he resistance between PTS communi-
cations panel 32A4A4 ground terminal and
PTS/PS vehicle chassis. Measurement obtained
should not exceed 2 ohms. If measurement does
not exceed 2 ohms, proceed with operation being
performed. If measurement obtained exceeds 2
ohms, proceed to b below.
4-1 1
Diglt1zed by Google
TM 9-1450-380-14
b. Using igniter circuit tester with needle-
point probes, measure resistance between PTS
communications panel 32A4A4 ground terminal
and PTS forward support beam. Measurement
obtained should not exceed 1 ohm. If meas
urement does not exceed 1 ohm, proceed to
I - Bolt (4)
2 - IM:kwasher ( 4)
g - Washer (4)
4 - Support beam
;; - Crelamp ( 4)
CIS
g below. If measurement exceeds 1 ohm, per-
form c through/below.
c. Remove PTS shelter attaching bolts (1,
fig. 4-10) and washers (2 and 3, fig. 4-10} from
PTS forward support beam and PTS shelter.
6 - Support beam
7- BoltW
8 - IM:kwasher (4)
9- Washer (4)

': .. ,
MI46602C
Fl'gure 410. Prog-r(wt m.er- te.'t statif:m mount:i ng kit. Uploded view (shc.-et I o/3).
4-12
Digitized by Google
C15
I WARNING I
Use extreme caution when using
Freon as a solvent. Vapors are toxic
if inhaled, and if exposed to heat,
may cause corrosion damage t ~
equipment. Use in a well-ventilated
area or use forced draft in enclosed
or low areas and avoid open flame
or operating heaters. Liquid may
cause serious damage to the eyes or
irritation to the skin. Wear gloves
and protective clot.hing and avoid
prolonged contact. If contaminated
'
wash well in running water and seek
prompt medical attention for the
eyes. The solvent reacts with highly
active free metals, such as sodium,
barium, or potassium, and may prcr
duce toxic byproducts, fi res, or ex-
plosions. Do not use with highly ac-
tive free metals until the hazards of
the material are fully determined
and adequate safety procedures are
established.
TM 9- 1450-310-14
d. Using Freon (item 41, table D-1), remove 1
grease, oil, or other nonconductive films from
contacting surfaces of washen, bolts, and beam.
Remove nonsoluable film with garnet paper (item I
26, table D-1); then wipe clean with cloth.
e. Install hardware cleaned in d above; then
touch up bare metal surfaces and hardware with
one coat of zinc chromate primer (item 30, table I
0-1). Allow primer to dry for approximately 5
minutes; then cover prime coat with one coat
of enamel (item 14, table D-1). I
f. Repeat a. above.
g. Using igniter circuit tester with needle-
point probes, measure resistance between PI'S
forward support beam and PTSIPS vehicle
chassis. Measurement obtained should not ex-
ceed 1 ohm. If measurement does not exceed
1 ohm, perform system test on communications
entry panel as prescribed in TM 9-1430-380-14.
If measurement obtained exceeds 1 ohm, prcr
ceed to h below.
4-12.1/(4-12.2 blank)
D q 1 "<l .>y Coog It>
ca TM 9- 1450-310-14
Ml
F'igro ~ - 1 0 . Prt)(Jrommer-te.t Mtillnlpinv<:r slatio11 mmtnti11g k i ~ exploded tiew (4heet. f of,f).
I
4-13
C8
TM 9-1450-380-14
I
4-13
Digitized by Google
1M 9-1450-380-14
h. Using igniter circuit tester with needle-
point probes, measure terminal lug-to-terminal
lug resistance of electrical lead between PTS
forward support beam and PTS/PS vehicle
chassis (fig. 4-10). Measurement obtained
should not exceed l ohm. If measurement ob-
tained exceeds 1 ohm, replace electrical lead
(par. 4-15). If measurement obtained does not
exceed 1 ohm. remove elt.'Ctrical lead attaching
hardware from support beam and PTSIPS
vehicle chassis (fig. 4-10) and perform i and
j below.
I WARNING I
may cause corrosion damage to
or low areas and avoid open flame
and protective clothing and avoid
prolonged contact. If contaminated,
active free metals, such as sodium,
barium, or potassium, and may pro-
duce toxic byproducts, fires, or ex-
plosions. Do not use with highly ac-
established.
C10
i. Using Freon TF113, remove grease, oil, or
other nonconductive films from terminal lug
contact surfaces of PTS forward support beam
and PTS/PS vehicle chassis (fig. 4-10). Remove
nonsoluble film with 7/0 garnet paper; then
wipe clean with cloth.
j. Install electrical lead between PTS for-
ward suJI[JOrt beam and PTS/ PS vehicle chassis
(fig. 4-10); then repeat a above.
k. Touch up bare metal surfaces and hard-
ware installed in j above with one coat of zinc
chromate primer 801()..0().515-2208. Allow primer
to dry for approximately 5 minutes; then cover
prime coat with one coat of enamel 8010-00-
297-2116.
Section Ill. MOUNTING KITS
4-14. General.
This section contains corrective maintenance
procedures for programmer-test station/power
station, radio terminal set and winterization
heater, radio terminal set 10-kw generator, EL
10-kw generator and spare wheel assembly, and
power station trailer mounting kits. The repair
parts described in the procedures below are list-
1 ed in TM 9-1450-379-34P and TM 9-1450-381-34P.
The respective authorized repair parts list spec-
ifies the allocation and correct nomenclature of
all parts and prescribes the information for req-
uisitioning. Unless otherwise indicated, tighten
bolts, screws, and nuts used for attaching the
mounting ki ts in accordance with standard me-
chanical practices.
4-1 S. Programmer-Test Station/Power
Station Mounting Kit.
a. Geneml. This paragraph contains detailed
inst ructions for the removal, repair, and in-
stallation of worn, damaged, or defective parts
4-14.2
of the PTS/PS mounting kit. Removal and in-
stallation procedures for the programmer-test
station, power station, air servicer assembly,
boarding ladders, and associated equipment such
as electrical cables, weapon test set T-1500A I
power supplies T -436, and power station filter
container are contained in paragraph 2-2.
b. Remoual of PTS Retainiug Hardware ami
SupTJ(Jrt Rw;k (fig. 4-10).
(1) Remove bolts (1), lockwashers (2), and
washers (3) from support beams (4) as shown
in figure 4-10.
(2) (Deleted)
(3) Remove and retain nuts (11), washers
(12), screws (13), washers (14), and clamps (15)
from support rack (21).
( 4) Remove and retain bolts (16 and 18)
and washers 07, 19 and 201 from support rack
(21 ).
Digitized by Google
C10
(5) Remove support rack from truck
M656.
I CAUTION I
Perform the procedure in (6) below
to protect the threads in the blind
rivet nuts.
(6) Secure washers (17, 19, and 20) and
bolts (16 and 18) to blind rivet nuts (22 and
23).
I CAUTION I
When performing procedure in (7)
below, do not enlarge blind rivet nut
mounting boles in floor of truck bed.
(7) Remove damaged blind rivet nuts as
1 prescribed in paragraph 4-26.
I
c. of Support Beams, El.ec trical
Lead, Su7>port Brackets, Cable Assembly, Sup-
port Hooks, Webbing and
Attaching Hardware.
I
When removing blind fasteners, or
blind nuts, do not enlarge mounting
holes in truck bed.
I (1) Remove worn, damaged, or defective
support beams, electrical lead, support brackets,
cable assembly 60W108, support hooks, re-
tainers, webbing straps and their associated an-
gle brackets, and attaching hardware as shown
I
in figure 4-10.
(2) Remove damaged or defective blind
fasteners as prescribed in paragraph 4-25.
TM 9-1450-380-14
(3) Remove damaged or defective blind I
nuts as prescribed in paragraph 4-26.
d. Remin'lll of Drain Hose Assmnblies.
Adapters, Dra:in Tube Angle
Bracket, ReinfmGing Strip, and Attaching
Hardware (fig. 4-10.1).
(1) Disconnect and remove drain hose as-
semblies (1) from adapters.
(2) Remove adapters (2) from drain tube
assemblies.
(3) Remove locknuts (3), washers (5), and
bolts (4) securing drain tube assemblies (6) to
angle brackets (8).
( I
In (4) below, do not enlarge mounting
holes in reinforcing strip.
( 4) Drill a series of holes in old sealing
compound between drain tube assemblies and
inside surface of mounting holes in reinforcing
strip.
(5) Tap each drain tube assembly until
it can be withdrawn from underside of truck
bed.
When performing the procedures in
(6) and (8) below, do not enlarge
blind fastener mounting holes in bed
of truck M656.
(6) Remove blind fasteners securing angle
brackets (8) to frame of vehicle (par. 4-25).
4-14.3 /( 4-14.4 blonk)
Digitized by Coogle
B
A - - - - --..J
I - Drain hose u .. mbly (2)
2 - Adapter (2)
8 - Lo<knut (4)
4 - Bolt (4)
5 - Washer 14)
TM 9 1450-380-14
6
--
8

I---1.7S"' 0.03 INCHES
'------- 8 - --- - --'
6 - Drain tube aaeembly (2)
9 - Reinforcing strip
Ml 489 178

TM 9-1450-380-14
(7) Remove angle brackets from frame of
vehicle.
(8) Remove blind fasteners securing rein
forcing strip (9) to bed of truck M656 (par. 4-25).
(9) Remove reinforcing strip from bed of
truck M656.
e. Repair. Wh en electrical connec to.r
60W108Pl is replaced or when the serial num-
ber has been obliterated, apply serial number
as prescribed in paragraph 4-26.01. Refer to TM
9-1425-382-34 for detailed repair procedures for
cable assembly 60WI08.
f. lnst(l./l(l.ticm of Reinfl>rcing Strips and C{l-
ble (fig. 4-10).
(1) Position reinforcing strips (88) on bed
of truck M656.
each reinforcing strip wi th mounting holes
drilled in floor of truck bed.
Note
As an aid in maintaining the correct
alinement of t he reinforci ng strip,
identify the mounting location by
scribing a line beside each reinforcing
strip on the floor of t ruck bed.
(3) Appl y a coat of zinc chromate primer
I (item 30, table 0- l) to predrilled mounting holes
in reinforcing strips.
As blind fasteners are being installed
in (4) below, check mounting aline-
ment of reinforcing strips with lines
scribed on floor of t ruck bed, apply
pressure to reinforcing strips to in-
sure that the strips are lying flat
against the floor of truck bed, and
install blind fasteners starting in the
center of each reinforcing strip and
working toward each end. This will
insure that the reinforci ng strips will
maintain proper alinement.
(4) Secure each reinforcing strip to floor
of truck bed, using washers (86) and fasteners
(85). Install bl ind fasteners (par. 4-25)
4-16
No to
If one or more blind fasteners cannot
be installed because predrilled mount-
ing holes in floor of truck bed will
not aline with the predrilled mount
ing holes in reinforcing strips, per-
form the following procedures.
C14
(5) Using predrilled mounting holes in
reinforcing strips as a template, enlarge mount-
ing holes in floor of truck bed.
I
Insure that metal particles are re-
moved from under reinforcing strips
to insure proper installation of blind
fasteners.
(6) Remove all metal particles from under
reinforcing strips.
(7) Apply a coat of zinc chromate primer
(item 30, table D-1) to holes enlarged in (5) I
above.
(8) Install washers and blind fasteners in
holes enlarged in (5) above, as prescribed in
paragraph 4-25.
(9) Position cable assembly (68) on floor
of truck bed shown in figure 4-10. Connect elec-
trical connector 60W108P1 to vehicle auxiliary
connector.
g. of Drain Hose Assemblill$,
Adapters, Drain Tu.be Assemblies, Angle Brock-
and Attaching Hardwa:re (fig. 4-10.1).
(1) Remove old sealing compound from
mounting holes in truck bed.
(2) Remove old sealing compound from
metal surfaces of mounting holes in reinforcing
strip (9), using abrasive paper (item 26, table
D-1).
I WARNING I
Do not use methyl ethyl ketone near
an open flame or sparks. Use only
in a well-ventilated area. Avoid con
tact with the skin. Wash exposed
areas thoroughly with soap and water
when skin contact occurs.
(3) Clean metal surfaces of mounting
holes, using methyl ethyl ketone (item 36, table I
D-1).
Digitized by Google
C14
(4) Position each angle bracket (8) on
frame of vehicle and aline the predrilled mount-
ing holes in each angle bracket with the pre-
drilled mounting holes in the frame of vehicle.
(5) Apply zinc chromate primer (item 30,
table D-1) to holes in angle brackets and to
mounting holes in frame of vehicle.
(6) Secure angle brackets to frame of
vehicle, using blind fasteners as prescribed in
paragraph 4-25.
TM 9-1450-380-14
(7) Insert each drain tube assembly (6)
into mounting hole as shown in figure 4-10.1.
(8) Position each drain tube assembly on
its angle bracket, using dimensions shown in
figure 4-10.1. Secure drain tube assemblies to
angle brackets, using washers (5), bolts (4), and
locknuts (3).
4-16.1 /( 4-16.2 blanlc)
Digitized by Coogle
C10
I WARNING I
When handling epoxy cement 8030-00-
104-6702, observe all cautions and
notes on the container labels.
(9) (Deleted)
(10) Prepare epoxy cement 8030-00-104-6702
in accordance with instructions on container.
(11) Seal drain t ube assemblies in mount-
ing holes by filling area between tube assem-
blies and reinforcing strip, using epoxy cement
8030-00-104-6702.
(12) Install adapters (2) on drain tube as-
semblies.
(13) Install drain hoee assemblies (1) on
adapters.
(14) Remove excess epoxy cement and
wipe surrounding area clean,
(15) Allow epoxy cement to cure.
h. Ins taUation of Suppart Beaf/UJ, Support
Brackets, PTS Mounting J/ard:wa.re, Support
Rack, Support Hooks, Retainers, Webbing
Straps, and Attaching Hardware (fig. 4-10).
I (1) Prior to assembling parts of the
mounting kit, apply one coat of zinc chromate
primer 8010.00.S15-22C6 to all bare metal sur-
faces, unless directed otherwise. After the pri-
mer has dried for approximately 5 minutes, ap-
ply one coat of lusterless enamel 801().()().297.
21 ~ 6 . However, do not apply primer or ,namel
pnor to assembly to bare metal surfaces on
PTS forward support beam or to bolta (1) and
washers (2 and 3) that attach PTS to forward
support beam or to bare metal surfaces that
ter minal lugs (28 and 31) will contact. Insure
that hardware contact surfaces on PI'S support
beam (38), waahers (2 and 3), and bolts (1) are
clean and free of pai nt, primer, or corroeion.
Apply a coat of zinc chromate primer 801().()().
5 1 5 - ~ over this hardware after assembly. AJ.
low pnmer to dry for approximately 5 minutes;
then cover prime coat with one coat of enamel
8010-00-297-2116. Unless otherwise directed
tighten all bolts, nuts, and screws used in .;.
sembling parts of the mounting kit in accord-
ance with standard mechanical practices. Install
all component parts of mounting kit as shown
in figure 4-10.
TM 9-1450-380-14
(2) Install blind fasteners as prescribed in
paragraph 4-25.
(3) Install blind nuts as prescribed in
paragraph 4-26.
(4) Torque locknuts (39 and 41) to 190 to
210 inch-pounds, using t<1rque wrench handle
5 1 2 ~ .
(5) Torque bolts ( 44 and 47) to 340 to 360
inch-pounds, using torque wrench handle 5120-
IJ0..020..5639.
a. Inst.aUation of Electrical Leod. (fig. 4-10).
I WARNING I
may cause corrosion damage to
or low areas and avoid open Oame
and protective clothing and avoid
prolonged contact. If contaminated,
active free metals, such as sodium

barium, or potassium, and may pro-
duce toxic byproducts, fires, or ex-
plosions. Do not use with highl) ac-
established.
(I) Using Freon TF113, remove grease,
oil, or other nonconductive films from surfaces
that terminal lugs (28 and 31) will contact.
Remove nonsoluble film with 7/0 garnet paper;
then wipe clean with cloth.
(2) Cut a piece of wire 6145-00-284-0657
the same length as the old wire then slip heat-
shrinkable rubber 597Q..00.177-1Ss1 of the same
length over the wire.
(3) Using heat gun in insulation repair
kit 11040258-1, with heat set to exceed 1ssc
(275F), shrink rubber over wire as prescribed
in TM 9-1425-382-34.
4- 17
o g11 '<l .>y Coogle
TM 9-1450-380- 14
.---v
.
I - Screw (8)
2 - Heate-r mounting
3 - Bolt (71
4 - Washer (7)
5 - Storage aupport rack
6 - L<>eknut (S)
1 - Bolt (S)
8 - Washer (5)
9 - Tie-in plate ( 4)
10 - L<>eknut (()
11 - Washer (4)
12 - Bolt (4)
13 - Wather(4)
14 -Angle bracket {4)
I& - Bolt {8)
!6 - Washer (8)
17- Bolt (8)
18- Washer
19 - Rivet (4)
20 - Identification plate
22 - Locknut (2)
23 - Washer (2)
24 - Loeknut (2)
25 - Washer (2)
26- Stud (2)
21 - Bolt (8)
28 - IV asher (8)
29 - Support
SO - Loeknut(2)
31 - Washer (2)
32 - Bolt (2)
33 - Washer (2)
34 - Washer (4)
35 - Locknut ( 4)
36 - Locknut (4)
37- Washer (4)
38 - Stud (4)
39- Bolt (4)
40- Washer (4)
41 - Locknut ( 4)
42- Washer (4)
43 - Bolt (4)
44 -1Va8her(4l
4S - L<>eknut (2)
46 - Washer (21
47 - Tie-in plate (2)
48- Bolt (21
49 - Washer (2)
SO - Tie-in plate (2)
51 - Support beam
52 - Bolt (43)
WLher (4S)
54 - Support beam
55 - Support beam
C1
Ml 46603
56 - Blind nut assembly (43)
57 - Reinforcing strip (2l
59 - Reinforeing atrip
60 - L<>eknut (4)
til - Washer (41
62 - Locknut (4)
63- Washer (4)
64 - St ud (4)
66 - Reinforelng strip
63 - Blind nut usembly (43)
71 - Support bracket (101
73 - Support hook (22)
Pivure .$ ll. Rodio terminal set m1d winterization hea.t-cr partially view.
4-18
Digitized by Coogle
--
_J
Cl
(4) Loosely install clamps ( 15).
(5) Route lead through clampt
as shown in figure 4-10, and determine proper
length of wire required, allowing for in-
stalfation of terminal lugs; then cut wire to
proper length.
(6) Tighten clamps and install terminal
(28 and 31) onto electrical lead, using
cnmper 5120-853-4513.
(7) Attach terminal lugs to PTS forward
support beam and PTS/PS vehicle chassis as
(8) Using igniter circuit testt:r 4925-
71Ul205 with needlepoint probes, measure the
terminal lug-to-terminal lug resistance between
PTS forward support beam and PTS/PS vehi-
cle chassis. Measurement obtained should not
exceed 1 ohm.
(9) Touch up all exposed metal and hard-
ware installed in (4) and (7) above with. zinc
chromate primer 8010-515-2208. Allow primer
prime coat with one coat of enamel 8010-
297-2116.
4-16. Rodlo Terminal Set and Winterization
HMter Mounting Kit.
of the mounting kit consists of replae-
mg_ or defective blind fasteners,
hehco1l msert, blind nut assemblies, and the
components shown in figure 4-11. Refer to TM
9-1425-382-34 for detailed instructions for re-
placement of blind nut assemblies. Remove and
TM 9- 1450-310-14
rep1aee blind fasteners as prescribed in para-
graph 4-25. Remove and install helicoil inserts
in gasoline can rack, using coil thread insert
tool kit 4935-956-4821.
4-17. Radio Terminal Set 10-KW Generator
Mounting Kit (fig. 4-121.
Replaee d&Jnqed identifiCation plate, aDd re-
pair eable aaaembliee by replaeinc damaged or
cWeetive eap, adapter, cable clamps,
aDd eormeetora, When eonneetora 104W1Pl aDd
1NW2Pl are replaced or wben the aerial num-
ben have been obliterated, af4,ty llal num-
benu preso:ibed in parqraph 4-26.01. Remove
aDd inlltall damaged or defective eonneetora as
pr.a:ibed below.
Nolo
Determine if the cable will be long
enough after the connector has been
replaced before performing the follow-
ing repair procedures. If a repaired
cable will be too short after repairs
have been accomplished, replace the
cable, or at the discretion of the unit
commander, replace the defective
connector .
a. Remove connector cap (8 or 8) from con-
nector (5, 10, or 12).
b, Loosen screws securing cable clamp ( 4 or
9) to cable assembly (7 or 13).
4-11. 1/( 4-1 u blattlc)
C3 TM 9- 1450- 380-14
.. 7 13
9
5
II
' 12
_..-/
'
---
-----
-----
-----
-----
----
'
j/'
'
...__.

\
I
'-
./

'-. . ./
MI 4660A
1 - Rivet (4) 6 - Adapter (2)
2 - Identification plate
3- Connector cap
7- (104Wl) Cable auembly
8 - Connector cap
10 - (104W2P2) Connector
11- Potting mold (2)
12- (104W2Pl) Connector
18- (104W2) Cable uaembly 4 - Cable clamp (2)
5- Connector (2)
9- Cable clamp (2)
Figure 411, Radio lffmin4l t JO-kul gen<rotor mountifll/ kit, partitJlllf t:eploded .Mw.
c. Slide cable clamp back over cable.
d. Disassemble connector (TM 9-1425-382-34),
exposing potted cable end.
e. Cut cable as close to potted end of cable
as possible. Discard potted cable end.
l Install adapter (6) on cable (7)
or potting mold (11) on cable assembly (13).
I fl. Apply a coat of antiseize compound (item
8, table D-1) to threads of adapter (6) and con-
nector (5).
I f 2 Install connector (5) on adapter (6). Tight-
en adapter until it is fully shouldered on con-
nector or exceeds a torque of 1,020 inch-pounds,
using torque wrench handle 5120-00-020-5646
and open end head wrench 5120-00-020-5649.
g. Install connector (10 or 12) on cable as-
sembly (13) as prescribed in TM 9-1425-382-34.
h. Clean connector and cable assembly by
brushing denatured alcohol (item 7. table D-1)
over wires and shell inner surfaces, including
solder pots, connector insert, and adapter or
potting mold to a point at least 1 inch above
top of adapter to potting mold.
i. Allow alcohol to evaporate at room tem-
perature for 15 minutes.
j . Apply potting compound (item 27, table
D-1) to connector as prescribed in TM 9-1425-
382-34.
4-19
Digitized by Coogle
TM 9- 1450-380- 14
k. After potting compound has cured, com-
plete assembly of connector by attaching cable
clamp.
I. If cable assembly (7) has been repaired,
I set torque screwdriver to 7
inch-pounds and tighten screws in cable clamp
( 4). If cable assembly (13) has been repaired,
set torque screwdriver to 12
inch-pounds and tighten screws in cable clamp
(9).
1n. Perform cable continuity test as pre-
scribed in paragraph 3-23.
Table , .8.
4- 18. Erector-launcher 1 o-KW Generator
Mounting Kit (fig. 4-1 3).
a. Removal of Generator Shield and Mount-
ing Posts. Generator shield (60) and mounting
posts (61) are part of the erector-launcher
generator and spare wheel assembly mounting
kit and must be removed from the generator
as prescribed below when the generator is re-
moved from tractor M757.
(1) Remove bolts (57), lockwashers (58),
and washers (59) securing generator shield
(60) to mounting posts (61).
(2) Remove nuts (54) and washers (55)
from U-bolts (56) .
(3) Remove U-bolts from generator shield.
(4) Remove generator shield from 10-kw
generator (31 ).
(5) Remove bolts (63), washers (64), and
mounting posts (61) from generator housing.
Note
Obtain nuts from supply when per-
forming (6) below.
(6) Install (63), washers (64), and
nuts (62) on generator housing.
b. Installation of Generator Shield and
M o11n.ting Posts. Generator shield and mount-
ing posts are part of t he erector-launcher 10-kw
gerlemtor and spare wheel assembly mounting
kit and must be installed on the generator as
prescribed below.
4-20
C14
(1) Remove nuts (62), bolts (63), and
washers (64) from generator housing. Discard
nuts.
(2) Install bolts (63), washers (64), and
mounting posts (61) on generator housing.
(3) Position generator shield (60) on
generator (31) as shown in figure 4-13.
(4) Secure generator shield to generator,
using bolts (57), lockwashers (58), washers (59),
U-bolts (56), nuts (54), and washers (55).
c. Renwval of Cab/ Assemblies mrd Ground
Strap. Cable assemblies (38 and 40) and ground
strap (53) are part of the erector-launcher
kit and must be removed from the generator
as prescribed below when the generator is re- I
moved from tractor M757.
(l ) Remove generator shield from 10-lcw
generator (31) as prescribed in a above.
(2) Remove connector caps from cable as-
semblies (38 and 40).
(3) Remove nuts (83), washers (34),
screws (35), and washers (86) !rom each cable
assembly.
( 4) Remove cable assemblies from cable
retaining bracket (44) .
(5) Remove nuts (46), washers (47), and
screws (48) from cable clamps (49 and 50) se-
curing cable assemblies to 10-kw generator
housing.
(6) Remove cable clamps from cable
assemblies.
(7) Open cover on generator terminal box.
(8) Disconnect cable assemblies and
ground straps (53) from generator terminals.
(9) Remove cable assemblies from 10-kw
generator.
(10) Disconnect ground .strap from ground
lug (52)
(11) Remove ground strap from 10-kw
generator.
( 12) Secure ground lug to generator frame
by tightening nul
( 13) Close and secure cover on generator
terminal box.
C1 TM 9-1450-310- 14
l - Spnrc tire CO\'tr
2 - :-lut (2)
3- Pneumatic t ire whe-el
4 - Pneumntic tire
5 - l'neumntic t ire \' &h'e
r.- Nut ( 2)
7 - Screw (2)
8 - Clump (2)
9- Ch1mp
10 - (60W21) Cable o..'<Sembly
11 - S p ~ r e p soline ca n (2)
12 - Nut (2)
13 - Wa.:lher (4 )
14 - Bolt ( 4)
15 - Washer (4)
16 - Bracket assembly (2)
17 - Drivescrew ( 4)
18 - 1dwti fication plnte
FiQ11re .4-U. Erector-lalHtt:hu 10-k'W generator and tpare wheel aasem.blfl
rrwu,.,liufJ kit, (:XJilodt cl tdew (sheet 1 (>{ 3).
4-21
tM 9- 1450-380 14
33
34

46 _j
'--- ---
Clamp
20 - Nut (2)
21 - Washer (2)
22 - Bolt (21
23 - Washer (2)
24 - Grommet
25 - Mounting plate
26 - E haust pipe
27 - Nut(S)
28 - Washer (81
4-22
29 - Bolt (81
30 - Washer (8)
31 - 10-kw generator !32!6E!900
32 - Connector cap (2)
1
32.1 - S-hook ( 2)
32.2 - Chain
33 - Nut (4)
34- Washe r (4)
35 - Screw (4)
36- Washer (4t
1
36.1 - Eyelet
36.2 - Gasket
36.3- (llOW!J IJ Connector
37 - Cable adjustable strap
38 - (110\VIJ Cable as!l<!n>bl)
39 - Cable adjustable strap
40 - (UOW2) Cable assembly
41 - Nut (6)
42 - Washer (6)
43 - Ubolt (3)
}lyttre Erectorlauncll.er JOkw generator wuJ spare wheel assembly
A:it, e:qJiodetl t,,ew (sheet 2 of S.J.
Cll
32

32 .. 2
I
I
44 - Cable retaining bracket
- Designation plate (2)
46 - Nut (2)
41 - W aaher (2)
48 - Screw (2)
49 - Clamp (2)
Clamp (2)
51 - Mounting plate
52 - Ground lug
- Ground strap
Digitized by Coogle
Cll
60
54
5
\

OJIGI NAL CONFIGUJATION
54 - Nut (12)
55 - Washer (12)
56 - U-bolt (6)
57- Bolt (2)
58 - Lockwasher (2)
59- Washer (2)
Ml 46860
60 - Generator shield
61 - Mounting post (2)
62 - Nut (2)
63 - Bolt (2)
64 -Washer (2)
Figure .S.-13. f'.,.cct-ur-l<u.mcl,e-r 10-J..v and.
$pare wl,ecl m,.;embly mom1ting kit,
exploded view (3 of .J)
d. Repair of Cable Repair of ca-
ble assemblies consists of replacing damaged
or defective components as shown in figure
4-13, and as prescribed below.
( 1) Remove and install damaged or defec
tive cable adjustable straps (37) or (39) as pre-
scribed in TM 9-142i>-382-14.
(2) Make new chain (32.2) from bulk ma-
terial RR-C-271, t ype 2, class 3, 0.035 weldless
chain.
e. lnsta,llation of Cable Assemblies and
G?"Olt?ld Strat>- The cable assemblies and ground
strap are part of the erector-launcher l O-kw
kit and must be installed on the generator as
prescribed below.
TM 9-1450-380- 14
(1) Remove generator shield (60) from
10-kw generator (31) as prescribed in a above.
(2) Open cover on generator terminal box.
(3) Install one end of ground strap (53)
and cable assemblies (38 and 40) on generator
terminals (table 4-9) .
( 4) Connect the other end of ground strap
to generator housing, using existing ground
lug (52).
(5) Position cable assemblies on cable re-
taining bracket ( 44) as shown in figure 4-13.
Table 49. Erect.,.,.Lau11cMr 10KW Ge11erator
Cable Co11nectio!U1
Cable Wire No. C'l!-nc.rator dtjnllt.ion
'
HOWl I Ll
!lOW! 2 u
llOWI 3 L3
110W1 4 LO
110W2 1 Ll
110W2 2 u
110W2 3 1.3
110W2 4 LO
Ground None LO
strap
(6) Secure each cable assembly to cable
retaining bracket, using (33) , washers
(34), screws (35) , and washers (36).
(7) Install connector caps (32) on cable
assemblies.
(8) Install cable clamps ( 49 and 50) on
cable assemblies.
(9) Secure cable assemblies to generator
housing, using nuts (46), washers (47), and
screws ( 48).
(10) Close and secure cover on generator
terminal box.
( 11) Install generator shield on 10-kw gen-
erator as prescribed in b above.
f. of Cttble Reta,ining Bracket. The
cable retaining bracket is part of the erector-
launcher 10-kw generator and spare wheel as-
sembly mounting kit and must be removed from
the generator as prescribed below when the gen-
erator is removed from tractor M757.
Digitized by Google
TM 9-1450-380-14
(1) Remove generator shield ( 60) from
(2) Remove cable assemblies (38 and 40)
from cable retaining bracket as prescribed in
c above. '
(3) Remove nuts (41) and washers (42)
from U-bolts (43).
(4) Remove cable retaining bracket (44)
from 10-kw generator.
g. Repair of Cable Retaining Bracket. Re-
pair of the cable retaining bracket consists of
replacing cable designation plates as prescribed
below.
I WARNING I
Do not use cleaning compound 6850-
597-9765 near an open flame or
sparks. Use only in a well-ventilated
area. A void prolonged contact with
the skin. Wash exposed skin areas
thoroughly with soap and water when
cleaning compound contaminates the
skin.
(1) Scrape off old designation plate and
clean mounting area with garnet paper 5350-
161-9043 and cleaning compound 6850-597-9765,
and allow to air-dry.
Note
Apply the designation plate at room
temperature of 18.3" to 32.2"C ( 65"
to 90"F).
(2) Brush a coat of epoxy resin adhesive
8040-902-0887 over entire surface of new desig-
nation !>late.
(3) Install designation plate in position
and press or roll out a ir pockets. Allow adhesive
to dry.
h. lnstcliJcttion of Cable Retaini ng Bracket.
The cable retaining bracket is (>art of the erec-
tor-launcher 10-kw generator and spare wheel
assembly mounting kit and must be i nstalled on
the generator as prescribed below.
(1) Remove generator shield (60) from
(2) Position cable retaining bracket (44)
on 10-kw generator as shown in figure 4-13.
C3
(3) Secure cable retaining bracket on gen-
erator, using nuts (41), washers (42), and
U-bolts ( 43).
( 4) Secure cable assemblies (38 and 40)
on cable retaining bracket as prescribed in
e above.
(5) Install generator shield (60) on 10-kw
generator (31) (b above).
i . Remova,l of 10-KW GeneratM a11d Exhaust
Pipe. When removing the 10-kw generator from
tractor Xl\1757, remove exhaust pipe ( 26), gen-
erator shield (60) , mounting posts (61). cable
assemblies ( 38 and 40), ground strap (53), and
ca_))le retaining bracket ( 44) from the gener-
ator. They are part of the erector-launcher
10-kw generator and spare wheel assembly
mounting kit and must be installe3 on the new
generator.
(1) Remove generator shield (60) and
mounting posts (61) from 10-kw generator
(31) as prescribed in a above.
(2) Remove cable assemblies (38 and 4,0)
and ground strap (53) from 10-kw generator
as prescribed in c above.
(3) Remove cable retaining bracket (44)
from 10-kw generator as prescribed in I above.
(4) Remove nuts (20) , washers (21), bolts
(22), and washers (23), securing mounting
plate (25) to bed of tractor XM757.
(5) Remove clamp (19) from exhaust pipe
(26).
(6) Remove exhaust pipe from 10-kw
generator.
(7) Remove nuts (27) , washers (28), bolts
(29), and washers (30) securing 10-kw generator I
to bed of tractor XM757.
(8) Remove 10-kw generator from tractor
Xl\1757 (par. 2-Sd).
j. Preparation of 10-KW Generator for ["ff,o
stctllation. Cable retaining bracket ( 44), cable
assemblies (38 and 40), ground strap (53),
mounting posts (61), and generator shield (60)
are part of the erector-launcher 10-kw gener-
ator and spare wheel assembly mounting kit
and must be installed on the generator as pre-
scribed below.
(1) Install cable retaining bracket on gen-
erator as prescribed in h above.
Digitized by Coogle
(2) Inatan cable (88 and 40)
and &TOUDd strap (53) on ,enerator u pl'&o
IICribed In e above.
(8) Inatan mountlna' poets (61) and aen
erator shield (60) on pnerator u preecribed
in b above.
k. lvtallatilnt o/10-KW G-'or Oftli Es-
Acu&n Pi,..
(1) lnatall 10-kw ,enerator on tractor
(par. 2-6a).
(2) Secure 10-kw aenerator to bed of trac-
tor XM767, using bolts (29), wuhera (80),
wuhera (28), and nuta (2'1).
(S) Position exhaust pipe on aenerator u
(4) Secure exhaust pipe to pnerator, us-
ing clamp (19).
(6) Secure exhaust pipe to bed of tractor
XM767, using bolta (22), wuhera (28), wuh-
era (21), and nuta (20).
L Aemblw aftd l>iloa-blw of Sp4re Wua
A..-bl)'. Dieee Jtable and aeeemble pneumatic
tire (4), pneumatic tire valve (6), and pneu-
matic tire wheel (8) (TM 9-1440-880-14).
I 1.1. R-' o1 Rttltai_..
.....
The key numbers shown below in paren-
tbalee refer to Iieure 4-18.1, except
where otherwiae indicated.
(1) RelOOve spare wheel cover (1, r .
s-9>. eting (8. r.. 3-9), cloth baa
(2. r . 8-9), eap nuta (4, fig. 8-9), apare wheel
uaembl:r (6, r . 3-9) from platfonn (9).
(2) Remove nuta (7) from retainer (8).
TMt-1.-a.l
l WARNING)
Do not operate tnldor X.M767 until air
s:retem hae been returned to nonnal
operation.
(8) Bleed tractor XM'167 air a)'!tem upre-
in TM 9-231!t).230-20.
(4) Dieconnect air line (1) from hole sup-
port (2).
When performing (6) below, use care to
prevent fm!ip puticlee from entering
air linee.
(6) Cover all open linea with clean pro-
teetive eoverinr.
(6) Remove nuta (8), wuhera (4), bolta
(5), and wuhera (6) from angle bracketa.
(7) Empleee w1eeker MD43 alonpide of
tractor XM757.
(8) Elrtend wuder boom over aide
of platform.
(9) Connect crane (liCk lilting eling to
platform and to crane hook .
.....
In (10) below, obeerve the diatanee t.
tween the bottom of platform and top
d t.netor chaaaie (10).
(10) Lift rirht Bide of platform 4 or 6
i.nchee.
(11) Remove retainer (8) from underside of
platform.
Digitized by Google
TMt-1450-1-14
4-2A.2
1-Air tine
- H-.._t
8
_ Nutl4l
4-W..,_(4)
6-Balt (4}
1 - W ...... (41
7-Nut (Z)
S-llow
-I'Wt- t
*'
1 0 - ~
t(nll i .... ~ 41U. Rtpl IWAt
10
..
I)
,;&:

.... .,.
yCoogle
C9
NoM
If a new retainer is to be installed,
omit (12) through (17) below and pro-
ceed directly to 1.2 (2) below. IC a new
retainer is not to be installed. proceed
to (12) below.
( 12) Lower platform upon tractor chassis.
(13) Disconnect shipping container sling
from platform.
(14) Move wrecker M543 from tractor
XM757.
(16) Secure platform (9) to tractor chassis
(10). using washers (6). bolts (6), washers (4).
and nuts (3).
(16) Remove protective covering from air
lines. Connect air lines to hose support.
(17) Pressurize and stabilize tractor air
pressurization system as prescribed in TM 9-
2320-230-20.
l.. /7tBtallation of Retainer.
(l) Perform 1.1 (3) through (10) above.
(2) Position retainer (8, fig. 4-13.1) in
mounting holes located on platform.
(3) Secure retainer to platform. using nuts
(7. fig. 4-13.1).
(4) Perform l.l (12) through (17) above.
m. Removal and IMtallation of Bracket A8-
sembly and Clamps. Remove and install bracket
assembly (16) and clamps (8 and 9) as shown
in figure 4-13.
1
4- 18. 1. Power Station Trailer Mounting Kit
(fig. 4-1 3.2).
a. GeneraL This paragraph contains detailed
instructions for removal, repair, and installation
of worn, damaged, or defective parts of the
TM 9-1450-380-14
power station trailer mounting kit. Removal
and installation procedures for the power sta-
tion and air servicer assembly are contained
in paragraph 2-7.1. Refer to TM 9-2330-287-14
for servicing and maintenance of trailer M796.
b. Removal of Mounting Kit Components. Re-
move those items found to be defective as
shown in f.gure 4-13.2.
c. IMto.llation of Mounting Kit Components.
Install mounting kit components in the reverse
order of removal (f.g. 413.2), and perform the
following when applicable.
(1) If new cross support beam (48) must
be installed, perform the following.
(a) When tightening mounting hard-
ware ( 43 through 47), if a space exists between
ends of cross. support beam and curbside or
roadside support beam, install washers ( 49), as
required, to eliminate space.
(b) Drill air servicer mounting holes in
cross support beam as prescribed in paragraph
4-31e.
(2) If new roadside support beam (56)
must be installed, install new supprrt beam as
shown in f.gure 4-13.2 and perform the pro-
cedures below. Apply one coat of pretreatment
primer to all bare metal sur
faces of all drilled holes and to all mounting
hardware. Follow with one coat of zinc chro-
mate primer 8010-00-61!).2208, and one top coat
of olive drab enamel
(a) Install washers (36, 42, and 49), as
required, to eliminate any space between ends
of cross support beams (34, 41, and 48) and
roadside support beam.
(b) Using dimensions shown in figure
4-41 and two brackets (4, fig. 413.2) as tern
plates, mark locations for 10 bracket mounting
holes on roadside support beam. Do not drill
holes at this time.
(c) Using dimensions shown in figure
4-41 and two retaining plates (7, fig. 4-13.2)
as templates, mark locations for retaining plate
4-24.3
Digitized by Google
TM 9- 1450-380-14 C9
15
0
12
\
0
0
0
0
0
0
.;cf

0

0
0

I
4
0
0
0
10

' '
TYPICAl 7 4 PlACES
A-- -...1
Ml49343 l
I Figuro 413.2. Power ot<ti<m trailer mc unting kit, erpi<><Ud view (sheet 1 of 2).
4-24.4
Digllzod by Coogle
C9
TM 9-1450-380-14
I - Locknut (20)
II - S.rew (58)
2 - Wuher (201
.12 - Walkway !loor place (2)
s - HI-torque bolt (20)
13 - Locknut (161
t -
Brackot (4)
14 - Bevel wuher ( 161
5 - Locknut (8)
15 - S.rew (16)
6 -
Wuher (8)
16 - L<><knut (4)
1 - Reulnina place (4) 17
-
Wuher (4)
8 -
Hi-torque bolt (8)
18 - S.rew (4)
9 - Locknut (58) 19
-
Walkway f'loor platA!
10 - Bevel wuher (58)

Rivet (4)
39 - Bolt (81
21 - ldentitication platA!
10 - Washer (8)
22 -
Nut (32)
41
-
Cross support beam
2il - L<><kwuher (32)
42 - Washer (AR)
24 -
Wuher (32)
43
-
Nut (81
25- Bolt (32) - L<><kwashr (81
26 - Wuher(321 -- Wa.sber (81
27- Walkway s upport beam (8) 46 - Boll 81
28 - Nut (81 47- Washer (81
29 -
L<><kwuher (8) 48 - cro .. support beam
:w - Wuher(8) 49
-
Washer (AR)
31
-
Bolt (81 50 - Nut (81
32 - Wuher(8) 51
-
Lockwasher 18)
33 - Walkway support beam 52 - Wuher (81
34 - Croao support beam
53 -
Mounting plat< (4)
35 - Wuher (ARI 54
- Bolt t81
36 -
Nut (81
55 - Wuber (81
37 - L<><kwuber (81 56 - Roadside oupport beam
38- Wuher (81 57
- Curbside support beam
Fa'(lk,re ,J-Ja. t. Po1oer :datioN trailer kit, view (sheet l! of I) - /A!f!f!"d.
4-24.5
D t ze<' iYf Coogle
TM 9- 1450-380-14 C9
Ml493.
I
4-24.6
Digitized by Google
- _____ ____....-
C9
mounting holes on new support beam. Use
marks made for hole locations in (b) above, as
required, for reference.
(d) Drill four holes through new sup-
port beam in locations marked in (c) above, us-
ing 11/32-inch drill. Countersink holes on top
side of support beam to a diameter of
0.6870.010 inch, using 3/4-inch 100 coun-
tersink. Remove burrs and sharp edges.
Note
When drilling holes in (e) below, do
not drill holes through roadside sup-
port beam at two locations shown in
figure 4-41. No bracket mounting
hardware is required at these loca-
tions.
(e) Drill 10 holes through support
beam at locations marked in (b) above, using
13/32-inch drill. Remove burrs and sharp edges.
(f) Spotface bottom side of four holes
drilled in (e) above as shown in figure 4-41,
using 3/4-inch back spotfacer. Remove burrs
lind sharp edges.
(g) Using holes in walkway floor plate
(19, fig. 4-13.2) as templates, drill two holes
through support beam for screws (18, fig.
4-13.2). Remove burrs and sharp edges.
(3) If a new curbside support beam (57)
must be installed, install new support beam as
shown in figure 4-13.2 and perform the pro-
cedures be1ow.
(a) Use washers (35, 42, and 49), as
required, to eliminate any space between ends
of cross support beams (34, 41, and 48) and
new curbside support beam.
(b) Using dimensions shown in figure
4-41 and brackets (4, fig. 4-13.2) as templates,
mark locations for 10 bracket mounting holes
on curbside support beam. Do not drill holes
at this time.
TM 9-1450-380-14
(c) Using dimensions shown in figure
4-41 and two retaining plates (7, fig. 4-13.2)
as templates, mark locations for retaining plate
mounting holes .on new support beam. Use
marks made for' hole locations in (b) above, as
required, for reference.
(d) Drill Ec>ur holes through support
beam in locations marked in (c) above, using
an 11/32-inch drill. Countersink holes to a di-
ameter of 0.6870.010 inch, using 3/4-inch 100
countersink. Remove burrs and sharp edges.
Note
When drilling holes in (e) below, do
not drill holes through curbside sup-
port beam at two locations shown in
hardware is required at these loca-
tions.
(e) Drill 10 holes through support
beam at locations marked in (b) above, using
13/32-inch drill. Remove burrs and sharp edges.
(f) Spotface bottom side of four holes
drilled in (e) above as shown in figure 4-41,
using a 3/4-inch counterbore. Remove burrs and
sharp edges.
(g) Using holes in walkway floor plate
(19, fig. 4-13.2) as templates, drill two holes
through new support beam for screws (18, fig.
4-13.2). Remove burrs and sharp edges.
(h) Apply one coat of pretreatment
primer 8030.00-850-7076 to all bare metal sur-
faces of all drilled holes and to all mounting
hardware. Follow with one coat of zinc chro-
mate primer 8010-00-515-2208, and one top coat
of olive drab enamel 8010-00-297-0560.
(4) If new walking support beam (27 or
33) must be installed, install new support beam
as shown in figure 4-13.2 and perform the pro-
cedures below.
(11) Using holes in walkway floor plate
(12) and walkway floor plate (19), if applicable,
as template, drill boles through new walkway
support beam, using 9/32-inch drill. Remove
burrs and sharp edges.
(b) If walkway support beam being re-
placed has identification plate (21) installed on
it, remove identification plate from old support
4-24.7/(4-24.8 blonk)
Digilized by Coogle
Cl3
beam. Position identification plate in same loca-
tion on new support beam as on old support
beam, and mark location for four mounting
boles. Drill four holes, using No. 40 drill. Re-
move burrs and sharp edges.
(c) Apply one coat of pretreatment pri-
mer 8030-00-850-7076 to bare metal of all drilled
holes and to all mounting hardware. Follow
with one coat of zinc chromate primer 8010-
00-515-2208 and one top coat of olive drab enam-
el 8010-00-297 ..{)560.
(5) If new cross support beam (34 or 41)
must be installed, perform the following.
(a) When tightening support beam
mounting hardware, if a space exists between
ends of new cross support beam and curbside
or roadside support beam, install washers (35
or 42), as required, to eliminate space.
TM 9-1450-380-14
(b) Using walkway floor plate (19) as
a template, drill holes in new cross support
beam, using 9/32-inch drill. Remove burrs and
sharp edges.
(c) Apply one coat of pretreatment pri
mer 8030-00-850-7076 to bare metal in holes
drilled in (b) above. Follow with one coat of
zinc chromate primer 8010-00-515-2208 and one
top coat of olive drab enamel 8010-00-297-0560.
(6) If new identification plate (21) must
be installed, transfer all information from old
identification plate to new identification plate,
using 1/8-inch metal stamp. Fill stamped char-
acters with black engraving filler 8010-00-526-
1455.
Section IV. HANDLING EQUIPMENT
4-19. General.
lt. This s2ction contains corrective mainte-
nance procedures for wrecker M543 ancillary
equipment tiedown kit. first and second stage
hoisting beams, shipping container sling, crane
pack lifting sling set, guidance section hoisting
beam. first and second stage cradles, power sta-
tion maintenance stand, power station mainte-
nance slings, and dolly set. The re11air parts
described in the procedures below are listed in
TM 9-1450-379-34?. The respective authorized
repair parts list specifies the allocation and cor-
rect nomenclature of all parts and prescribes
the information for requisitioning.
b. Use corrosion-preventive compound 8030-
00-231-2.)47 to coat the bolts and screws used
for assembling items of equipment. Unless
otherwise indicated, tighten bolts. screws, and
nuts used in accordance with standard mechan-
ical practices.
4-19. 1 . Wrecker M543 Ancillary Equipment
Tiedown Kit.
Corrective maintenance for wrecker M5-13 an
ciliary equipment. tiedown kit consists of bend-
ing, straightening, and rewelding of welded as-
semblies.
4-20. Hoisting Beams.
a. aud Second Stuge Hoisliu{l Beams.
Corrective maintenance for the hoisting beams
consists of replacing worn, damaged. or defec-
tive ball r>lungers. brackets. rivets. spacers,
pins, and components of channel beam assem-
blies (figs. 414 and 4-15). Repair of welded as-
semblies consists of bending. straightening, and
rewelding.
b. Ouido.nce SectilJn Hoisting Beo,m. Correc-
tive maintenance for the hoisting beam consists
of replacing worn, damaged, or defective ball
plungers and stud balls. Corrective maintenance
for tube assembly center-weld consists of bend
ing, straightening, and rewelding.
4-21. Shipping Container Sling.
Corrective maintenance consists of replacing
damaged identification plate.
4-22. Crane Pack Lifting Sling Set.
Corrective maintenance consists of replacing
damaged hooks (fig. 3-13l and identification
plate. Worn or damaged pear link lifting
and other nonreplaceable components require
the replacement of sling.
4-23. Dolly Set.
!l. Ge>1er1d. Corrective maintenance for lhe
dolly set of replacing worn. damaged.
or defective components as prescribed in I>
through 11 below.
Digitized by Google
TM 9-1450-380-14
2
1- Ball loclqJin (8) (reference)
2 - Channel beam assembly RH
3 -Channel beam assembly LH
4 - Ball plunger ( 4)
5 - Pin
6-Pin (2)
7-Nut (8)
7
8
9
14
8 - Washer (8)
9 - Bolt (8)
10 - Bracket (4)
11 - Rivet (12)
12-Pin (16)
13 - Collar (16)
14- Spacer (2)
Cl
Figure 414. Firat or ttcond etage hoil ti"Jl beam, W.O.
b. Removal of Ti1e ancl Hub AssembUes (fig.
4-16).
(1) Loosen nuts (1) securing tire assembly
(3) to hub assembly (11) .
(2) Block or otherwise support axle as-
sembly so that hub to be repaired bears no
weight.
(3) Chock other wheel.
(4) Remove nuts (1) and lockwashers (2),
and remove tire assembly ( 3) from hub assem-
bly.
4-26
I WARNING I
Deflate the tube before removing the
nuts, washers, and bolts that hold the
wheel halves together.
(5) Disassemble tire assembly as sho\\"11 in
figure 4-16.
(6) Remove hub assembly ( 11) from axle
assembly as shown in figure 4-16.

Diglt1zed by Google

CIS
18
lL
"II
~ I
"'
I
I
I
I
L,
I - Nut (10)
2 - Wuher (10)
3 - Wedge opaeer (2)
4 - Bolt (10)
5 - Wuher (10)
6 - Wedge ape.<er (2)
7 - ChanMl auembly
8 - Wedgc(2J
9 - Channel uacmbls
10 - Nul (7)
11 - Wuher (7)
12 - Bolt (7)
13 - Wuher (7)
)
I
201
I
I
n ,
I
I
I
I
c. Imtallation of Tire and Hub Assemblies
(fig. 4-16).
(1) Lubricate bearings as prescribed in
1 paragraph 4-13.4.1.
(2) llll!tall hub assembly (11).
' ~
/
14 - Spacer (7)
15 - Ball lodcpln (2)
16 - Stop pin (2)
17 - Pin
18 - Retainer fratM (2)
19 - Pin
20 - Sleeve (2)
21 - Pin
22 - Bolt (2)
23 - Pin
24 - Pin
TM 9-14S0 380 14
26 - Grooved wheel or nat wheel
26 - Roller frame
(3) Assemble tire assembly (3) as shown in
figure 4-16.
(4) Inflate tire to 65 psig.
(5) Install tire assembly (3).
D tzec
TM 9- 1450-380-14
4-28
1-Nut (5}
2-Lockwasher (6)
3 - Tire assembly
4 - Nut (10)
5 - Lockwasher (10)
6- Bolt (10}
7-Wheel half
8-Wheel half
9-Inner tube
10-Tire assembly
11-Hub assembly
12-Cover (pnrt of item 11)
13 - Cotter pin
14-Nut
16 -Washer (pnrt of item 11)
16- Bearing
17 - Hub (part of item 11}
18- Bearing
Cl
Figure 16. Tire IUiembly, e:tploded view.
Digitized by Google
CA
Note
Install nuts (1) and lockwaahers (2)
but do not tirhten nuts at this time.
(6) Remove block supporting axle assem-
bly.
(7) Tighten nuts (1) securirlr tire as-
sembly to hub assembly.
d. Renuwa.l and l1U1W.Ua.ticn of Comp011ent8
From Front Azle Assembly (firs. 4-16.1 and
4-16.2). Corrective maintenance consists of re-
placinr worn, defective, or damapd tie rods,
steering arm assembly, tow bar, hydraulic pump
handle, handle bracket, and aasociated mountinr
hardware. After replacing tie rods and associ-
ated hardware (fir. 4-16.1), adjust the toe-in of
1 dolly wheela as prescribed in paraaraph 4-13.3.
After replacing steerinr arm and aasociated
hardware (fig. 416.2), adjust the steering arm
1 aaaembly as preeeribed in paraaraph 4-13.4.
e. Rem011a.l of Hydraulic Tube A88embly.

Protect open ports and tube assembly
from dirt and foreign particles.
Note
parentheses refer to figure 4-16.3 un-
less otherwise indicated.
(1) Drain hydraulic pump (9. fir. 4-16.4)
I of C!uid (par. 4-13.2).
(2) Remove nut (1), screw (2), and clamp
(8) from hydraulic tube assembly.
(3) Disconnect hydraulic tube assembly
from hydraulic pump at nut (5).
(4) Disconnect hydraulic tube assembly
from hydraulic hose assemblies at connectors.
(5) Remove hydraulic tube assembly from
dolly truck.
f. lMta.Ua.ticn of Hydraulic Tube Auemblll
<fir. 4-16.8).

Protect open ports and tube assembly
from dirt and foretrn particlea.
TM 9-145011014
3 5
-
'
1- Cotttr pin (2)
2 - Pin (2)
3-Clevill (2)
4- Jamnut (2)
&- Tie rod
6- Bearins
.., ......
Figure 41.1. Tie rod, ' "ploded vie ....
(1) Coat the threads of the hydraulic tube
assembly with antiseize thread compound 8080-
087-8630.
(2) Connect hydraulic tube assembly to
hydraulic pump and both hydraulic hose assem-
bly connectors.
(8) Tighten all hydraulic fittinp to 125
inch-pounds, using torque wrench 6120-020
6637.
( 4) Secure hydraulic tube assembly to dolly
truck with clamp (S),screw (2),andnut (1).
( 6) Fill pump with hydraulic fluid 9160-
223-4184 (par. 4-18.2). I
(6) Bleed hydraulic cylinders (par. 8-15).
Operate pump and check all hydraulic ftttinp
for leaka. Check hydraulic ftuid level, and add
fluid if required.
Digitized by Coogle
, 1450-110-14
5
f ; ~
10 '
I 9
1 - Votter pill
8-Wa.thr
8- Wa.ther
,_Pin
6-Towbar
6-Nut
7-Waaher
8-Pin
19
'
_.J
3
4
9- Steerln& arm -mbb
10 -Bearin&
11 - Buntnr
q. Remo11al of H71draulie Pump (fig. 4-16.4).
Proteet open ports and hydraulic tube
aaaembly from dirt and foreign
particles.

i:::'
6
12-Bearin& (2)
13 - Hydraulie pump handle
14-Nut (2)
16- Wuber (2)
16-Serew (2)
17 -Nut (Z)
18-Wa.ther (2)
19 - Serew (2)
20- Handle mountln& dip
21 - Handle braeket
( 1) Drain pump of hydraulic fiuld (par.
4-13.2). I
(2) Di.aeonnect hydraulic hoae assemblY
(1) from pump.
(8) Remove hydraulic pump (9) from
axle assembly.
Digitized by Coogle
1-Nut
2 - Serew
3-Clatnp
4 - Connector (refu<!nee)
4.1-Cap
4.2- Connector (referent<!)
h. Installation of H71droulie Pump.

Protect open ports and hydraulic tube
assembly from dirt and foreign
particles.
(1) Install pump on axle assembly as
(2) Coat threads of hose assembly with
antiaeize thread compound 8030-087-8630.
(3) Connect hydraulic hose assembly to
hydraulic pump and tighten hose connector to
125 inch-pounds, using torque wrench 5120-020-
5637.
( 4) Fill pump with hydraulic fluid 9150-
1 223-4134 (par. 4-13.2).
I
2

...
ROTATED 110
4.3 - T<!<! (reference)
t.4 - Ferrule

6-Nipple
7-Nut
8-Elbow
... ,.._ ..
(5) Bleed hydraulic cylinders (par. 4-13.2). 1-
0perate pump and check all fittings for leaks.
Check hydraulic fluid level, and add fluid if
required.
i. Front Axle SUI/pension ABiemblv.
( 1) Remove tire and hub assemblies as pre.
scribed in b above.

Drive the kingpin straight out 10 that
the bearing sleeve in the front axle
assembly will not be damaged.
(2) Remove suspension assembly from
front axle assembly as shown in figure 4-17.
:
'
.

Digitized by Google
2
,
. I
11
I
.A
HOT,
STEEIAILE UNIT INSTALLATION SHOWN;
aiCHO UNIT INSTAllATION IDENTICAl EXCEPT
SPRING CLIP IS MOUNTED ON FRONT Of
AXlE WITHOUT &RACKET.
1 - Hooe auembly
2-Nut (2)
3-Waaher (2)
4-Serew (2)
6-Nut (2)
6-Waaher (2)
7- Serew (2)
8- Spring ellp aaoembly
Ml46667
9-Hydraulic pump 96160-HP6001-51-06
Hv</rawlic pump, zploded .n.t..
,,.._
T HOl t,
ltGJH SUSHNS40H ASSEMII. T
SHOWN: U:Fl W$P(N$10N
A$$(Mil V $1WIL.Al.
1 - Cott.r pln
2 - Clev!a pin
8-Tie rod
f - Kinepin auembly
6-Lubrleation fitting (2)
8-Wuher
7 - Front axle auapenaion UMmbly LH 1103109e-1,
RH U03109i2
8 - Front axle auembly
4-tr. ,.,...,, ulo
-.sl OM ilul4ll4t""'-

When installlnr the suspension asaem-
bly, drive the kingpin straight into the
front axle aasembly to avoid damar
inr the bearinr sleeve In the axle.
(8) Disassemble and aaaemble suspenaion
aasembly as shown in figure 4-18.
( 4) Install suspension asaembly on front
axle assembly as shown in figure 4-17.
( 5) Install tire and hub aaaemblies as pre-
IICribed in c above.
( 6) Lubricate suspension assembly aa pre- I
IICribed in paragraph 3-5.6.
( 7) Adjust front axle aseembly toe-in
(par. 413.3). I
j. Rear Axle StUpemm Asaembl11.
( 1) Remove tire and hub assemblies as
prescribed in b above.
Digitized by Coogle
C1
1-Seblerew
1-Senw
a-Nut
4-Spriq eap
6-Spriq
-Bolt
7-Wuher
-Bea1'1J1c
- Locbt
10-Loeltwuber
11-SlloGlder .... ..... .
"H:--2

I
I
I
NOTES:
I. lEFT SU5'ENSION ASSElolllY
. IOHT SUSPENSION
ASSlMILY SIMILA
2. HINGE ASSlMil Y fO fiONT
AXl E SUSPENSION ASSfMIL Y
IS AS ITEM 21 .
3. HINGE AS.SfMil Y fO. UAI
AltLE SUSPENSION ASSE.Mil Y
IS AS II EM 22.
10
12 r'-r/'
I
j'
12-Spindle aeunobiJ
IS- Rod auembiJ
14-Pin
16- Wuher
16-Pin
17-Wuhcr
18-Retah .. r -biJ'
111- Lubrication fiW...
110- Lubrleation
21- Ul ... biJ
22- aaemblr
Fipro HI. s...,.....- ue-M., .,.,..,... t>Nw.
Ml<46948
b Google
TM 9-1450-110-14
NOTE:
IGHT SUSPENSION A SSE Mil V
SHOWN: lEFT SUSPENSION
ASSEM&l V SIMil ....
I - Locknut (8)
2-Waahu (8)
3-Bolt (8)
f - Washer (8)
Ml-'69 .. 9
6 - Rur axle ousperuoion aoaembly LH 11031092 1,
RH 110310922
6 - Rear axle assembly
Figu Reor ouopoMion ...,embiJI,
ezploded viw.
(2) Remove suspension assembly from
rear axle assembly as shown in figure 4-19.
(3) Disassemble and assemble suspension
assembly as shown in figure 4-18.
( 4) Install suspension assembly on rear
axle assembly as shown in figure 4-19.
(5) Install tire and hub assemblies as pre-
llCribed inc above.
( 6) Lubricate suspension assembly as pre-
scribed in paragraph 3-5.6.
k. Hvdraulic Cylinder and Hvdratdic Hose
Assembly.
( 1) Collapse both hydraulic cylinders.
{
. - .
When disconnecting hydraulic hose as-
sembly from hydraulic cylinder, do not
allow dirt or other foreign matter to
enter the fittings.
(2) Remove hydraulic hose asaembly and
hydraulic cylinder from dolly truck as shown
in figure 4-20.
(3) Wipe hydraulic cylinder and hose aa.
sembly clean of dirt and foreign matter.
( 4) Coat threads of hydraulic fittings with
antiseize compound 8080-087 ..S680.
!
When performing the following pro-
do not allow dirt or other for-
eign matter to enter the hydraulic
fittings.
( 5) Install hydraulic cylinder and hydraul-
ic hose assembly on dolly truck as shown in
figure 4-20.
(6) Tighten all hydraulic fittingll to 125
inch-pounds, using torque wrench 5120-020-
6687.
(7) Fill pump with hydraulic flwq 9160-
223-4134 as prei!Cribed in paragraph 4-13.2.
(8) Bleed hydraulic cylinders (par. 413.2).
Operate pump and check all fittings for leaks.
Check hydraulic fluid level and add fluid as
required.
l. Removal and Installation of Lifting Arm
.48sembly, Telucopinq Brace, Eyebolts, altd
Clips. Corrective maintenance consists of re-
placing worn, defective ,or damaged components.
Remove and install components as shown in
figures 4-20 and 4-21.
m. Removal and butaJla.tion of Components
Associated Only With. Rear A:tle Assemblv. Cor-
rective maintenance consists of replacing wom,
damaged, or defective tiedown rings, handle
mounting clip, and associated mounting hard-
ware. Remove and install components as shown
in figure 4-22.
n. InstaUati011, and Repoir of I
Components in Doll11 Set Ad4pter. Corrective
maintenance consists of replacing worn, defec-
tive, or damaged bolts, washers, retaining
rings, and threaded plugs as shown in figUre
422.1. Repair consists of replacing threaded in
eerts in adapter weldment. Remove and install
helicoil inserts in weldment, using coil thread
insert tool kit 4935-956-4821.
D t zed ;))' Coogle
I
, .
NOTE:
LEFT FIONI OF STEfRAalE UNIT
SiiOWNi OTHERS SIMILA..
1-BaD loekpba
2-Setaerew
s - RetainJna (2)
- pin
5-Nut
S-Upper br-

8-Retalnlna rina (2)
9 - Retainlna pin
10- Lower brace
lOA
]
16.1
10 ,3
1
10.1 hoee UMmbly
10.2 - Elbow
10.3 - Nut
1G.f -Setac.-w
11 - Retainina ""' (2)
12-Wuber
13- Retainlna pin
1-Sebcrew
15- Retaining ring (2)
17
MI -46597AI
16 - Retaining pin
1 16.1 - Hydraulic cylinder
17 - Eyebolt (2)
18-Nut (2)
19-Screw (2)
1
20 - Clip (8)
21-Nut (2)
22-Wuher (2)
23-Clamp
,.,.,. uo. 111/d,... .. t;., ""'" CIU....bl, ,., .... p; .. g . liftmg ann CIU....blll, evobole., """ I
clipo ,..,. .,.., a .. d NICIII4timt.
Digitized
I
TM 9-1450-110-14
NOTE:
l EFT SlOE SHOWN:
RIGHT SlOE SIMilAR.
'
t - IWI lockpln
1 - Beumrtr
- BetaiDiJic riD& (2)
- RettoiniDc pin
5 - or.J-opiJI& brace
,_....,
7-.... "'1 ... rill& (2)
- ~ p i l l
t - B,dnoille qliDcler
10-Pbl (I)
U-PIIl
I
\
-
16
I.J - Wuber
18-Wtolber
14 - Nat (8)
11-Wuber (8)
111 - Bolt (8)
11-Wuber (8)
18-Nat
1t - Wuber
20- Serew'
21-Wuber
. 20 '
22-Nat (2)
28- Wuber (I)
14-Ciamp ,
16 - Nat (I)
26 - Lockw.Wr (2)
17-Wuher (I)
28-Serew (2)
at-Wuber (I)
' .
-, MI 46670
80-Wtl ... um UNMblJ
81-Kountlna bracket MMmh17
Cl
Digitized by Google
C13
I - Hydraulic pump handle
2 - Locknut (2)
a - Washer (21
4 - Screw (2)
5 - Spring clip
6 - Tiedown ring
7 - Wuhor (2)
Fi()ure 4-22. Rear rr:.elll ''-'""mbly.
(Htrlially exploded view.
Ml.c6671
4-23.1. Firtt and Second Stage Cradles (fig.
1-22).
a. General. Corredive maintenance of the
first and second stage cradles is limited to
bending or straightening metal brackets and
replacing worn or damaged rubber strips.
b. Replace-ment of Rubber Strip.
(1) Remove damaged or worn rubber strip
from cradle.
I WARNING I
I Methyl ethyl ketone 6180-00-281-2785
is poisonous and flammable. Use only
in a well-ventilated area. Avoid con-
tact with the skin; wash thoroughly
with soap and water if contact occurs.
Keep away from heat and open flame.
(2) Clean all foreign material from section
cradle. Clean cradle mounting surface with
I methyl ethyl ketone 6180.()0..281-2785.
(3) Cut a rubber strip (6 inches by 21.66
I inches) from bulk rubber strip 9320-00-926-9290;
TM 9-1450-380-14
roughen mounting side of strip with garnet
paper 5350-00-161-9043. Wi pe rubber strip I
mounting surface clean with methyl ethyl ke
tone 618000-281-2785.
(4) Apply adhesive 8030-00-731-3578 to I
mounting surface of cradle and rubber strip;
install skip firmly in place; insure that all
bubbles are rolled from between surfaces. and
remove excess adhesive by wiping surrounding
area clean.
(5) Allow adhesi ve to cure at ambient
temperature for a minimum of 8 hours.
4-23.2. Power Station Maintenance Slings. I
Repair the PS maintenance slings by replacing
shackles, lifting rings, strap assembly. and at-
taching hardware. If a lifting ring or shackle
is replaced. load test sling as prescribed in para-
graph 4-13.0.1 or 413.1 as applicable.
4-23.3. Power Station Maintenance Stand. I
Repair PS maintenance stand by replacing
items shown in figure 422.2 and perform the
following as applicable.
I WARNING I
well-ventilated area. Avoid contact
with the skin. Wash exposed areas
thoroughly with soap and water when
skin contact occurs.
a. When replacing rubber pad (10). make
new pad from rubber sheet MPD3272, grade 60,
0.125 inch thick. Clean area to be bonded on
rubber pad and mating surface of support hous-
ing (11) using trichloroethane 6810-00-664-0387.
Abrade cleaned surfaces, using abrasive paper
5350-00-186-8820, and wipe clean with a clean
dry cloth. Apply adhesive 8040-00-664-4318 to
abraded surfaces on rubber pad and support
a.qsembly. Press rubber pad firml y onto support
assembly.
b. If a swivel caster (27) is replaced, check
and adjust new caster brake, if required, as
prescribed in paragraph 3-18.
4-36. 1
Digilized by Coogle
TM 9-1450-380-14
6
I - Retaining ring (4)
2 - Bolt (4)
3 - Waaher (4)
I
4 - Threaded plug (6)
S - Insert (6)
6 - Weldment
Ffgvre ~ U . l . Dollfl tet adllpter vllil, erpli>dR.d 11iew.
4-36.2
I - Drive screw
2 - Chain link
3 - Hook
4 - Chain
f> - Ball lockpin
6 - Cotter pin
7 - Waaher
8 - Pin
9 - Roll pin
10 - Rubber pad
11 - Support housing
12 - Knob
13 - Plaatlc waaher
14 - Support assembly
15 - Thumbscrew
16 - Nut
17 - Roll pin
18 - Plate
19 - Hook (4)
20 - Chain (4)
22 Bolt (8)
23 - Lockwasher (8)
24 - Rigid easter (21
25 - Bolt (8)
26 - Lockwasher (8)
27 - Swivel caater (2)
28 - Stand
C13
MJ 49103
I
Digitized by Coogle
Cl3
&--.::::23
l l
15-
Figure ~ - 2 l ! . 2 . Power station maintena11ce tund, e;r;pltXIed uiew.
TM 9-1450-380-14
MS 1703571
I
4-36.3
Digitized by Coogle
TM 9-1450-380-14
Section IV. 1. GENERATOR SET PU-614/M
I 4-23.4. General.
This section contains corrective maintenance of
items thai are peculiar to generator set PU-
614/M. For DS and GS maintenance of the un-
modified generator (Stewart and Stevenson
model 52300), refer to TM 5-6115-274-35. For DS
and GS maintenance of the trailer, refer to TM
9-2330-205-14. Before replacing a generator or
trailer with an unmodified unit, refer to section
XI.
4-23.5. Generator.
a. Removal and Installation <m 'I'ruiler. Re-
move and install generator on trailer as pre-
1 scribed in paragraph 2-13.1.
b. Repair of Wiri1117 (J8 and J9).
Repair wiring harnesses by replacing items
shown in figure 3-25 and perform the proce-
dures below as applicable. If gasket (8) mating
surfaces on generator are corroded or rusted,
perform procedures in c below.
(1) Refer to figure 4-22.3 for wiring
diagram of harnesses. Refer to TM 9-1425-382-34
for procedures for terminal lug and connector
replacement and potting procedures.
(2) Tighten potting mold (16, fig. 3-25) un-
t il fully shouldered on connector, using torque
wrench handle 5120-00-020-5646 and adapter
5120-00-177-9351. Do not exceed 85 foot-pounds.
(3) Install, connectors with master keyway
at the 12 o'clock position.
(4) Tighten screws (3) to 505 inch-
pounds and tighten screws (7) to 333 inch-
pounds, using torque screwdriver 5120-00-021
2041, adapter 5120-00-021-2042 and bit 5120-00-
797-2993.
(5) Key connectors J8 and J9 at position
1. Tighten retaining nuts (10) to 290.5 foot-
pounds, using torque wrench 5120-00-020-5640.
Refer to TM 9-1430-380-14 for complete keying
information.
(6) Apply a continuous bead of sealing
I compound (item 33, table D-1) around area
where gasket (8) and plate (9) mate with the
generator panel; on inside of generator, com-
pletely seal area between generator panel and
plate (9), and around the plate mounting hard-
ware.
4-36.4
J8
2
3
4
LO
J9
4
3
J
L.!l L2 L I
LOAD
TEilltiiiNJIIL
80AI10
MS J703S8
c. Rejini.shi11g Gasket Mati11g Surfaces.
( 1) Clean mating surface for gaskets (8,
fig. 3-25) on generator, using abrasive paper
(2) Polish area cleaned in ( 1) above, using I
metallic wool (item 43, table D-1).
d. Replacement of Plates.
(1) Replace stiffener plate, instruction
plate, and MWO record plate (6, 7, and 12, fig.
3-26) as shown.
I WARNING I
Do not use solvent near an open
flame or sparks. Use only in a well-
ventilated area. Avoid contact with
the skin. Wash exposed areas thor-
oughly witb soap and water when
(2) Remove designation plates (1, fig.
3-26), using a scraper; clean area where new
designation plates are to be applied, using sol-
vent (item 10, table D-1), and allow to dry. Apo I
ply designation plates in same location where
old plates were removed. Apply a brush coat
of adhesive (item 6, table D-1) over designation I
plates and overlap edges.
Digitized by Coogle
C14
e. C<mnector Js and J9 Shield Groun.d Integ-
rity Test. The shield ground integrity of con-
nectors JS and J9 is tested semiannually, using
cable shield resistance test set and cable 58W1
as prescribed in TM 9-1430..380-14. Cable 58W1
used in the test should have already been test-
ed; therefore, when a failure is d e t ~ t e d during
this test, the cable is assumed to be good and
the failure to be in the generator connectors.
When a failure occurs in the connectors, per-
form the procedures below. Refer to figure 3-25
for connector components.
(1) Check keyways on inner surface of J8
and J9 connector shells for corrosion, cracks,
dirt, and other foreign matter. If surface is cor-
roded or cracked, proceed to (2) below. If dirt
or other foreign matter is present, proceed to
(5) below: otherwise proceed to (9) below.
(2) Remove and discard connector (18) and
gasket (19). Clean and refinish gasket (8) mat-
ing surface as prescribed in paragraph 4-23.5c.
(3) Install new gasket (8) and connector
(18). Tighten screws (3) to 505 inch-pounds
and tighten screws (7) to 33:!:3 inch-pounds,
using torque screwdriver 5120-00-021-2041,
adapter 5120-00-021-204.2. and bit 5120-00..797-
2993.
( 4) Repeat'test.
(5) Remove retaining nut (10) and in-
dexing sleeve (11).
(6) Clean keyways and inner surface of
connector shell, using a dry, lint-free cloth.
(7) Install indexing sleeve (111 and retain-
ing nut (10). Key indexing sleeve at position
1. Tighten retaining nut to 29:!:0.5 foot-pounds,
using torque wrench 5120-00..02()..5640. Refer to
TM 9-1430-380..14 for keying information.
(8) Repeat test.
(9) Check that screws (3) and (7) are prop-
erly tightened as prescribed in (3) above.
(10) If screws (3) or (7) did not require
tightening, proceed to (11) below. If screws re-
lM 9-1450-310-14
quired tightening, repeat test. If test fails, pro-
ceed to (11) below.
(11) Refinish gasket (8) mating surface as
prescribed in paragraph 4-23.5c, and perform
C3) above, except do not replace connector (18).
(12) Repeat test.
4-23.6. Trailer Mounted Components. I
a. Re}Xtir of Cable Assembly 58WI. Repair
cable assembly 58\Vl (8, fig. 3-27) by per-
forming applicable procedures in TM 9-1430-380-
14.
b. Replacem.ent of Jdentificatia11 Plate and
Desl{fn<tti<m. Plat.es.
(1) Replace identification plate (41, fig.
3-27) as shown. Note information stamped on
old identification plate and stamp same infor-
mation on new plate.
[.-- W- A_R_N_1_N_G...,.I
flame or fire. Use only in a well-
oughly with soap and water when
(2) Remove designation plates (36, fig.
3-27), using a scraper. Clean area where new
plates are to be applied, using solvent (item I
10, table D-11, and allow to dry. Apply new
plates in same location where old plates were
removed. Apply a brush coat of adhesive (item I
6, table D-1) over designation plates and overlap
edges.
c. Replacement of Cabte Reeling Machine
Supports. Replace cable reeling machine sup-
ports (12 and 13, fig. 3-27) as shown.
d. Repair of Cable Reeling Machi ne. Repair
cable reeling machine by replacing items shown
in figure 3-28. When installing crank (22), apply
a coat of zinc chromate putty (item 44, table I
D-1) on shaft of hub (31).
4-36.5
Digitized by Google
TM 9-1450-380-14
C14
Section IV.2. MAINTENANCE CAUBRATION
4-23.7. General.
This seetion defines the maintenance calibration
requirements for the ac voltmeter and frequen-
cy meter mounted on the generator that is part
of generator set PU-614/M. Refer to TB43-180
for maintenance calibration intervals. Insure
that equipment used for maintenance calibra-
tion is calibrated.
4-23.8. Maintenance Calibration of AC
Voltmeter.
Maintenance calibration of the ac voltmeter is
performed with the voltmeter installed on the
generator.
I a. Obtain electrical leads 6625-00-883-9735
and 4935-00-739-4431, and electronic voltmeter
6625-00-168-0898 from electrical shop.
b. Connect electronic voltmeter to a power
source.
4- 36.6
I WARNING I
Make all electrical connections nec-
essary for this procedure before start-
ing generator.
c. Open and secure right rear access door
on generator to gain access to load terminals
in generator.
d. Using electrical leads 6625-00--SS3-9735 and I
4935-00-739-4431, connect electronic voltmeter
6625-00-168-0398 to load terminals L2 and L3
in generator.
e. Set electronic voltmeter to 300-volt range.
f Start generator (TM 9-1450-383-10) and ad-
just INCREASE VOLTAGE control until elec-
tronic voltmeter indicates 208 volts.
g. Observe that generator voltmeter indicates
208 volts.
h. If correct indication was not obtained in
g above, adjust generator voltmeter to indicate
208 volts, using screwdriver adjustment on
front of meter.
Digitized by Coogle
C14
i. Stop generator, disconnect electronic volt-
meter, and close and secure right rear access
door on generator.
4-23.9. Maintenance Calibration of
frequency Meter.-
Maintenance calibration of the frequency meter
is performed with the meter installed on the
generator.
a. Obtain rf cable assembly 4931-00-072-0780
I and electronic counter 6625-00-006-8399 from
electrical shop.
Note
The electronic counter must be posi-
tioned on a firm, level surface so that
an accurate indication may be ob-
tained.
b. Connect electronic counter to a power
source.
TM 9-1450-380-14
I WARNING I
Make all electrical connections nee
essary for this procedure before start-
ing generator.
c. Open and secure right rear access door
in generator.
d. using rf cable assembly 4931-00-072-0780,
connect electronic counter 6625-00-006-8399 to I
load terminal L3 (positive) and terminal LO
(negative).
e. Start generator (TM 9-1450-383-10) and ad-
just FREQUENCY CONTROL until electronic
counter indicates 400 Hz.
f Observe that frequency meter indicates
400Hz.
g. If correct indication was not obtained in
f above, adjust frequency meter to indicate 400
Hz, using screwdriver adjustment on front of
meter.
h. Stop generator, disconnect electronic
counter, and close and secure right rear access
door on generator.
Section V. MULTIPLE-USE CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
424. General.
This section contains the multiple-use corrective
maintenance procedures common to several dif
ferent assemblies. These procedures supplement
maintenance instructions in other paragraphs.
The repair parts described in the replacement
procedures prescribed in paragraph 4-25 are
listed in the repair part manuals pertaining to
the specific item of equipment being repaired.
The respective authorized repair parts list for
that item specifies the allocation and correct
nomenclature of all parts and prescribes the
information for requisitioning.
4-25. Replacement of Blind Fasteners.
a. General. Since different sizes of blind
fasteners are used in the PERSHING system,
it is important that the fastener is identified
prior to removal or installation. To identify the
blind fastener, refer to the appropriate author-
ized repair parts manual. Table 4-10 lists the
blind fasteners used in the PERSHING system
and identifies each as to size (diameter) and
proper installation tools. Remove and install
blind fasteners as prescribed below.
4-37
Diglt1zed by Google
I
TM 9-1450-380-14
C13
Table HO. Blind Fastener Rep/ar.ement D<<ta
Blind
rdertnt.c Sa. ( in.tbH )
NAS16694K7 0.260
NASI669-5K7 5/16
N AS 1669-6K5 3/8
N AS1669-6K6 3/8
N AS1669-6K7 3/8
NAS1669-6K10 3/8
NAS1669-6K15 3/8
NAS1669-6Kll 3/8
NAS1670..4-15 0.260
NAS1670-6K15 3/8
b. Re movai.
(1) Mark pilot hole location in center of
screw portion of blind fastener.
(2) Drill pilot hole approximately 1/4 inch
deep, using No. 24 drill 5133-189-9269 for a
fastener diameter of 0.2f.O inch, No. 17 drill
5133-189-9262 for a fastener diameter of 5/16
inch, and No. 5 drill 5133-189-9250 for a fastener
diameter of 3/8 inch.
(3} Drill hole to depth of pilot hole, using
letter D drill 5133-262-2179 for a fastener di-
ameter of 0.260 inch, letter M drill 5133-262-
2161. for a fastener diameter of 5/16 inch, and
23/64-inch drill 51:13-227-9665 for a fastener di-
ameter of 3/8 inch.
(4) Break off head of blind fastener nut,
using ball peen hammer 5120-061-8.543.
(5) Drive blind fastener out of mounting
hole, using 5/16-inch drive punch 5120-293-0793
or 1/4-inch drive punch 5120-240-6083.
c;. lnstctll<ttion.
(I) Refer to table 4-10 for (diameter)
of blind fasteners.
4-38
I
Attaching hardware must be pressed
flat against the assembly so that
blind fastener can be properly in-
stalled in (4) below. If air space exists
between the attaching hardware and
the assembly, the blind fastener can-
Surw imPAct t(ll)t1
NaH. dpt.l!r Wl'f':bth adpUr
rfltte:n.u No. rd'erMe Nu,
6121}.00-134-7660 5130-00-134-45.'l6
51JO-OO.I34-770'l 5130-00-967-9692
5130-00-072-2097 51J0-00.072-2098
5130-00-072-2097 5136-00-07'..!-2098
5136-00-072-2097 51J0-00.072-2098
5130-00-072-2097 5136-00-&72-2098
51J0-00.072-2097 5136-00-072-2098
5130-00-072-2097 5130-00-072-2098
5130-00-605-5386 513()..()().134-4536
76689-NSF-T-375 76689-NST.;J75
not be properly expanded to develop
. .
max1mum gnp.
(1.1) Apply pressure to attaching hardware
to eliminate air space between attaching hard-
ware and the assembly.
I
Use same size drill as diameter of
blind fastener to drill blind fastener
mounting hole.
(2) Drill blind fastener mounting hole,
using letter G drill 513.3-262-2193. 5/16-inch drill
51:33-227-9662, or 3/8-inch drill 5133-227-9666
and electric drill 5130-S:l0-4049.
Metal particles must be removed from
mounting hole and from under at-
taching hardware to insure proper in-
stallation of blind fastener.
(2.1) Remove all metal particles from under
attaching hardware.
(3) Refer to table 4-10 for proper instal-
lation tools.
Note
Prior to inserting blind fasteners in to
mounting hole, turn screw into nut
until sleeve is resting on tapered
shoulders of nut body. The screw is
now protruding through top of nut.
Digitized by Google
C2
(4) Insert blind fastener into
hole and insure that head of nut Ia firmly
-ted.
(5) Insert nose adapter of aerew impact
tool over nut head of blind fastener.

The nose adapter must be held
and perpendicular to the nut head of
the blind fastener. Tilting of the adaP-
ter e&U&e premature aerew stem
breakoff before blind fastener ia
secured.
(6) Using motor 76689-0A2N to drive tool
adapter assembly, tum aerew until slabbed por-
tion of the aerew Ia anapped off.
TM 9-1450-110-14
Note
When power is applied to the tool as-
sembly, the aerew Ia turned while the
nut is held in place by the nose adapt-
er. Turning of the screw compreaaM
the blind fastener sleeve between the
aerew head and the tapered end of the
nut and is drawn over the taper. Ex-
pansion of the sleeve secures the blind
fastener. When blind fastener Ia fi nn-
ly aured, slabbed portion of screw is
anapped off.
(7) Cheek blind fastener for loosenesa.
If loose, remove and install a new blind
fastener.
4-U.I
C10
4-26. Replacement of Blind Nut Assembly.
a. Ge-neral. Since different sizes of blind nut
assemblies are used. it is important that the
blind nut assembly be identified prior to re-
moval or installation. To Identify the blind nut
assembly, refer to the appropriate authorized
repair parts manual. Table 4-11 lists the blind
nut assemblies used in the PERSHING system
and identifies each as to size (diameter) and
proper installation tools. Remove and install
blind nut assemblies as prescribed below.
b. Re-m.oval.
(1) Refer to table 4-11 for sizes (diameter)
of blind nut assemblies.

Use same size drill as diameter of
blind nut assembly to drill blind nut
assembly mount ing hole.
I
(2) Drill blind nut assembly, using same
size drill as diameter of blind nut shown in
table 4-11, and electric drill 5130-00-830-4049.
(3) Drive blind nut assembly out of
I mounting hole, using punch shown in table 4-11.
I
I
(4) Remove blind nut assembly head from
countersunk portion of mounting hole.
c. Imtallation.
(1) Refer 4> table 4-11 for sizes (diameter)
of blind nut assembly.

Attaching hardware must be pressed
flat against the assembly so that blind
nut assembly can be properly installed
in (8) below. If air space exists be-
tween the attaching hardware and the
8Hn4 rdtnMf So. ...... u-,
10606356-17 ZS/64
10606:15(,25 25/64
106()6356..4.5
ZS/64
10606356-51 17/32
10606854-11 ZS/64
NAS1330H6K296L 31/64
TM 9-1450-380-14
assembly; the blind nut assembly can-
maximum grip.
(2) Apply pressure to attaching hardware
to eliminate air space between attaching hard-
ware and assembly.

Use same size drill as diameter of blind
nut assembly to drill blind nut assembly
mounting hole.
Note
Perform (3), (4), and (5) below only
for initial installation of blind nut
assembly.
(3) Drill blind nut assembly mounting
hole, using same size drill as diameter of blind I
nut shown in table 4-11 and electric drill 5130-
00-830-4049.
( 4) Remove foreign matter such as dirt,
excess paint, etc., from countersunk portion of
mounting hole, since foreign matter would pre-
vent blind nut assembly from seating properly
in mounting hole.

Metal particles must be removed from
mounting hole and from under attach-
ing hardware to insure proper installa-
tion of blind nut assembly.
(5) Remove all met al particles from
mounting hole and from under attaching hard-
ware.
(6) Refer to table 4-11 for proper installa-
tion tools.
(7) Install blind nut assembly on installa-
tion tool.
Ori-. Pltotlil (itlc!Mt) l atU;HatiOII tool
5/16 5120-W-184-7693
5/ lf 5120-W-184-7693
5/lf, 5120-W-134-7693
5/ lb
5/16
1/ 4 512().00.086.4265
Digitized by Google
TM 9-1450-380-14
(8) Insert blind nut assembly into mount-
ing hole drilled in ( 8) above.

Blind nut assembly must be held firmly
against the countersunk portion of the
mount ing hole and perpendicular to the
attaching hardware to insure proper
installation. If t he blind nut assembly
is not properly seated in the counter-
sunk portion of mounting hole it can-
maximum grip.
C10
(9) Operate installation tool until blind nut
assembly has been properly installed.
(10) Disconnect installation tool from blind
nut assembly.
I
c>y Coogk
TM 9-14SO.a.14
Sadlon VI. 1ROUILESHOOnNG
4-26.1. General. 4-27. Dolly Set.
The infonnation. presented in this section ia sup.
plied as an aid for locating malfunctions in the
dolly set. Table 4-12 lists the malfunctions that
are observable while the dolly set ia being oper-
ated. Malfunctions and probable causes that oc-
cur infrequently are not listed.
Troubleshoot the dolly set as prescribed in table
4-12.
1
8
Neither hydraulic a. Fluid auppl)' low
cylinder extencle
when ball loekpina b. Blocked, pinched, or cut
are removed from hydnullc tube
teleec:opi ... brace.
and pump i.a c. Defective Plll!lP
operated.
One hydraulic ql- a. Defective hydraulic qlloder
inder doea not extend
when bell loekplna
are removed from 6. Blocked, pinehed,or eut
telacoping braeeto hydraulic tube
and pump Ia
operated. Damqed telacoplnc b....,.
Neither hydraulic
cylinder colla-
when bell loekplna
are removed from
telacoping bneea
and preull1'e 11
relieved.
d. D&mqed uttlng arm
a. Detective plll!lp
b. Blocked, pinched, or eut
hydraulic tube
a. Fill and bl..t ay.tem (par,
b. Replace hydraulic tube (par.
c. Replace pump (par. 4-23t.
a. Replace hydraulic qlinder
(par. 423).
b. Replaee hydraulic tube (par.
c. Repair or replaee telucopllll
brace (par.
d. Repair or replace llfU,.. arm
(par. 4-23).
a. Replace pump (par.
b. Replace hydraulic tube (par. 4-23).
...,
Digitized by Coogle
C9 TM.t-1450-380-14
s .... MalfoacUoft l"robabb eaUM CorHCt.IYe aetkm
4 One hydraulic a. Blocked, pinched, or cut a. Replace hydraulic tube (par. 4-23).
cylinder doea not hydraulic tube
collapae when ball
loekpina are removed b. Damaged teleacoplng brace b. Repair or replace telescoping
hom teleacoping brace (par. 4-23).
braeea and preuure
y relieved. c. Dirty or damaged hydraulic c. Clean piston rod (par. 36) or
cylinder replace hydraulic cylinder
(par. 4-23).
d. Damaged lifting arm d. Repair or replaee lifting arm
(par, 423) ..
6 One or both hydraulic a, Defective pump a. Replace pump (par. 4-23).
eylindera extend
when pump ia b. Leaking hydraulic tube b. Replace hydraulic tube (par. 4-23) .
operated, but start
to collapse when c. Worn hydraulic cylindera c. Replace hydraullc cylinders
preasure atroke of (par. 4-23).
pump is completed.
Section VII. INinALINSTALLAnON OF MOUNnNG KITS
4-28. General.
This eeetion contains detailed instructions for
initial installation of the programmer-test sta-
tion/power station mounting kit and radio ter-
minal set and winterization heater mounting kit
I
on truck M656, and the power station mounting
kit on trailer M796. The initial installation pro-
cedures for the radio terminal set 10-kw gen-
erator mounting kit and erector-launcher 10-kw
kit are the same as the procedures prescribed
in paragraphs 2-4 and 2-5. Detailed procedures
for initial installation of the programmer-test
station/power station mounting kit are contain-
ed in paragraph 4-4!9. Paragraph 4-30 contains
initial installation procedures for the radio ter-
minal set and winterization heater mounting
I
kit. Detailed procedures for initial installation
of the power station trailer mounting kit are
contained in paragraph 4-31.
4-29. Initial Installation of Programmer-Test
Station/Power Station Mounting Kit.
a. General. Detailed procedures for initial
installation of the programmer-test station/
power station mounting kit on truck M656 are
contained in b through g below. Procedures for
removal and installation of the programmer-test
station, power station. air servicer assembly.
boarding ladders. and associated equipment such
as electrical cables. weapon test set T-1500,
power supplies T-436, and power station filter
container are contained in paragraph 2-2. Pro-
cedures for removal and installation of mounting
kit components are contained in paragraphs
3-21 and 4-15. To identify required locations
on the truck bed. compute measurements.
starting from the left side and rear of the
vehicle. Prior to assembling the parts of the
mounting kit, apply one coat of primer 8010
00-515-2208 to all bare metal s ur faces. After the I
primer has dried, apply one coat of lusterless
enamel 8010-00-297-2116. Unless otherwise di- I
rected, t ighten all bolts, nuts. and screws used
in performing procedures prescribed belo\\' in
accordance with standard mechanical practices.
b. of Truck M656 Air Syttem
(fig. 4-23).
I WARNING I
To prevent injury to personnel, do not
operate truck M666 until the foUowing
procedures have been completed and the
truck air system has been completely
checked out.
(l) Bleed truck M656 air system of air
preaaure as preec:ribed in TM 9-2320-230-00 .
...... 1
Digitized by Coogle
TM 9- 1450-380-14
C2
I - Adapler
2- Manifold
3- lnpul air line
4 - Tubtusembly
5 - Tube uumbly
6 - Tube assembly
7- Tube .....,bly
8 - Tube """"mbly
9- Tub<! UMmbly
10- Elbo"
II - Adapter
12- Elbo" '
F'igurr .!t3. Trtu.k .\(656 n1r tfJIIIltm.
I WARNING I
When handling drycleaning solvent6850-
281-1985. obse.rve all warnings, caution.
and notes labeled on the container.
Avoid prolonged contact with the skin
and use only in a well-ventilated area.
(2) Clean manifold (2) of all foreign par-
ticles such as dirt, oil. etc .. using drycleaning
solvent68f>0-281-1985.
r,_.: = C-AU-!10-N-"']
In (3) below. use care to prevent foreign
partic:les from entering the air line
manifold. If manifold is allowed to stand
unattended. place a c:lean protective
covering over open port.
4-42
(3) Disconnect and remove input air line
(3) and tube assemblies (4 and 5) from manifold.
( 4) Remove manifold from truck; retain
manifold.
( 5) Remove adapters (1) from manifold.
(6) Install plugs into holes
from which adapters (1) were removed in (5)
above.
(7) Install manifold on truck: then connect
input air line (3) to manifold.
Note
Actuated seals are mounted on each
side and rear of truck bed.
( 8) Disconnect tube assemblies (5 through
9) from actuated seals.
D. tzed by Coogk
C6
(9) Remove ana retain aU mounting screws
and clamps that secure tube assemblies (5
through 8) to truck.
(10) Remove t ube assemblies from truck
and dispose of tube assemblies . in accordance
with DOD 4160.21-M and AR 755-2. Secure
clamps retained in (9) above to truck bed in
same place from which they were removed,
using retained mounting screws.
I
! wARNING I
When handling epoxy cement 803()..
observe all warnings, cau-
tions, and notes on the container
labels.
1 (11) Mix epoxy cement in ac-
cordance with instructions on container labels.
(12) Seal air input connectors on act uated
lseals by applying epoxy cement
to open ends of elbows (10 and 12) and adapter
(11).
I
(13) Allow epoxy cement to cure.
(14) Touch up exposed surfaces of epoxy
cement and new plugs installed in (6) above,
using zinc chromate primer 8010-515-2208 and
lusterless enamel 8010-297-2116. Allow to dry.
( 16) Start truck M656 engine to build up
air pressure.
(16) Observe vehicle air pressure gage on
instrument panel for buildup of air pressure.
Operate vehicle until pressure gage indicates
96 to 106 psig. Shut down
(17) Apply leak detector 6860-621-1820 to
plugs installed in (6) above and to input air
line tightened in (7) above. Eliminate leaks by
tightening plugs and air line fittings.
c. lmt4Uation of Support Hooks (fig. 4-24).
(1) If applicable, remove side gates from
uuck M656 and give them to t he unit com-
mander.
(2) Lower and secure tailgate so that it
ill horizontal to ground.
( 3) Measure and identify centerline of tail-
gate. Mark centerline on top edge of tailgate.
IM 9. t450-380-14
(4) Using dimensions shown in figure 424,
measure and mark mounting locations of 18
support hooks (1).
( 6) Position support hooks on truck M656
and aline edge of support hooks with mountmg
locations marked in (4) above.
Not
In (6) below, if transfer punch cannot
be inserted into mounting holes, remove
excessive paint from mounting holes,
using 3/ 8-inch drill.
(6) Mark location of one of two mounting
holes in each support hook, using 3/ 8-.inch trans-
fer punch.
(7) Remove support hooks from truck; re-
tain support hooks.
In the following procedures, apply a
coat of zinc chromate primer 8010-515-
2208 to all bare metal surfaces of all
drilled holes and to blind fasteners
that secure support hooks.
(8) Drill 18 mounting holes marked in (6)
above, using a 3/8-inch drill.
Not
In (9) below, insure that support hooks
are alined with the horizontal and ver-
tical planes of truck J.\.1656.
( 9) Position support hooks retained in (7)
above on truck and aline predrilled mounting
hole in support hooks with holes drilled in (8)
above.
(10) Secure support hooks to truck by in-
stalling blind fasteners (2 and 3) in holes drilled
in (8) above as prescribed in paragraph 4-25.
( 11) Check and adjust alinement of support
hooks u). vertical and horizontal planes of truck.
(12) Using support hooks as templates. drill
remaining 18 mounting holes in truck.
(13) Install blind fasteners (2 and 3) in holes
drilled in (12) above.
Digitized by Coogle
TM 9-1450-110-14
/
/
NOTES,
I . All DIMENSIONS SHOWN .Uf IN INCHES.
2. All TOlERANCES A-E %0.031NCK, UNlESS
OTHERWISE SHOWN.
18.50
0
1
1 -IIQIIPOft hook (18)
ll- 8111111 f-(4) NAS1..U
a-Bllllll ,_ (81) NASleeNKS
Fofllro ,.u. IMW/Dlilnt of fk,....C Aookt.,. lnld: MIM.
d. lmtallation of Support Roelc 4-26).
( 1) Measure and identify centerline of for
ward wall of tNc:k bed. Mark centerline on top
flanae of forward wall.
(2) Uaina dime1111iona shown in figure 4-26,
meuure and mark loc:ation of mounting hole A
oa forward wall of truc:k bed.
Nolo
In (8) and (6) below, if transfer punc:h
cannot be inaerted into predrilled mount..
ing holes, remove exceesive paint from
mountiq holes, using 'n/64-inc:h drill.
(8) Position support radc (2) on truc:k bed
u abown in fifll!'e 4-26, and aline predrilled
mounting hole in radc with center of hole
marked in (2) above, uaiq 'n/64-inc:h transfer
punc:h
.......
( 4) Insure that rac:k ia &lined and squared
with forward wall of truc:k bed.
Nolo
In (5) below, the two forward-
moat mounting holes in support rack.
( 5) Using predrilled mountiq holes in sup-
port radc u templates, mark locations of six
mounting holes on floor, and the remaining
three mounting holes on forward wall of truck
bed, 'J:l/ 64-inc:h transfer punc:b.
(6) Remove support rac:k from forward
wall.
(7) mountiq holes, marked in
(2) and (6) above, to a diameter of 81/64 ineh.
Enlqe drilled holes to a diameter of 0.492
(+0.006, -0.001) inc:h, using reamer.
Digitized by Google
C6

.
WII.Ll
1
Q NURUNE
OF
9.$0:t0.06 INCIIES
a0 FORWARD
WALl
1.5o:til.03 f---
A
0
0
Mt 491,..
1 - Blilw:l m Jart <10l u04038G-63
2- 9aR>ort ...... 1106lfi90.!9
8- Wuber (u requir!)
C- Wubor(4) AN9600116
6- W uher (6) AN9600116
7 - Bolt (6) AN&-7 A
10- Webbin&' otrop 11061691-9
11 -- Bolt (8) ANUA
6- Bolt(') AN6-10A
8- Webbin&' strop 11061592-9
9- Webbina strop 11061593-9
12- Wuher (8) AN960C416
13 - Locknut (8) MS210421A
I ui[TION I
eoat of zinc chromate primer 8010-
to all bare metal surfaces
of all drilled and countersunk holes
and to all mounting hardware such
u locknuts, bolts, washers, and blind
rivet nuts that secure support rack
to truck bed.
(9) Inatall blind rivet nuts (1) in holes
countersunk in (8) above as prescribed in TM 9-
1400-377-34.
( 10) Position support rack againat forward
wall of truck bed and aline predrilled mounting
holes in support rack with blind rivet nuts in-
stalled in (9) above.
No to
(8) Countersink holes drilled in (7) above,
""'nr a 83/64-incb, 100 countersink.
Washers installed in (11) below are
used as shims for each blind rivet nut.
4-45
Digitized by Coogle
TM 9 \450-110-14
( 11) Position washers (3), aa required,
tween eacll blind rivet nut installed in top
flange of forward wall and support raek.
( 12) Secure support rack to top flaqe of
forward wall, using washers {4) and bolts (5).
(13) Secure support raek to floor of b'uck
bed, using washers (6) and bolts (7).
( 14) Position webbing straps (8 through 10)
on rack aa shown in figure 4.25.
straps with predrilled mounting holes in sup-
port rack. Secure straps to rack, using bolts
(11), waahel'll (12), and locknuts (13).
e. Auentbling Reinfo-rcing Strip afld Stl.pport
Beam Into an Aesentbl11 4.26).
In (1) below. position reinforciq strips
so that eutaw ay portion of eaeh strip
is f aeing down and to rear of tnlck bed.
(1) Position reinforcing strips (1 through
4) on or beside truck bed, aa preferred.

In the foUowiq proc:eduree, 8PPI:J a
coat of zinc chromate primer
to all mountiq hardware
such aa saews, bolts, waabera. loek
waahel'l!, and nuts.
In (2) below, position support beams
(5 and 6) so that eutaw ay portion of
support beams are faeiq eaeh other.
( 2) Position support. beams (5 tbroush 7)
on reinforcinr strips aa ebown in fieure 4.26.
( 3) Aline predriUed mountiq holes in sup-
port beams with predrilled mountiq holes in
reinforcing strips.
Note
In (4) and (5) below. do not tilhten
bolts.
(4) Secure support beams (5 and 6) to
reinforcing strips, using washera(S),Iockwashen
(9) , and bolts (10).

>
i!. f

I
I - Reinforcing strip 11051511&-19
2 - Reinforcine otrip 11051586-29
3 - Reinforcing atrip 11051586-39
4 - Reinforcing strip 11051511&-19
5 - Support boom 11051584-19
6 - Support beam 11051584 19
11 - Support beam 11051583-19
8 - Wuher (16) 11051099-1
10 - Bolt (16) AN8-10A
I
ll - Wuher (8) AN980C816
12 - Loc:kwuher (8) IISSS338-86
13 - Bolt (8) AN8-10A 9 - Loc:kwuher (16) MSSS338-86
F'iqt.l'fl 4t6.
Digitized by
- - ---
C6
( 6) Seeure aupport beam (7) to reinforcinl
lll:rllliinllpi. wine wubera (11). loekwubera (12).
llld bolta (18).
f. l"rtallGlioft of Rlli.Vorciflll Strip afld
port B ANnlblw em 7nlck (fie. 4-27).
(1) <Ainneet eleetrieal eonneetor 60W108P1
to vehicle amri)iary eonneetor (2) and position
eeble 'llmlbq (1) on tl'Udt bed u abown in
filure 4-27.
0
0
I - Coble uMmbly
2 - Vehlele auxiliary eonneetor
8 - Rtlnforelnc otrip and ouppon
beam UMmbly
4 - Rtlnforelnc otrip
Note
In (2) through (4) below. make nu-
rneroue meaeurementa to ineure
rreater IICCUl'1IC)' in loeatinc bue line
and eenterline.
In (2) and (3) below, mark bue line
and centerline on maakinc tape for
euy viaual reeornition.
0
S - Rein/oreiq otrip
6- Wuber (136) AN960C616L
7 - Blind futener (136) NASI66UK15
8 - Blind futener (8) NASI67Q.6K15
""-
I
/'igM,.. 411. /ru141141imo of 1!rip oood ntP1>0f1 *"' ,.,,_1>1 011 lr'tl<:k MUf.
4-47
D q I ed .> ' c (e
TM 9-1450-3110-14
(2) Measure and IIW'k base line 1.18%0.08
incbea from rear of truek bed.
(8) Measure and mark centerline of truek
bed.
( 4) Measure and mark centerline of r&-
strip and support beam assembly (8).
[CAuTioN]
I r 4"
In (6) below, insure that
strip and support beam a88embly does
not damaae cable
( 6) Position strip and support
beam on truck bed. While
ueembly on truck bed, place cable ueembly
(1) between reinforcing strips (4 and 6).
(6) Superimpose centerline of
marked in (4) above upon centerline of truck bed
marked in (8) above.
( 7) Superimpose ends of strips
upon base line marked in (2) above.
Note
As an aid in maintaining correct
alinement of the four reinforcing
strips, identify mountine location by
aenoing a line beside each
strip on floor of truck be4.
The installation of blind fasteners at
ends of reinforcing strips will prevent
strips from shifting as the remaining
fasteners are installed.
(8) Using S/8-inchdrillandeaehreinforcing
strip as a template. drill one blind fastener
mounting hole in floor of truck bed at each end
of each reinforcing strip.
L
Insure that all metal particles are r&-
moved from under reinforcing strips

to msure proper installation of blind
fasteners.
(9) Remove all metal particles from under
reinforcing strips.
In tbe foUowing apply a
eoatof zinc chromate primer801G-6J.6.
2008 to all bare metal IW'faeee of
drilled bolee and to blind futenen
that aecure &trip and IUP'
port beam aaeembly on truck bed.
Apply preasure to reinforcing ltripa
as blind fasteners are inatalled to
insure that strips are lying flat
aaainat truck bed.
( 10) llllltall waahera (6) and blind .faatenera
(7) in holea drilled in (8) .above as preacribed in
Paraar&Ph 4-26.
Note
In (11) below, install blind fasteners,
from the center of each rein-
forcing strip and working toward tbe
ends.
(ll) Using 8/8-inch drill and each rein-
forcing strip as a template, drill remaining
blind fastener mounting boles in floor of truck
bed. Secure strips to truck bed, using washers
(6) and blind fasteners (7 and 8) as prescribed
in (9) and (10) above.
g. Iuta/.latwn ofSu-ppqrt Braclu:U.
Note
The key numbers shown below in paren-
theses refer to figure 4-28, except where
otherwise indicated.
(1) Remove support beams (5 through 7,
fig. 4-26) from truck bed; retain support beams.
In (2) below, use a special
drill, 16 inches long, and keep drill
motor perpendicular to truck bed .
( 2) Using reinforcing strips (1 and 2) aa
templates, drill 16 mounting holes A through
floor of truck bed, using a special
driU, 16 inches long.
Digitized by Coogle
ClO
0
+0 003
0. 1'8 0000
2.1
D-'
0 112HOOO'l::] L
A - - -
ltOfATEO so
22
24
4
MOUNHNC .. OlE A
WN CUJt6SI ROADSIDE S>+O .
TM 9- 1450-380-14
39
t:'
.,

olo>-- 40
0
0
l
0
0

0 03 INCHES 360:1: .

10
II
13
DE OI'POSil!
.....
FY(IVN ... . allruio of oupport o o fnt ' M6U.
bn><ktt on'"""
C ocrlc D1qitlzed by ' 0
0
TM 9-14S0-380-14 CIO
I - Reinforcing strip 11051586-39
2 - Reinforcing strip 11051586-19
15 - Washer (16) 9152386 34- Bolt (4) .-\N6-7A
2. 1 - Reinforcing strip !2) 11051585-19
3 - Support beam 11051583-19
16 - Loek.nut (16) MS21045-8
!7 - Support beam 11051583-19
18 - Scn!w (8) NAS517-6-10
35 - Angle bracket (2) ll051601l.,'l
36 - Washer (2) AN960C616
37 - Look washer (2) MS35338-84
38- Bolt (2) AN6-7A 4 - Stud (16) 11051580-1
5- Washer (16) AN960C816
6 - Locknut (16) )!52104&-8
7- Waoher (16) AN960C816
19 - Retaining plate (4) 11051579-1
20 - Waoher (8) AN960C516 38.1 - Angle bracket 1105190&-1
38.2 - Washer (2) AN960C616
38.3 - LO<kwasher (2) MS35338-84
38.4 - Bolt (2) AN6-7A
21 - Lo<knut (8) MS21042L5
22 - Retainer 11051578-4
8 - Lock washer (16) MS35338-86
9 - Bolt (16) AN8-IOA
23 - Retainer 11051578-3
10 - Blind nut (16) NAS1330H6K296L
11 - Support bra.:ket (8) 11051582.9
(4 on ea.:h side or vehicle)
12 - Waher (16) A.'I960C616
13 - Bolt (16) NASI306-12
24 - Serew (24) NAS517-6-10
25 - Washer (24) AN980<'.616
26 - Looknut (24) MS21042L6
27 - Webbing strap 11051597-9
28 - Screw (8)
39 - Mounting plate (2) 110515771
40 - Washer ( 8) AN960C816
41 - LO<kwasher (8) MS3533886
42 - Bolt (8) AN$-lOA
43 - Webbing strap 11051597-19
14 - Blind nut (20) NAS1330H6K296L
IU - Support bracket (4) 11051581-9
14.2 - Waoher (20) AN960C616
29 - Wuher (8) AN960C616
30 - LO<knut (8) MS21042L6
44 - Webbing strap (2) 1105159729
45- Wuher (4) AN960C616
31 - Angle bracket (2) 11051610-1
32 - W"''her (4) AN960C'616
46 - Lockwa.her (I) MS35338-84
47- Bolt (4) AN6-7A
14.3- Bolt (20) NASI306-12 3.1 - LO<kwasher (4) MS35338-84
Figure lnstalkttion of support brackets o truck M656- Legt'ltd.
I CAUTION J
coat of zinc chromate primer 8010.
00-515-2208 to all bare metal surfaces
of all drilled holes and to all mount
ing hardware such as screws, bolts,
studs, blind fasteners, washers, lock-
washers, and locknuts.
( 3) Position support beams removed in (1)
above on reinforcing strips.
( 4) Position support beam (3) on reinforcing
strips.
( 5) Aline predrilled mounting holes in sup-
port beams with predrilled mounting holes in
reinforcing strips.
In (6) below, insert studs into mounting
holes A so that the ends with the fewest
number of threads will be above the
floor of the truck bed
(6) Insert studs (4) into mountmg holes
driUed in (2) above.
4-SO
Note
In (7) below, install locknuts on studs
so that two threads are exposed
above the nuts.
(7) Install washer (5) and locknut (6) on
end of each stud that has the fewest number
of threads.
(8) Secure support beam (8) to reinforcing
strips, using washers (7). lockwaahers (8), and
bolts (9).
(9) Secure support beams (6 through 7,
fig. 4-26) to reinforcing strips, using washers
(8, fig. 4-26), lockwashers (9. fig. 4-26), and
bolts (10, fig. 4-26).
Note
In (10) below, mark mounting locations
of support brackets directly below the
studs.
(10) Using dimensions shown in figure
4-28, measure and mark mounting locations of
support brackets (11 and 14.1) on frame of vehil
cle.
(ll) Position support brackets on frame of
vehicle and aline top of mounting bracket
flange with marks made in (10) above.
Digitized by Coogle
CIO
(12) Insert studs into predrilled holes of
tupport brackets.
Note
In (13) below, if transfer puneh cannot
be inserted into mounting holes, remove
excessive paint from mounting holes.
using a drill.
(13) Maintain alinement of each support
bracket on frame of vehicle and mark location
of mounting holes for each support bracket, us-
ing a 3/8-inch transfer punch.
(14) Remove and retain support brackets.
Note
When installing brackets (11) and
(14.1) behind the second front wheel,
it may be necessary to use the tools
listed in table 4-13. The countersink
and drill shanks must be milled to
a 114-inch thick dimensio.n for use in
the 114-inch drill.
Table -13. Specia.l TOQI.
Qty
Crowsfoot "'"ncb: 1-1/16 in .. 1/2-inch.
square drive
Countersink: I in .. 100 (1-a/4 in. wit h I
1/ 4-inch shank)
Drill: (1-3/4 in. with 1/4-inch shank) I
Drill. electric: 1/ 4 in., 90, hea"l' duty I
112-in. square drive, 10 in. long 5
Socket wreneh: 1/2 in .. hexagon, l/2-in. I
square drive
(15) Step drill holes in locations marked in
(13) above, using 31164-inch drill as the final
drill. Check hole diameters and if necessary
ream hoies to a final diameter of 0.4950.005-
inch.
(16) Countersink holes to 0.7700.010 inch
diameter, using a l.()().inch, 100 countersink.
Remove burrs and sharp edges.
(17) File or grind keyways in holes as
shown in detail A of figure 4-28.
(18) Insert 16 bl ind nuts (10) and 20 blind
nuts (14) in holes drilled above, with key on
side of blind alined with keyway in holes;
install blind nuts as prescribed in paragraph
4-26.
(19) Install eight support brackets (11). us-
ing 16 washers (12) and 16 bolts (13); install
four support brackets (14.1 ), using 20 washers
(14.2) and 20 bolts (14.3). Torque bolts (13 and
14.3) to 340 to 360 inch-pounds, using torque
wrench handle 5120.00-020-5639.
TM 9-1450-380-14
(20) Secure support brackets to studs (4),
using washers (15) and locknuts (16). Torque
locknuts (6 and 16) to 190 to 210 inch-pounds,
using torque wrench handle
(21) and (22). (Deleted)
(23) Posftion retaining plates (19) on sup-
port beams (3 and 17) so that concave surface
is facing downward (toward bed of vehicle).
Aline predrilled mounting holes in plates with
predrilled mounting holes in support beams.
(24) Secure retaining plates to support
beams, using screws (18), washers (20), and
locknuts 121).
(25) Position retainers (2:! and 23) on sup-
port beams (3 and 17) and aline predrilled
mounting holes in retainers with predrilled
mounting holes in support beams.
(26) Secure retainers to support beams, us-
ing screws (24), washers (25), and locknuts (26).
(27) Position webbing straps (27 and 43)
on support beam (17) and aline predrilled
mounting holes in webbing straps with pre-
drilled mounting holes in support beam.
(28) Secure webbing straps to support
beams, using screws (28), washers (29), and
locknuts (30).
(28.1) Position webbing straps ( 44) on rein-
forcing strips (2.1) and aline predrilled mount-
ing holes in webbing straps with predrilled
mounting holes in reinforcing strips.
(28.2) Secure webbing straps to reinforcing
strips, using washers (45), lockwashers ( 46),
and bolts ( 47).
(29) Position angle brackets (31) on rein-
forcing strips (2.1) and aline predrilled mount-
ing boles in angle brackets with predrilled
mounting holes in reinforcing strips.
( 30) Secure angle brackets to reinforcing
strips, using washers (32). lockwashers (33),
and bolts (34).
( 31) Position angle brackets (35) on rein-
forcing strips (1 and 2) and aline predrilled
mounting holes in angle brackets with pre-
drilled mounting holes in reinforcing strips.
(32) Secure angle brackets to reinforcing
strips, using washers (36), lockwashers (37),
and bolts (38).
(32.1) Position angle bracket (38.1) on rein-
forcing strip (2) and aline predrilled mounting
holes in angle bracket with predrilled mounting
holes in reinforcing strips.
(32.2) Secure angle bracket (38. 1) to rein-
forcing strip, using washers (38.2), lockwashers
(38.3), and bolts (38.4).
4-SJ
Digitized by Lroogle
TM 9-I-'S0-3801-'
-Note
If air servker assembly 11026770-19 is
to be installed, perform installation pro-
cedures prescribed in paragraph 2-2c
and omit (33) and (34) below. If air
servicer assembly is not to be installed,
perfonn (33) and (34) below.
(33) Position mounting plates (39) on rein-
forcing strips (2.1) and aline predrilled mount
ing holes in reinforcing strips.
( 34) Secure mounting plates to reinforcing
strips, using washers (40), lockwashers (41),
and bolts (42).
g.l . Installation of Electrical Lead.
Note
rentheses refer to figure 4-28.1.
(1) Install a bolt into each of two PTS
mounting holes in PTS forward support beam,
with bolt heads on underside of flange; then
locate and mark center of each bolt head.
(2) Using marks located above as center
reference, draw a circle, with a 0.75-inch radi-
us, around each mark; then remove bolts.
(3) Temporarily install bolt (8); then
locate and mark center of bolt head.
(4) Locate and mark center of existing
bolt head located in the position shown for new
bolt ( 13).
(5) Using marks located in (3) and ( 4)
above, draw a circle, with a 0.375-inch radius,
around each mark on support beam and
PTS/PS vehicle chassis. Remove and retain
bolt (8). Remove and discard existing hardware
from PTS/PS vehicle chassis where new bolt
(13) is to be installed.
(6) Using 7/0 garnet paper, remove finish
to bare metal in areas circled in (2) and (5)
above. Wipe abraded areas clean.
(7) Slip heat-shrinkable rubber 5970-
177-1561 over electrical wire 6145-284-0657.
(8) Using heat gun in insulation repair
kit 11040258-1, with heat set to exceed 135C
{275F), shrink rubber over wire as prescribed
in TM 9-1425-382-34.
(9) Loosely install clamps (3).
(10) Route electrical lead through clamps
as shown in figure 4-28.1, and determine proper
length of wire required, allowing for in
stallation of terminal lugs; then cut wire to
proper length.
-'-52
CIO
(11) Tighten clamps, and using crimper
5120-853-4513, install tenninal lugs (10 and 15)
onto electrical lead.
(12) Attach terminal lugs to PTS forward
support beam and PTS/PS vehicle chassis as
(13) Using igniter circuit tester 4925-
712-0205 (TM 9-1425-382-34) with needlepoint
probes, measure terminal lug-to-terminal lug
resistance between PTS forward support beam
terminal and PTS/PS vehicle ebaasis. Measure-
ment obtained should not exceed 1 ohm.
(14) Touch up all exposed metal and bard-
ware installed in (9) and (12) above with zinc
chromate primer 8010-515-2208. Allow primer
prime coat with one coat of enamel . 8010-
297-2116.
h.. lnstallatwn of Power Station Drain 'l'ube
Assembly on Truck M656.
(1) Locate and identify one 1-1/4-inch-
diameter drain tube assembly mounting hole
in reinforcing strips (1 and 2, fig. 4-28).
(2) Measure and mark center of both
drain tube assembly mounting holes.
I c A u t ! ~ N J
In (3) below, use a special l/4-inch
motor perpendicular to truck bed.
(3) Drill pilot hole in center of each
mounting hole marked in (2) above through
bed of vehicle, using a special 1/4-inch drill,
16 inches long.
(4) Using reinforcing strips as a template
and pilot holes drilled in (3) above as a guide,
cut two 1-1/ 4-inch-diameter mounting holes
through floor of truck bed, using arbor 3460-
540-1291 and 1-114-inch hole saw blade 3455-
335-3042.
Note
In (5) below, holes must be cut !rom
the underneath side of the truck.
(5) Using pilot holes drilled in (3) above
as a guide, cut two 1-1/4-inch-diameter mount-
ing holes through bottom panel of truck bed,
using arbor 3460-540-1291 lVld 1-1/4-inch hole
saw blade 3455-335-3042.
Digitized by Googl :
Cl
TM 9- 1450-380-14
17
'
M\ dl27.
FilfUre 4 ~ 8 . 1 . In lallation of l lectriool lead. exploded view.
I
4-52. 1
D tzed .Yf Coogle
TM9-1450-310-14
1 - Screw r51 MS35207260
2 - Washer !51 AJ-:960-10
3 - Clamp (51
4 - Washer rSI AN960-10
5 - Locknut (51 MS21042-3
6 - Electrical wire M5086/ 2-8-9 or
MS2519088
7 - Hear-shrinkbl< rubber MILR-461146
8- &It A/IHA
(6) Remove styrofoam from between
mounting holes cut in floor and bottom panel
of t ruck bed in (4) and (5) above.
Note
Drain t ube are positioned
!or the purpose of identifying mount-
ing location of angle brackets on
truck frame.
Note
The key numbers shown below in pa..
rentheses refer to figure 4-29, except
(7) Insert drain tube assembliea (2) into
mounting holes cut in ( 4) and (5) above !rom
underneath t ruck bed.
(8) Position drain tube assemblies (1, fig.
4-30) in mounting holes, using dimensions
(9) Posit ion angle brackets (2, fig. 4-30)
on truck frame.
(10) Position tube assembly flanges under
angle brackets. Aline predrilled mounting holes
in drain tube assembly flanges with predrilled
holes in angle brackets (4).
4-52. 2
9 - Washer
10- Te<mina lluK 14S25030-116
11 - Washor AN960-416
12 - Locknut MS21042L4
IS - &II ANHA
U - Washer AN960-416
15 - Terminal luM
16- Wuher
17 - Lo<lmut 14S21042U
a
(11) Using angle brackets as templata,
mark locations of angle bracket mounting boles
on frame of truck.
(12) Remove angle brackets !rom frame of
vehicle; retain angle brackets.
(13) Remove drain tube assemblies from
truck bed; retain drain tube assemblies.
(14) Drill four mounting holes marked in
(11) above, using 3/ S.inch drill.
I I
coat of zinc chromate primer 8010-
515-22<11 to all mounting hardware
and bare metal surfaces of mounting
holes.
(15) Position angle brackets on frame of
vehicle and alinf predrilled mounting holes in
brac.kets with four mounting holes drilled in
(14) above. Secure angle brackets to truck
frame, using blind !asteners (5) as prescribed
in paragraph 4-25.
(16) Insert drain tube assemblies into
mounting holes cut in ( 4) and (5) above.
(17) Secure drain tube assemblies t.o angle
brackets, maintaining dimensions shown in fig
ure 4-30, using bolts (6), washers (7), and lock
nuts (8).
Dqtzed byGoogl"
TM 9 145038014
' '
"OTE<
. '
' A[( OIMENSIO" S SHOWN Altf ().; I>ICftfS .
. ...
' ..
. .
' .
' '
'
... _ .

Digitized by Google
TM t. 1ASO-al0 14
1 - Reinforei111 etrip
2 - Drain tuM -mbly (2) 11061964-19
a - Ada pur (2) 1063011 H7
4 - AQIIe braeket (2) 11061965-3
5 - Blind futener (4)
6- Bolt (4) AN5-6A
I WARNING I
When handling epoxy cement 8030-
104-6'702, observe all warnings, cau-
tions, and notes on the container
labels.
(18) Mix epoxy cement 8030-104-6'702 in ae
cordance with instructions on container labels.
(19) Seal drain tube assemblies in mount-
ing holes by filling area between tube assem-
blies and bed of truck with epoxy cement 8030-
l(M-6'702. Position drain tube asaemblies so that
they are centered in mounting holes. Support
drain tube assemblies in position until epoxy
cement cures sufficiently to support the as-
semblies.
(20) Remove excess cement from truck bed
and clean the area around mounting holes.
(21) Allow epoxy cement to cure. Touch
up all exposed surfaces with zinc chromate pri
mer 80l<h'i152208 and lusterless enamel 8012-
m -2116.
(22) Install adapters (3) and drain hose a&-
semblies (9 and 10) on drain tube assemblies
(2).
( 28) Inspect mountiJii kit and tighten all
bolts, nuts. and screws not tightened previoualy.
Not.
In (24) below, if serial number has not
been assigned, the commandirli offiCer
must contact U.S. Army Missile Com-
mand.
(24) Using 1/S.incb metal stamp, stamp
the following information on identification
plate (11): "TRANSPORTABLE GUIDED MIS-
Sll..E EQUIPMENT MOUNTING KIT' on top
line; "1105157&.59" in PT. NO. block; "XM 241"
in MOD. NO. block; applicable serial number
in SER. NO. block; "HANNON ELECI'RIC
CO.'' in MFD. BY block.
7 - Wuh.r (4) AN960C516
8 - Lodtnut (4) MS21042L5
9 - Drain hole ... mbly IIS2'1311E0255
10 - Drain h- ... mbly MS273'11E0285
11 - ldentilieat.ion piau 10630184-1
12 - Oriveeerew (4) MS21318-15
( 26) UsiJii dimensions shown in (JiUf8 4-29,
position identification plate on truck bed.
( 26) U 8ing identification plate as a tem-
plate, mark location of four mountiJii holes. a.
move identification plate from truck bed.
(27) Drill four mountirli holes marked in
(26) above, ullirli a No. 44 drill.
(28) Position identification plate on truck
bed and aline predrilled holes in plate with holes
(29) Secure identification plate to truek,
Wli.Di driveacrews (12).
( 30) Install boardirli ladders on truck bed
as prescribed in paragraph
( 81) Apply zinc chromate primer
23)8 to all bare metal surfaces. After primer
bas dried, apply one coat of lusterless enamel
8010-297-2116.

4-3P. Initial Installation of Radio Terminal
Set and Winterization Heater Mounting
Kit.
a. Geraenll. Detailed procedures for the initial
installation of the radio terminal set and
winterization heater mountiJii kit on truck M666
are contained in b through l below. Procedures
for removal and installation of the radio terminal
set and winterization heater mounting kit are
contained in paragraph 2-3. To identify required
locations on the truck bed, compute m-
ments, startirli from the left side and rear of
the vehicle. Prior to assemblirli the parts of
the mountirli kit, apply one coat of zinc
chromate primer 80l<h'il5-2208 to all bare metal
surfaces. After primer has dried, apply one
coat of lusterless enamel 8010-297-2116. Unless
otherwise directed, tighten all bolts, nuts. and
ec:rews used in performirli procedures prescribed
below in accordance with standard mechanical
pract.iees.
Digitized by Google
o.so *0.06
.
___l
:I
I
r---.1
.
"-..1
I
2

'"' .J.
r
'
1 ...........
'
la:::D
- 2
lV',
'
1:::
t-
1:1.75 * o.o:s
-
A
NOTE:
All DIMENSIONS SNOWN AilE IN INCHES.
I - Drain lube -mbly (2)
2 - Anal bracket (2)
S - otrip (2)
Fill""' />Uiollotioto Q/ dnsia lvbe .._blr.
0 t eo b Coogle
TM 9 1450-JI0-14
b. Modlfu:ation of 'l'ruck M656 Air
Modify truck M666 air system aa presc:ribed
in pararraph 4-29b.
c. lmtattation of SuJ)PO'I't Hook (fig. 4-31).
( 1) I.Dwer side rates from truck M666.
( 2) I.Dwer and secure tailgate ao that it
is horizontal to the ground.
(3) Measure and identify centerline of tail
gate. Mark centerline on top edge of tailgate.
(4) Using dimensions shown in f ieure 4-81,
measure and mark mounting locations of six
IIUI)port hooks (1).
( 6) Position support hooks on truck M666
and aline edge of support hooks with mounting
loc:ations marked in (4) above.
Note
When performing (6) below, if transfer
punch cannot be inserted int o mounting
hole, remove excessive paint from
mounting bolea, ulliltf &tS.inch drill.
(6) Mark location of one of two mounting
holes in each support hook, using 8/8-inch trans-
fer punch.
(7) Remove support hooks from truck; re-
tain support hooks.

coat of zinc chromate primer
to all bare metal surf ac:es of all
drilled holes and to blind fasteners that
secure support hooks.
(8) Drill mounting holes marked in (6)
above, using a 3/ 8-inch drilL
Note
In (9) below, insure that support hooks
are alined with the horizontal and
vertical planes of truck M666.
C2
( 9) Position support hooks retained in (7)
above on truck and aline predrilled mounti.na
holes in support hooks with holes drilled in (8)
above.
(10) Secure support hooks to truck by iD-
stalling six blind fasteners (2) in holes drilled in
(8) above as prescribed in puarraph 4-25.
(11) Check and adjust alinement of support
hooks to vertical and horizontal planes of trock.
, .< 12) Using support hooks as templates. drill
remaining six mounting holes in truck.
(18) Install six blind fasteners (2) in bolea
d. PoeitWni714 Reinfrm:i714 Stripe 11051899-9,
110518989, and 11051897 9 on M8U.
( 1) Remove folding seats from cargo body
as presc:ribed in TM 9-232()..280-00 and give
them to the unit commander.
In (2) below, make numerous
menta to insure greater accuracy in
locating centerline on bed of truck.
Note
ln(2) below, mark centerlineonmaaking
tape for easy visual recognition.
(2) Measure and mark centerline of truck
bed.
( 3) Using dimensions shown in fieure 4-
32, measure and. mark lines A and B on truck
bed.
Note
The key numbers shown below in pareD-
theses refer to figure 4-33. except
( 4) Measure and mark centerline of rein-
forcing strip (1. fig. 4-32).
01(< '' t'<J by Coogle
a
TMt-14-IID u
TAILGATE
1--i--,a.so"' o.OJ
)
I
I L._
r
'.1
NOTE:
All DIMENSIOMS SHOWN AlE IN 1NOIU.
.._.
l - &wort hook (S) llOiliiJII.l
1- Blial fwmrr {11) NASllll SX6
[ uunotl]
....
In (6) below, poaition reinforcing strip
on truck bed 110 that countersunk por-
tion of mounting boles are facing up
and the end of the strip that has a
helieoil insert is facing up and to the
rear of truck bed. This will iMure
proper allnement of predrilled mount-
i ne bolea in lltrip with the mating
hardware.
(6) PI8Ce reinforcing strip (1, fig . ...a2>
on truck bed and centerline of
reinforcing strip upon line A marked in (S)
above. Poeition end of strip flush with end
of truck bed.
No ..
As SD aid in maintaining correct aliD&-
ment of reinforeing strip, identify
mounting location by eeribing a line
beside reinforcing strip on floor of truck
bed.
(6) Mark mounting loe&Uon of reinforcing
strip by scribing a line be side strip on truck bed.
(7) Measure and mark eenteriine of re-
inforcing strip (2,
( uUYiONJ
0
In (8) below, position strip on trudt ,
bed 110 that c:ountersu nk portion of
mounting boles are facing up and the
....,7
TMt-1450-180-14
NOTE:
All DIMEN$KlNS SHOWN
AilE IN INCHES.
C2
CENTERliNE
Of TRUCK
end of the strip that baa a helic:oil
ineert is facing up and to the rear of
truek bed. This will in8ure proper aline-
ment of predrilled holes in strip with
the ritating hardware.
(8) Place reinforcing strip (2, fig. 4-32)
on truck bed and superimpose centerline of re-
inforcing strip upon line B marked in (8) above.
Position end of strip with end of truck bed.
Note
As an aid in maintaining correct aline-
ment of reinforeing strip, identify
mounting loeation by eeribing a line
beside reinforcing strip on floor of t.ruck.
(9) Mark mounting loeation of reinforcing
strip by een"bing a line beside strip on truck
bed.
2
loll-
( 10) Using 3/S.inch drill and holes in re-
inforcing strips (1 and 2) as templates. drill
one hole in floor of truck bed at each end and
at center of stl'ips. I neert blind
fasteners (3) in drilled holes to keep reinforcing
strips from shifting. Do not aecure fasteners
at this time.
(11) Place reinforcing strips (4 and 6) on
bed of truek.
In (12) below, adjust reinforcing strips
(4 and 6) as required to aline pre-
drilled mounting holes in strips with
predrilled mounting holes in support
beam.
..
Digitized by Coogle
--.
C2
12
3
IIi
3
(
'!
'
I
I 0
0
0 ....
l
6
<IS> 0
0
0
1Y" CAI. 11 E.M 2
14
1

....... "'"
IYI'IC:Al 11 ( M 2
TM 9-1450-110-14
1 - Rein!orci!lll .uq, 1106189&-9
2 - Rein!oreinc .uq, 11061899-9
8- BUnd futener (6) NAS166$-6KU
4- Reiaforcinc .uq, ll061898-9
6 - Reinforei!lll 8lrip ll06UI979
6- Support. beam 110619011
7-Wuher (8) AN960-616
( 12) Position support beam (6) on re-
inforcing strips (1, 2, 4, and 5) and aline pre-
drilled holes in support beam with predrilled
mounting holes in reinforcing. strips.
( 13) Secure support beam to reinforcing
strips, using washers (7) and bolts (8). Do not
tighten bolts at this time.
(14) Position support beam (10) on bed of
truck.
No to
In (16) below, blind nut assemblies
cannot be installed flush with top of
reinforcing strips because mounting
holes are not drilled in floor of truck
bed at this time. Blind nut assemblies
are used to properly aline forward
endl! of reinforcing strips on truck
bed.
In (16) below, blind nut assemblies
can only be inserted in the correct
mounting holes.
(16) Place blind nut assemblies (9) in pre-
drilled mounting holes of reinforcing strips (1,
2, 4, and 6) as shown in figure 4-33.
( 16) Place support beam (10) on blind nut
assemblies installed in (15) above. Aline pre-
drilled holes in support beam with blind nut
assemblies.
( 17) Position washers (11) on bolts (12).
Insert bolts in predrilled holes of support beam
(10) and blind nut assemblies (9) to insure
alinement of reinforcing strips with support
beam.
(18) Using 3/8-inch drill and holes in rein-
forcing strip (4) as . templates, drill one blind
fastener mounting hole in floor of truck bed
at each end of reinforcing strip. Insert blind
fasteners (13) into drilled mounting holes. Do
not secure blind fastener at this time.
4-60
8-Bolt (8) ANM A
II - Btind nut ammblf (12)
10 - 8_.-t beam ll061Q.1
ll- W.._ (12) AN .. 16
12- &>It (12) AN&.l6A
18- Blind fUieiiOI' (8) NAS166$-6Kl6
14 - Blind ..,t "Membly (4) 106011866-17
C2
(19) Usiq 3/8-ineh drill and one of four
predrilled mounting holes at rear of reinforcing
strip (6) as a template, drill blind fastener
mounting hole in floor of truck bed. Insert
blind fastener (13) into drilled mounting hole.
Do not secure blind fastener at this time.
(:o!l) Usiq 28/64-inch drill and one of the
four holes at forward end of reinforcing strip
(6) as a template. drill blind nut assembly
mounting hole in floor of truck bed. Insert blind
mtt assembly (14) into drilled mounting hole.
Do not secure blind nut assembly at this time.
(21) Using 3/8- and 23/64-inch drills and
predrilled mounting holes in reinforcing s1riJ)a
(1, 2, 4, and 6) as templates. drill remaining
blind fastener and blind nut assembly mounting
holes in floor of truck bed.
(22) Remove washers (7) and bolts (8) that
eecu.re support beam to reinforcing strips.
(23) Remove support beam (6) from truck
bed.
(24) bolts (12) and washers (11)
that eecu.re support beam to blind nut assemblies
(9).
(26) Remove support beam (10) from blind
mtt assembly.
( 26) Remove blind fasteners (3 and 13) and
blind mtt assemblies (9) from reinforcing strips.
(27) Remove reinforcing strips (1. 2. 4. and
6) from truck bed.

Insure that all metal particles are re-
moved from truck bed to insure proper
installation of mounting hardware.
(28) Remove all metal particles from truck
bed.
Digitized by Coogle
C2
( 29) Apply a coat of zinc chromate primer
8010-516-2116 to all drilled boles in floor of
truck bed.
e. s-ri"' Rmiforcift(J to 7hlck <fir.
4-34).
\ ( \
1 - Reiafon:ina llril> 1106188&-t
2 - Blind nut -.1>\J 1060686&-61
8 - Blltwl nut xmNy (45) 10110831i6-17
- Blind , ... _ NAS1.....C16
6- BliDII fUie- NAS161G+16
8 - ReinfOI"I!IJw llrip110618119-9
1 - BliDII aut. u mlbbr.10110SS1i&-61
8- BtiDII f-(1111) NAS188UK16
9- Reinforeina llrip 110618119-9
TM 9-1450-11014
( 1 ) Place reinfon:inr strips ( 1, 6. 9 and 12 )
on truek bed and aline predrilled mountinr holes
in reinforcing strips with holes drilled in Cloor
of truck bed in d above.
II
Ml..aw'/1
10 - BnDII rut -.nbl7 10808366-61
11 -Blind f-(26) NAS188NKI6
12 - Reinfol'thll otrip 110618W7.$
18- BliDII nut auembb<
14- Blind nut u11mbly (46) 1(18(l111M.17
16- BtiDII fUie-
Ul - Analo bnd<ot (2) 1106180Sa
11 - Wuher (2)
1B - Bolt (2) AN&-IA
... 1
Digitized by Coogle

(
In (2) below. do not tighten blind
fas teners NAS1670-4-16 and
NAS1669-6K16 until blind nut assem-
blies 10606366-17 and 10606366-61 are
installed.
coat of zinc chromate primer 8010-
to bare metal surfaces of all
predrilled holes of reinforcing strips
and to mounting hardware such as
bolts, washers, blind nut assemblies,
and blind fasteners.
Note
Apply pressure to reinforcing strips
when installing blind nut assemblies
and blind fasteners as shown in figure
4--36 to eliminate air space between
strips and floor of truck bed.
(2) Secure reinforcing strips (1 , 6, 9, and
12) to floor of truck bed. using blind nut aaaem-
blies (2, S, 7, 10, 13. and 14) and blind fasteners
(4, 6, 8. 11, and 16) as prescribed in parawrapha
4-26 and 4-26.
( 3) Position brackets (16) on re-
inforcing strips (6 and 9) and aline predrilled
mounting holes in brackets with predrilled
mounting holes in strips.
( 4) Secure brackets to reinforclllf
stripe, using washers (17) and bolts (18).
WOOOfN 111.()(1[

STIIP
M141tl OI
........... ..u. .. /fir
iRololla""" qf 61illd M<l IUNIIObl.
C2
f. butall.atimt of Reififlnriftll Strip
9 on Tnu:k M656.
Note
If radio terminal set 10-kw generator
mounting kit is available for installa-
tion, perform (1) through (16) below.
If radio terminal set t().kw genera-
tor mounting kit is not available, omit
(1) through (16) and perform (16)
through (22) below.
l!arentheses refer to firure 4-36, ex-
cept wbere otherwise indicated.
(1) Position reinforcillf strip (1) on truck
bed as ahown in (lfllre 4-36.
(2) Remove four plugs (6) from reinforcing
strips (1 and 4); retain plugs.
( S) Position generator skid (6) on truck
bed.
( 4) Aline the four predrilled holes in
generator skid with the four mounting holes
in reinforcing strips (1 and 4).
( 6) Secure generator skid to reinforcing
strips, using four lockwa.shers (7) and bolts (8).
(6) Using 22/ 64-inch drill and reinforcing
strip (1) as a template, drill four blind nut
eesembly mounting holes in floor of truck bed.
(7) Insert blind nut assemblies (2) in holes
drilled in (6) above. Do not tighten blind nut
assemblies at this time.
(8) Remove generator skid from rein-
forcing strips and install four plugs retained
in (2) above.
(9) Using 1/ 4-inch drill and reinforcing
strip (1) as a template, drill 12 mounting holes
in floor of truck bed.
(10) Remove blind nut assemblies inserted
in (7) above from reinforcing strip.
( 11) Remove reinforcing strip from truck
bed.
( I
Insure that all metal particles are re-
moved from floor of truck bed to inaure
proper installation of mounting hard-
ware.
byGoogle
C2
1 - a.mlorci111 ~ 1106UIOU
2 - Blilld- rrJilll)lr 1 ~ 1 7
S- Blinll ,__. ( ~ NAS16"10-4-16
- a.w.....uw ~ 110611188-ll
( 12) Remove all metal particles from truck
bed.
(13) Apply a coat of z.ine chromate primer
~ 1 ~ 1 5 - ~ to bare metal Sllrfaces of holes
driUed in (6) and (9) above.
(14) Position reinforcing strip (1) on truck
bed and aline predrilled mounting boles in
reinforeinc strip with holes drilled in (6) and
(9) above.
2
6 - Ptuc (41 MS3907HI
TM 9-1450-SI0-14
29..500 fN.
asc
6- Gens-at skid 110.14119
7 - Lockw..._ (4) MSS683S-10B
8- Boll (4) AN12-18A
Nolo
Apply pressure to reinforcing strip when
installing blind fasteners and blind nut
assemblies as shown in figure 4-35 to
eliminate air space between strips and
floor of tnlck bed.
( 16) Secure reinforcing strip to floor of
truck bed, using blind nut assemblies (2) and
blind fasteners (3) as prescribed in paragraphs
4-26 and 4-26.
Digitized by Coogle
f eAunoii)
In (16) below, maintain dimensions
specified in figure 4-36.
( 16) Using dimensions shown in figure 4-36,
measure and position reinforcing strip (1) on
truck bed.
No to
As an aid in maintaining oonect aline-
ment of the reinforcing strip, identify
the qunting location by scribing a line
beside the strip on floor of trucli: bed.
(17) Using 1/4- and 23/ 64-inch drills and
reinforcing strip (1) as a template, drill 12 blind
fastener mounting holes and four blind nut
assembly mounting holes in floor of truck bed.
(18) Remove reinforcing strip from truck
bed.
( : ~ ~ ! ]
Il111\lre that all metal particles are re-
moved from truck bed to insure proper
installation of mounting hardware.
(19) Remove all metal particles from truck
bed.
(20) Apply a ooat of zinc chromate primer
8010-516-2208 to all bare metal surfaces of holes
drilled in (17) above and to mounting hardware
aueb as bolts. washers, blind nut assemblies, and
blind fasteners.
( 21 ) Position reinforcing strip on truck bed
and aline l>f'ednlled holes in strip with boles
Nolo
Apply pressure to reinforcing strips
when installing blind fasteners and blind
nut assemblies as shown in flfUI'1! 4-36
to eliminate air space between strips
and floor of truck bed.
(22) Seeure reinforcing strip to floor of
truck bed, uaing blind nut assemblies (2) and
blind fasteners (3) as prescribed in paragraphs
4-26 and 4-21t
g. l1111tallation of Htllter Mounting Base
1105189$-9 (fig. 4-37).
(I) Using dimensions shown in figure 4-37,
measure and mark location of two beater mount-
ing base mounting holes.
In (2) below, position heater mounting
flange facing forward wall of truck bed
as shown in figure 4-37.
( 2) Position beater mounting base (3) on
bed of vehicle and aline predrilled mounting
boles in base with mounting hole locations
marked in (1) above.
No to
be inserted into mounting bole. remove
excessive paint from mounting holes,
using 1/ 4-inch drill.
( 3) Using heater mounting base as a tern-
plate, mark location of remaining six mounting
boles, using 1/ 4-inch transfer punch.
( 4) Remove beater mounting base from
mounting location.
( 6) Drill eight mounting boles marked in
(1) and (3) above, using a 25/64-inch drill.
(6) Countersink each hole drilled in (5)
above. using 9/ 16-inch, too oountersink.
ooat of zinc chromate primer 8010-616-
2208 to all bare metal surfaces of pre-
drilled holes of reinforcing strips and to
mounting hardware such as bolts,
washers, and blind nut assemblies.
(7) Install blind nut assemblies (1) in holes
countersunk in (6) above as prescribed in para-
graph 4-26.
(8) Install fittings (2) on heater mounting
hooo
Digitized by Coogle
C2
12

NOtE,
All DIMNSIONS SHOWN ARE IN INCHES.
I
1 - Blind nut ....,.bty (8) 101106Sfi6.45
2- Fittina (4) NAS1211815
8 - Heater ...,untiag b-11061898-9
4- Screw (8) NAS1189-4P14
5- StriP 'WIIolbiY (4) NAS1212R16EI48
6- Tiedown fittlne (4) NAS1211F15
7- Bolt (8) ANHOA
8 - Sp..,... blodc (3) 11028193-1
9 - Wuher (3) AN98G-416
10 - Nut (3) MS2104:k
11 - Bolt (2) AN4-22A
12 - Sp...,. block (2) 11061fln.1
18- Wuher(2)
0
0
TM 9. 1 450-380 14

V'
_;,.!.
"'- 0
2A.3758SC
0
14 - Nut (2) MS2104:k
16 - StroP aaaembly NAS1212Rl5CE2S
16- Tiedown fitting NAS1211F15
17 - Strop usembly NAS1212Rl5CJS3
18- Sll'IP usembly NAS1212Rl5CEI9
19 - G- line ean rod< 110519279
ll)- Blind fa&Uner (6) NAS1669-4K7
21 - nut usembly (10) 106068M-ll
22- StriP 888emblY NAS1212Rl5BES3
28- Tiedown fitting (2) NAS1211F15
24- Air duet storage raek 11061896-9
25- Wuher (10) AN1l60-416
ll6 - Bolt (10) NA$564-33
12
MU8912I
Digitized by Coogle
, '450-110-14
(9) Secure IMW.er mounting base to blind
assemblies, using screws (4).
(10) Install Btl'_, assemblies (6) on fiu.inp
installed in (9) above.
(11) Install tiedown fiu.ings (6) on str_,
assemblies installed in (10) above.
( 12) Position five spacer blocks (8 and 12)
on heater mounting base as shown in figure4.87.
( 18) Secure spacer blocks to heater mount-
ing base, using bolts (7 and 11), waahera (9
and 18), and nuts (10 and 14).
1&. lmt4llationof GaaolinL ran Rode 11051917
9 (fie. 4-37) .
(1) Uaing dimensions sbown in figure 4.87,
meamre and mark location of gasoline can
rack (19).
(2) can rack on truck bed,
using dimensions marked in (1) above.
Note
be inserted into mounting hole, remove
exceaaive paint from mounting holes,
uaing 1 I 4-inch drill.
(8) Using gasoline can rack as a template,
mark locations of six mounting holes, using
1/4-incb transfer punch.
(4) Remove gasoline can rack from mount-
ing locaUon; retain rack.
( 6) Drill six mounting holes marked in (8)
above, uaing letter G drill.
(6) Apply one coat of zine chromate primer
8010-616-2008 to holes drilled in (6) above. Allow
primer to dry.
(7) Install strap assemblies (16, 17, and 18)
and tiedown fiu.ing (16) on gasoline can rack.
(8) P08ition gasoline can rack retained in
(4) above on troek bed and aline predrilled
mounting holes in rack with mounting holes
When performing the following pro-
cedures, apply a coat of zinc chromate
primer 8010.616-2208 to blind fasteners.
C2
( 9) Secure rack to floor of troek bed,
using blind fasteners Inatall fasteners as
preacribed in paragraph 4-26.
(10) II'IStall gasoline cans in rack and secure
cans with strap assemblies.
i. lttatallatiott of Air Duct Rode
11051895-9 (fig. 4.87).
( 1) late and mark centerline of forward
w'{l. of truck bed as shown in figure 4-37.
(2) Measure 3-7/8 inchea to the richt of
oenterline and aeribe a baee line on rear face
of forward wall.
(8) Poaition air duet atoraee rack (24) on
flange and aline center of mounting hole with
line ecribed in (2) above.
Note
be inserted into mounting hole, remove
exeeaaive paint from mounting holes.
using 3/S.inc:h drill.
(4) Locate and mark location of five
mounting holes on rear face of forward wall,
using 3/ S.ineh transfer punch.
(6) Remove air dud atorage rack from
forward wall of truck bed.
(6) Using center of bolea marked in (4}
above, locate and mark frve mounting hole
locations on top of flange as shown in figure
4.87.
( 7) Drill 10 mounting holes in forward wall
of truck bed, using 26/64-inch drill.
( 8) Countersink each bole drilled in (7)
above, uaing 29/64-ineh, count.eraink.
In the following proeeduree. apply a
coat of zinc chromate primer 801()..616-
2008 to bare metaiiUl'facea of all boles
and to mounting hardware such as blind
nut assembliea, waahera, and bolts.
(9) Install 10 blind nut assemblies (21) in
holes countersunk in (8) above as prescribed jn
paragraph 4-26.
0 t eo by Google
-
a
(10) Position air duct storatre rack on truck
bed Corward wall and aline predrilled holes in
rack with blind nut aasembliee installed in (9)
above.
TM 9l.t50110-14
( 11) Secure air duct storage rack on truck
bed forward wall, using bolts (26) and washers
(26).
4-66.1/(4-66.2 W""''
Diglt1zed by Google
I
ca
j. lutallatilm of Support Btcms (fig. 4-38).

In (1) below, use a special 9/16-inch
motor perpendicular to truck bed.
(1) Using 9/16-inch drill and reinforcing
strips (1 and 2) as templates, drill10 mounting
holes A through floor of truck bed.
In the following procedures, apply
zinc chromate primer 8010-516-2208 to
all bare metal surfaees of all dnlled
holes and to all mounting hardware
such as screws, bolts, blind nut rur
semblies, washers, lockwashers, and
nuts.
In (2), (16), and (20) below, insert
studs into predrilled mounting holes
of support beam so that ends with
fewest number of threads will be
above the floor of truek bed.
(2) Insert studs (3)intopredrilledmounting
holes of support beam (8).
Note
Washers and nuts installed in (3),
(17), and (22) below will prevent studs
from falling through bed of vehicles
when inaerted into mounting holes.
In (3) below, install nuts on studs 80
that two threads are e:xpoeed above
the nuts.
(3) Install washer (4) and nut {5) on end
of each stud that baa the fewest number of
threads.
( 4) Position support beam on reinforcing
strips (1, 2, 6, and 7) and insert studs into
mounting holes A drilled in (1) above.
support beam (8) with blind nut assemblies
stalled in e above.
(6) Secure support beam to reinforcing
strips, using washers (9) and bolts (10).
lM 9-1450.1101
(7) Position support beam (11) on
forcing strips (1, 2, 6, and 7) and aline pre-
drilled mounting holes in support beam with
predrilled mounting holes in reinforcing stripe.
strips, using washers (12 and 14) and bolts
(13 and 16).
(9) Position webbing straps (16) on support
beam (11).
(10) Secure webbingstrapstosupportbeam,
using washers (17) and nuts (18).
(11) Position support beam (19) on
forcing strip (6) and aline the 43 predrilled
mounting holes in support beam with blind nut
assemblies installed in e above.
( 12) Secure support beam to reinforcing
strip, using washers (20) and bolts (21).
( 13) Position support beam (22) on rein.
forcing strip (7) and aline predrilled mounting
holes in support beam with blind nut assemblies
installed in e above.
strip, using washers (23) and bolts (24).
( 11H Position support beam (26) on
forcing strips (1, 2, 6, and 7) aa shown in
figure 4-38.
(16) Insert four studs (26) into predrilled
mounting holes of support beam and mounting
holes A drilled in (1) above.
Note
In (17) below, instal! nuts on studs 80
that two threads are exposed above
the nuts.
(17) Install washer (27) and nut (28) on
end of each stud that has the fewest number ol
threads.
(18) Aline predrilled mounting holes in sup-
port beam (26) with blind nut assemblies installed
in e above.
(19) Sure support beam to blind nut rur
semblies. using washers (29) and bolts (30).
(20) Secure support beam (26) to support
beams (22 and 19), using washers (31), bolts
(32), washers (33), and nuts (34).
DigitiZed by
a
2
nPICAI. flEM I
MOUNII>i G HOlE A
,.
2
~
~ 16
7
1
11
6
... .,13
o tzed .Yf Coogle
. - .
a
1 - Reinlon:illl olrip 11061 ....
2- Reinton:hw 11061818 t
3-Sllld 11061MI0-1
4- Wulw (ll) ANN).81f
& - Nut (ll) M821046-8
,_ Reinforoilll 11061817-t
1 - Reinforoilll lllrip 1106181t
8 - 1106190Z-1
1- W..._ (lll)
10- Bolt (lll) AN&-lfA
11 - a-rt beam 11061901-1
12- W..._ (8)
13- Bolt (8) AN6-18A
14- Wuh (8) ANM0418
16 - Bolt (8) AN$.7 A
16- Webbbw 1tn1p (2) 11061901-t
17- Wuh (ll) AN960-418
18 - Nut MS21041-4
111- 1106UCt
3> - Wuber (41) AN960-418
21 - Bolt (41) AN4-16A
1!2- a-rt ....... 11061tiiM
21- Wuberl41) AN960-411
lit-Bolt (43) AN4-16A
26- a-rt ....... 110619QZ.I
2111 - Sllld (4) 110616110-1
rT- Wuber (4)
28 - Nut (4) 11821046-8
( 21) Insert four &blda (36) into mounting
holes A drilled in (1) above.
Note
In (22) below, inatall nuts on studa ao
that two threads are exposed above the
nuta.
( 22) Install washer (86) and nut (87) pn end
of eaeh stud that has the fewest number of
threads.
(28) Position tie-in plates (38) on top of
support beama (8. 11, 19, and 22) as shown in
fipre 4-38.
(24) Using 11/64-iDC:h drill and eadl ti&-in
plate as a template, drill 20 mounting holes in
support beams.
( 25) Secure tie-in plates to support beams.
using bolts (39), washers (40), and nuts (41).
( 26) Position angle brackets (42) on 8Upport
beams (8 and 19, 11 and 19. 11 and 22, and 22
and 8) as shown in figure 4-38.
(27) Using ea.eh angle bracket as a tem-
plate, drill 16 mounting holes in IUpport beams,
using 26/64-incb drill.
(28) Secure angle brackets to support
beams, using washers (48), bolts (44), wasbens
(46), and nuts (46).
TM 9-1450-1.14
119 - W ...... (4) AN980-618
80 - Bolt (4)

82- Bolt(4) AN&-l!A
IS- Wuber (4) AN980-616
84- Nut (4) MS2104U
86 - Sllld (4) 110616110-1

81 - Nut (4) M821046-8
- Tle-iD plate (4) 110611107.1
81- Bol\(3>) Am-lOA
40 - Wubtr (30)
41 - Nut (30) 1(821042-4.
42- Alllle bradlet (4) 11061806-1
48 - Wub(16) AN98N16
" - Bolt (16) AN&-12A
46- Wuber (16)
4e - Nut (16) 1182104U
47 - A..,le bO'Io:ket (4) 11061806-8

49 - Bolt (4) AN6-14A
liO- W ...... (4)
61 - Nut (4) MS2104U
Y - Wuber (8)
68- Bolt (8)
6C - Wuber (8)
66 - Nut (8) MS21042-t
(29) Position angle brackets (47) on support
beams (22 and 26, and 19 and 26) as shown in
ftgure 4-38.
( 30) Using 26/64-incb drill and each angle
bracket as a template, drill 12 mounting holes
in support beams.
(81) Secure angle brackets to support
beams, using washers (48 and 60), bolts (49),
nuts (61}, washers (62 and 64), bolts (68), and
nuts (66).
lc. lul4llation of Support BraeluU 11051581-9
(fig. 4-39).
(1) Using dimensions shown in figure 4-39,
measure and mark mounting location of support
brackets (1).
(2) Position support brackets on frame of
vehicle and aline top of mountine bracket flange
with marks made in (1) above.
(3) Insert studs (8) into predrilled holes of
support brackets.
Note
be inaerted into mounting holes, re-
move excesaive paint from mounting
holes, using a 8/S.incb driU.
Digitized by Coogle
lMt-1..-110 14
( 4) Maintain alinement of eadl support
bracket on frame of vehicle and mark locaUc>n
of one hole in eadl support bn!Cket,
using a 3/ S.inch transfer punch.
(5) Remove support bracketa from frame
of vehicle; retain support brackets.
(6) Drill mounting holes marked in (4)
above in frame of vehicle, using 3/ S.inch drill.
(
In the following procedures, apply zinc
chromate primer 8016-51&-2008 to sur
faces of alf drilled holes and to all
blird fasteners.
Nole
In (7) below, insure that support brack-
ets are alined with the homontal and
vertical planes of truck frame.
( 7 ) Position support braeketa on frame of
vehicle and aline predrilled mounting holes in
brackets with holes drilled in (6) above.
(8) Install blird fastenen(2) in holes drilled
in (6) above as pruc:ribed in paragraph 4-26.
(9) Check and lllijuat eadlsupport braeket
to insure that it is BQuared to frame of vehicle.
( 10) Using each support braeket as a tem-
plate, drill remaining mounting holes in frame of
vehicle.
( 11) Secure support braeketa to frame of
vehicle, using blird fasteners (2).
(12) Secure support brackets to studs (8),
using waahen (4) and nuts (6).
1 - 8-' ......... (10) 1106168U
2 - Btillll ,_ (20) NAB1-.eK10
1- 811111 (10111061158G-1
4 - w ... (10) t l lil!lllll
5 - Nllt (10) MS21CNW
'_ s.._ ..- u06t
1 - Fire ati .................. (1)110610-t
8- Wllhor (t)
t- Bolt (9) NASIIU7
C2
l. btllaltatw" of StorGfle Rat:l' Spport
11051894-9 afld 1ln (fig. 4-39).
( 1) Poeition lltorap rack IIIJI)pOl't (6) on
reinforcing stripe as llboWD in flgUJ"e 4-39.
( 2) Aline predri)Jed holes in st.onge rack
support with blind nut 'MI!uibliea illltalled in
e above.
Note
Both fire extinguiahers are installed in
the same manner.
(3) Poeition fn extiJ!cuiaber bracket (7)
on leg of atoraee rack aupport u llbown in
flgUJ"e 4-39.
(4) Secure fn bracket and
atoraee rack suppoct to reinfon:inc ltrips, oainc
wuben (8) and bolta (9).
(6) Position fire extinguisber brarket (7)
on reinforcing strip (10) and aline predril)ed
holes in bracket with blind mt .-bJiea in-
ltalled in e above.
(6) Secure fn extinguisher bracket to
blird nut anembliell, usi..r waahers (8) and
bolts (9).
(7) Secure fire atinguieher ltnpe (11) to
brackets, uaing waahers (12), boltl (13), and
DUta (14).
( 8) Secure fn atincuiaben (16) to brld-
et, using lb"IIPB illltalled in (7) above.
(9) lllllta'llln&> (18) and fitting
(17) on ltorage rack IUI)PCJrt (6).
ltfwe44t. ht*llatiw-';are ...
0
1 . *' aarwta .. ;art,..t/in ,. ,ufrtr , 5 ,
C2
TM 9-1450-380- 14
'I'..
~ ~
_A
----
- ......
-14
~ ~
9
,(l
~
6
12

J

-
'- l..,
......
7
l
. ,
v
II
I
15
1
5
4-71
o ilzEX' by Coogle
TM 9- 1450-380-14
I
4-31 . Initial Installation of Power Station
Mounting Kit on Trailer M796.
a. General. Detailed procedures for initial in
stallation of the power station mounting kit on
trailer M796 are contained in b through i below.
Procedures for removal and installation of the
power station and air servicer assembly are con
tained in paragraph 2-7.1. Procedures for re-
moval and installation of mounting kit com
ponents are contained in paragraph 4-18.1.
b. Re11Wval and Swroge of Brake SenMe Ac
cess Door (fig. 4-40).
(1) Remove hinge pin and remove brake
service access door (1) from t railer grating.
Reinstall hinge pin in access door hinge half.
If hinge pin is not considered reuseable, discard
hinge pin.
(2) Position brake service access door (1)
in approximate location shown in figure 4-40
and secure to grating in three places. using
three steel straps (2) and three seals (3).
c. Assembly and Installation of Support
Beam.' (fig. 4-40).
(1) Position roadside support beam (4) and
curbside support beam (5) on trailer bolsters
in locations shown in figure 4-40.
Note
Loosely install all mounting hardware
in (2) through ( 4) below until instruct
ed. to tighten hardware. Do not install
washers (10, 17, and 24) when per-
forming (2) through (4) below.
(2) Install cross support beam (6) and two
walkway support beams (7), using eight washers
(8), eight bolts (9), eight washers (11), eight
lockwashers (12). and eight nuts (13).
Note
In (3) below, do not install mounting
hardware in lower inside holes. This
hardware will be installed later in
procedure.
(3) Install cross support beam (14), using
six washers (15), six bolts (16), six washers (18),
six lock washers (19), and six nuts (20).
(4) Install cross support beams (21). using
four washers (22). four b o i L ~ (23), four washers
4- 72
C9
(25), four lockwashers (26), and four nuts (27)
for each beam.
(5) Tighten all mounting hardware in
stalled in (2) above. Use washers (10), as re-
quired, to eliminate any space between ends of
cross support beam (6) and roadside support
heam (4) or curbside support beam (5).
stalled in (3) above. Use washers (17), as re-
quired, to eliminate any space between ends of
cross support beams (14) and roadside support
beam ( 4) or curbside support beam (5).
stalled in (4) above. Use washers (24) as re-
quired to eliminate any space between ends of
cross support beam (14) and roadside support
beam (4) or curbside support beam (5).
(8) Position roadside support beam (4) and
curbside support beam (5) as shown in figure
4-40. With support beams resting on trailer
bolsters, carefully place four mounting bolts
(35) and four mounting bolts (41) through holes
in support beams until ends of bolts strike an-
gles under trailer bolsters.
(9) While keeping bolts as nearly plumb
as possible, place marks on angles adjacent to
each bolt as shown in figure 4-40 to indicate
locations and amount of angles that must be
cut away to provide clearance for bolts. If nec-
essary, move assembled beams to gain access
when performing (10) below.
(10) Cut or grind away portions of angles
marked in (10) above. Remove burrs and sharp
edges. Apply one coat of pretreatment primer
8030-00-850-70'76 to bare metal. Follow with one
coat of zinc chromate primer 8010-00-515-2208
and one top coat of olive drab enamel 8010-
00-297 ..()560.
(11) Install roadside support beam and
curbside support beam on front trailer bolster,
using four washers (34), four bolts (35), two
mounting plates (36), four washers (37), four
lockwashers (38), and four nuts (39). Install
beams on rear trailer bolsters, using four
washers (40), four bolts (41), two mount ing
plates (42), four washers (43), four lockwashers
(44), and four nuts (45).
(12) Install mounting hardware not in
stalled in (3) above in lower inside holes in cross
support beam (14).
D ~ q t zeo .> Coogle
C9 TM 9 1450-380.14
I
lR4aU
7

MOUNTING CO'IfiGURAtiON
NO!
SOLI OPtiONAl
All St10W..., Akf IN 1.-.;( .. S
IYPtCAl 4 ""L.o' CF S
I
4-73
Diq1t1zed by Google
lM 9-1450-380-14
1 - Brake servic-e a.ccess door
2 - Steel str ap (31 QQ-S781, t ype I regular,
linish B, grade 2, 0.028 X 3/ 4 in.
3 - Seal (31 QQ-S781, typeD or S, style 2 or 3,
<lass R, rinish B, grade 2. 3/4 in.
4 - Roadside support beam 11061.21:>-9
5 - Curbside upport beam 11061210-9
6 - Cross support beam 11'o61212-9
7 - Walkway support beam 11061214-9
8 - Washer (81 AN960-1016
9 - Bolt 181 AN10-15A
tO - Washer (ARI AN960-1016L
11 - Washer (8) AN960-1016
12- Lock washer (8) MS35.'l38-107
13- Nut (8) AN31510R
14 - Cross support beam 11061212-9
15 - Washer (Si AN960-1016
16 - Bolt (81 AN10-13A
17 - W:.,.her (ARJ ANl160-1016L.
18 - Washer 181 AN960-1016
19 - Lockwa.her (81 MS35338-107
20 - Nut (81 AN315-IOR
21 - Cross <upport beam 11061213-9
22 - Washer 181 AN960-1016
d. lnstallatilm of Retaining Plates and Brack
on R(}(ul.'fide and Curbside Support Beam.'
(fig. 4-41).
(1) Using dimensions shown in figure 4-41
and brackets (5 and 6) as templates, mark loca-
tions Cor 10 bracket mounting holes on roadside
support beam.
Note
In (2) and (4) below, retaining plates
(1) will extend approximately 1/8-inch
beyond edge of curbside and roadside
support beams.
and two retaining plates (1) as templates, mark
locations for retaining plate mounting holes on
roadside support beam.
and brackets (5 and 6), as templates, mark loca-
t ions for 10 bracket mounting holes on curbside
support beam.
( 4) Using dimensions shown in figure 4-41
and two retaining plates (1) as templates, mark
locations for retaining plate mounting holes on
curbside support beam.
4-74
23 - Bolt (81 AN10-13A
24 - Washer (ARI AN960-1016L
25- Waeher (81 AN960-1016
26 - Lock washer 181 !11535338-107
27 - Nut (81 AN31510R
28 - Walkway support beam 181 11061214-9
29 - Washer 132) AN960-1016
30 - Bolt (321 AN10-13A
31 - Washer (321 AN960-1016
32- Loekwasher (321
33- Nut 132) ANSI:;. tOR
34 - Washer (4) AN960-1016
35 - Bolt (41
36 - Mounting plate t2i 1106121U-1
37 - Washer (41 AN960-1016
38 - Lockwasher l l ) MS35.'l38-107
39- Nut (41 AN31510R
40- Washer (4.1 AN960-1016
41- Bolt (41 ANI0-67A
42 - Mounting ptaw (2) 11061210-1
43- Washer (t l AN960-1016
44 - l.ockwa.hcr (41 MS35338-107
4.5- Nut (4i AN315-IOR
C9
(5) Using ll/32-inch drill, drill through
support beams in locations marked in (2) and
(4) above. Countersink holes to a diameter of
0.6870.10 inch, using 3/4-inch 100 coun-
tersink. Remove burrs and sharp edges.
Note
When drilling holes in (6) below, do
not drill holes through support beams
at four locations shown by note 1 in
hardware is required in these loca-
tions.
(6) Using 13/32-i nch drill, drill holes
through support beams at locations marked in
(1) and (3) above. Remove burrs and sharp
edges.
(7) Using 3/4-inch back spotfacer, spot-
face bottom side of eight holes drilled in (6)
above at locations shown in figure 4-41. Remove
burrs and sharp edges.
(8) Apply one coat of pretreatment primer
8030-00-850-7076 to bare metal resulting from
drilling in (5) through (7) above. Follow with
one coat of zinc chromate primer BOHl-00-515--
2208 and one top coat of olive drab enamel 8010-
00-297 ..()560.
Digitized by Coogle
C9
39 T'r9 o11 n 11r
SEE "011 ;, !>H '<011;

r- 1
NOit

I
:F
-
-
-
-
100
H OO
' f--10
""
1>8 ooo esc
' -- _I! -

-
' OSO
f't l> T'rP
I S! R.frl . L

0
y
T
SH
-
- -1

'
TM 9-1450-380- 14
OS
SH
1v>
NOIE
J
...,'N,_ I
10
-
IX
I
e NOl l 1
-
I

18 )8
!
'
0.1/.S:J;OQI 0
5HN01!7p
8 I
\"
0 l7HOOIC NOlO
- ---- - ------.J
NOT$
A
-
SEE
NOT I
cusstOf
SUI'l>ORI
00"'01 OBlll ti'IIOUGH SlAM,., THIS lOCATIONS
1 SPOIFACf 0 7S INCrt
3 AU $MOWN .C.'U tN I ... Ct1S
AU
S DW.INS<ON S TO VfRIICAIIOGf Of 510' IN S ()Ito
SH NOTE I
SUPPORt
SEAM
Mj J9)0A. .
I
4-75
o ilzEX' by Coogle
TM 9-1450-380-14
1 - Retaining plate (4) 11051579-1
2 - Hi-torque bolt (8) NASI2215-11T
3 - Washer (8) AN960C516
4 - Locknut (8) MS210-125
5 - Bracket 110360361
(9) Install four retaining plates (1), using
two hi-torque bolts (2), two washers (3), and
two locknuts (4) for each plate.
(10) Install two brackets (5) and two brack
ets (6), using five hi-torque bolts (7), five
washers (8), and five locknuts (9) for each
bracket.
(11) Install eight walkway support beams
(28, fig. 4-40), using 32 washers (29), 32 bolts
(30), 32 washers (31), 32 lockwashers (32), and
32 nuts (33).
e. Drilling Air &wvicer Mou.ntirl{J Holes (fig.
4-41).
4-41, mark locations for eight holes on cross
support beams (10).
Hole true !>OSition diameter for holes
drilled in (2) below are 0.028-inch di-
ameter.
(2) Step drill all hol f!S in locations marked
above to a final diameter of 0.562 ( +0.008,
-0.001) inch. using a 9/16-inch drill as the final
drill. Remove burrs and sharp edges.
8030-00-850-7076 to bare metal in holes drilled
in (2) above. Follow wit h one coat of zinc chro-
mate primer 8010-()().515-2208 and one top coat
of olive drab enamel 801000-297-0560.
4-76
6 - Bracket 11036036-2
7 - Hi-torque bolt (20) NAS12216-11T
8 - Washer (20) AN960C616
9 - Locknut (20) M S 2 1 0 4 2 ~
10 - Cross support beam 110612139
Note
lf air servicer is to be installed, per-
form installation procedures pre-
scribed in paragraph 2-7.1b and omit
(4) below. If air servicer is not to be
installed, perform ( 4) below.
C9
(4) Install four bol ts AN8-13A, four
washers AN960C816, and four locknuts
NAS1291X8 in holes drilled on curbside end of
cross support beams (10) in (2) above for future
use when installing air servicer.
.f. JnstaUation of W11lkway E<'loor Plutes (fig.
4-42).
(1) Place walkway floor plate (1) in posi-
tion shown in figure 4-42. With floor plate
clamped securely in place, and using predrilled
floor plate as a template, drill one hole through
five walkway support beams (19), using
9/32-inch drilL
(2) Install one screw (2), one bevel washer
(3), and one locknut (4) in each of the holes
drilled in (1) above to facilitate accurate drilling
of remaining mounting holes.
(3) Using 9/32-inch drill and predrilled
floor plate as a template, drill remaining holes
in fi ve walkway support beams (19).
(4) Remove and retain mounting hard-
ware installed in (2) above and remove walkway
floor plate (l ). Remove burrs and sharp edges.
Digitized by Google
C9
0
rfP
2
\
6
\
-
0
I I
f

1YIIC.AL 1Nf, rAHATI0N
Of BEVEl J 7 14
.....
<!,'{.,'<
....
0
0
16
13
15
'------8 _ ___ __.
0
0
0
0
0
0
, __ 9
I
1
N01f5
I AU DIMENSIONS SHOWN A.R[ IN INCHES
0
0
1 so t012
TM 9-1450-SI0-14
0
0
600
01?
0
L.__ _ _ __
2 All IOl f h NCES A E %0 Ol i NCH UNl ESS OIHU WISE 5HQWN
I
Dgt ed .>yGoogle
TM 9-1450-380-14
I - Walkway floor plate 110612031
2 - Screw (291 MS2469:lS300
3 - Bevel washer (291 NASI0!/9-4
4 - Locknut (29) MS21(1.12-4
5 - Walkway floor plate 1106121 11
6 - Screw (161 MS2169:1S300
1 - Bevel washer 116) NASI0!/9-4
8 - Locknut (16) MS21042-4
9 - Screw t4J MS246(13S300
tO- Washer 14! AN960C416L
I I - Locknut (41 MS210424
drilling operation in (3 and 4) above. Follow
with one coat of zinc chromate primer 8010-
00-515-2208 and one coat of olive drab enamel
8010-00-297-0560.
Note
When installing walkway floor plate
(1), position bevel washers (3) as
(6) Install walkway floor plate (1) by
loosely installing 29 screws (2), 29 bevel washers
(3), and 29 locknuts (4).
(7) Tighten all mounting hardware in-
(8) Place walkway floor plate (5) in posi-
tions shown in figure 4-42. With floor plate
clamped securely in place, and using predrilled
floor plat e as a template, drill one hole through
each end of both cross support beams (16), us-
ing 9/32-inch drill.
(9) Install one screw (6), one bevel washer
(7), and one locknut (8l in each of t he holes
drilled in (8) above to facilitate accurate drilling
of remaining holes.
floor plate as a template, drill remaining holes
in each cross support beam (16); drill two holes
each through roadside support beam (17) and
curbside support beam (18) at locations for
screws (9) in figure 4-42, and drill two holes
t hrough two walkway support beams (19).
(Il l Remove and retain mounting hard-
ware installed in (9) above and remove walkway
floor plate (5). Remove burrs and s harp edges.
4-78
12- Walkway floor plate 110612031
13 - (291 MS24693S300
14 - Bevel washer (291 NASI\1994
15 - lAJCknut (29J M$21(1.12-4
16 - Cross support beam 11061212-9
17 - Roads ide support beam ll0612H'>9
18 - Curbside support beam 11061216-9
19- Walkway support beam (101 110fil2149
20 - !de.nti(ication plate 10630184-1
21 - Rivet W MS24070A03-7
C9
8030-00-850-7076 to bare met al resulting from
drilling operation. Follow with one coat of zinc
chromate primer 8010-00-515-2208 and one top
coat of olive drab enamel
Note
When installing walkway floor plate
(5), position bevel washers (7J as
( 13) Install walkway floor plate (5) by
loosely installing 16 screws (6), 16 bevel washers
( 7 ). 16 locknuts (8). and by ins talling four
screws (9), four washers (10), and four locknuts
(lll as shown in figure 4-42.
(14) Tighten all mounting hardware in-
(15J Place walkway fl oor plate (121 in [JOSi-
tion shown in figure 4-42, with edge of floor
plates extending 0.250.03 inch beyond ends of
five walkway support beams (19'1.
(16) With walkway floor plate (12) clamped
securely in place and using predrilled floor plate
a template, drill one hole through fi ve walk-
way support beams (1!1), using !)/32-inch drill.
(lil Ins tall one screw (131, one bevel
washer (14), and one locknut (15) in each of
the holes drilled in (16) to facilitat e ac-
curate drilling of remaining mounting holes.
floor plate as a template, drill the remaining
holes in five walkway support beams (19).
(191 Remove and retain mounting hard-
ware installed in (17) above and remove walk
way floor plate (12). Remove burrs and sharp
edges.
Digitized by Coogle
C13
drilling operation. f'ollow with one coat of zinc
chromate primer 8010-00-515-2208 and one top
coat of olive drab enamel 8010-00.-297-0560.
(21) Install walkway floor plate (12) by
loosely installing 29 screws (13), 29 bevel
washers (14), and 29 locknuts (15).
g. Installation of Identification Plate (fig.
4-42).
(1) Using 1/8-inch metal stamp, stamp
the following information on identification plate
(20): "GUIDED MISSILE EQUIPMENT
MOUNTING KIT" on top line; "11054419-9" in
PT. NO. block; "1468.8 LB." in WT. block;
"MARTIN MARIETTA CORP." in MFG. BY
block, and applicable serial number in SER. NO.
block. Fill stamped characters with black en-
graving filler 8010-00-526-1455.
4-42, position identification plate on walkway
support beam.
TM 9-1450-380-14
(3) Using identification plate as a tern
plate, mark location of four mounting holes. Re-
move identification plate.
(4) Drill four mounting holes in locations
marked in (3) above, using No. 40 drill.
(5) Position identification plate so that
predrilled holes aline with holes drilled in (4)
above.
(6) Install identification plate, using four
rivets (21).
h. Painting. Touch up all exposed metal and
hardware installed in b through g above by ap-
plying one coat of pretreatment primer 8030-
00-850-7076 to bare metal. Follow with one coat
of zinc chromate primer 8 0 1 0 - 0 0 - 5 1 ~ 2 2 0 8 and
one top coat of olive drab enamel 8010-00-297-
0560.
i. Assembly of C-C/amps. Assemble four C.
clamp assemblies by first installing one jamnut
NAS509-10, and then one C-clamp 11051587-29
on bolt 11051589-3 for each C-clamp assembly.
Retain C-clamp assemblies with mounting kit
for future use when installing power station
(par. 2-7.1).
Section VIII. REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAMMER-TEST ST A liON/POWER
STATION MOUNTING KIT
4-32. General.
If mounting kit is to be removed from old truck
M656 cargo bed and installed on a replacement
truck cargo bed, perform procedures in para-
graphs 4-33 and 4-34. If the old truck cargo
bed, with mounting kit installed, is to be re-
moved and installed on a replacement truck,
perform procedures in paragraphs 4-35 and 4-36.
It is not necessary to completely restore old
truck or cargo bed to the original configuration;
that is, drilled holes need not be filled and weld-
ed items and blind nuts need not be removed.
4-33. Removal of PTS/ PS Mounting Kit.
a. General. When removing mounting kit
from truck, it is not necessary to compl.etely
disassemble the mounting kit. All items re-
moved are to be retained for installation on
the replacement truck.
b. RemovaL
(l) Remove PTS and PS, and associated
equipment as prescribed in paragraph 22.
(2) Remove cable assembly (1, fig. 4-27).
(3) Remove blind fasteners (2 and 3, fig.
4-24) as prescribed in paragraph 4-25a. Retain
support hooks (1).
(4) Remove electrical lead (consisting of
6, 7, 10, and 15, fig. 4-28.1), and clamps and
mounting hardware.
(5) Remove support rack (2, fig. 4-25). It
is not necessary to remove webbing straps or
blind rivet nuts.
\ 6) Remove drain hose assemblies and all
other items shown in figure 429, except drain
tube assemblies (2).
(7) Remo\e studs (4, fig. 4-28), support
brackets (11 and 14.1) and attaching hardware.
I
Digitized by Coogle
TM 9-1450-380-14
(8) Remove all blind fasteners (7 and 8,
fig. 4-27) as prescribed in paragraph 4-25a.
(!)) Remove assembled support beams (5.
6, and 7, fig. 4-26) and (3, fig. 4-27), and rein-
forcing strips (1 through 4, fig. 4-26) from
truck. It is not necessary to remove items at-
tached to support beams and reinforcing strips.
(10) Install folding seats and side panels
on truck as prescribed in Tl\1 9-2320-230-34.
4-34. Installation of Old Programmer-Test
Station/Power Station Mounting Kit
on Replacement Truck M656.
a. Ge11eral. The items to be installed in the
procedures below are those items retained when
old mounting kit was removed in paragraph
4-33. New mounting hardware or parts should
be used if old items are damaged or not in
good condition. To identify required locations
on the truck cargo bed, make measurements,
starting from the left side and rear of the cargo
bed. Prior to installing the parts of the mount-
ing kit, apply one coat of primer 8010-00-515-
2208 to all bare metal surfaces of mounting
kit parts and truck cargo bed. After primer ha_q
dried, apply one coat of lusterless enamel 8010.
00.297-2116 to primed surfaces.
b. Installation.
(1) Modify truck air system as prescribed
in paragraph 4-29b.
(2) Install support hooks (1, fig. 4-24) as
prescribed in paragraph 4-29c. Use new blind
fasteners (2 and 3).
(3) Install support rack (2, fig. 4-25) as
prescribed in paragraph 4-29d. Replace any
damaged webbing straps.
(4) Remove support beam (3, fig. 4-27)
from assembled support beams and reinforcing
strips removed from old truck in paragraph
b(9).
(5) Install assembled support beams (5, 6,
and 7. fig. 4-26) and reinforcing strips (l
through 4, fig. 4-26) on replacement truck as
prescribed in paragraph 4-29f
(6) Install support brackets (11 and 14.1,
fig. 4-28) and studs (4, fig. 4-28) by performing
procedures in paragraph 4-29g(1) through (20).
(7) Install electrical lead (consisting of 6,
7, 10, and 15, fig. 4-28.1) as prescribed in para-
graph 4-29g.l. Perform lead fabrication proce-
C13
dures only if lead retained from old truck is
damaged.
(8) Install drain tube assemblies, drain
hose assemblies and all other items shown in
figure 4-29 and prescribed in paragraph 4-29k.
New drain tube assemblies (2) must be used,
since old tubes were not retained from old
truck.
(9) Install PTS and PS, and associated
equipment as prescribed in paragraph 2-2.
4-35. Removal of Truck Cargo Bed With
PTS/PS Mounting Kit Installed.
a. General. When removing the cargo bed
with mounting kit installed, retain all items re-
moved for use when installing cargo bed on
replacement truck M656.
b. RemovaL
(1} Remove PTS and PS, and associated
(2) Disconnect connector P1 of cable as-
sembly (1, fig. 4-27) from vehicle auxiliary con
nee tor.
(3) Remove nut (17), washers (14 and 16),
and bolt (13) that attach electrical lead terminal
lug (15) to truck frame (fig. 4-28.1).
(4) Remove nuts (8, fig. 4-29), washers (7)
and bolts (6) that attach drain tube assemblies
(2) to truck frame. Remove blind fasteners (5)
as prescribed in paragraph 4-25. Remove angle
brackets ( 4).
(5) Remove locknuts (16, fig. 4-28) and
washers (15) that attach studs (4) to support
brackets (11 and 14.1). Remove bolts (13 and
14.3), washers (12 and 14.2), and support brack
ets (11 and 14.1).
(6) Remove cargo body from truck as pre-
scribed in TM 9-2320-230-34.
(7) Inspect cargo body front and rear sills
and replace, if required, as prescribed in TM
9-2320-230-34.
4-36. Installation of Truck Cargo Bed With
PTS/PS Mounting Kit on Replacement
TruckM656.
a. Generol. The items to be installed in pro-
cedures below are those items retained when
truck cargo bed was removed in paragraph 4-35.
Digitized by Google
Cl3
b. 11/.lital/ation.
(I) Remove cargo bed from replacement
t ruck M656 as prescribed in TM 9232().23()..34.
(2) Install cargo bed, with mounting kit
installed, on replacement Lruck as prcscriocod
in TM 9-2320-230-34.
(3) Install suppor t brackets ( 11 and 14.1,
fig. 4-28) as prescribed in paragraph 4-29g(l0l
through (20). Install new blind nuts (10 and
14).
(4) Install drain tube assembly angle
brackets (4, fig. 4-29) as prescribed in paragraph
429h(9) thr ough (17). Install new blind
fasteners (5).
Note
rentheses refer to figure 4-28.1.
(5) Locate and mark center of existing
bolt head located in position where holt
is to be installed.
TM 9- 1450-380- 14
(6) Draw a ci rcle on truck frame, with
a 0.375-inch radius centered around mark made
in (5) above. Remove and discard existing hard-
ware where bolt (13) is to be installed.
(7) Using 7/0 garnet paper, remove finish
to bare metal in area circled in (6) above.
(8) Attach eleclrical lead terminal lug (15)
to Lruck frame as shown in figure 4-28.1.
{9) Touch up all exposed metal and hard-
ware installed in (8) above with zinc chromat e
primer 8010-00-515-2208.. and allow primer to
dry for approximately 5 minutes. Apply one
coat of enamel 8010-00-297-2116 to primed areas.
(10) Install PTS and PS, and associated
(11) Install cargo bed. removed from re-
placement truck. on old truck as prescribed in
TM 9-2320-230-34.
Section IX. REPLACEMENT OF RTS AND WINTERIZATION
HEATER MOUNTING KIT
437. General.
If mounting kit is to be removed from old truck
M656 cargo bed and installed on a replacement
truck cargo bed, perform procedures in para-
graphs 4-38 and 4-39. if t he old cargo bed. with
mounting kit installed, is to be removed and
installed on a replacement truck, perform pro-
cedures in paragraphs 4-40 and 4-41. It is not
necessary to completely restore old truck to its
original configuration: t hat is, drilled holes need
not be filled and welded items and blind nuts
need not be remo\'ed.
4-38. Removal of RTS and Winterization
a. Ge11eral. When removing mounting kit
from truck, it is not necessary to completely
disassembl e the mounting kit. All items re-
moved are to be retained for installation on
the replacement truck.
b. Re momJI.
(1) Remove RTS and associated equipment
as prescribed in paragraph 2-3. Remove 10-kw
generator, if ins talled, as in para-
graph 2-4.
(2) Remove air duct storage rack (2-1,
4-37).
(3) Remove blind fasteners (20, fig. 4-371
as prescribed in paragraph 4-25u. Retain
gasoline can rack (19).
( 4) Remove screws ( 4. fig. 4-37) and rc-
moYe heater mounting base (3) with all parts
attached.
(51 Remove bolts and washers (9 and 8.
fig. 4-39) and remove storage rack support 16).
It is not necessary to remove fire ext inguishers
1151 from fire extinguisher brackets 171.
(61 Remove blind fasteners 12. 4-391
as prescribed in paragraph 4-25o. Retain sup-
port brackets (1 ).
(7) Remove blind fasteners (2. fig. 4-311
as prescribed in paragraph 4-2:;, . Retain sup-
port books ( ll.
(8J Remove generator skid (6, fig. 4-36).
(9) Remove blind fasteners (3, fig. 4-36)
as prescribed in paragraph 4-25u, and remove
reinforcing s trip (I).
(10) Remove studs (3. 26, and :35. fig. 4-381
and attaching hardware.
I
TM 9-1450-380-14
(11) Remove blind fasteners (3 and 13, fig.
4-33) and (4, 5, 8, 11 and 15, fig. 4-34) as pre-
scribed in paragraph 4-25a.
(12) Remove assembled support beams and
reinforcing strips with all parts attached (fig.
4-38).
4-39. Installation of Old RTS and
Winterization Heater Mounting Kit
on Replacement Truck M656.
a. General. The items to be installed in the
old mounting kit was removed in !l&ragraph
438. New mounting hardware or parts should
be used if old items are not in good condition.
To identify required locations on the truck bed,
make measurements, starting from the left side
and rear of the cargo bed. Prior to instalJing
the parts of the mounting kit, apply one coat
of primer 8010-00-515-2208 to all bare metal sur-
faces of mounting kit parts and the truck cargo
bed. After primer has dried, apply one coat of
lusterless enamel 801000-297-2116 to primed
surfaces.
/1. lnst(L/l<ttion.
(1) Modify truck air system as prescribed
in paragraph 4-29b.
(2) InstalJ support hooks (1, fig. 4-31) as
prescribed in paragraph 4-30c. Use new blind
fasteners (2).
(3) Install assembled support beams and
reinforcing strips removed in paragraph 4-38(12)
by performing applicable procedures in para-
graphs 4-30d, e and j.
(4) Install support brackets (1, fig. 4-39)
as prescribed in paragraph 4-30k. Install new
blind fasteners (2).
(5) Install fire extinguishers (15, fig. 4-39)
and storage rack support (6) as prescribed in
paragraph 4-30/.
(6) Install heater mounting base (3, Cig.
4-37) as prescribed in paragraph 4-30g.
(7) Install gasoline can rack (19, fig. 4-37)
as prescribed in paragraph 4-30h.
(8) Install air duct storage rack (24, fig.
4-37) as preseribed in paragraph 4-30i.
(9) Install reinforcing strip (1. fig. 4-36)
as prescribed in paragraph 4-3Qt: and install
generator skid (6).
(10) Install RTS and associated equipment
as prescribed in paragraph 23.
4-82
C13
(11) Install 10-kw generator as prescribed
in paragraph 2-4.
(12) Install folding seats on old truck as
prescribed in TM 9-9320-230-20.
4-40. Removal of Truck Cargo Bed With RTS
and Winterization H-ter Mounting
Kit Installed.
a. General. When removing the cargo bed
with mounting kit installed, retain all items re-
moved for use when installing cargo bed on
replacement truck M656.
b. Removal.
(1) Remove RTS and associated equipment
as prescribed in paragraph 2-3. Remove 10-kw
generator, if installed, as prescribed in para-
graph 2-4.
(2) Remove nuts and washers (5 and 4,
fig. 4-39) that attach studs (3) to brackets (1).
(3) Remove blind fasteners (2, fig. 4-39)
as prescribed in paragraph 425a. Retain sup-
port brackets (1).
( 4) Remove cargo bed from old truck as
prescribed in TM 92320-230..34.
(5) Inspect cargo bed front and rear sills
and replace, if required, as prescribed in TM
9-2320-230-34.
4-41. Installation of Truck Cargo Bed With
RTS and Winterization Heater
Mounting Kit on Replacement Truck
M656.
a. Geneml. The i terns to be installed in the
truck cargo bed was removed in paragraph 4-40.
b. lnstallatwn.
(1) Remove cargo bed from replacement
truck M656 as prescribed in TM 9-2320..230-34.
(2) Install cargo bed with mounting kit
instalJed, on replacement truck, as prescribed
in TM 9-2.120..2.30-34.
(3) Install support brackets (1, fig. 4-39)
for studs (3, 26, and 35, fi g. 4-38) as prescribed
in paragraph 4-30k. Use new blind fasteners (2,
fig. 4-39).
( 4) Install' RTS and associated equipment
as prescribed in paragraph 2-3. Install 10-kw
generator as prescribed in paragraph 2-4.
(5) Install cargo bed, removed from re-
!>lacement truck, on old truck as prescribed m
TM 9-2320..2.10-34.
Digitized by Google
C13 TM 9-1450 38014
Section X. REPLACEMENT OF POWER STATION TRAILER MOUNTING KIT
I
4-42. General.
When removing the mounting kit from trailer
M796. it is not necessary to fill the cut out
areas in the trailer frame that provide clearance
for bolts that attach the mounting kit to the
trailer. Do not remove any items stored in the
trailer bed. Remove only those items specified
in t he procedures.
4-43. Removal of Mounting Kit From
Trailer.
n. General. When removing mounting kit
from trailer, retain all items removed for in
stallation of mounting kit on replacement trail-
er.
b. Remova.l (fig. ,i-44).
(1) Remove PS and air servicer assembly
as prescribed in paragraph 2 7 . 1.
(2) Remove mounting kit from trailer as
shown in figure 444.
(3) Remove and discard seals (22) and
steel straps (23) that attach brake service access
door (24) in stored location on trailer grating.
(4) Remove stored hinge pin from brake
service access door (2-1) and install door over
opening in trailer grating, using t he hinge pin.
444. Installation of Mounting Kit on
Replacement Trailer M796.
a. General. The items used to install mount
ing kit on replacement trailer are those items
retained when mounting kit was removed from
old trailer in paragraph 44't
b. Removal (tnd Stor(lge of Bmke Service Ac
cess Door (fig. 444).
(1) Remove hinge pin and remove brake
service access door ( 24) from t railer grating.
Reinstall hinge pin in access door hinge half.
(2) Position brake service access door (24)
in approximate location shown and se.mre to
grating in three places, using three steel straps
(23) and three seals (22).
c. Installation of M m ~ n t i n g Ki t (fig. 444).
(1) Place mounting kit (21) on trailer and
position so t hat mounting bolts (13 and 19) will
be in trailer bolsters at locations shown.
(2) Carefully place four mounting bolts
(13) and four mounting bolts (19) t hrough holes
in mounting kit beams until ends of bolts strike
angles under trailer bolsters.
(3) While keeping bolts as nearly plumb
as possible, place marks on angles adjacent to
each bolt as shown in figure 4-40 to indicate
locat ions and amount of angles that must be
cut away to provide clearance for bolts.
(4) Cut or grind away portions of angles
marked in (3) above. Remove burrs and sharp
edges. Apply one coat of pretreatment primer
8030.00850-7076 to bare metal. Follow with one
coat of zinc chromate primer 8010.00-515-2208
and one top coat of olive drab enamel 8010
00-297 .()56(),
(5) Attach mounting kit to front of trailer
using four bolts (13) and associated hardware,
and attach to rear of trailer using fou r bolts
(19) and associated hardware.
(6) Install air servicer assembly and PS
on mounting kit as prescribed in paragraph
2-7.1.
Digitized by Coogle
TM 9 1450-380-14
8
y 19
1--20
I
. '
C13
, .
Digitized by Google
I - Setscrew (4) 11051589-3
2 - Nut14l NAS5<19-IO
3 - C-elamp (4) 11051587-29
4 - Power s la.tion
i; - Loc.knut (41 MS212l5-8
6 - Washer (41 AN900C8!6
7 - Bolt (41 AN8- 13A
S - Air sef\icer assembly
9 - Nut 14) AN315-IOR
10 - Loekwa.her (41 MS353:l8-107
II - Washer (4) AN%0-1016
12 - Mounting plate 121 11061210-1
13 - Bolt (41 ANI0-63A
t.1 - Washer (4) AN!160,1016
TM 9-1450-380-14
15 - Nut (41 AN:l lf> IOR
16 - Lock washer 141 MS35338- 107
11 - Wa.he.r t4l AN960-1016
IS - Mounting plate t21 11061210-1
19 - Bolt I4J AN10-67A
20 - Washe.r (41 AN960-1016
21 - kit
22 - Seal 131 QQ-S781. type, (), or
S. st yle 2 or 3. class R.
finish B. grade 2. 314 in.
23 - Steel strap 131 type
J finish B. grade 2.
0.028 x 3/4 in.
24 .... Brake ser .. ice access door
Section XI. FIELD FABRICATION AND DEMODIFICATION OF
GENERATOR SET PU-614 /M
4-45. General.
a. H eld FtJbrictttion. Generator set PU-
614/M can be field fabricated by modifying
Stewart and Stevenson generator model 52300
and .trailer M200Al as prescribed in paragraphs
4-46 and 4-47 he low. Installation of trailer
mounted components and modified generator
(par. 4-48) complete the field fabrication of the
generator set.
b. Demodi.fiwtion. If a modified generator or
tailer must be replaced, i t must first be
demodified. The generator is demodifi ed as pre-
scribed in paragraph 4-49; the trailer is
demodified by removing the generator and t rail-
er mounted components as prescibed in para-
graph 4-50.
4-46. Modification of Generator.
a. Installation of Tns/ructirm Plate m1d MWO
Recard Plate.

Use care when drill ing to Jlrevent
metal particles from falling inside
generator.
(I) Position instruction platP over center
of stiffening breaks on left rear access door
as shown in figure 4-45. Using inst ruction plate
as a template and an 11/ 64 -inch dr;" bit, drill
six holes through door panel. Remove ourrs and
sharp edges.
(2) Position MWO record mounting plate
on left front accl'SS door as shown in figure
4-45. Using plate as a template and an
ll/16-inch drill bit, drill six holes through door
panel. Remove burrs and sharp edges.
(3) Apply zinc chromate primer (item 3
table D-1) to holes drilled in (1) and (2) above,
and allow to dry.
(4) Apply one coat of enamel (item 14, ta-
ble D-1) to hole!! primed in (3) above, and allow
to dry.
(5) Install stiffener plate and instruction
plate (6 and 7, fig. 4-46), using mounting hard-
ware as shown in figure 4-46.
(6) Install MWO record mounting plate
(12, fig. 4-46), using mounting hardware shown
in figure 4-46.
b. ln.,tallalitm of Wiring Hamess (J8 1111d J9)
(1) Open and secure right rear access door
in generator.
(2) Remove existing wiring harnesses (J8
and J9) by disconnecting wires from load ter
minals LO. Ll, L2, and L3; then remove and
discard harnesses and mounting hardware.
(3) Check existing connectors JS and J9
mounting hole dimensions on generator and
drill and file as necessary until dimensions are
the same as shown in figure 4-47. Remove burrs
and sharp edges.
4.85
I
Digitized by Coogle
TM 9-1450-380- 14
0 171 DIA
8.31 f--
-0.001
-
0.03
16 PLACESt
I HRU DOOR

I
...........

Ql
/
'-..,_

@>
I

_j
-
3 7H0.03
I
I
/

f

l EFl fRONt
ACCESS OOOR

MWO RECORD
MOUNHNG PlATE
NOtE
All OIMENSIONS ARE JN INCHES.
Note
When performing (4) below, t he
cleaned area must extend a minimum
of 0.06 inch beyond area that will be
covered when gasket (5, fig. 448) is
installed.
(4) Remove finish from mating surface of
gasket (5, fig. 448) on generator, using a scrap-
er and abrasive paper (item 24, table D-1).
(5) Polish area where fi nish was removed,
using metallic wool (item 43., table Dll.
(6) I nstall new harness J8 and J9 as
shown in figure 4 48, with connector
keyways at. the 12 o'clock position. Connect
wires to load terminals LO, L1, L2 and L3 as
4-86

INS TRUCHON
PLAt E
1..1

Q
0 0
0 0
/

Q
0

[
C14
0 171 +O.OOS DIA
.
-0,001
(6 PLACES)
IHRU DOOII
I
0
(?
0
'--...

lEFl REAR
ACCESS DOOR

MS 170361
(7) Tighten screws (3, fig. 4-48) to 50:t5
inch-pounds, using torque screwdriver 5120-00-
021-2041, adapter 5120..()()-021-2042 and bit 5120-
00-797-2993.
(8) Apply a continuous bead of sealing
compound (item 33, table D-1) around area
where gasket (5, fig. 4-48) mates wi th generator
panel and mounting plate of wiring harnesses
(4). On inside of generator, seal area between
generator panel and mounting plate of wiring
har nesses (i), and around wiring harness con
nector mounting hardware.
(9) Using white enamel (item 15, table
D-1) and 1/2-inch characters, stencil reference
designations J8 through Jl 5 in areas shown in
figure 4 47.
Digitized by Google
Cl4
I - Designation plate 11009218223
2 - Nut (6) NAS671C8
3 - Lockwasher (6) MS35338-131
4 - Screw (6) MS51957-45
5 - Spacer (6) NAS430038
6 - Stiffener platA! llo.sao581
1 - Instruction plare 1105307&-11
8 - Nut (6) NAS611C8
9 - Lockwasber (6) MS35338-13'7
10 - Sorew (6) MS51951-47
II - Spacer (6) NAS43DDJ.24
12 - MWO record plate 110275211
TM 9. \450380 \4
MS 170359AJ
4-87
Digitized by Coogle
TM 9- 1450-310- 14
0
1
0
13
0
1
0
1
NOTES,
D
D
1. All SHOWN ARE IN INCHES.
2. All TOlERANCES ARE 0.010 INCH.
UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN,
I WARNING I
flame or sparks. Use only in a well
the skin. Wash exposed areas thor
ski n contact occurs.
(10) Cl ean areas shown in figure 4-47
where designation plates for connectors J8 and
J9 are to he applied, using solvent (item 10,
table D-1 ), and allow to dry. Apply designation
plates at locations shown. Apply
a brush coat of adhesive (item 6, table D-1)
over designation plates and overlap t'<lges.
(11) Install generator on trailer as pre-
scribed in paragraph 2-13.1 using items (1 thru
3 and 5 thru 7, fig. 2-25).
4-88
3.380 esc
0.250
(4 PlACES)
i
-
t :d r-0.312
(4 PLACES)
CONNECTCMIS REMOVED FOR CLARIT'I
TYPICAl FOR J8 AND J9
C14
MS 1703621
4-47. Modification ofT railer (fig. 4-49).
Modify trailer M200A1 as prescr ibed in a
through k below.
a. Remove and discard adapter assemblies
and attaching hardware.
b. Mark locations of holes to he drilled in
trailer frame as shown.
c. Using 11/ 32-inch drill bit, drill holes in
locations u A" marked in b above.
d. Using 9/32-inch drill bit, dri ll holes in
locations "B" marked in b above.
e. Using No. 37 drill bit, drill holes in loca-
tions "C" marked in b above.
f Using letter "W" drill bit, drill hole in
location "D" marked in b above.
g. Using 7/16-inch drill bit, drill hole in loca
tion "E" marked in b above.
D q t "<l .>y Coog It>
C14
I - Locknut (8) MS2I042-3
2 - Washer (8) AN960-IO
S - Screw (8) NAS1216-3-12.
h. Using 15/32-inch drill bit, drill holes in
location "F" marked in b above.
i. Remove burrs and sharp edges from holes
drilled above.
j . Apply zinc chromate primer (item 30, table
D-1) to all bare metal exposed in a through
i above, and allow to dry.
k. Apply a top coat of olive drab enamel
(item 14, table D-1) to primed surfaces, and
allow to dry.
4-48. Installation of Trailer Mounted
Components and Generator (fig.
4-50).
Install trailer-mounted components as shown;
then perform procedures as prescribed in a
through h below.
I WARNING I
The fumes of trichloroethane are
ly ventilated area. Avoid prolonged
or repeated breathing of vapor.
TM 9- 1450-380-14
MS 1703601
4 - Wiring harness (JS. J9) 11035976-19
5 - Gasket (2) 11054488-1
open flame or hot surface.
could cause serious inj ury or even
death.
a, Clean jumper (13), lugs of electrical lead
(14), and mating surfaces on trailer frame,
using trichloroethane (item 40, table D-1).
b. Polish to bare metal, the mating surfaces
of jumper and electrical lead on trailer frame
in an area approximately 1-112 times the di-
ameter of terminal Jugs, using abrasive paper
c. Apply a brush coat of iridite (item 12, ta-
ble D-1) to areas polished in b abo,e.
d. After j umper (13) and electrical lead (14)
have been installed, touch up all exposed bare
metal and an area 1-1/2 times the diameter
of the area cleaned in b above, using primer
(item 28, table D-1) and olive drab enamel (item
14, table D-1).
e. Tighten nul (6) to 555 inch-pounds, using
torque wrench handle 5120-00-020-5641, drive
4-89
Digitized by Coogle
TM 91450-380-14
t
T
\.
HOlf C O 0.00.0 OIA
' - - 0.001
( .. lACES)
ROT A 'fED 120
1-...---,
HOl(O
0.381 +O. OOO OIA
- 0.001
1
1- t-.:;so '-.. oo
_l ,y, .
1.88 ' -
0 ... 37 OIA 0." 6B +0.006 OIA
' HOl Ef
,, (8 PLACES)
HOlE E L - o.oo
-\.1 ..(f'_.
Jl T l l"t
NOTES,
T'IP 80TH SIDES
C14
0
fl H
A.OAf>TtR

-
.
--
Vi
'
'
I
;
g u
g

0.88
1. All OI.MENSICNS SHOWN 4.RE IN INCHES,.
1, All TOlERANCES ARE O.Ol l NCH, UNlESS
ROTAI ED90 CCW OTHUW1SE SHOWN.
Ml .;o579AI
Fiqu.re H 9. Trailer chaaBis lwle locati<m diagrom.
head 5120-()().()2().5636 and socket 5120-00-227-
6704.
f Using white enamel (item 15, table D-1)
and 1/2-ineh characters, stencil reference des-
ignation J101 in a location where tops of char-
acters are approximately 1 inch below and cen-
tered under jack assembly (16). Stencil the let-
ters GRD in a location where tops of characters
are approximately 1 inch below and centered
under jack assembly (10).
I WARNING J
flame or sparks. Use only in a well-
g. When installing designation plate (11),
clean an area, beginning 1/4-inch below stencils
J101 and GRD, where designation plates are
to be installed, using solvent (item 10, table
D-1), and allow to dry. Apply designation plates
1/ 4-inch below and centered under stencils J101
and GRD. Apply a brush coat of adhesive (item
6, table D-1) over designation plates and overlap
edges.
h. Install generator on trailer as prescribed
in paragraph 2-13.1.
Digilized by Coogle
--- - -
C14 TM 9- 1450-380- 14
MS 1703631
I -
Locknut (12) MS21045-0 14
-
Ele<:trical lead 11025360-9
2 - Wuher (12) 15 - Packing (part or item 16)
3 - Bolt (12) AN6-11 16 - Jack 105776.">5-9
4 - Cable aasembly (SSW I) 17
-
Designation plate (2)
11038949-9 11039'liS.95
5 - Cable reeling machine 18 - Nut ANS40.616
1102599!>-9 19 - Loekwaaher MS35338-84
6 - Nut (part or item 10) 20 - Hook aasembly 10573491-9
7 - Loekwasher (part or item 10) 21 - Nut (2) NAS679A4W
8 - Waaber (part of item 10) 22 - Waaber (2) AN!IS0-416
9 - Packing (part or item 10) 23 - Bolt (2) AN4-IOA
10 - Jack assembly MIS17259/21 24 - Clip 11026000-1
11 - Nut NAS679A5 25 - Screw (4) MS2131S.23
12 - Washer AN960-516 26
-
ldentirication plate
13 - Jumper MS25083-2C010 10630184-1
Fi(IUre 450. TttUier mounted components remoml and ilUital./ation.
4-49. De modification of Generator.
Remove generator from trailer as precribed in
paragraph retain mounting hardware (1
thru 3 and 5 thru 7, fig. 2-25), and perform
procedures prescribed in a and b below.
a. Removal of Generatar Plates (fig. 4-46).
Remove and retain all items shown. Designation
plates (1) will be destroyed during removal.
b. Remuval of Wiring Hamesses (JS and J9).
(1) Open and secure right rear access door
in generator . Disconnect wiring harnesses (JS
and J9) from load terminals LO, Ll , L2, and
L3.
(2) Remove wiring harnesses as shown in
figure 4-48. Retain all items except gaskets (5)
lor use when another generator is modified.
4-50. Democlificotion ofT railer.
Demodification of a trailer consists of removing
the generator (if installed), designation plates,
and trailer mounted components. Holes previ-
ously drilled to permit installation of trailer
mounted components need not be filled. To
demodify a trailer, perform procedures pre-
scribed in a and b below.
<t. Il generator is installed, remove it (par.
Retain mounting hardware for future
use.
b. Remove and retain components as shown
in figure 4-50. Designation plates (17) will be
destroyed during removal.
Cl4 TM 9- 1450-380-I 4
APPENDIXC
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHARTS
C- 1.
This appendix contains the maintenance alloca-
tion charts (M.AC's) for equipment covered in
this manual. The MAC's assign maintenance
functions and repair operations to be performed
by the lowest appropriate maintenance cate-
gones.
C-2. Remarlcs, Explanotion1, and
Definition.
a. Maintenance F'ltnctiom. Maintenance rune
tions will be limited to and defined as follows:
(1) ht81Ject. To determine the serv-
iceability of an item by comparing its physical.
mechanical. and/or electrical characteristics
with established standards through exam-
ination.
(2) Test. To verify serviceability and
detect incipient failure by measuring the me
chanica! or electrical characteristics of an item
and comparing those characteristics with pre-
scribed standards.
(3) Service. Operations required period
ically to keep an item in proper operating con
dition; i.e., to clean (decontaminate), to pre-
serve, to drain, to paint, or to replenish fuel,
lubricants, hydraulic fluids, or compressed air
supplies.
(4) Adjust. To maintain, within prescribed
limits, by bringing into proper or exact position,
or by setting the operating characteristics to
specified parameters.
(S) Align. To adjust specified variable ele-
ments of an item to bring about optimum or
desired performance.
(6) Cali/rnlte. To dete.rmine and cause cor
rections to be made or to be adjusted on in-
struments or tGBt measuring and diagnostic
equipments used in precision measurement.
Consists of comparisons of two instruments, one
of which is a certifi ed standard of known ac-
curacy, to detect and adjust any discrepancy
in the accuracy of the instrument being com-
pared.
(7) Imta.ll. The act of emplacing, seating,
or ftxing into position an item, part, or module
(component or assembly) in a manner to allow
the proper functioning of an equipment or sys-
tem.
(8) Replace. The act of substituting a
serviceable like type part, subassembly, or mod
ule (component or assembly) for an un-
serviceable counterpart.
(9) Repair. The application of mainte
nance services or other maintenance actions to
restore serviceability to an item by correcting
specific damage, fault, malfunction, or failure
in a part, subassembly, module (component or
assembly), end item, or system.
(10) Overhaul. That maintenance effort
(service/action) necessary to restore an item to
a completely serviceable/operational condition
as prescribed by maintenance standards (i.e. ,
DMWR) in appropriate technical publications.
Overhaul is normally the highest degree of
maintenance performed by the Army. Overhaul
does not normally return an item to like new
condition.
(11) Consists of those serv-
ices/actions necessary for the restoration of un-
serviceable equipment to a like new condition
in accordance with original manufacturing
standards. Rebuild is the highest degree of
materiel maintenance applied to Army equip-
ment. The rebuild operation includes the act
of returning to zero those age measurements
( hours/miles, etc. ) considered in classifying
Army equipments/components.
b. Column Entries. Columns used in the
maintenance allocation chart are defined below.
(1) Colum11 I, Group Number. Column 1
lists group numbers, the purpose of which is
to identify components, assemblies, subassem-
blies, and modules with the next higher assem-
bly.
(2) Ollumn 2, OJmPQnent/ Assembl11. Col-
umn 2 contains the noun names or components,
C-1
I
D1qit ed ..>y Coo81c
TM 9-1450-380-14
assemblies, subassemblies, and modules for
which maintenance is authorized.
(3) Column 9, Maintenance .F'!mctUms. Col-
umn 3 lists the functions to be performed on
the item listed in Column 2.
( 4) Column 4, Maintenance CategtlT'1/. Col-
umn 4 specifies, by the listing of a ''work time"
figure in the appropriate subcolumn(s), the low-
est level of maintenance authorized to perform
the function listed in Column 3. This figure
represents the active time required to perform
that maintenance function at the indicated cat-
egory of maintenance. If the number or
complexity of the tasks within the listed main-
tenance function vary at different maintenance
categories, appropriate "work time" figures will
be shown f o ~ each category. The number of
man-hours specified by the "work time" figure
represents the average time required to restore
an item (assembly, subassembly, component,
module, end item, or system) to a serviceable
condition under typical field operating condi-
tions. The time includes preparation time,
C-2
Cl4
troubleshooting time, and quality assur-
ance/quality control time in addition to the
time required to perform the specific tasks iden-
tified for the maintenance functions authorized
in the maintenance allocation chart.
(5) Column S, Tools and Equipment. Col-
umn 5 specifies, by code, those common tool
sets (not individual tools) and special tools, test,
and support equipment required to perform the
designated function.
(6) Column 6, Remarks. Column 6 lists the
reference codes shown on the MAC remarks
pages that provide special infor mation
regarding the maintenance function to be per-
formed.
c. Cate{JM7J Symbols. The symbols shown in
the maintenance category subcolumns for re-
sponsible categories are defined as follows:
C (Operator/Crew) 1st Category
0 (Organizational) 2nd Category
F (Direct support) 3rd Category
H (General support) 4th Category
D (Depot) 5th Category
Digitized by Google
Cl4
'"
GIIOIJO
-
OliO
0120
0130
( 2)
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART
for
BEA14, tiOISTIKG, GUIDED MISSILE. 102
10575828
"'
( 4)
IIIAINTfJifAHCE CAfEGOin
COW'OHlPIITt ua. Y
IIAIHftNAHC(
FUNCttOH
c 0

H 0
BEAM, HOISTiftG, GH, Kll lftSPtCT 0.2
(IOS7S828) TEST 1.0
SUYIC 0. 2
AO.JUST 0. 2
RfPAIR 0.2 1. 0
TUBE ASSEitiLY (IOS7SB27) RCPLAC 0. 2
REPAIR 0. 2 1. 0
SLING SECTION, AFT, GIG RCPLACE 0. 2
(IOS7S82S) REPAIR 0. 2 1. 0
SLHVE ASSCitiL Y, lHT RCPLAC 0. 2
(IOS7SB21 10) REPAIR 0. 2
SLEEVE ASSCitiL Y, R I GilT REPLACE 0.2
(IOS7S821 9) REPAIR o. 2
SLING SECTION, AFT, G&C REPLACE 0.2
(10575822) R(PAIR ). 0
SLING SECTION, fWO, GIC REPLACE 0. 2
(I 0575826 ) REPAIR 0. 2 1. 0
SLCEVE ASSEHIIL Y, LEFT R(PLACE 0. 2
(10575821-10) REPAIR 0. 2
SLEEVE ASS(Hlll Y, RIGHT REPLACE 0. 2
(10575821 9) REPAIR 0.2
SLING SECI IOH, FWD, G&C REPLACE 0.2
(10575824) REPAIR 1.0
TM 9- 1450-H0- 14
est
.. ,
fOOlS
AND
-
(()U-H1

. s B
I c
I 0
I,2,J r
[
1.2 ,3 r
[
I, 2, 3
I
I
I
I
I
2, 3 f
[
I ,2, 3
I
I
I
I
I
2. 3 f
C-3
D c,tlt ed by Cooglt
TM 9-1450-380-14
Toot or T-.:
--
-
~
~ - - e o .
I 0
2 F
3 F
4 F
5 r
for
B{AH, 1101STING, GUIDED MISSILE, 1(12
105751128
TOOt. AND TUT EOUII'MtN1' REQUIAEMEHT1
-
TOOL KI T, GUIDED MISSILE, MECHANICAL ASSEMBLER,
FIRING SITE
WELDING SET, ARC, INERT GAS SHIELDED
TOOL KIT, GUIDED MI SSILE HAIHTEHANC, MECHANICAL
S>IOP
KIT, LOAD TEST
TRUCK, WRECKER, 5-TOH, M816
(14
-.\TO
Too4 Numblr
-N-
5180-00-935-4688 SC5180
95CLA45
3431-00-079-0488
493500 7821312 SC4935
95-CL- A76
4935-00-898-6502 SC493S.
95-CL-A69
2320-00-051-0489
Digitized by Coogle
C14 TM 9-1450-380-14
for
BEAM HOISTING, GUIDED MISSILE, KlZ
IOS7S828
A CHECK COI'IPLETEWESS, WQ!W DAMAGED PARTS , CR.ACKED WELDS , DEFORMITY OF SECTIONS, LOOSE PARTS ,
RUST, CORROSION, FOREICIC MATTER, ETC. INSPECT TO DETERMII IF HOISTING BEMS .AYE
BEEN AT PROPER INTERVALS, AND IF llliSTING BEANS HAY BEEN LOAD TESTED WITHIN 12 MONTI<S .
B LOAD TEST TO BOO LBS. FOR J MINUTES. LOAD TEST TO BE PERFORMED ANNUALLY AND fOLLOWING
A MODIFICATION OR REPAIR WHICH COULD AFFECT EQUIPMENT Li f TING CAPABILITY.
C LUBR ICATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ESTABL ISHED PROCEDURES. CLEAN WITH SOAP AND WATER. SPOT PAINT AS
REQUIRED.
D ADJUST HOIST BEAM HOIST FITTINGS MUST BE CHECKED AND ADJUSTED TO INSURE PROPER OPERATION AND ATING
WI TH MISSILE SECTIONS. CHECK AHD ADJUST IN ACCORDANCE WITH ESTABLISHED PROCEDURES.
NO TOOLS REQUIRED FOR REPLACEMENT.
F Wf.LOEO ASSEMBLY, REPAIR LIMITED TO BENDING, STRAIGHTENING AND REWELDING OF COOPONENTS.
SIS/G24800
THE SUBCOLUMHS ARE AS FOLLOWS:
C . OPERATOR/CREW
0 ORGANIZATIONAL
F DI REC T SuPPORT
H SUPPORT
D DEPOT
C-5
Diglt1zed by Google
TM 9-1450-310- 14
111
OIIOOP
--
0210
0220
0230
0240

.
C-6
Ill
MAINTENANCE AllOCATION CHART
for
BEAH, HOISTING, GUIDED HISSil( , H33
ID51SB61
Ill
.. ,
WAINftNAHC
IIA)NlfNAtfC[ CA TtGOIT
CCW'ONlHl i ASSOa 't
J\O'ICTI()N
c 0
'
H 0
BEAM, HOISTING, rl!, 103 I NSPECT 0.2
(10515861) lEST 1. 0
0.2
AOJUST 0. 3
REPAIR 0.8 1.2
SPREADER BAA ASS>et. Y
( 10575864) R[PAIR 0.4 0.4
PlAIE, SPUAOLR 8AR, ASSEteLY
(10575887) REPAiR 0.4
END FRAI'.[. 8[NI It01STIKG, ArT.
(10515862-9) REPAIR 0. 4 o.s
END fRAME, AEAH HOISTING, AFT.
(10575866-9) REPAIR I. 0
END fRAil[ , BEAM ltOI SIING, FWD.
(1051586219) REPAIR o. 9
END FRAME, P(AII IIOI STING, FWD.
REPAIR 1.0
CHANNEL ASSEtmLY, 8(AH, RIGHT REPLACE 0. 2
llANO (105 75863-9) REPAIR 0. 4 Q.6
CHANHl , BEAM ASSENOLY
( 10515699) REPAIR 0. 4 0. 6
CliAIIHEl ASS(NOLY (2)
( 10645143) REPAIR Q.6
CHANNEL ASSEHBLY, BEAM, LEFT REPlACE 0.2
HA"1J (10515863-19) REPAIR 0.4 0.6
CHANNEL. 8AH ASSEHSLY
(10515899) REPAIR 0.4 0.6
CIWINH ASSE11Bl Y (2)
(10645143) REPAIR 0.6
ASS118l Y, GilT (2) 0. 4
(10515865-19) 0. 1 0.6
WH![L tq: IAL (10575811) REPI.AC o.s
REPAIR 0.6
ROLLER ASSEI18lY, lEFT (2) REPlACE 0.4
(10515865-9) 0.1 0. 6
WH!El IOI:TAL (10575816) o.s
REPAIR 0. 6
C14
IOQ.S
AM) M" *MS
ou.....,
A
1,6 8
2
2 0
2,3
Z.l , 4 ,S [
3 f
l , J ,4 G
3,4, 7 f
2. 3,4 G
3 , 4. 7
r "
E
2.3
2,3
3,4 r , H
E
2,3
2,3 F
3, 4
2
2,3
3
3
2
2,3
3
3
o l< 11 ed by Coogh:
C14
Toot or T ..
--
f<o-
Cnlfll 'I'
........ Codt
I F
2 0
3 F
4 F
5 F
6 F
1 F
.
for
BEAM, HOISTING, GUIDED MISSILE, M33
10575861
TOOL AND TEST fOUIPMENT RQUI RME.NTI
NoMiftdMwt
KIT, LOAD TEST
TOOL KIT, GUIDED MISSILE, MECHANICAL ASSEMBLER,
FIRING SITE
TOOL KIT, GUIDED MISSILE
SHOP
DR ILL, ELECTRIC 1/ 4 INCH
DRILL, ELECTRIC 5/8
TRUCK, WRECKER, 5-TON, MG16
WELDING st l , ARC, INERT GAS SHIELDED
TM 9- 1450-380- 14
Nlidof...,.AfO

--
4935-00-898-6502 SC4935-
95-CL-A69
51 80-00-935-4688 SC5180-
95-CL-A45
4935-00- 782-1312 SC4935
95-tL-A76
5130-00-778-8803 9074558
5130-00-830-4049 9074559
Z3ZO-OD-D51-0489
3431-00-079-0488
C7
Digitized by Google
TM 9-1450-380-14 C14
c. a
for
BEAH, HOISTING, GUIDED MISSILE, M33
10575861
ouws
A CHECK FOR COMPLETENESS, I<ORN OR DAMAGED PARTS, CRACKED WELDS, OFORMJTY OF SECTIONS, LOOSE PARTS ,
RUST , CORROSION, CLEANLINESS, FOREIGN MATTER, ETC. INSPECT TO DETERMINE IF HOISTING BEAMS HAvt
BEEN LUBRICATED AT PROPER INTERVALS, AND IF HOISTING BEAMS fiAVE BEEN LOAD TESTED WITHIN 12 MONTHS.
B LOAO TEST TO 8 , 100 LBS. FOR 3 MINUTES. l OAO TEST TO BE PERFORMED ANNUAl LY AHO l ttU:DIATELr
FOLLOWING A KlOI F ICAT!Dtl OR REPAIR WHICH COULD AFFECT EQUIPMENT l l FT I NG CAPABill TY.
C LUBR ICATE IN WITH ESTABLISI!EO PROCEDURES. Cl EAR WITH SOAP AND WATER. SPOT PAINT AS
REQUIRED.
0 THE HO IST fiTTINGS ON THE HOIST BEAMS MUST BE CHECr.EO AND ADJUSTED TO INSURE PROPER OPERATION AHO
WI TH MISSil E SECT IONS. CHECK AHD ADJUST IN ACCORDANCE WITH ESTABLISHED PROCEDURES.
E HO TOOLS REQUI RED FOR REPLACEMENT,
F REPAIR LJMJ TtO TO BEIIOJNG, STRAIGHTENING ANO REWELDING OF COMPONENT PARTS.
G A HINJML'M OF CitE WASHER AHO A MAXIMUM OF TI!REE WASHRS PER SHEAR BOlT, NAS464P7l 4B(4EA.) , IS
P(RHITTEO TO INSURE FIT.
H IF REPLACEMENT OF RUBBER PADS IS REQUIRED, HAKE FRON RUBBER SKEET, HIL-R-5847, CLASS lA, GRADE 60
515/G24800
' 125 IN. THICK. CLEAN MOUNTING SURfACE WITH METHYl ETHYL KETONE, NSN 6810002BI Z785, PRIOR TO
BONDING. AFTER INSTALLATION, ALLOW AOIIESIV TO CURE AI AMB IENT TEMPERATURE FOR A HINIHUH Of EIGHT
HOURS. WARNI NG: 00 !lOT USE MEK NEAR AN OPEN FLAME OR SPARKS. USE ONLT IN A VENTILATES AREA.
AVOID AL[ OU! NG THE 5\.. VENT TO CONTACT THE SKIN. WASH EXPOSED Sr.IN AREAS THOROUGHLY WITH SOAP AHO
WATER WHEN SOLVENT THE SKIN. BON!l RUBBER PADS TO BEAM SUPPORT BRACKETS WITH AOIIESlV(,
NSN 8040-01-027-4900.
THE SUBCOLUMNS ARE AS FOLLOWS :
C - OPERATOR/CREW
0 - ORGANIZATIONAL
F DIREC T SUPPORT
H GENf.RAl. SUPPORT
0 - DEPOT
Digitized by Coogle
C14
111
OIIOUI'
-
1110
Ill
for
CRADlE, GUIDt D MISSILE SECTIOK, K-IZ
106Z344Z
I l l 14)
M4JNTENANa CAftOOift'

MAINTEN-ANCE
flMCliON
c 0 F H 0
CRAOL(, GUIDED MISSILE INSPECT 0. 1
(1062344Z) SUYICE 1.0
REPAIR z.o
.
TM 9- 1450-310-14
Ill Ill
1001.1
AHO IIIOI .. IU
lOUINNT
A
8
I c
C-9
D 1 t'<l by Coogle
TM 9- 1450- 310-14
Tool or T
M ~ ~ n
o-t
-
......... Codlll
1 f
C-10
for
CRA!ll[, GUI00 MISSIL SCTIOll, K-JZ
106232
TOOL Nil> TUT I ~ N T AIQUIMMI!Nn
NcMciM ......
TOOL KIT, GUIDED MI SSILE MAINTENANCE , MECHANICAl
SHOP
C14
-TO
TeGI .._, ..
..........
49lSD018Z1l12 SC49lS
95-CLA16

for
CRADLE, GUIDED MISSILE SECTION, H-IZ
ID623442
TM
A INSPECT RUBBER STRI P Arl WOODEN CRADLE FOR SERVICEAB ILITY PRIOR TO USE. INSPECT METAL COHPONENTS
FOR RUST, CORROSION AND LOOSENESS.
B CLEAN PAINTED SURFACES WI TH SOAP AND WATER. REMOVE RUST AHD CORROSION FROM HETAL COMPONENTS
PAINT AS REQUIRED.
C FABRICATE RUBBER STRIPS FROM RUBBER, SILICON. HILR 5847, CLASS 3, GRAD 80 .SOO IN. THICK.
BOND TO CRADLE USING RUBBER ADHESIVE, NSN 804001027-4900. REPAIR OF BRACKETS IS LIMITED TO
BENDING OR Sll!AIGKIENING. REPAIR OF WOODEN COMPONENTS IS NOT fEASIBLE. REPLACE IF REQUIRED WITH
LOCALLY FABRICATED ITEMS , CONFORMING TO ORIGINAL OIKENSIONS.
THE SUBCOLUHNS ARE AS FOLLOWS:
C OPERATDR/CREW
0 ORGANIZATIONAL
F DIRECT SUPPORT
H GENERAL SUPPORT
0 DEPOT
515/G24797
C-11
Digitized by Google
TM 9- 1450-380- 14
til
GllllUt

DOlO
D015
0020
C-24
IZI
for
DOLLY SET, LIFT, SHELTER. MB05EI
11028168
I ) I 141
MA1NtTNANCf
IIWN'TtNAHCf CA rt00r '

FUNCflllfil
c 0

H D
DOlly SlT. lifT. TRMSPORTABLE INSPECT o.z
SHEllER, HSOSEI ( 11028168) SERVICE 0 .3
REPAIR 1.6
AOAPIER, lOB Ill ZR, POIIER INSTAll 0.4
STATIOlt (2) (11054142) REPLACE 0.4
REPAIR o.s
ADAPTER , IOBILIZER, W(LOM[HT
(11054141) REPAIR 1.0
AXLE ASSE"'L Y, FRONT
(11028166) RE PAIR 0.6
AXLE ASSEM8l Y, FRONT
(11031C73) REPAIR 0.6
AXLE ASSEHBL Y REPLACE 0.4
(24835/B2888-17) REPAIR 0.4
ASSEHBLY (2)
(24835/82888-19) REPAIR 0.4
KING PIN ASSf. HBLY (2) REPLACE 0. 1
(11031094) REPAIR 0. 3
LIFT ARH ASSEMBLY, L.lt. REPLACE 0. 4
{24835/ B159218) REPAIR 0. s
ARM LIFT ASSEHBLY REPLACE 0.4
(110305252) REPAIR 0. 5
LIFT ARM ASSEMBLY, R. H. REPLACE 0. 4
(24835/BI592 19) 0. s
ARM LIFT ASSEMBLY REPLACE 0.4
(110305251) REPAIR 0. s
MIG. BRACKET ASS<MBIY, l . H.
(24835/828882) REPAIR 0. 4
MIG. BRACKET ASSEHBlr, R.H.
(24835/82888-4-1) REPAIR 0.4
SUSPENSION Y. L. H. UPlACE 0 . 6
FRONT (110310991) RtPAIR 0.6
SPIHOLE ASSEHBLY, L.H. REPLACE 0 .4
(11031105-1) REPAIR 0 . 3
SUSPENSION ASSEHBL Y, R. H. REPLACE 0.6
FRONT (11031099-2) REPAIR 0 . 6
SPIHDLE ASSEHBLY, R.H. REPLACE 0.4
(110311052) RtPAIR 0 . 3
VHEEl TIRE ASSEHBLY (2) REPLACE 0. 5
{M$24326-1 ) REPAIR 1. 0
AXLE ASSEHBl Y, REAR
(11028167) REPAIR 0. 6
C14
til
, ..
fOOLS
....,
.......
-
A
I 8
1,2,3
I
I
2 F
I
I c.o
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
I
1 E
1
I
I
I E
I
I
3
I
DIQIII "d >Y Coogle
(14
111
......
.....
0030
.
'
. . . '
'
Otl\o 0 0) 0 0 1( f
for
OOLLY SET. liFT, TRANSPORTABLE PeaSE!
11028168
12J tli 14)
IIAIJifftHAita CA.fto()IY
COWOMNT, ASS(a. f
114lM'tHAHCl
fUNCTION
c 0 F H 0
AALE ASS11Bl Y, R.111
(11031119) R!PAIR 0.6
AAU ASSEIIBLY REPLACE 0.4
(248)5/81592-11) REPAIR 0.4
CYLINDER ASSEIIBl Y (2)
(24835/82888-19) REPAIR 0.4
LI FT ARM ASSEMBLY, REPlACE 0. 4
(24835/81592-18) REPAIR 0.5
ARM LIFT ASSEMBLY REPLACE 0.4
(110311052) REPAIR o.s
LifT ARM ASSEMBlY, REPLAct 0.4
(2483S/81S9219) REPAIR o.s
ARM LIFT ASSEMBLY REPl ACE 0.4
(11030S2S I} REPAIR o. s
MTG. BRACKET ASSEMBY, L. H.
(24835/82888-4-2) REPAIR 0.4
HTC. BRACkET ASSEMBLY, R.H.
(24835/82888-4-1) REPAIR 0.4
SUSPENSION, ASSEMBLY, L.H. , REPLACE 0.6
REAR (110310921) REPAIR 0. 6
SPINDLE, L.H., REAR REPLACE 0.4
(11031lOS I) REPAIR 0.3
SUSPENSION, ASS!HBLY, R.H. , REPLACE 0.6
REAR (11031092-1) REPAIR 0.6
SPIIIOLE, . REAR REPLACE 0.4
(11031105- 2) REPAIR 0.3
WI!E(l, TIRE ASSEMBLY (2) REPlACE o.s
(M$243261) REPAIR 1.0
TM 9- 1450- 380-14
Ill Ill
TOOlS
NfD
-
lCIU_,.,
I c.o
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l E
I
I
l
I E
1
1
)
C.25
D y t t'd by Cooglt
TM 9- 1450-380-14
Tool T
........
E.,tll t
en 1 w
"''- Cedi
1 r
2 F
3 r
C-26
for
OOU Y SU , lin, TAAHSPOitTABl SHElTER. IIIIOS1
11028168
TOOL AND TUT IQUIP'III(NT MOIJifii:DIENTI
Noe ....
TOOl KIT, GU IDED MISSi lf. MAINTENANCE, MECHANICAL
SHOP
WlOING SE T, ARC. INERT GAS SHI[L0D
SHOP EQUIPHEHT, AUTOMOTIVE MAINI[HANC AND REPAIR,
FJELD MAJKT[NANC(
( 14
- 10
..... .....
, ... .. , ...
4935-00-182-1312 SC493S-
9S-CL-A76
343100-079-0488
4910-00-348-1696 SC4910
9S-CL-A02
D t t'<l by Coogle
C14 TM 9 1450-180- 14
for
DOLLY SET, LIFT, SH(LTER, M805E1
11028168
A DAILY INSPECT FOR HYOIWA.IC FlU10 LEAr.S AHO CHECt FOR !lilt llAHAG( I> PROf'ER IHFLATIOK. INSPECT
HYORAUI.IC FlUIO LEVEL lllf!THlY, TIRE PIIESSURE OF 65 PSI All) DOLLY FOR lOOSE PARTS, CORROSION AIIO
tlEAli.IHESS.
8 AHOUAUY OAAIH HIIIRA\.llt FLUID AJCI riLl TO PIIOPJI lEVEl USI!IS fLUIO, NSN 9150-00-223-4134.
KOIHTAIH TIRES AT A PRESSURE OF 6S PSI. AJW.IALU LUBRICAT BEARINGS, STERI*i ARK,
SUSPEHSIOH ASSEICLIES All) TOW BAR PIN WITH GRE.l.S[, NSN 91S0 00-1900'l04. !()I(THI. T LU8RICAT
TIE ROOS .l.NO SUSPENSION SPRINGS WIT!t LU8RICATI!Ci Oil, HSH 9150-00-2312360. USE
lUBRICATING OIL, NSK 91SO-OOIB50629 AT SELOW oc (lZf),
C NO PART NUieR IS ASSIGNED TO HUB. If D[FCTIV, REPLACE HUB ASSM8lT, P/N HS24328-1.
0 IF HOUSI NG, P/N 11031224-1, REQUIRES REPLACEHENT, REPLACE PUHP ASSEMBLY, P/ N HP6001-51-05.
If EITHER SPINOL, P/H 11031104-1, OR BELl CRANK BRACK! , PIN 82715- 1!-1 OR -2, REQUIRE
RPLAC(HNT, REPLACE SPINDlE ASSEMBLY, P/N 110311051 OR 2, AS REQUIRED.
F W[LO[p ASSEMBLY, REPAIR CON.SISTS OF REWELDING COMPONENT PARTS.
515/G24800
0 IIIM-M OCT l'l
Ill SU8COLUI'I;S ARE AS FOLLOWS:
C OPERATOR/CREW
0 ORGANIZATIONAL
F OIRECT SUPPORT
II GENERAL SUPPORT
0 OEPOT
C-27
TM 9-14!10-310-14
....,....
.....
2110

C-28
for
ACCESSORY KIT, VEHICLE, GUIDED MISSILE EQUIPMENT, M219El
11038554
IJ) Ul (4)
IMiflll'ENANCf
IIA.INTtNAHCf CAJfCOil'r

JUNCTION
c 0

H 0
ACCESSORY, KIT, VEHICLE, GUIDED MISSILE INSPECT o.s
EQUIPIOT, M219EI (11038554) REPAIR o.s 1.0
CAStE ASSEIIBl Y, P(III{R, ElECTRICAl TEST 0.5
(11038597) REPI.ACE I.S
REPAIR 0.1
CONNECTOR, RECP., EL(C, INSPECT 0.1
(MISI7276/I-II) REPAIR 0.1
CA8L ASSEMBLY, POWER , ELECTRICAL TEST 0.5
( 11038598) REPLACE J. s
REPAIR 0.1
RECP., ELEC.
(MISI1ZS6/ll) REPAIR 0.1
COVER ASSEMSL Y REPLACE 0.1
(ZZMerS616A) REPAIR 0.1
GASOLI NE (2) INSPECT 0. I 0 .I
(MILC-1283) REPLACE o. 5 o.s
HUT, RH (2) (MSSI98J-2) I KSPECT 0.1 0.1
REPLACE o. 2 o. z
SLING, MULTIPLE lEG TEST 1. 0
(11040887-1) SERVICE 0.5
REPLACE o.s
WIEl AND Tl RE ASSEM8L Y INSPECT 0.2 o.z
SERVICE o.z o.z
REPLACE 0. 5 0. 5 o.s
REPAIR o.z o.z
TIRE, PHEINoTIC REPLACE t.S
(HISI7291/II) REPAIR o.z
C14
Ill
TOOLI
,., _.
rou-.rr
A
1-5 8
10 c
J
I 0
I E
I r
10 c
J
3 G
J
3
3
H
I
J
6.7, 8 K
2 L
I
"
I, 4 N
8,9 0
1,4
p
5
5
p
01a t t'd by Coogle
Cl4

Mi l ......
.. ,, . ,,
011 1 '
"-"'- c.dl
I c.o
2 F
J r
4 0
5 F
6 r
I F
8 o.r
9 0
10 0
MAINTENANCE Al lOCATION CHART
for
ACCESSORY VEHIClE . CUIOtD MISSILE K119El

fOOL Nl/0 nn I OU-N'f IWliJIIIIEMIHn
No: .....
TOOL KI T, GUIDED MI SSILE, HECHAN ICAL ASSEMBLER,
FIRING SIIE
TOOL KIT, GUIDED MISSILE MAINTENANCE, HECHANICAL
SllOP
TOOL KIT, CUI00 MISSILE MA INTENANCE, ElEC'TR1CAL
SllOP
SHOP IUTOMOTIV[ MIMTEftAMCE AND REPAIR,
ORGAII1ZATIOIIAI. MAINTENANCE
SllOP EQUIPMET, .I(.,I)MOTIV[ IIA1. TENAMCE AND REPAIR,
FIELD HA!MTENAMC
TEST QU1PH[NT, GM SYSTEM, PERSHING, (LOAD TEST
X IT)
SHACK!.( , 2 EA.
TRUCK, WRECKER, 5-TON, H816
SLING, MULT IPLE LEG
MULTIMETER, ANIURH-IOSC
TM 9-1450-380-14
NwDcNVNATO
.... Nul ...
Tool N.._
5180 0093> SCSIIIO-
95 CLA45
4935-00-782 1312 SC4935
9SCL-A76
5180-00-782 1313 SCS18D
9S-CL-A71
SC4910-
9SCLAI2
4910-00-348-1696 SC4910-
95-CL-ADZ
SC493S
9SCl.A69
4030-00-1850482 AN1166
2320-00-051 -0489
'940-00-471-6819 11040881-
6625-00-999 6282
C-29
fl t by Coogle
TM 9-1450-380-14 C14
A
B
c
D
E
'
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
0
p

C.30
for
ACCESSORY KIT, VEHICLE, GU IDED MISSILE EQUIPMENT, HZI9El

INSPECT UPON RECEIPT ANO MONTHLY FOR INVENTORY OF EQUIPMENT.
WilEN DESIGNATION PLATE IS MOUNTING AREA WITH CLEANING COMPOUND, NSN 6850-00-597-
9765, AND ALLOW TO AIR DRY. DO NOT USE SOLVENT NEAR AN OPEN FLAI OR "SPARKS. US THIS
SOLVENT ONLY IN A WELL VENTI AVOID PROLONGED CONTACT WITH THE SKIN. WASH EXPOSED SY.IN
AREAS THOROUGHLY WI TH SOAP ANO WATER IF CONTACT WITH THE OCCURS. PLATE SHALL BE APPLIED IN A
TEMPERATURE Of 65 TO 90 FAHRENHEIT. APPLY A BRUSH COAT Of EPOXY ADHESIVE, NSN
OVER TH [NT IRE SURFACE OF THE PLATE. SPARE TIRE RHOVAL/RPLACEHENT TOOLS ARE STOWED IN TOOL BOX
ON VEHICLE. TO MOUNT SPAR TIR[, TIGHTEN NUT UNTI L IT IS SEATED IN WHEEL LUG HOLE TllEN TIGHTEN I
TO 1 1/2 ADDIT IONAL TURNS.
TEST FOR CONTINUITY, USE HULTIMETER AR/URK IDSC.
POTTED ASSEieL Y, REPAIR IS LIM I TEO TO REPLACEMENT OF INDEX SLEEVE, o R INC, AND INDEX SLEEVE lOCK
HUT AT ORGANIZATIONAL AND REPLACEMENT Of CABLE STRAP AT DSU. ORDER STRAP PRESTAMPEO fROH DEPOT.
USE KEY GAG TO INSPECT SHELL Of ADJUSTABlE KEYING CONNECTOR FOR EXCESSIVE WEAR OF SHELL KEYS.
TORQUE INDEX SLEEVE lOCK NUT TO 20! .5 FT. LBS., kEY INDEX SLEEVE TO POSITION 11.
POTTED ASSEHBl Y, REPAIR IS LIMITED TO REPLACEMENT OF CONNECTOR COVER AMO CABlE STRAP. ORDER STRAP
PRESTAMPED FRON DEPOT.
INSPECT DAILY FOR LEAKAGE AND fi LL IF REQUIRED.
INSPECT FOR SECURITY OF NUT BEFORE TRAVEl.
TIGHTEN NUT UNTIL IT IS SEATED IN WHEEl LUG HOLE, THEN TIGHTEN I TO 11/2 ADDITIONAL TURNS . US
TOOLS IN TRUCK 110\JNTEO TOOL BOX.
ANNUALLY LOAD TEST TIRE LIFTING SLI NG, USING LOAO TEST KIT, PIN 8035222, NSN
LOAD TEST SllNG TO 540 PLUS 27, MINUS 0 lBS. FOR THREE (3) MINUTES.
IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE ANNUAL LOAO TEST, SLING AS REQUIRED 8Y CLEANING WITH KEROSENE,
NSN AND WIPING RAGS. AFTER SLING HAS BEEN CLEANED, LIGHTlY OIL ALL SURFACES WITH
ENGI NE OIL, NSN 9150-00-189-6727.
CHECK SPARE TIRE AIR PRESSURE FOR 4245 PSI AND CONDITION Of WHEEL AND TIRE ASSEMBLY BEFORE TRAVEL
AND NONTHL Y.
INFLATE TIRE TO PSI AS REQUIRED.
I WAANINGo WHEEL AND TIRE ASSEMBLY COMBINED WEIGHT IS 270.0 LBS. USE SLING STOWED OH VEHICLE IN
IN CONJUNCT ION WITH ERECTOR-LAUNCHER DAVIT OR MBI6 WRECKER TRUCK BOOM TO REMOVE OR
REPLACE SPARE TIRE. EMERGENCY ON ROAD CONDITIONS REQUIRE SPAR TIRE TO BE MAN-HANDlED. USE TootS
IN TRUCK MOUNTED TOOL BOX fOR DISMOUNTING AND MOUNTING.
EMERGENCY REPAIR OF MINOR PUNCTURES HAY BE ACCOMPLISHED WITHOUT DISHOUNTING THE WHEEL OR TIRE
UllllliNG THE TUBElESS TIRE REPAIR KIT. Wll[EL REPAIR OTHER THAN EMERGENCY SHALL 8[ ACCOMPLISHED A
THE OSU.
THE SUBCOLUMNS ARE AS FOLLOWS :
C - OPERATOR/CREW
0 ORGANIZAT IONAL
f - DIRECT SUPPORT
H GENERAL SUPPORT
0 - DEPOT
Digitized by Coogle
-
Cl4
Ill
ClOIOUI'
NU-0
2010
2015
2020
-
- -
121
for
PClUifl iNG 1'1\AIIS., Gl1 EQUI PMENT, 1<1415
11051515
I ll 141
MAINTENANCE
IIAJNTtNAHCf CAT0CMW '
CCIMI"C*ENTi ASsr.. Y
1UNCtl()flj
c 0

H 0
110\JKTING KIT, TI\AKS., Gl1 EQUI PJo\[ NT , INSPECT 0.5
MZ41ES (11051575) IESI 0.1
INSTALl. 40.0
REPAIR o.s 1.0 1. 0
BEAM, SUPPORT (2) (11051583) REPlACE 8.0
REPAIR 1.0
BEAM, SuPPOR I ( 11051584-19)
REPlACE 8. 0
1.0
BEAM, SUPPORT (11051584-29) lEST 0. 1
REPlACE 8. 0
REPAIR 1. 0
BRACKEl, SUPPORT (4) ( 11051581) REPLACE 8. 0
REPAIR 1.0
BRACKET , SUPPORT (8 ) (11051582)
REPlACE 8. 0
REPAIR 1.0
RACK, SUPPORT ( 11051590) REPLACE 1. 0
REPAIR 1. 0
STRI P, REINFORCI NG (2) REPLAC[ 8.0
{11051585) REPAIR 1. 0
STRIP, REINFORCING REPLACE 8.0
(11051585 49) REPAIR I. 0
STRI P, RE IIffORCING R(PI.ACC 8. 0
(11051586-59) RCPAIR 1. 0
lUI( ASSEoet. Y. DRAIN (2) REPI.ACC 1.0
(11051954) REPAIR 1. 0
CABLE AS,SEieLY , P<IWER. ELECTRIC, INSPECT 0. 1
60WI08 (11038614) lEST 0. 5
R(PLACE 0.5
REPAIR 0. 1 3.0
CLAMP, CABLE (2) (11040809) REPLACE 3.0
REPAIR 0.1
CONNECTOR, PLUG, ELEC. REPLACE 3. 0
{MISI I417Jl-1) REPAIR
SLEEVE, ELE C. CONNECTOR REPLACE o.)
(MISI I419/Z I ) REPAIR o. l
LADDER, SAfETY STEP (2) l NSP(CT 0. 1
( 11051594) SERVICE 0.5
REPAIR 2. 0 2. 0
-
TM 9-1450-3110-14
I ll
TOOLS
AHO -s
0U-NT
A
5 8
1 . 2 c
1 3,6- 10
p
I
10 0
1
10 0
5 B
I
10 0
I
10 0
I
10 0
I
IC 0
I
1,2, 8,9 [
I
1,2, 8 , 9 E
I
1,2,8,9 (
1.2 K
10 0
l f
4 G
H
1 , 3,6 , 7 I
1 o6 0 7
J J
7
l
3 M
3
H
0
1.3,10
C-31
Coogle
TM 9- 1450-380- 14
Tool T
.. ....

r.. . ,,
C1111 w
A. las sa Colt
I r
2 r
3 0
4 0
5 r
6 r
1 r
8 f
9 r
10 f
'OfUII D- 4 ... , OCT 11
C-32
for
I<OUNTIIIG KIT, TRANS., GM EOUI P14NT, 112415
11051575
TOCX. NtD T E S T ~ MaUl _..
N1 I
-
TOOl KIT, CUI00 IUSSILE I'AIIClEIWCC, !CHAM I CAl
SII)P
~ I L L , ELECTRIC, 518 INC>t
TOOL KI T, CUI00 NISSIL[ NECHAHI CAL ASSEN8LR,
fiRING Sll
TESTER, ELECTRICAL CABLE, AN/GSN-45C
NIL Ll ONNN TEA
REPAIR KIT, ELECTRICAL CABLE INSULATION
TOOL KIT, GUIOEO KISSILE NAI NT[NANCE, ELECTRICAL
SllOP
IDOL KIT, COIL TtlltEAO INSERT
TOOL KIT , COIL TliREAO INSERT
wtLOI NG S(T, ARC, INERT GAS SHIELDED
C14
- TO , .........
...... Il l
4935-00- 782-1312 SC4935
95ClA16
5130-00.830-4049 9074559
518000935-4688 SC5180
95-CL-A45
6625-00-996-7294 8213077
11036032-9
11560441
518000-782- 1313 SC5180
95CLA71
51 80- 00- 0SC-7505 4132-8-1
5180-00-935- 0738 413l 6-1
3431- 00- 079-0488
D1q tzed .:JV Coogle
C14
for
MOUNTING KIT, TRANS. , GM [QUIPM(NT, M241S
110SIS7S
TM 9- 1450-38
A INSPECT FOR LOOSE HARDWARE, CRACKED DR BIIDKEN PARTS, CORROSION .100 FOR[JGN MATERIAL,
B AFTER I NSTALLATION OR REPLACING PIS PERFORM RESISTANCE TEST BETWEEN LEGS OF GROUND WIRE BETWEEN
SUPPORT 8EAA AHD TRUCK CHASSIS. VALUE SHOULD NOT EXCEED l CtlM. MEASURE RESISTANCE BETWEEN
CO'"JNICATIOI<S ENTRY 32A4A4 All SUPPOII! BEAH. US MILLICtlMH!:TER LOCATED IN !HE ELECTRICAL St<CP AT
HI( OSU, RESISTANCE SHALl NOT EXCEED I OHM.
C PRIOR TO ASSE>BLY Of PARTS OF KIT, APPLY ONf. COAT OF PRIKER, NSN 801000515 2208, TO All BARE
METAL SURFACES INCLUDING DRilLED NOLES AI<O TRIMMED E(K;ES. AFil:R PRIMeR HAS ORIEO, APPROXIMATELY
S MIN. , APPLY ONE COAT OF LUSTERLESS ENAMEL, NSN 801000111 7937, TO ALL KIT HARDWARE AFTER
I NSTALLATION, PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF MOUNTING KIT 11051575, REMOVE fROM TRUCK BODY OF x-656
VEHICl E: TUBE ASSE>BLIES 11600661, 11600662, 11600663, 11600667, 1!600668, AND 11613987-1;
ADAP TER MS391791 (2), NIPPLE MS39187-I (2), TEE MS3918B I AI<O CLAMPS , REINSTALl EXISTI NG ClAMPS ,
SCREWS AND WASHERS AFTER REMOVAL OF TUBES. ARE STOWED fOR AVAilABILITY f ill REINSTALLATION.
IF MOUNTING KIT 11051575 IS REMOVED. SEAl ENOS OF ELBOW HS39184-! (2) AND ADAPTER HS391Bll WITH
EPOXY CEMENT, NSN 803000104 6702. REPLACE ADAPTER NS391791 (2) WITH PLUG MS2109310 (2).
0 WELDED ASSEMBLY, REPAI R LIMITED TO REWELDING OF COMPON[ NT PARTS.
E APPLY ZINC CHROMATE PUITY, NSN 8030006644968, AROUND Sill( Of HOLES WH(N REPLACING SEREW THREAD
INSERT IN REINfORCING STRIP. SEAL MOLES IN REINFORCING STRIPS USING CE"ENT, HSN 8030-00-140
6702.
f INSPECT FOR OUST, DIRT, GREASE, CRACKS , CORROSION, SENT OR BROKEN FRAYED INSUlATION. USE
KEY GAGE TO INSPECT SHll OF ADJ USTABLE KEYING CONNECTOO FOR EXCESSIVE WEAR OF SHi'Ll K[YS.
G TEST 60Wl 08 CABLE uPON RECEIPT AND EVERY SIX (6 ) MONTHS FOR CONTINUITY USING DHMKETER LEADS OF
CABLE TESTER, AN/GSM-4SC.
H DURING COLO APPLY WATER DISPLACING HSN 6850009887068, TO
CONNECTOR BARRELS BEFORE NATIHG CABLES.
I ORGANIZATIONAL REPAIR OF CABLE ASSEMBlY IS I.INITEO TO REPLACEMENT Of 8AMOIIARKERS, CONNEC TOR SHIELD
INDEX AND SNAP AIKGS , AND CABL CLAAP HARDWARE . POT CONNECTORS USING INSULATING COMPOUND, NSN
S970-0D926-0246. OUTER JACXET OF CABLE TO BE INSERTED INTO POTTING COMPOUND NOT MORE THAN HALF
THE LENGTH OF TilE AliAPTER, IIOR lESS THAN 1/l INCH. MATE CABLE PLUG TO MATING RECEPTACLE PRIOR TO
POT! lNG TO ASSURE PROPER ALIGNMENT AI<!J 00 HOT REMOVE POTTING MATERIAL HAS CURED. ADAPTER
SHALL BE TIGHTEN0 UNTIL f ULlY SHOULDERED OH CONNECTOB BARREL, TOAQVE SHAl t NOT EXCEED 8S FT/l 8S.
TOAI)JE CABLE CLAMP SCREWS TO 12 I INCH/LBS. WHEN PI CONNECTOR IS REPLACEO, ENGRAVE TI!E SAM
SERIAL NU>BER IN THE SAlt: POSITI!iN AND IN THE SAlt: CIIARACTU SIZE AS ON 11 OLD CONNECTOR. APPLY
A THIN COAT OF ADIIESIV. HSN 84000061 8303, OVER THE [tlGAAVED AR(A. APPLY ADHESIVE TO All MAl iN
SURFACES OF ELECTRICAl SLEEVING INSULATION AHO SHRINK AT 347 DEGREES PLUS OR NINUS 10 DEGREES FOR
5 HINUl'tS OR UNTIL COMPLETE RECOVERY HAS BEEN ACCOHPLISt<EO. 00 MOT SCORCH. R010V EXCESS
ADHESIVE. CLEAN AREA TO W>tiCH BANOIIARKER IS TO BE APPLIED WITH CLEANING COMPOUND. NSN 6850-D0-597
9765 AI() ALLOW TO AIR. DRY. APPLY 8AI()MARKER AI ROOM TEMPERATURE OF 65 DEGREES TO 90 DEGREES
FAHRENHEIT. SEo\l WITH EPOXY ADHESIVE, 804000061-8103. BRUSH COAl OVER AllO OVERLAP
EDGES .
J REVERSE STRAIN REU EF CLAMP TO ACC0!11<00ATE SMALL DIAMEtER CABLE AIID TORI)JE CABLE CLAAP SCREWS TO
ll .:. I IN/LBS.
K TO BREAK DRAI N TU6( LOOSE FOR R[MOVAL, DRILL EPOXY Cf. HENT FROM AROUND DRAIN TUBE ASSEMBLY. TAP
TUBE Will\ HAMNER UNTIL TUBE CAN BE WITHDRAWN FROH UllDERSIOf OF BEFIJQE INSIALLWG Nf.
TUB[. OLD AOHESfV FROM I(JLE AND SURROUNDING AREA USI NG SCRAPER AND ABRASIVE PAPER. CLEAN
AREA WITH MHHYl ETHYL lONE, NSN 6810 002812185. INSTALl TUB AND APPLY CEMENT, IISN
8030 00104 6702, AROUND TUB[ TO f ORM A WATERTIGHT SEAL .
l CONNECTOR NAY BE REPAIRED AT DEPOT BY REPLACING LOCKIIIG TIN SLEEVE, SPRING AND Rf.TA!NlllG RING
USING HOO! FICATION KIT 15<119862.
(
Digitized by Google
TM 9 1450-38014
for
MOUNTING KIT, TRANS. , CM EQUIPMENT, M241ES
IIOSISIS
WEIIENCE COOE IIIEIIWIU
!I KEY INDEX SLEEVE Of Pl TO POSITION f l.
N INSPECT LOOSE HARDWARE , AND FOREIGN
0 CONSISTS OF CLEANI NG AND PAINTING.
C14
P TORQUE P/ N MSll04S-8 (3lEA.) TO 190-llO IN/LBS; BOLTS P/N NASI306ll (36EA.) TO 340360
IN/LBS; ON CCLAMP ASSEHBLY, TORQUE BOLT TO 65! S FT/LBS, THEN TORQUE NUT TO 10! Z FT/lBS.
SI6/GZ4799
' THE SUBCOl UMNS ARE AS FOLLOWS:
C OPERATOR/CREW
0 - ORGANIZAT!OilAL
F OlRECT SUPPORT
H GENERAl
D - DEPOT
Digitized by Coogle
Cl4
GIIOUP
,.,._,.
ZZIO
2220
for
ACCESSORY KIT , VEHICLE , GUIOfO HISSILE EQUIPKfNT, >2181
11051848
rn
MAINT!NAHCf
MAlNTENAHC( CAflGOI'f
QOIIIIf'()H(Hf I ASS( - l
fUMCJION
c 0 f H D
ACC!SSCit Y, Kll, VEHICLE, INSPECT 1.0
GUIOEO EQUIPti:HI , ICZI80 IHSIAU 40.0
(IIOSI848) REPAIR 1. 0 8.0 e.o
SUM, SUPPORT (11051900) REPUCE 24.0
REPAIR 4.0
BEAM. SUPPORT (IIOSI928) REPLACE 24.0
RPA!R 4.0
CAN , CASOLI HE (S) INSPECT 0. 1
(HI LC IZ8J) REPLACE o. s
FIRE EXT INGUISHER (2) INSPECT 0 . 1
(HI LESZDll) o.s
REPLACE 0. 5
REPAIR 0. 5
PLATE , BASE (11051897) REPLACE 8. 0
REPAIR 1.0
PLATE, BASE (11051898) REPLACE 8.0
REPAIR I. 0
PLATE, BAS( ( 2) ( 11051899) REPLACE 8. 0
REPAIR I. 0
PLATE, BASE ( IIOSI904) REPLACE 8.0
REPAIR I. 0
R.ACK, CASOLI NE CAN (11051927) REPLACE 4.0
REPAIR I. D
RACK, STORAG( (11051894) REPtAC 4.0
REPAIR 1.0
LADOER, SAFETY STEP ( 11051 S94) INSPECT 0.1
SERVIC! o.s
REPAIR 2.0 2. 0
TM 9-1450-310-14
151 161
TOCU
....,
_,
'""_,.
A
2,),4
17 8
2,3.4
'
2,3,4
1
c
D
E
I
2, 4
5
2,3,4
2
2,4
s
2.3
2
2,3
6
2.4
I
F
I c
1,2 '
C-35
c>y Coogk
rM t -l.U0-380-14
Tool., r ..
.... ....
llllllllfl t
....... eo.

I 0
2 F
l F
4 F
s F
6 F
7 r
C-36
for
ACCESSORY KIT, Y(HIClE. GUI00 HISSILE M2!8EI
IIOS1848
TOOl lrMO TilT IOU1N(Il(l' fii OUtfiiMINTI
-TO
..............
.... NuiMif
TOOL r. IT, GUID0 HISS I\( , I((HANICAL ASSEtelER ,
Sll

TOOL KIT, GUID0 HISSILC MAIKTENANC, MECHANICAL 49lS-00-782lll2
SHOP
DRILL, LCI1UC, 1/ 4 INCII 5130-00-778-88Dl
DRILL, ELECTRIC, 5/8 INCH 5130-00-830-4049
TOOl KIT, COIL ntREAO !NSUT Si80.009lS07l8
TOll. KIT. COIL llt!CAO INSERT S180009lS 01)6
SCT, AAC, \NCR! CAS SHI(lOEO 34]1000190488
Cl 4
Tool Nllil._

9S CL-A45
SC49l5
95-CLAI6
9074558
9074559
4132-6-1
413?-4- 1
.>y Coogle
C14
for
ACCESSORY KIT, VEHICLE, GliiOED MISSILE EQUIPMENT, H218El
11051848
A THAT ITEMS ARE PROPERLY SECURED.
TM 9- 1450-380-14
B PRIOR TO INSTALLATIOM OF MOUNTING KIT 11051848, REMOVE TRUCK BODY OF !M656 VEHICLE: TUBE
ASSEMBLIES 11600661. 11600667, 11600668, ANO 11613987-1; ADAPTER HS39179-1, (Z); NIPPLE
M539187-1, (2); TE M$391881 ANO CLAP\PS. REINSTALL EXISTING CLAMPS, SCREWS, AND WASIIERS AF TER
REMOVAL OF TVBES. ITEMS ARE STOWED FOR AVAILA81LITY FOR REINSTALLATION IF KIT IS
REMOVED. SEAL ENOS OF ELBOW MS391841 (2), ANO ADAPTER MSJ9181 WITH EPOXY CEMENT, NSN 803000104
6702. REPLACE ADAPTER HSJ91791, (2) WITH PLUG HS2091J-10 (2).
C INSPECT FOR LEAKAGE AND THAT CANS ARE FILLED (DAILY).
0 INSPECT FOR CURRENT CERTIFICATION, AHO THAT HAS NOT BEN DISCHARGED.
E SERVICE IS LIMITED TO EXCHANGING DEFECTIVE OR DISCHARGED CYL INDER FOR A NEW OR RECHARGED UNIT.
F INSPECT FOR LOOSE HARDWARE, CRACKED OR BROKEN PARTS, CORROSION, AND HATERIAL.
G SERVICE C .ISIS OF CLEANING AND PAINTING.
498/GZ5118
THE SU8COLUMHS ARE AS FOLLOWS:
C
0
F DIRECT SUPPORT
H GENERAL SUPPORT
D DEPOT
C-37
Diglt1zed by Google
TM 9-1450-38014
111
GIIOUr
-
ll\ 0
2320
2330

C-38
IZI
for
HOUMT!NG KI T, GH EQUIPMENT , Ml 84
1105189!
1)1
"'
MAINT(NANC
MAJNTNAHCt CAftGOIY

fUNCTION
c D
'
H D
MOUNTING r.JT, GH EQUI PM( NT. INSPECT 0.1
(1 105! 891 ) REPAIR 0.5 1.5
SY.IO, I OKW GENERATOR ( !1028141 ) REPAIR 2. 0
CAP. l E ASSEMBLY , 104WI TEST 0.2
{ 11051910) REPLACE 0. 1
REPAIR 0. 5 I . 5
CLAMP, CA8L (2) REPLACE 1.5
(10605220) REPAIR 0. 1
CABlE ASS1t!L Y, I 04W2 TEST 0.2
(11051911) REPLACE 0. 1
REPAIR 0. 5 1. 5
CLAMP, CABLE (2) REPLACE ) . 5
( 11040809) R[ PAI R 0. 1
. . -
C14
1&1 Ill
Toot.S
AND
.... _.
0UihiENT
A
1,2,3 8
5 c
4 0
1. 2 .3 , f
2
I G
4 0
1. 2. 3 E
2
I H
Digitized by Google
C14
Tool or T

Cll I '
........ Cadi
I 0
2 F
3 F
4 0
5 F
for
MOUNTING KIT, GM EQUIPMENT, 11184
11051891
TOOt. NG TUJ RICIUIRIMINn
..... IAI
TOOL KIT. GUI00 MISSILE, ASSMSLR,
FIRING SIT
TOOL KIT, GUIDED MISSILE MAINTENAIICE, ElECTRICAL
SHOP
DRILL, ELECTRIC, 1/4 INCH
AN/URH-10SC
WLDING SET, ARC, INERT GAS SHIELOEO
TM 91450-380-14
-TO
.... ,......
TOIDI Nlll'llbw
518000935-4688 5C5180
9SCLA4S
5180-00-782-1313 SC5180
9SCLA77
5130-00-778-8803 9074558
662500999-6282
3431-00-079-0488
C-39
Digitized by Coogle
TM 9-1450-380-14
Cl4
C-40
for
MOUNTING KIT, GM EQUIPMNT, Ml84
IIOSIS<ll
.......
A INSPECT All CQo?ONENTS FOR OAKAGE AND SECURITY OF ATTACHKENT.
8 PRIOR TO INSTAll ATION OF SKIDS (P/N 11028141-19) REMOVE PLUGS (MS39071) AND RETAIN OR RTURN TO
STOCK. IF THE SKIDS ARE REMOVED. RE-INSTALL PLUGS.
C MELDED ASSEMBLY, REPAIR LIMITED TO REWELDING OF COMPONENTS.
D TEST FOR CONTINUITY USING MULTIMTR AN/URM IOSC.
REPAIR Of CABLE ASSEMBLY AT ORGANIZATIONAL lEVEL IS LIMITED TO REPLACEMENT Of CABLE SAND MARKERS.
CONNECTOR OUST COVERS AND CA8l CLAMP RETAINING HIJIOWAA. BALANCE OF REPAIR IS PERFORMED AT DIRECT
SUPPORT UNIT-DSU. CONNECTORS TO BE POTTED USING INSULATING COMPOUND, NSN S9700092602t6. OUTER
JACKET OF CABLE SHALL BE INSERTED INTO POTTING COMPOUND NOT MORE TKAN KALF TKE LENGTH OF TKE
ADAPTER. OR LESS TKAN .SO INCH. HATE CABLE PLUGS INTO HATING RECEPTACLE PRIOR TO POTTING TO INSURE
PROPER PIN ALIGNMENT. CABLE ADAPTER SHALL 8 TIGHTENED UNTIL FUllY SHOUlDERED ON TKE CONNECTOR
BARREL. TORQUE SHALL NOT EXCEED 8S FT/LBS. WHEN CONNECTOR CONTAINING TK SERIAL NUMBER IS
REPLACED ENGRAVE THE SAil SERIAL NUMBER, IN THE SAil POS ITIDN, IN TKE SAil CHARACTER Sl ZE, AS ON
TK OlD CONNECTOR. APPLY A THIN COAT OF ADHESIVE, NSN 8040-00-061-8303 OVER THE ENGRAVED SURFACE.
F APPLY LUBRICANT, KSN 9150-00-469-6622, TO INNER SURFACE OF COUPLING NUT . CLAN THREADS WITH
SOlVENT, NSN 68S0-00-S97976S, AND APPLY ADHESIVE, NSN 804000-061-83D3, SPARINGlY TO INTERNAL
THREADS BEFORE HATING.
G CABLE CLAMPS SCREWS TO BE TORQUED TO 12 .!. I INCH LBS.
H CABLE CLAif>S SCREWS TO BE TORQUED TO 18 .!. I INCH LBS.
SIS/G24797
THE SUBCOLUMNS ARE AS FOLLOWS:
C OPERATOR/CREW
0 - ORGANIZATIONAL
F DIRECT SUPPORT
II - GENERAL SUPPORT
0 - DEPOT
Digitized by Google
C14
Ill
OOOIJO
.....
2400
2410
IZI
for
IClUHTIIIG ~ I I . GUIOEO MISSIU EWIPIIfNT
IIOS4419
131 141
MAtNTllfltAIIC( CA flOOI'r
COUPOHOfl/ A$$E\!& Y
MAINU.NANCf
fUNCTtOH
0 c 0 F H
MOIJHIIHG r.ll, GH EQUIPIIEKT INSPECT O.J
(11054419) SERVICE 0. 4
INSTAlL 2. 5
REPAIR O.J 0.8
IClUHTING r.IT REPLACE 0. 5
(11061211) REPAIR 0.4
BEAll, CROSS SUPPORT (2) REPLACE 0.3
(11061212) R(PAIR 0.2
!EM, CROSS SU?PORT (2) REPLACE 0.3
(11061213) REPAIR 0.2
BEAll SUPPORT, CURBSIDE REPLACE 0.8
(11061216) REPAIR 0.)
BEAM SUPPORT, ROADSIDE REPLACE 0.8
(11061215) REPAIR O.J
BEAM SUPPORT, WALY.WAY (10) REPLACE 0.4
(11061 214) REPAIR 0.2
fLOOR PLAT , WALKWAY (2) REPLACE 0.4
(11061203) REPAIR 0.2
FLOOR PLATE , WALKWAY (2) REPLACE D.J
(11061211) REPAIR 0.2
TM 91450 38014
JOCU
....,
........
E.OVftllHT
A
I f
2. J,4 ,S, B,O
6
1 . 2 . ~ . 6 c ,II
2 0
2, 6
2,5
2. 7 E
2.5
2. 7 [
2. 5
2. 7 E ,G
2,5
2. 7 E.G
2 .s
2,7 E.G
2,5
2. 7 E
z.s
2. 7 E
C-41
~ ..l)' Coogle
TM 9- 1450- 310- 14
Tool., T
..........
(-
C. l I
,
A faa Codl
I D
2
r "
3 r

r
5 r
6 r
7 r
fOMf 0. 10... , OCt J11
C-42
for
KIT, GUIDED MI SSILE EquiPKEKT

TOO<. NIO Tfn IOU-NT
3 a' ...
TOOL <I T, GU IDED MISSILE "(CHAMICAl ASSEHeLER:
FIRING Silt
TOOl K!l , GUIO(O MISSILE IC.ANICAL
SHOP
S l'l![TCHfR
SEALER, STEEL STRAPPING, tW:O
DRILL, (L(CI'l!IC, 5/8 IKCH
DRILL, [ L(Cll!IC, 1/4 IKCH
WELDING S[f , ARC, IK( RT GAS SHIELDED
Cl 4
-TO
... Hill ..
r. .. N I I
5180-00-935-4688 SCS180
9S Cl-A4S
' 935-00-182-1312 SC4935-
9S-Cl-.\16
3540-00-851-8512 10608333-1
3S4D-00 23t-6743 ID6086121
5130-00-830-4049 9074559
SI3D 00- 778-8803 9014558
3431-0D-079-D488
I
I
Oig1t1 ed by Coogk
C1"
for
MOUNTING KIT, GUIDED MISSILE EQUIPMENT
11054419
TM 91"50-380-14
A I NSPECT FOR LOOSE HAADWARE, CRACKED Clt liltOKEH PARTS, CORROSION AND FCltEIGN
B PRIDR TO ASSEHBLY OF PARTS OF KIT, APPLY 01<( COAT OF PRIMER, tlSN 801000515-220B TO All BASE
HETAL SURFACES INCLUDING DRILLED HOLES ANO TRIMMED EDGES. AFTER PRIMER HAS DRIED APPROXIHATELY
5 MINUTES, APPLY ONE COAT OF LUSTERLESS ENAMEL, NSN 8010 002972116 TO ALL KIT HARDWARE AFTER
INSTALLATION.
C TCltQUE C CLAMP BOLT (4) TO 65 !.6 rT/LBS., THEN TORQUE JAM NUT TO 10 !.2 FT/LBS.
D PRIOII TO I)F MOUNTING KIT ON TRAILER, REMOVE EXPANDED STEEL ACCESS 00011 OF TRAi lER
BY REMOVING HINGE PIN. INSTALL HINGE PIN IN DOOR HALF Of HINGE AND SECURE ODOR GRATING
FORWARD OF ODOR OPENING IN PLACES USING FLAT STEEL BANDING STRAPS AND SEALS.
E WELDED ASSEHBLY, REPAIR LJHITEO TO REWELDING Of COMPONENTS. OR ILL WITH ATTACHING ITEM.
F CLEAN WITH SOAP AND WATER. REPAINT AS REQUIRED. REFER TO TM FOR SERVICE AtO
MAINTENANCE OF TRAILER.
G SHIH SPACE BETWEEN SUPPORTS WITH WASHERS.
H TORQUE BOLT AH8-13A(4EA.) TO 500-650 lN./LB. TORQUE BOLTS, ANI063A(4EA. ) AND A.ID-61A(4EA.),
TO 1100-!300 lN./LB.
4D9/007311
THE SUBCOLUMNS ARE AS FOLLOWS:
C OPERATOR/CREW
0 ORGANIZATIONAL
F DIRECT SUPPORT
H GEIIERAL SUPPORT
0 DEPOT
C-43/(C-4" blank)
Digitized by Google
ClS
TM 9-1450-380-14
APPENDIX D
EXPENDABLE SUPPUES AND MATERIALS UST
D-1 . Scope.
This a ppendix lists expendable supplies and rna
terials required to operate and maintain equip-
ment covered in this manuaL These items are
authorized to you by CTA 5().970, Expendable
Items (Except Medical, Class V, Repair Parts,
and Heraldic Items).
D-2. Explanation of Columns (Table D-1 ) .
0 - Organizational maintenance
F - Direct support maintenance
c. Column 9 - National Stock Number. This
is t ite National stock number assigned to the
item; use it to request or requisition a new
item.
d. Colunm 4 - Description. Indicates the
Federal item name and, if required a descrip-
tion to identify the item.
a. Column 1 - Item Number. This number
is assigned to the entry in the listing and is
r efe r enced in the procedures to identify the ma-
terial (Example: A procedure may say "Use
cleaning solvent, item 10, table Dl'').
b. Column 2 - I.ewl. This column identifies
the lowest level of maintenance that requires
the listed item:
e. Column 5 - Unit of Meas1tre (UIM) . Is I
expressed by a two-character alphabetical ab-
breviation (e.g., ea, in, pt). If the unit of measure
differs from the unit of issue, order the lowest
unit of issue that will do the job for you.
Table D-1. E:rptmd<tble Supplitll a11d Mo.teriati
(I) (2) (3) (4) (6)
National stock
Item number Level number Description U/M
I 0 6810-00-223-2739 Acetone. technical 0 A5l PT
2 0 IJO.I0.00-057-2324 Adhesive MIL-A-2f>457 CN
3 0 8040-00-290-430 I Adhesive MIL-A-5092TY2 CN
4 F 8040-00-6644318 Adhesive MM!If A.l617 CN
5 F 8040-00-00'l-0887 Adhesive MP011881TYI KT
6 0 8040-00-059-5477 Adhesive MP01188!TY4 CN
1 F 6810-00-543-7415 Alcohol, denatured OE-760GR3 CN
8 F 8030-00-Q87-8630 compound Mll.rT-83483 CN
9 0 8020-00-2164-3883 Brush, artist H-B-118TYICI.ISTA. SIZE 321128 EA
10 0 6850-00-597-9765 Cleaning compound, solvent OC!889 CN
II 0 803()..()0-224-1298 Corrosion preventive e<>mpound MIL-C-!6173GR2 CN
12 0 8030-00-823-8039 Corrosion resistant compound MIL-C-81706CLIA, IJT
FORMa
13 0 68f>0-00.28!- 1985 Dry cleaning aolvent P-S-661TY! CN
14 0 80!0-00-297 -0500 Enamel, olive drab TTE-527 CN
15 F 8010-00.782-93.56 Enamel, white TT-E-527COMP L CN
15. I 0 8010-00-852-9003 Enamel, yellow 1'T-E-489 PT I
16 F 8010-00-526-1455 Filler, engraving 'IT-F -32.5TY I SX
17 0 9150-00-985-7246 Grease, and instrument MIL-G-23827 CN
18 0 9150-00-190-0904 Great;e, automotive and artillery Mll.rG-!0924 LB
19 F 9150-00-223-4134 Hydraulic ftuid MII.-H-0000 GL
20 F 5970-00-117-I 661 lnsulstion, sleeving, elect ri<al M JI.-R -16846CI.I TY I t'T
20.1 F 9140-00-242-6748 Kerosene VV -K-211 GL I
21 0 6850-00-621-1820 L<>ak test compound Ml l.ri -25667ATYI BT
D- 1
Diglt1zed by Google
TM 9- 1450-380-14 CIS
Tabu IV.. Erpo>U14bu Svpt>lin alld Ma.tnVUo - C<mti......d
!.ll ru G!l !.f) @
Natio.W stock
Item number Level number Description UIM
I 2l.l F 9150-00-189-6727 Oil, lubricating OE 10 QT
22 0 91 50-00-2312361 Oil, lubricating, general purpoee MlLL-3160 CN
23 0 9160-00.231-6689 Oil, lubricating, general purpoee VV-L-800
QT
24 F 535().00.186-8820 Paper, abraaive PPI21CLIGRIT100 PG
I
2.U 0 535().00.224-7206 Paper, abraaive PPIOIGRIT280 PG
25 0 5360-00.161-9043 Paper, abraaive P-P-121CL2GRIT12D PG
26 F 535().00.2210886 Paper, abraaive PPI21CL2GRIT50 PG
27 F 5971)..00.926-0046 Potting compound MPDII8'19 TU
28 0
11011)..00.83&-2114 Primer coating TTP1757, COMPL CN
29 F 800().0().860. 70'76 Primer, pretro,&tment MIL-P-8586 CN
30 F 110 11)..00.614-1861 Primer, zinc chrom&tt TT-P-00600 CN
31 F 7921)..0().234-8462 Rag, wiping CLI ""CL2 BG
32 F 8030-()().10H702 Sealing .ompound MIU-24176TY2 KT
33 F
8030-0().837. 9935
Sealing compound MIL-S-11031 PT
34 F 803().00.201-0996 Sealing compound TT-S-1732 CN
35 F 8030-0(). 731-3673 Sealing compound (71984 Mfg. code) TU
36 0 6811)..00.2812'186 Solvent, methyl ethyl ketone TTM-261 GL
I
37 0 Tape. antiaeiu MIL-T-27730 BT
S8 0 751().()().56J.1245 Tape, clotb backing, PPP-T-60, RL
38..1 0 5971)..00.926-2510 Tape, ineulation MIL-1-QI, type G . fonn T RO
39 0 7510-00-472-4021 Tape, preaeure RO
-10 0 6810-01Hi64-0387 Tricllloroethane 0'1'620 GL
41 F 6831)..0().584-2957 Triclllorotrilluorethane DR
F Wire, elffiri<al M608612-3-9 RO
43 r 11041)..()().2f!6.48SI Wool, metallic MlL-A-48MTY2 BX
44 0 Zinc chromate putty MlL-P-81166 CN
'
D-2
'
I
Digitized by Coogle j
C14
Abbreviations .... ............................ ............... .
Adapter:
Installation ...... .......... ...... .......................... .
Removal ..... ......... ....... ...... .... .... .......... ........ .
Adapters, dolly aet.:
Cor....,tive maintenance (OS and GSJ ...... .
lle$cnptron .................................... .......... .. .
installation ...... .................... ...................... .
Removal ..... ...................... .......................... .
Adjustment:
F'ront axle assembly toe-in ............... ....... ..
General .................................................... .. .
Hoisting beam ................ ... ... ...................... .
Maintenance stand brakes ............. .
Steering arm .................................. ... ...... .. .
Air conditioner sing, load testing .............. ..
Air servicer assembly (PS/ PTS vehicle):
I Connection ........... .... ...... ...... ...................... .
Installation .................... ............................ .
Removal ......... ....... ....... ...... ......................... .
Air servicer assembly (PS t railer):
Connection ........... .......... ............................ .
Lnsillllation .................... .................... ........ .
Remo\al ............... ...................................... .
Ancillarr equipment tiedown klt, wrecker
M54..1 .................... .................... ... ....... ...... .. .
"'nnual schedule or pre .. entivc
4
maintenance
sen icts lor t he dolly set (table 3-31) ..... ...
I
Annual schedule of prevent ive--maintenance
services Cor ercc:: tor-Jauncher 10-kw
generator and spare wheel assembly
mount ing kit (table 3-33) ......................... ..
Annual schedule of
services for the hoisling beam set
(table 3-28) ................... .... ............ ........ ...... .
Annual schedule of
services for the crane pack lifting
sling set (table 3-29) .............. ................... ..
Annual schedule of preventi\c-maintenancc
services for the powe.r station main-
slings (table 3-32) ........................ .
Annual schedule of preventive-maintenanc:4;'
services for the shipping container
ling (table 3-30) .................................... .. ..
Arm assembly. lilting .......... .................... .. ..
Asembl)' (See l>eci.fi< item. I
Auxiliary equipment 'Ohicle loading
plans ........ ........... ................................. ...... .
Axle as.embly, front:
Correct ive maintenance <OS and GS) ...... .
...................... ....... ......... ......... ..
Steering arm adjustment ......... .......... ...... .
Too-in adju!ltment ................... ......... .... ..... ..
A.xle assembly, rear:
Corrective maintenance (OS and GSI ...... .
Description ...... .... ...... ... ................. .......... .. .
Paraa;l'aph
81
4-15g
4-!Sd
4-23
1-ISc. l
LlJla
I-I So
i l 3 a
3-16
3-17
3-18
'i l fj
ill
22e
2-2c
2-2h
2 . 7 l t:
2-7. Lb
;) . 7 Jc;
Lll
1h.l1l
1-28
4-2J,I
1 18b
UiU
ll:.l.3...3.

1-1&
TM 9-1450-380-14
INDEX
p .. ,
u
4-16
lll..3
4-23
Lll
l.:.l!!
l.:.l!!
j,
3-21
3-21
3-21
4d.l
4-ti
2 .. ti
2-?
2,li..1
2-15
2-1.5
217
li
3d!
.
'" '
=
" ..
=
:1-:1
'1-34
1-17
429
Lll
4d.l

43<1
).) :l
Band, marker, cable .. ................ .... .......... .... .
Beam, hoisting (See Hoisting beams.)
Beams (ehannel) ........................ .................. .
Beams (spreader) ........................................ ..
Blanket JJilidum:e sect ion
b/a,.kel)
Blind fastener:
Installation .............. .......... ...... .......... ...... .. .
Removal ... ................ .......................... ... ..... .
Blind fastener data
el -l 0) ............... ...... ...... ........... ... ...... .. .
Blind nut. a."sembly replacement data
(table 1-11) ......................................... ...... .. .
ladder:
Corrtocti .. ,e maintena nc.e ............................ .
Oesc:rlpt ion .. , ........... ....... ... ...... .......... ........ .
lnstalJation ..... ... ...................... ........... , ..... ..
Brace. t elescoping .......... ... ... ............. ... ........ .
Bracket assembly rSel? SJ)f'r ijic item.J
Cable assemblies:
Installation ... ....... ... ............. .......... ............ .
Removal ..... ...... ........ , ..................... ........... ..
Repair ........ .......... .......... ................ .... ...... .. .
Repair of I IOW2 ......... .......... .......... .......... ..
Repair of oSWI (I)S and GSJ .................. ..
Repair of 58\V I (Org) ........ ....................... ..
Cable marker band. lnstallat.ion of ............ ,,
Cable rec:ling machine. generator set
PU-614/ M:

3-34
1-15b
1 15b
42fx
4-25b
425
4-26

1-27
2-:lf
2-16
4-231
l-1&>
4-ISr
4-18</
3-24c
4-23.6o
340d
3-34
raat
33.5
1.:8
1-S
4-:lS
438
437
4-39
:)-35
1 17
t, ....
o..:!l
2-31
4-34
1 23
4-20
12:.!
328
3-42 I
:135
Corrective maint<,nanc (OS ''"d GSL ...... 423.6d : b ,,)
A . , .. . I
Corrtoctive maintenance (0nd .... .......... ..... 3-40c :l-42
Cable retaining bracket:
Inst-allation ..... .... ................ ....................... .
R!!mo,al ... .. .. ....... ......... ........... ................ ... .
Repair ..... ..... ....... .... ......................... .......... .
Channel bearn ass.embly:
Correc::: tlve maintenance ......... ... ... ... ....... ... .
Description ......... .... ... ............. ............. ..... ..
Checks and :ulj ustnumt:
Adjustment. or caster brakes .................... .
Adjustment of front a:tle assembly
toe-in ... .... ............. ...... ....... ................ ...... .
Adjustment. of Mn' ...... ............... .
Ground check, PTS/ PS ' chiclt .... ........... ..
be.ams ... .......... ...... ......... ... ,. ........ .
Cleaning:
Guidance section blankcL ... ..................... ..
Precaut ions ......... ....... ......... ........... .......... ..
Clips (OS and GS1 ........ .................... .......... ..
criticisms. and
(Stlt' Re()Ort of equir,ment publicati()n
impro .. emcnts. )
Common tools tmd equil)mem ................... ..
Correcti\'c maintenance 1(pedtic
item.)
4-l Sio

4-18(1
420u
1-15/)
318

.a. 1 :"\. 1
::;
3-17
:l--tk
3-6&
<1-23/
3-21
3-21
1-:)4
I
Digitized by Coogle
TM 9-1450-380-14 (15
Corrosion control ........... ....... .... .... ............... .
Cradlcs. first and second stage:
Corrective maintenanee .. .... ... .... .... .... ....... .
Descript-ion .............. ........ ......................... ..
Operation ............. .... ............ .... .... ... .... ..... ... .
Crane pack lifting sling:
Corrective mainU!nancc CDS and GSL .. ... .
Corrccthe maintenance (Org) .... ....... .... ... .
Description . ...... ... .... .... .... .... .... .... ... .... .... ... .
Load testing ................ ............ ................ .. .
l .. ubrication .... ............ ... ... ............ .... ........ . ..
Operation ....... ............ .............. .... ........ .... .. .
pac:k lifting s ling set:
Corrective maintenance (0 $ and GS) . .. ... .
Correeti\' e maintenance (Org) ... ............. .. .
l)escription .......... ........ .... .... .... .... .............. .
,,,, ... '"'"" .............. ........ ''" "" "" '''
Cylinder. hydraulic (See Hydraulic
cylinder. )
Daily schedule-of preventive maintenance
oervices for the dolly set (table 3-15) ....... .
Daily sc-hedule of preve ntjve--maintenance
ser\' ices during combat alert status
(t.ble 3-16) .. ........ .... ........... ._ ... ... .... .... ...... _..
Dailr schedule of prevent.ivemaintenance
!.Cr \'ice$ for the erector-launcher lO.kw
generator :lnd spare wheel aKsembly
mounting kit (table :l-14) ...... .... .... ............ .
Daily schedule of prc\'entive-maintenance
!;Cr vices for the generator set
PU-614/ M (table :H t I i . ..................... .... .. .
Oaily sehedule of prc\' cntive-maint.enance
!;en,. ices for the J)Ower Sl';ltiOn trailer
mount.ing kit itable 3 14. 1"1 ....... ........... ..... .
Daily schedule of pN!ve nthe-maintcnanee
services for the programmer-test
station/ power station mounting kit
(tahle 11-ll l ..... ............ ...................... .... .... .. .
Oaily sehedule of preventive-maintenance
services for the radio terminal :s-et
JO-kw generator mounting kit
(table 3:..l.al ..... ........ ........ ...... ...................... .
Daily $C! hedole of JlrC\'entivc-maintenanc:e
services for the radio terminal :;et and
winteri1.ation h('-ater mounting kit
it.able :t.: 2' ...... ... ..... ... .... .... .................. ...... .
Demilitarization . .............. . ,,, ........ ... ........ ..... .
Demodincatiun and fabricat.ion of
generator set PU-614/ M ..... ............ .......... .
Demolition to pre, ent enemy use ........... .... .
Desjg nations, reference . ....... ....................... .
D(:tcrmining load limits of wre,;ker ... .... ... ..
Differences arnong models .............. .... ..... ... .
Dolly set:
Adjustml(nt of front a.-<le assembly
toe in . ................ ........ .... .......................... .
Adjustment of arm ... .... .............. .
Corrct:tivc (OS a nd GSL ... .. .
...... ............................ .... .... ...... .
lnde 2

1=23..1
1 26
:.w.
122
3-28a
l-17
'l -9
a-.i .;
2.:1ll
422
3-28
1-17
iWl
:l-li)
WJ.
4-45
hl..l
ldl
2 15
L1
I I :U

4-23
1-18
Pa,r('
;l:li .
'1-:16.1
1-17
2-29
4-25
3-32
Cl!
,u
32
2-19
4-25
3-32
u
219
3-:t
1:2
4-85
l=l:
1-2
2 29
UJ
ill..i
li.l
4-25
ill
Ins tallation to power station ...... .... ....... .... 2-lld 2-23
lnstallation lo programmer-test
station . .... ... . ... ... ........ .... .... .... ........ .... ... . ... 2-llc 222
Installation to radio terminal set .............. 2-lle 2-24
Lubrication (Org) ........ ........ . . ..... . ....... . . Jb1.Ji 3-2 I
Lubrication (DS) . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4 13. 4. 1 "=11
Mobility .. ... .... ......... ... .... ..... ... ....... ... .... .... ... 2-llf :2,2J.l
Operation ............... .......................... ..... ...... 2d.l 2-19
Preparation .......... ... ........ .... .... ................ ... 211b 2-20
Removal . .. ...... .. ............................ .... ........... 2-11g 2:ill
Service. .... .... ................ ................... .... ........ l -13.2 4 10.2.{)4
Storiii!C .... ............................ ....... .............. . 2-llh 2 25
Tire and hub assemblies . ... ........... ............ . 42& 4-27
Troubleshooting ..... .............................. ...... 427
Dolly set adapters:
Corrective maintenanc iDS and GS) ...... .
De!leription . ................... .... .... ........ ............ .
Installation . ... ......... ... .... .......................... .. .
Remo\'al .......... .............................. ............. ..
Drain hose assemblies:
Description . ............................. .... ............ .. .
lnstallat.ion ................... ... .... ........ ............ .. .
Removal . ........... ... .... ........ .... ................ ...... .
Drain tube asoembly:
Description .......... .... ............ ....................... .
Installation .. .... ............ ... ..... .... ... ............... .
Removal ... .... ................................... ....... .... .
OS and GS maintenance inspection ........... .
Ele<tricul lead in.stallation ........ ... ............... .
Equipment weights (table 2-1) . .... ........... .... .
Erector-launcher 10-kw ge nerator:
Installation . ................ .... .... ....................... .
Preparation for installation ...... .......... .... .. .
Preparation for operation . .... .... ... ... .... ...... .
Removal ............................... ........ ........ ...... .
Servicing ................................. .................. .
Erector-launcher da\'it, load testing . .......... .
Erector-launcher davit restraint wire rope
assembly load testing ..... ................... ....... .
Erector-launcher apare wheel
Assembly and disassembly . .... .... .............. .
Installation .......... ....................... ........... .... .
Erec:tor-launcher J().kw generator and
spare wheel assembly mounling kit:
Bra.:kct assembly and damps.
remo\' al and installation ........................ .
Corre<tive maintenance (DS and GSJ ...... .
Corredi.,..e maintenance (0rg} .............. ... . .
Description . ....... ..... ... ............... ........ .... .... . .
Load testing EL spare wheel
multiple leg sling ... ............ .................... .
O-peration ,, .... ..... .... .... ........ ....... .... ............. .
Replacement of tractor brake
airhosc couplers ............. ............... .... .... .. .
Ret.ainer. installation of .... .. ..... ... .... ......... ,,
Retainer. remoYal of . .......................... ..... ..
Ser\icing .......... .... ........ ..... ,, ...................... .
Erector-launcher 10-kw generator cable
connect-ions (table 1-9} ....................... .... ... .
4 23 4-25
H !>.i:. l ill
1-lSo u.Q
J.!So u.Q
u 1..::U
415g H6
415d .tiU
u
1-4.4
4-JSg H6
4-ISd Uti
4-4<: 4-1
4-!Si 4-17
2-15 2 29
2-So 2-a
41&; 4-24
Z.Sb 2:L1
2-5<1 2-14.2
4-!Si 424
il3. 3-20
ill il
ilJ.
,1,2.1
4181 -1-24.1
2-/ic 2:L1
4-18m
418 4-20
324 3-28
ill
) -6
16.2 4.:2..2
25 2:L1
3-z.tf a-28.2
U1.a
4181.1
,uu
&l!l 320
4 18e 423
Digitized by Coogle
CIS
Exhauat pipe:
lnttallatlon ........................... .... ............. .... .
Removal ......... .............. .............................. .
Expendable bulk and eorummable
maintenance items ............. ....................... .
Eyeboltl .................................................... ... .
Federal aupply eodfl, manufaet urers' ........ .
Field fabrieation and
of aet PU-61(/M ...................... ..
Field maintenaneo ilelft .. )
Field mal ntenanee inspection ..................... .
First atajle cradle:
Corrective mainte.na.nc.e ................. ........... .
0
. .
eacr1ptaon ......................... .................... ... . .
Operation ............................... ....................
Firat atajle hoisting beam:
Checka and adjutment .. .......... ......... ....... .
Corrective maintenance (OS and GS1 ..... ..
Corrective maintenance (Orgl .................. .
Desc,.
r1pl10n . ................................................ .
Load telling .............................................. .
Operation ............. ..................................... .
Firing position vehicle loading plan (See
Auxiliar)' equipment "'ehide loading
plan.l
4--18k
4Uii
3-17

3270
1 15b
,1,1
2.&
l'"orma, ret:ords. and reports ......................... 1d
Front axle embly /See Axle ass<lm
bl). front.)
Generator !Sec pecific item. )
Generator .. t PU-614/ M:
Cable reeling ml.('hine maint.enanee
I OS and GSJ ............................................ 423.6d
Cable rHiing machine maintenance
(Orgl......................................................... 3-IOc
Cable 58W1 (OS and GSJ ............... 423.6a
Cable 58WI (0rg) ............................
Correctivo maintenance (OS and GSI. ...... ;b!;Ll
Corrective maintenance (Org) ................... 338
Oemodiflcation of generator ..................... 449
Oemoclification of trailer. .......... ....... ......... 4-fiO
Functional ............................... 1.:!2
Generator maintenance IDS and GS) ....... Ul,5
Generator maintenance (0rg) ................... 3-39
Installation of generator ............................ 2.13 Ia
l natallation of trailer mounted
componfnbl .............................................. .
Maintenance calibration o( meten ......... ..
Modification of generator ........................ ..
Modlficotion of trailer ............... .......... ..... .
Phyoleal deeription .................................. .
Removal of generator ......... ............. ........ ..
Sentcl.ng .................................... ... ............ .
Trailer mounle(l components
maintenance (OS and GSJ ..................... .
Trailer mounted components
maintenance (Org) .................................. .
Transportation data ................................... .
Generator ohield:
lnotnllotlon ................................................ .
Removal ............... .................................. .... .
H9
4-46
4-47
130
2-t:t 'lh
.:u.a.J
3-10
1.J1

4-!So.
41

117
2-29
3-21
425
329
ld!
4.3
3-12
Ll6..5
3-42

338
4-91
491
H9
idlU
3-38
2-27
HI
Jb3li.6
4-SS
4.88
1 19
2-27
3-2ll
3-10
119
42ll
420
TM 9-1450-310-14
Ground check:
Generator set PU..614/ M .......................... .
PTS/PS vehicle ...... ................................... .
Ground atrap:
lnatallation ................ ................. ............... .
Removal ..................................................... .
Guidance oection blanket:
Dettription ................................................ .
ln1t&llation ............................................... ..
..................................................... .
R.epal r ........................................... .............. .
Guidance Beetion hoisting beam:
Checka and adjustment ............................ .
Corrective maintenance ........................... ..
D . .
eec:r1ptaon ...................... .......................... .
l.,oad testi.nA: .... ....... ................ ............. , ..... .
Operation ... .......... ............. .......... .............. ..
Guldan<e .. ction hoisting sling, load
testing ......................................................... .
Heater !&v Win!A!rizat.ion heater.)
Hoistllll( beams:
Checks and l(ijust.Jnent ........................ .
Cornctive maintenance <OS and GS) ..... ..
Correcti . ( 0rg)
ve ....... .... ..... .
Detcnpt1on ...... ....................... ................... .
l..oad testing !See pecific itom./
Lubrication .................... ............................ .
Operation ............. ...................................... .
Hoist.ing beams and li!t inK lings
lubrication ............ ...................................... .
Hub
lnstallatie>n ............................................... ..
Remo ... al ..................................................... .
Hydraulic cylinder .... .................................. .
Hydraulic hose assembly ............................ .
Hydraulic pump:
lnotallntlon ...... .......... ...... ................ .......... .
Removal ..... ...... ... .... ... ................................ .
Hydraulic system functional description ....
Hydraulic tuht a.semhly:
intallation .......................... .......... ............ .
Removal ................... .................................. .
1nit.ial installation:
Powu station trailer mounting kit ........... .
PtOKrammrrtest station/ power stat ion
mounting kit . ................. .......................... .
Radio t4:r-minal set and winterization
heater mounting kit ....................... ........ .
lnsf)<l(:tion:
OS and GS maintenance ... ... ...... ............. ..
Preen1bnrkation .... ...................... .............. .
ln$1)t. 'Ction or air conditioner sling arter
(ond testing (table 4 r.l . ............................. .
Jns)l<ction o crane pack lift inK sling aft<r
toad wsting l table 431 .............................. .
lnsf)<l(:tion of EL davit af!A!r load
(tabh: 171 .................................................. .
lnsf)<l(:lion of first and second 5lal(e hoist
inK beams aher load t.estinJC
ftabl c 41) . ............. ...... .......................... .... .
(.23.5e

4 13.5 td..l
418e 4-23
4-18c

122 115

2-25
2-1?41 2.27
3-31 3-32
S.17 3-21
327b 3-32
115c ld!
.4.:8 4..1
2.Sb &.!iiJ
td..l
.i,&
S.17 3-21

4--25 1
3-27 S.29
115 Cl!
32
?-8 2-Ul t
:h1ii
. 3-2
423c 427
423b 426
H3k 4..:14
H3k 434
42M 4..:11
42.'l.J 430
t-18d l.:..l.3
42:\1' 429
H 3e 429
4.31 472
429 4-41
4..31) 4M
44c 4-1
Hd 41
ill
,1,6
,ld
ill
;b9.
lndea 3
D tzed oy Googlt>
TM 9-1450-380-14 C14
Paragtapb .... .....
Inspection or guidance -tion hoist- LubricAtion under unusual condi-
ing beam after lOAd tcsting
tiona ................................. ......................... 3-5.2 3-1
(table 4-2) .... ....... ......... ........ ...... .......... ... .... i!i! 43 Oil ca.n points .............................. ............... 3-5.4 3-2
Inspection of guidance section hoisting Power station maintenance stand ............. 3-5.7 3-2.6
sling after load testing Service inter\'ala ..... ....... ............................ 3-5.1 3-1
(table 4-fo) .................... ...............................
ill Shipping container sling ....... ..................... 3-5.5 3-2
Inspection of power station maintenance Maintenance allocation ............. ................ ... 1.,'! 1-2
sling IIOM394 after load testing Maintenance calibration of generator
(table :i:lU .... ............................................... 4-13 0 l 4-JQ 2 set PU-614/M:
Inspection of power station maintenance Frequency meter ........ ................................ t-23.9 4-37
sling 11054395 after load testing Voltmeter , ac ....... ........................ ............... 4-23.8 4-36.6
(table 4 .. 8J ) .. .............. ................ .................
:Hll
4- 10.2.02
111
atnten.ance. preventive .............................. 3-10 3-3
Inspection of 8hipping container oling slings (See Power station
after load testing (table 4-4!. .................... 1-10 4,Q
maintenance slings.)
l n\entor)' ai sting ...... ..................................... kll k2.1 Maintenance stand (See Power station
Kit (See specific item..) maintenance stand.)
Ladders, boarding (See Boarding Manual effectivity (table 1-2'1 ...................... 11 1-2.1
ladders.) Manufacturers' supply codes ..... ..... 1-5 1-2
Lifting arm (OS and GS) ...................... ....... t-231 4-34
Models, differences among ........................... 17 1-2.1
Lifting equipment with wrecker ....... .......... . 2-29
Modification and demodirication of
Load limits. wrecker ......... ................ ....... ... . :HS 2-29
generator set PU-614/M ............................ 1-45 4-85
Load testing; Mont hly schedule of preventive-
Air conditioner sling .............. ......... .......... . U2 4-6 maintenance ser\ic.es for the crane
Crane pack lilting sling ......................... .... pack lifting sling set (table 3-24) .. ............ 3-10 3-3
Erector-launcher davit ............... ...... ......... 4-13 !bl!
Monthly schedule of preventive-
maintenance ser .. ices for the dolly
I
Erector1auncher davit restraint
set (table 3-25) ..................... ....................... 3-10 3-3
wire rope assembly ................................. 4-6.1
Monthly schedule of preventive-
Ertetor-launcher spare wheel
maintenance services Cor the erector-
multiple leg sling ............ ........................

4-2.2 launcher 10-kw generator and SJ)3.Te
Fintt stage boioting beam .......................... M 4-3
wheel assembly mounting kit
General ................................... , ... ... ...... ....... -1-6 42
(table 3-20) ....... .... ....................................... 3-10 3.,'!
Guidance section hoisting beam ........ ....... u 4-3 Monthly schedule of preventive-
Guidance section hoisting sling ...... .......... w
.
1-6 maintenance senlc-es for the guid-
Power station maintenance sling ance section blanket (table 3-26) ............... 3-10 3-3
11054394 ................................................... o.1 I-Hl 2 Monthly schedule of prevent.ive-
Power station maintenance sHng maintenance services for the hoist
11054395 ................................................... Bkl
ing beants (table 3-22) ................. ....... . , ...... 3-10 3-3
Second stage hoisting beam ...... ......... ....... ll 4-3 Mont.bly S<:hedulc of preventive-
sh r 4-10 4-5 maintenance-services for t.he power apping contamer s 1ng ..... .......................
Lo.iding associated equipment ........ ...... ....... 2-6 stat ion maintenance slings
Loading erector-launcher spare whe<>l (table :1-26.1) ............................... ... ............. 3-10 3.,'!
assembly .......................... ........................... 2-5c -H Monthly sc.hedule of preventive-
Loading plan. auxiliary equipment
maintenance sen iees for the power
vehicle ...................... .... ....... ........................ 1-28 1-17
station maintenance stand
Loading power station (PS/PTS
(table :1-26.2\ . .... ... .... .... .. .... .. .... .... ............... 3-10 3-3
vehicle) .... ... ....... ................. ... ..................... 22d 2d Monthly schedule or preventive-
l.oading power station (PS trailer) .............. 2-7 lc 2-15 maintenance senites for the power
Loading programmer-test station ................ 2-2b 2-1 station trailer mounting kit
l.oading radio terminal set ....... ................... 2-3c
2-7
!table 3-21.1 ) ........................ ... ....... ............. 3-10 :l..'l
Loading r.tdio terminal set 10-kw gen- Monthly schedule or ')Te\'enti\'C
ertl.tor ... .......... ............................................ . 2-4b 2:1Jl maintenance services for the programmer
Loading winterizat ion heater .... .... ... .... ........ 2-3b 2-7 test station/ power station mounting kit
Lubrication: (t:lble 3-17) .... .......... ... .................... ...... .... ... 3-10 3-3
Crane pack lifting sling ........................ .....
:t-5 -5 3-2 Monthly schedule of provent.ive-
Dolly set ........ .................... .........................
a.;; 6
3-2 maintenance services for the radio
Generaa instructions ............................. ..... ikbl
. ll-2
terminal set 10 kw generator mounting
Lubrication of hoisting beams ...... ............ 35.5 3-2 klt (table 319) .. ... ....... ............. ... ............. ... 3-10 3.1
lndex4
Digitized by Google
(14
Month]) schedule of preventive
maintA!nance services tor the radio
terminal set and winterization heater
mounting kit (table 3-18) .... .... ... ............... .
Month]) schedule of preventive-
maintenance. ser\' ict:o:s for the shipping
container sling (table 3-231. ....... ... ............ .
Monthly of preventi.,e
maintenance services fQr the: universal
t iedown kit (table :116.11 .......................... .
Mont hly &chedule of preventive-
maintenance services for t he wrec.ker
MS43 ancillary equipment tiedown kit
(table 3-21) .... ....... .... ........... ............... ........ .
Mounting kit (See sf*.cific item.J
post.:
lnstallat ion ...... .................... ....... ... .... ........ .
Remo.,al ............... .................................... .. .
Nomenc la t ure cros -reference (table 1-11 ....
Overall transportation data for
loaded vehicles (table J.dll ........................ ..
Pa1nt1ng ..... ....................... ......................... .. .
Pin continuity (cable assemblies liOWI
and IIOW2't (table .. ....... ........... .... ..
Pin continuity (cable assemblies 104\VI
and l04W2) (table :!.:ll .ll ......................... .
Portable gasoline heater (See Winteri-
zation he.atcr.) ..... ........ ........... ....... ............ .
Power s tation (PTS/ PS vehicle):
l.nsta.llat.ion ...... .......................................... .
Remo\al ............... ...................................... .
Power station (I'S trailer):
Installation .......... .... ............... ................... .
Remo\'al ........... .... .... ............... ................... .
station fi lter ............................. ....... .
Power statlon. ins tallation of dolly
set to ........ .... ........ .... ... .... ....... .... .............. .. .
Power station; loading IPTS/ PS vehicle) ... .
Power s tation, loading (PS trailer) ............. .
Po\\'er s tation maintenanc.e s lings:
Correctha maintenance .. ... ........ ............... .
4-180 4-20
4-!Sa 4-20
u u
1-29 1-17
3=1
3-2 7
3-24 3--28
3-23 3-23
23b 2:1
2-2<1
2:::1.
2,6
2-1 k 2-15
2-7 It/ 2-17
22f
2,jj
2-l ld 2-23
2-2d 2d
2:1...k 2-15
42a 2 idlli.l
.
Descript ion. . .... .... ............ ... ....................... . 1-19 hU
Load le!ting s ling 110>439-1.. ..... ............... . 4 -1;1 () 1 iW..Q2.
Load testing sling 11054395........... ............ Jd.ll 4- H! 2 02
Opera tion ... .... .. .... .... .... .... .... .......... ............. ill 2-27
Power s tation ma intenance stand:
Adj ustment of caster brtkes .... , ... ............. 3-18 3-21
Corrective maintenance ...... .......... ............. 1..:2;i;i 4:3fi..l
De!\Cript ion ... ... .... .... .......................... ......... 1-20 hU
Lubr ieat ion .......... ... .... ... .... .... .......... ........ .. .
Operation . ........ ........ ....... ......................... . ..
Power s tation tr ailer mounting kit-:
Correct ive maintenance (DS and GS) . ..... .
Correcth e maintena nce-(Org) ............ .... . ..
Desw pton .......... ...................... .............. .. .
Initial installation ....... ............... ............. .. .
Ins tallation on replacement.
t railer . ... .... .... .... ....... .... ....... .... ................ .
Remo\'al from trailer ................. ....... ........ .
. , .., 1

ldU
4-31
4-44
4-48
. .,.,
....,
2-27
4-:24 3

Jd..2
4-72
4-8.1
4-88
TM 9-145038014
P-revent ive maintenance:
Deficiencies ..... ........ .... ............................... . 3-lOd
Combat ale rt status services . ........... ......... 310b
Ser\ices ................ .............. .... .................... 3-1()(,
Supplementa ry proceduroo.... .... ................ 310e
Tables 3-1 through 3-33 . .... ........... .... ..................... .
Programmer-tes t s tation:
Ins tallation ................................ ...... ........... 2-2b
Remo,al...... ... .... ................ .. .... .... ........ .... ... 2-2i
Programmer-test station. loading ............... 2-2b
Programmer-tes t s tation. instaliatioD of
dolly set to.. ................... ...................... ....... 2-11c
Programmerte.st station/ power s tatjon
mounting kit :
Correetive maintenance (OS and GS) ...... .
Corrective maintenance {Org) ...... .. ........ . ..
Descriptlon ..... ........ ... .... ........... .... ............. .
lnit.ial installation . ........ ............ .... ...... .... .. .
Ins tallation of truck argo bed
with mounting kit on replace-ment
truck ............ .... ........... .... ........... .... ....... .. .
installation on replacement
truck ........................................... .. .......... . .
Operation . .......... ....... .................. .... ......... ..
PTS/PS vehicle electrical ground
check .... ............... ........................... ......... .
Removal from truck ............ ............... ..... ..
Removal of t ruck cargo bed with
mounting kit ............................. .... .... .... .. .
Prtembarkation inspection ................... .... . ..
PTS/PS vehicle electr ical ground check .... .
Quarterly schedule of preventi\'e
maintenance services for generator
set PU-614/M (table . ... ............ ...... .
Radio terminal set:
Installation ............ .... ........ ........ ....... ... ...... .
Removal ................................................... .. .
Radio terminal set. and
heater mounting kit:
Corrective maintenance (OS and GS) . ..... .
Corrective maintenance (Org) ............ ...... .
Descnptoon . .... ................... .... .... .............. .. .
Initial ins tallation ......... .... .... .... .... ............ .
Installat ion or truck cargo bed with
mounting kit on replaC"ement truck ...... .
Installation on replacement. truck ........... ..
Remo\al from truck ................. ........ ........ .
Removal of truck cargo bed with
moun tang k1t ........................... ................ .
Servac.ang ............ .... ....... ........ .... ................ .
Radio terminal set. loading ..... ..... ............... .
Radio terminal set IO. kw generator:
Connect ing ................................................ .
Disconnecting ............................. ............... .
Installation ............. ............... ........ ....... ..... .
Removal ... ........ ... ....................... ............ .... .
Radio terminal set 10-kw ge nerator and
10-kw genera tor skid:
ln tallation .. ..... ; . ........ ... ............................ .
Removal ... .... .... ....... ................................... .
4-15
3-21
Ll!

436
4-34
2.::2
.
ilt!i
433
<1-35
f-td
:il11i
:blil
2-:lc
2-ad
4-16
3-22
.biD
4-30
4-41
4-39
4-38
4-40
3:12.
2-:lc
2--11'
2-4!1
24b
2-4<
2-4d
2-4

3:3
n-:1
a:3
&J
thru
3-20
2-1
2.-lj I
2-1
2 22
1-H 2
3-22
!d.!
4-41
4-80
4-80
2-1
!hll
4-79
4-80
4- 1
ill
:La
2:1
2-7
lilU
.
3-22
kU
4->4
4-82
4-8:!
4-81
4-82
3-20
2::1
2-'1?

2 .. 1(l
2-Hl
lnde 5
I
Digitized by Coogle
1M 9-1450-380-14
Radio terminal set 10-kw generator
mounting kit:
Corrective maintenance (OS and GSl .... .. .
Corrective maintenance (Org) ....... .... ... ... ..
Oet!Cription ...... ................ .... ...... ................ .
Initial installation ........... ....... ... ................ .
......... ....... ............. ....... ..... .... ...... .
Rear axle asacmbly (See Axle assembly,
rear.)
Recorda ..... ......................................... .... ... ... .
Reference designations ....... ... .... ... ... .. ....... ... .
Repair procedures:
Organtz.at1on ............................................... .
Field mainlenance .................. ...... ... ... ... ... .
Report8 ................ ............. ...................... ...... .
Retaining bracket. 'cable (Sec Cable
retaining bracket.)
Rigid unit ............ ........... ......... ................ .... .. .
Rope. "A;rc retaining .................. ...... ...... ...... .
Rubber strip ........... ................................ ...... .
Safetywiring procedures ...... ............. .... ...... .
sChedule Cor servicE'!; upon receipt of the
crane pack lifting ling t
.... ................................ ....... ...... ..
Schedule for services upon receipt of the
dolly set (table :l-91 .................................. ..
Schedule for services UJ>OD receipt of the
creclor-launcher lQ-kw generator and
spare wheel assembly mounting kit
(table 3-.s, . ....... .... ......... ... ... ... ...... ... .... ... ... . .
generator set PU614/M (table 3-!j.3\ ........
guidance section blanket (table 3-HJ) ........
Schedult> for services upon receipt or the
hoisting beams (table &li.l .............. .......... .
power station maintenance slings
(taable &ii.il .............. ...... .... ...................... .
power station maintenance stand
(table :J.:,.:,) ...................................... .......... .
power station trailer mounting kit
(table :J.;;.11 ...... .......................... .... .. ....... ... .
programmer-test station/power station
mounting kit (table 31) .. ....................... .. ..
Schedule for !!ervices upon receipt of the
radio terminal S<:t generator
mounting kit (table :1-:!L ................. .......... .
Schedule for services upon receipt or the
radio terminal set and wintrrization
heater mounting kit (table 32) ............... ..
Schedule for se rvices upon receipt of the
shipping container sling (table :q , ... .... .. .
Schedule for services upon receipt of t he
uni\'ersa.l tiedown kit (tab!e :t_;,,2l ..... ..... ..
Schedule for senices upon receipt 'J( the
wrecker M543 ancillary eQuipment. tie-
down kit (table a.r,L ............ .... ............ ...... .
Index 6
4-11
3-2.1
l:.ll
4-!30
a:u
ld
H
32
4-2
LA.
1-18c
3-J,J
3-2'7
3-37

ill
;l,J.Jt .
:l Hl
; j.l()
:l- 111
:ll(l
'1-18.'1
3-23
' ' =
4-54
3-20
L2
l -2
3-1
4-1
L2
1d.3.
3-35
329
3-35

&.1
&;.l
&.1
.
H-H
&.1
3:3.
Second stage eradlo:
Corrective maintenance ............................ .
O..Cropuon . ... ............. ......... .................... .. .
Operation . ... ....... ...... .................................. .
Second stage hoisting beam:
Check$ and adjustment ....... ..................... .
Com'< live maintenanc.e (DS and GS) ...... .
Correcti<e maintenance (0rg) .... ............ .. .
Descr1pUon ........ ...................................... . ..
Operation .. ............... .... ... ................ ... ...... .. .
Securing air servicer assembly to
trailer M796 ............................. ....... ......... .. .
Securing air servicer assembly to
truck M656 ............................................... ..
Securing erector-launcher spare wheel
assembly 1o tractor M757 ........................ ..
Securing erector-launcher 10-kw gener-
ator to tractor M157 .......... ..................... .. .
Securing power station to trailer M196 ...... .
Securing power station to truck MSSG ... .... .
Securing programmer test station to
truck M656 ............................................... ..
radio terminal set to truck
M656 .... ................................ ... ................ ... .
Securing radio terminal set 10-kw gen-
erator to truck MS56 ................................ ..
Securing winterizat ion heatt>r to truck
M656 .... .................... ....... ............... ...... ...... .
Semiannual schedule of preventi,e-main
ten.ance services for lhe erector-
launcher l O.kw generator and spare
wheel assembl) mounting kit
(table a-27.2L ........................... ......... ........ .
Semiannual sc.hedule of pre.venti\'e main
tenancc ser\'ices for the generator-
set PU-<l!VM (table :121i 41.. .. .................. .
Semiannual schedule of
tenance ser,iccs for the
programmer-test station/ power
station mounting kit. (table 3-2'11 ............ ..
Semiannual schedule of preventive-main
tenancc services for t he radio
terminal set 10-kw generator
mounting kit (table :l-2'7.ll ........... ........... ..
Services, preventive-mainWnance . ... ..... .... .. .
Servidng (See Sf>eci.iic iUmU
Set (Se IW:ific item. }
Shipment. preJl&ration of . ......... .... ............ .. .
Shipping container sling:
Correcti\'e maintenance CDS and GS) ...... .
Corrective maintenance (Org) .... .... .... ... .. ..
Descr1pt10n . ..... ... .... ... ......... ....... ......... ....... .
Load testing .... .... ... ......... .... ............ .... ...... .
Lubrication . ............... ....................... ...... .... .
Operation ........... ... ................... ......... .... ...... .
Sling (See specific item. J
Sling, crane pack liftinl< (See Crane
pack lifting
Sling, power station maintenance (See
Power station maintenance -sling.)
C14
Paracnph
423 I
1-26 111
2:.ll 2-29
3-17 3-21
4-20 4-25
3-2'7u 3-29
1-150
2-18 2
z .. j Ih
2-15
2-2c 2-2
2-Sc 2:ll
2-5a 2:U
2-7 .lc 2-15
22d 2=1
2-2b 2-1
2..& .2:1
2-4b ill
2-Sb 2:1
ld...l cz
4-21 425
329 3-32
1-16 u
'l lfl 1-5
3 l'>.;) 3-2
) ..
2-19
Digitized by Google
I
Cl4
Sling, shiJ>ping container (See Shipping
container sling.)
Spare wheel aosembly, erectorlauncher
(See Erector-launcher spare "' heel
assembly.)
Special tools and equipment ...................... ..
Steerable unlt .... ....... ... .......................... ...... .
Steering arm:
Adjustment ..... ....................... ............. ...... .
C:Orrective maintenance ..................... ....... .
Desc:r iption . ................. .... ...... .. .... .............. .
Storage .............. ... ...................................... .. .
Support ra<:k installation ................. .......... ..
Support rack. removal, .. , ............................ ..
Support tubes:
Correcti\e maintenance ............................ .
Description ...... .......................................... .
Opera tion ......... ........ ...... .. ....... ... ...... ......... ..
Surveillance ....... .......... ................................ .
Suspension assembly:
F ront axle . ................... ... .... ......... .... ........ .. .
Rear axle ................. .............................. .. .. .
Tables:
Annual sthedule of preventi\'e.maintenance
ser,ic.es for the crane pack lifting sling
ad
l-18b
4-23d
1-1Sb
l.:.l.l
4151!
4-15b
3-28b
1-17
2-!0b
.l.:L!
set (table 3-29) ................................................... ..
Annual schedule of preventive-maintenance
services for the dolly set (table 3-31) .............. .. ..
Annual schedule of preventive-maintenance
sen ices for the erector-launcher 10-kw
generator and spare wheel assembly mount.-
ing kit (table 3-33) ............... ......... ................ .... .. ..
Annual schedule of pre,entive-maintenance
services for the hoisting beams (table 3-28) .......
Annual s.ehedule of f"eventive-rnainte nancc
ser\'ices for the power stat.ion mainte-
nance slings (table 3-32) ..................................... ..
Annual schedule of prc'.rtmtive-mainte nance
.. rvices for the shipping container
sling (table 3-30) ................... .............................. ..
Blind fastener replacement data (table
4-10) .. ....... ... .. ........ ...... .. .................... ....... ........... ..
Blind nut assembly replacement data
(table 4-11) ........ .......... .......... ............ .......... ...... ... .
Daily schedule of preventive-mai ntenance ser\'-
ices during combat alert status
(table 3-16) .... ................ .... ............ ........... ..... .... ... .
Daily schedule of preventi\'emaintenance
ices for the dolly set (table 3-15) . ....... ............. .. ..
Dail)' schedule of preventive-maintenance seT\'
ices for t he erector-Jaunrher 10-kw gener-
ator and spare wheel assembly mounting kit
(table :t-1-1\ .... ... ... .................................... ...... ... .... .
Daily schedule of prc,rentive-ma.intenance serv-
ices for the generator set PU-614/ M (table
3-11 J) ........... ... ........ " ." .... ... . "' ...... .... " ' ............... . '
Dail) scht!dulc of prcventi .. e-maintenance serv
ices for the power station trailer mounting
kit (table ;114.1'1 . .. ........................... ... ...... ... ....... ..
3-1
ill
429
1-1:1
h2
4-17
ill.2
3-82
Lft
2-19
u
3-19
3-20
3-20
3-19
3-20
3-20
138
4-39
> ' .,
"'-'-'
> "
"'-'-'
TM9-1450-380-14
Daily sc.hcdule of preventive-mainte nance serv-
ices for t he programmer-test.
statlon mountinl( kit (table ;{. J ] ') .... .... ... .. .......... ..
Dai1y schedule of pre .. enthe-maintenance sei'V
ices for t he radio tt"rminal set 10-kw gen-
erator mounting kit (table .!1-l :n .. ....... .... ..... ....... .
Dai]) schedule of prevent ivt -maintenance ser v-
icet\ for the radio terminal se t a nd winter
lzat ion heate r mount.ing kit (roble ... ....... .. ..
Equipment weights (table 2-1) ........... ...... .... .. ...... ..
Erec tor-launcher 10-kw generator cable con
nections (table ....... ....... ....... .. .... ... ... .... ...... ... .
Inspection of air conditione r slinR after
load testing (table 1-i;i ........................................ .
Inspection of crane pack lift ing' sling
after load testing (table 4-3) ...... ...... ................ . ..
Ins pection of EL davit after load test ing
(table 17) . ... ...... .......... ...................... .......... ........ ..
Inspection of first and second stage hoisting
beams after loud t.csting (table 4-1) . ... ...... ........ ..
Inspection of guidanct. section hoisting beam
After load testing (table 4-2) ...... .................. ...... ..
Ins pection o guidance hoisting sling
aft.er load testing (table 4-.>i ...... ...... .............. .. .. ..
Ins pection or J)OWt1r station mainte nance sling
11054394 after load testing ... ......... .. ..
lns pection of power sta tion maintenance sling
110f>1395 afwr load testing (table !8!..ll ............. .
Ins pection oC shippina: container sling
load testing (table i-f> ............... .. .................... .. ..
Manual effectivity itable I-2L ......... ....... ............ .. ..
Monthly St::hedule or
services for the crane pack lifting sling
et (table 3-21) .......... ................ ................ .......... ..
Monthly schedule o( pre\'ent.ive-maintemmce
senices for the dolly set (table 3-25) ................ ..
Monthly sc hedule or
srrvices for the ercetor-la unc;her W-kw
generat or and spare wheel asscm bly
mounting kit (table 3-20) ... ................................ ..
Monthly schedule of prevent ive-maintenance
services for the power maintena nce
slings (t.able :l-2t).l ) .. .... ... ... .. .............................. . .
Monthly s.chedule of prevent ive-maintenance
services or the power station maintenance
stand (table ... ................... ... ............. ....... ..
schedule of pre n mtive-maintenance
servict:s for the power station t railer
mounting kit (ta ble :J-21. l) ............ .............. ... .... .
Mont.hly schedule of pte\'enthe.maimcnance
senices for the guidance section blanket
(table 326) ... ......................... .......... ...... ....... ... .... ..
Mont hl}: i;Chedule of pre,cnt\ve.mainte nance
'ser .. iccs for tile beams
!table 3-22) ... ... .... .. .... ............ .......... ...... ....... ....... ..
Monthly schedule of preventi'-'e-rnaint.enancc
services for the progra mmer-test. station/
power sta tion mounling ki L . .... ....... ..
Monthly schedule of pre vc nthc-maintcnance
scrvlc.es for the radio te rminal set 10-kw
generator mount ing kit (table :J-191 .............. .. .. ..
,, '"'
=!.!.>
&l..l
2-29
,a.:() OJ
4- Ht > !i9
3-18
3-lf,
:l- 17
3-17
Index 7
Digitized by Coogle
TM 9- 1450-380- 14
Paragraph
Monthly schedule or preveot-i"e-mainteuanee
services for the radio tt!rminal set and
winterizat ion heater mounting kit (table 3-lSL.
Monthly S<::hedule or preventive-maintenance
services for t he shipping container sling
(table 3-23) ........ ................... ....... ... ....... ... ............. .
Monthly schedule of preventive-maintenance
services for the uni"crsal tiedown kit
(table '!-Jt;. l i . ........ ............ ... .... ..... ....... ......... .... ... .
Monthly schedule or pre,ent.i\'Cmaintenance
for the M543 ancillar-y
equipment ticdown kit (table 3-2n ..... ... ............. .
Nomenclature cross-reference (table 1-S} . ............ .
Overall transportation data for tacticaJiy
loaded vehicles (table 1-:l) .......................... ...... ... ,
Pin cont inuity (cable assemblies 110W1 and
l10\V2) (table :q 1 2) ........... .... ... ........................ ..
f'in continuity (cable :tssemblies 104\Vl and
l01W2) (table :1.:1: .1'1 ........................................... .
Quarterly sc: hedule of J. . eventive-maintenance:
services for the generator set PU-614/M
( II '! > " ! '
t.a, e . - b . .. ... ....... ... ............. ... .......... ............ ... .
crane pack lifting sling set (table 3.! ...... ......... .
Schedule for servir:es UJ)()O re<:eipt of the
dolly set ftable 5!-fll.. .......... .................................. .
Schedule for services upon receipt of ihe
erector-launc her generator and spare
wheel assembly mounting kit ttable .... ....... .
Schedule for services upon receipt for the
generator set PU-614/M (table ;J . ;, .. :I ) .......... ...... ..
Sehedule for upon receipt of the
guidance section blanket. (table :l-ltH ................. .
Schedule for services upon receipt of t he
hoisting beams (table ... ......... ...................... ..
Schedule for services upon receipt for the
power station maintenance
(table :l-r: 4l . .. .......... .......... ...... .......... ... ... .... ... ...... .
Schedule for seniees uPQn receipt for the
power station maintenance stand
(t.'l ble ;'<-f>.fi i . ..... .... ...... .... ... ... .... ..... ........... ... ......... .
Schedule for scrvic<-s upon receipt of power
station t railer mounting kit {table :1-:J. n .. .. ...... ..
Schedule for services upon receipt of
programmer-test sUition/ pOwer station
mounting kit (table 3-U ................... .................. ..
Schedule for scrvictos upon receipt of the
radio terminal set 16-kw generator
mounting kit Hable !l-'l1 ...................................... .
Schedult> for servic(!S upon receipt of the
radio terminal set a nd winterization heater
mounting kit (table 32) ............. ................ ......... .
Schedule for services upon receipt or
shi,)ping contatner !lling (table il-71 ............ ....... ..
Schedule (or scr viecs upon n:ceipt of the
. I ' l k't ( bl '! ' ' t 1ecown 1 c .. .............. ... .... ..
Schcdulr for services upon receipt of
wrecker MM3 ancillary e(1uipment tiedown
kit (table ::. 5; ........ .......... ...... ..... .......................... .
lnd 8
....
3-18
3-17
ld
1-19
3 28
328
3-18 ')
>0 , ,

H
!l:il.
Paragraph
Semiannual schedule of preventive--maintenance
services for the erector-launcher 10-kw gen-
erator and spa re wheel assembly mounting kit
(table 3-27.21 ................................. ...... .............. ... .
Sem5annua1 schedule of pre-\entive.maintenance
services for the generator set
(table :J-26.41 ........................... ............................. .
Semiannual schedule of prevent-ive-maintenance
services for the programmer-test station/
power station mount ing kit (table 3-27\ .......... ... .
Semiannual sehedule of pre\'entlve-maintenance
ser\'ices for the-radio terminal set IO.kw
generator mo11nt.ing kit (table 3-27.1.) ............... ..
Special tools (table i -1:{!. ........ .... ........................... .
Troubleshooting of the dolly set (table l-121 ... .... ..
Wrecker load limits (outriggers extended and
emplaced) (table 2::21 .......................................... ..
Wrecker load limits (outriggers stored)
(table 231 ...... ................... ......................... ........... .
TeleSCOJ)ing brace (OS and GSJ .............. ..... 4231
Tie rods..................................... .. ............... ... 423d
Ticdown strap, universal... ....... ....... .. ........... ill
Tiedown kit, wrecker. .................. ................. kJ.a
Toe--in adjustment . ............ ................ ........... 4-13.3
and equipment:
Common .......... .......... ...... ....... ......... .......... . a,a
Field maintenance ...... ... ....... .. .... .... ........ . ..
Special ......... .......... ...... ....... ......... ... .... ..... .. .
Torque control kit ................. ......... .............. .
Trailer. generator aet PU-614/ M:
Trailer mounted components
maintenance (OS and GS) .. .................. ..
Tr ailer mounted components
maintenance (0rg) ................................. . .
Transportation data, generator set
PU-614/ M ........................ ....... ... ................ .
Transportation data (o'frall) ............ ....... ... .
Troubleshooting of dolly set (table l -121 ... ..
Truck MS.>& ......... ............... .... ................ ...... .
Trailer M796 .... : ............................... ............ .
Uni\'ersal tiedown strap:
Oe.scr,ptiOn ........................ ...... ............ ...... .
Operation ................. ............ ....... ............... .
Weapon wst set. T-1500A .......................... .. .
Winterization heater:
Installation ..................................... ... ... .... ..
Remo\al . .. .............. ............ -................. ..... .. .
Servicing . ........... ............... ...... .................. .
Wire retaining rope, replacement. ............. ..
Wre<:ker load limits ........... .. ....................... ..
Wre<:ker M543 ancillary equipment tie
down kit:
Correeti\e maintenance .......... .... ............. ..
Desc::ription ........ ...... .................... ........ .... . ..
Operation ............................ ... .. .................. .
1-31
129

&.ll
3-15
ill
?-7

2-3b
2-3e
3d2.
3-35
215
3-36
.:lillU
1-l :1
2-tj
C14
p ...
3-19
3-18.2
3-19

4.S1

2-30
2-31
4-'U
4-29
k!i
Llt
:l:.lild
3-1
4-1
3-l
4-l
I

I
S-10
\19
1-17
blJU

ld'.
2-15
2::!1
2:
ill

3-35
2-29
3-29
4-25
J.,S
2-15
Digitized by Coogle
By Order of the Secretary of tlle A:rmT:
I ort1e1a1 :
KENNETH G. WICKHAM,
JltJjor Gmcmsl, U1tU6d SUstu Army,
Tile Ad;"ta"t
Distribution:
W. C. WESTMORELAND,
Gemml, United St4tu Army,
Chief of Sf,.lf.
To he dlstrlwted In oooordance wltb DA Form 12-32, Section n. (qiJ rqr blod: no. 48) orpnlatiOM! maln\tn&nc:e
'"' PERSHING missile S)'ltllftl.
Diglt1zed by Google
I
t
'
-

TM 9-1450-380-14

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

TM 9-1450-380-14

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

)10/ .

parts. Par. 4-23 (removal and in-

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen